The marrovv and iuice of tvvo hundred and sixtie scriptures. Or Monas tessaragraphica that is: the foure holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testament, appointed euery Sonday to be read in our Church of England, combined and brought vnto one chiefe head and point of doctrine: together with the rest of the holy Scriptures ... Extracted by Iames Forrester, minister of Gods word at Enderby neere Bullingbrooke in Lincolnshire, chapleine to the Queenes most excellent Maiestie.

THE PROEME, CONTAINING THE OCCASIONS AND MOTIVES, THE SVBIECT MATTER, THE Methode and vse of this Harmonie and Combination following.

FOR as much as the godly reuerend and learned Fathers, together with the holy Martyrs of the Church of England, and of other reformed Churches; haue by the guidance and direction of Gods spirit, not onely for the vniforme and vniuersall good of Christs Catholicke Church: but also for the particular instruction, edification, exhortation and comfort of euery true and faithfull member thereof. Because (I say) ••hey haue, with that great care and singular wisedome, made a most fit, and worthy choice, of such holy Scriptures, for the publicke seruice in the Church, to be read and taught among vs: as well vpon the great and solemne Feast-dayes, as vpon all the Lords dayes, or Son-dayes throughout the yeare, and namely for these called the Son-dayes of Aduent.

I haue therefore thought it good to vndertake this poore paines and labour, both of combining and chaining toge∣ther, the texts culled out to these ends: as also to reduce

them, vnto one chiefe and maine head of doctrine. Setting downe the reasons and occasions, why they are chosen: the generall and speciall connexion of them, the scope and drift of euery one of them, with the generall and particular ana∣lise, resolution, vse and method of euery and each of them.

Which being by our Ministers well thought vpon, well compared together, and with diligence deliuered; and by our people as well and as throughly vnderstood: will not onely be sufficient confirmations, and grounds, to establish our faith, in the truth of such doctrines, as they import: but they will serue also, as confutations and swords, wherewith to refute and wound, at the very heart, both Iewes, Arrians, and Anabaptists, or any other like heretickes.

For so many, as are not like the deafe Adder in hearing, or the blind Beetles in seeing, though they were captious, a∣gainst the authenticke proceedings in the Booke of Common Prayer; yet may they lend their hearing eares, in this respect, to Esay that Euangelicall Prophet, and to Malachy, which prophecied concerning the comming of Christs Prodromos, Iohn the Baptist, and of Christs owne coming and Aduent.

For Esay in his fortieth, and Malachy in the third Chap∣ter, do plainly speake and foretell; first as touching the time, that our Lord will come shortly (as he did indeed:) second∣ly, of the very place, whereunto he will come: thirdly, of the manner how: and fourthly, of the end why and where∣fore he will come. Do they not shew and foreshew, that he will come speedily, coming, he will come, and that he will come to Ierusalem. That he will come into his temple (as Malachy 3.1.) that he will come to reforne the deformities ther••of. Do they not prophecy, that he will come to turne the hearts of the Sectaries, of the factious and seditious in the Temple, to turne the hearts of the theeues in the temple, or to turne and whip them out of the temple.

Hearken then, and heare I pray you my brethren (albeit you thinke not the same thing with vs) giue eare to S. Ber∣nard, that most religious Doctor, so rauished with zeale, and

altogether giuen to his heauenly meditations. Heare him, I beseech you, how he preaches to you touching this matter, in a Sermon concerning our Lords Aduent. Tis fit my bre∣thren (saith he) that with all deuotion, we celebrate the Lords Aduent and Comming, being delighted with so great consolation, being astonished with Gods so great fatherly kindnesse, being inflamed with Gods so infinite loue. Let vr not so much thinke of his comming, which is alreadie come, and why he came, to saue that which was lost: but here∣upon also let vs meditate, from whence he will come, and that he will assume, and take vs vnto himselfe, when he shall come. That we should continually meditate, vpon these his two Aduents and commings, ruminating and weighing in our hearts, how much he hath performed by his former, and how much he hath promised to do for vs at the latter.

But you will say to me, that Bernard saw not all things: Wherefore I pray you hearken diligently, vnto that Mo∣narch of the Fathers S. Augustine. There was no cause (saith he) of the Aduent of our Lord Iesus Christ, but to saue poore sinners. Where no diseases are, no wounds or sores: there is no vse or occasion of any Phisicke. Wherefore that great Phisition, came from heauen: because the whole world lay full of sicke folkes. Because all mankind was lost after one had transgressed, in whom all mankind was compre∣hended and tooke their originall. Therfore came one with∣out sinne, who saued all beleeuers, by his righteousnesse, which was without staine of sinne. For twas not our righ∣teousnesse or merites, but our sinnes & wretchednesse, that drew downe this Physition, and caused him to come from heauen to the earth.

Howbeit some contradicting spirit, will yet obiect and say: I yeeld to all this, what then? Can it thereupon be gathe∣red, and concluded, that other Sondayes and Holidaies must also be obserued, as you do keepe them? I pray thee looke vpon Caluine a late and new writer, who to a like purpose alledgeth the words of Cassiodorus. Marke what that godly

and learned man writeth, in his Commentary vpon the 118. Psalme, concerning the celebration & memoria l of that day, when Dauid made his first entrance into his kingdome. The words whereupon he writes are these. (This is the day, which the Lord hath made, let vs reioyce and be glad in it.) That which he writeth hereupon is this.

Albeit (saith he) tis true, that all dayes were alike created of God; yet Dauid by a certaine eminencie, and excellency, cals it a diuine day, or a day which the diuine Creator hath made, and set apart, which after a long time of darknesse, shone and gaue light for the Churches good; because that day was principally noted and obserued, and vnto posterity a day most memorable.

Was this lawfull and expedient in the time of the Law? It well beseemed, and befitted king Dauid, the type and sha∣dow, who figured our Christ. Why then should not Christ haue a day, kept and celebrated for himselfe, who is Dauids king, the lawes complement, the substance and subiect mat∣ter of the Gospell.

The holy Angel of the Lord, vpon the very day of Christs birth, tooke a text concerning Christs birth, and preached thereupon vnto the Shepheards. Why should not all good Bishops, Pastors, Teachers, and all other Ministers and mēbers of Christs holy Church, yeeld & performe the same?

Furthermore, And forthwith, there was with the Angell (saith S. Luke) a multitude of heauenly souldiers, praysing God, and saying: Glory to God in the highest, peace in the earth, good∣will towards men. The quiers of the holy Angels did keepe and celebrate this blessed day, of that new borne Babe: they talke of the deeds and effects thereof, in their Sermon and in their song. The shepheards they publish it: Christs mother ponders it. Why should not other holy men and women do also the same? vnlesse they will staine themselues with the tincture and pollution of most lothsome ingratitude, and proofe of all Gods creatures, and of all that professe religion, the most vnthankfull.

Lastly, the reformed Churches (to speake but one word more) who vnto them and vs may in this case be an exam∣ple, neither do now, or euer did deny, the keeping of these and other dayes and feasts. The which may appeare, both by the Sermons, workes, words and practise, of the most orthodoxe Ministers, and may be seene also, by the decrees & constitutions, of national and prouincial synodes; as also, out of that Harmony of Confessions of the reformed Churches, the 16. Section.

Methinkes then, that men should not carry themselues, so rudely and vncharitably, or to open their mouths, so wide and vnreuerently, against their mother the Church of Eng∣land (and all other godly reformed Churches in Christen∣dome) as do the factious sectaries, or Anabaptisticall Recu∣sants, who giue out in their libels and contentious pamph∣lets, that the celebration of Aduent, the feast of the Natiuitie of Christ, of Easter, of Christs Ascension, and the feast of Pentecost, is either Iewish, or Antichristian and Popish. For if they, or any other such greene heads were not, some of them selfe-conceited, some hood-winked, others wilfully blind and deafe, they might easily heare, and most cleerly see by com∣paring and combining the sacred Scriptures of the Old and New Testament together, culled out by the Church for these purposes, as also by that generall connexion and mu∣tuall coincidence, and consequence one vpon another, that their opinion, as it is very erroneous: so is it vnto o∣thers, and themselues very dangerous.

But to leaue them, and to come to our selues (which are of another mind) that we may proceed in our intended pur∣pose: Let vs behold and consider, the choice that is made, for this first Sonday in Aduent, which is very singular, most effectuall, and to very good purpose, as seruing to front all the Aduent Sondaies, yea and all the rest of the Sondaies, in the yeare.

The first Sonday in Aduent.* 1.1

FOR the two first Scriptures taken out of the old Testament, aportioned for the two first Lessons, for morning and euening prayer this day, taken out of the prophesie of Esay, do giue a true and certaine knowledge of our Lords coming indeed.

First, like a iust Iudge, to rate, reproue and punish the grieuous sinnes of the Iewes.

Secondly, like a mercifull God, to forgiue the sinnes of the penitent.

Thirdly, and like a general God, that is both of Iewes and Gentiles, to gather a generall and vniuersall Church of them both, to glorifie his name here, and to be partakers of hea∣uens glory for euer hereafter.

The third Scripture, chosen for the Epistle, doth by the spirit of God, in that Choice-teacher for the Gentiles, make vse of Christs Aduent, and the former doctrines: by exhor∣ting Gods people to awake out of sleepe; seeing he is come that hath saluation vnder his wings: Sith the night of the Law and Ignorance is past, and the day of cleere Knowledge, the Day-light of the Gospell is at hand, the day-spring from on high hath visited vs.

* 1.2The fourth and last Scripture, taken out of Christs holy Gospell (and thereupon, fitly taketh the name of The Gos∣pell for the day) confirmeth by effect, and by the deeds of Christ, the truth of his comming: by a true relation of time, place, manner, end, and other testimonies of his Aduent.

1 That the Iewes might be confirmed.

2 And the Gentiles comforted in their Sauiour and sal∣uation.

Thus much haue I, by the assistance of Gods spirit, thought good to declare, as touching the reason and occasion, of the choice of these foure holy Scriptures for this day: as tou∣ching

their generall drift, scope, and vse, and as touching the harmony, and sweet musicke of them all, concording and agreeing in one. Now of the particular methode, resolution, and distribution, of such chiefe doctrines, as do arise natu∣rally out of the text of each and euery of them.

The first of the foure,* 1.3 is the first chapter of the holy booke of that Euangelicall Prophet Isay, appointed for the first Les∣son, or chapter of instructions, for the Morning prayer, and seruice of God in our congregations. Wherein Iehouah the Father, by the mouth of his Prophet Isay,

First, crieth out aloud, against his people the Iewes,* 1.4 be∣cause in their spirituall hearing, vnderstanding and percei∣uing, they were worse then the heauens, and the earth, the Oxe, and the Asse, whom God appealeth vnto: and there∣fore soundly reproueth both Princes and people.

1 For theit want of the sense and feeling of Gods iudge∣ments.

2 And for their hypocriticall seruing of him with their outward and ceremoniall obseruances alone, without in∣ward truth and sinceritie, from the 1 verse of the chapter to the end of the 15 verse.

2 The Lord calleth his people to repentance, to faith,* 1.5 and to obedience, verse 16, to the end of the 19 verse.

In the third place, Iehouah menaceth the disobedient and rebellious, with grieuous punishments,* 1.6 to light vpon them for the sinnes of the Princes and people. verse 20. to the end of the 24.

In the fourth part of the chapter,* 1.7 the Lord offereth mer∣cy and redemption, vnto the remnant which are penitent: and denounceth iudgements against the obstinate and idola∣ters, verse 25, to the end of the 31 verse, the last verse of the chapter.

The second of our selected Scriptures,* 1.8 is the second chapter of Isaies prophecie, and is set apart for the first Les∣son or chapter of instructions for the euening seruice of this day: whose order and analyse is this.

* 1.9First, there is a gracious prophecie of Gods fauour in Christ Iesus, vnto his people the Iewes, and a promise of their saluation in the last dayes and times of the world, and that all the nations of the world (as well as the people of the Iewes) shall be partakers of this Aduent, light and saluation purchased by Christ Iesus, who is described also. Yea, the manner of his kingdome, and vsage of his people, is liuely set forth by the Prophet, verse 1. to the end of the 5 verse.

* 1.10In the second part of the chapter, the Prophet taking v∣pon him the person and partie of the people of the Iewes, doth acknowledge their vnworthinesse of this fauor of God, to be restored to their former estate, to be pitied or redee∣med by Christ, and sheweth that they are rather worthy of punishments, and to be forsaken by reason of their idola∣try. Verse 6, to the end of the 9 verse.

* 1.11In the third place, the people are exhorted by the Pro∣phet to repentance, to preuent these iudgements of God, whereof he doth seuerally make mention. Verse 10, to the end of the 18 verse.

* 1.12In the fourth and last part, the Prophet foretelleth, how some shall returne and repent for their idolatry after a sort, not with a repentance and godly sorrow: but rather in the iust iudgement of God, they shall shew the vanity, and a kind of detestation of their idols (whether they will or no) though not with a full purpose to forsake them. Verse 19, to the end of the 22, which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.13Our third text of holy Scripture, is a portion of the 13 chapter of S. Pauls epistle to the Romanes verse 8, to the end of the 14 verse, which is the end of the chapter.* 1.14 Wherein the spirit of God by the pen of the holy Apostle shewes to Gods Church, what vse they are to make of the doctrines concerning the Aduent and comming of Christ.

And here by the way we may obserue, the wise and no∣table choice of the Scriptures for our English Leitourgie. That as they begin with Scriptures conteining forcible ex∣hortations vnto the performance of loue, in doing the du∣ties

of the second Table. So do they proceed in this course, in many of their elections, and they knit vp the most of their choises of texts for the Sondayes after Trinitie, with such kind of Scriptures. For here in the Epistle for this first Sonday in A••uent we haue first an exhortation to brotherly and neighbourly loue. verse 7, to the end of the 10.

Secondly, the doctrine of Christs Aduent, whereupon this exhortation is gr••unded. verse 11.

And thirdly, the vse of this d••ctrine, verse 12.

Fourthly, the triall and ex••mination of our obedience to these exhortations, by the effects vers. 13.14.

Fi••st, the exhortation conteineth a peremptorie comman∣dement, to owe the debt of loue to all men, whereto are an∣nexed three strong reasons, the first in the 8: a second in the 9; and a third in the 10. verse.

Secondly the doctrine,* 1.15 which toucheth the comming of Christ, and light of the Gospell is propounded in two phra∣ses. The first is, And that considering the season. vers. 11. The second phrase is, the night is past and the day is at hand. vers. 12.

The third part of the text, is the vse of this doctrine,* 1.16 by exhortation to three duties. First, to arise from sleepe, the reason whereof is, For now our saluation is neerer, then when we beleeued. ver. 11. Secondly, to cast away the workes of darknesse. Thirdly, to put on the armour of light. vers. 12.

The fourth part of the text is,* 1.17 concerning the triall and examination of our obedience, and right hearkning to these exhortations, which will appeare by generall and speciall effects: generall by our walking honestly, as in the day. ve. 13. Speciall effects are twofold, consisting first in leauing off, and ceasing from euill, secondly, in cleauing to, and em∣bracing the good. The euill is particularized by the speci∣als, some euils being reckoned vp for all the rest, as first gluttony, secondly drunkennesse, thirdly chambering, fourth∣ly wantonnesse, fifthly strife, sixthly enuying: wherein Gods people may not walke, that is delight, verse 13. The good is propounded two wayes. First, in being cloathed with

Christ, Put ye on the Lord Iesus Christ. Secondly, in being vnclothed with the flesh (he meanes with the worst part of the flesh) that is, the lusts of the flesh, and take no thought for the flesh, to fulfill the lusts thereof, vers. 14.

* 1.18Our fourth portion of Scripture is Math. 21. ver. 1, to the end of the 13 v.* 1.19 whereof there be these three parts.

First, the commandement of our Lord Iesus Christ, to the two disciples,* 1.20 to fetch the asse and the colt, from the 1. v. to the end of the 5. v.

Secondly, the obedience and ioyfull seruiceablenesse of the disciples.* 1.21 v. 6. & 7.

Thirdly, the effects of Christs iourney, and riding to Hie∣rusalem,* 1.22 in the rest of the verses.

The first effect that it tooke, was in the great multitude, whereof first, some spread their garments in the way: secondly, other some cut downe branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way.* 1.23 v. 8.

The second effect was in the people that went before, and which followed after,* 1.24 to wit, first, their praying to God with Hosannah: secondly, their praising of God with Halleluiah for that sight and benefit. v. 9.

* 1.25The third effect which Christs iourney wrought, was in the common sanctorum, viz. all the city, who were troubled and much moued; and therefore moued a question, saying, Who is this. vers. 10. The resolution and answer whereof is made by the people, the concomitants, precedents and sub∣sequents of Iesus, who because their hearts beleeued, their mouths confessed, saying, This is Iesus the Prophet of Na∣zareth in Galile. v. 11.

* 1.26The fourth part of this text containes the purpose and end of Christs comming to Hierusalem: namely, to visit his Tem∣ple, to go into his Temple, and that is for these two ends.

First, to preach to them, and that vpon this text, Mine house shall be called the house of Prayer. vers. 13.

The second end was to practise his preaching, which (as it was with authoritie, and not as the Scribes▪) so he practised

as effectually,* 1.27 & as perfectly in casting out all them that sold and bought in the Temple, in ouerthrowing and rooting vp what soeuer his heauenly Father had not planted. verse 12.

The second Sonday in Aduent.

AS the foure holy Scriptures for the former Sunday made mention of Christs Aduent and coming to his old people, and to the Temple of the Iewes:* 1.28 so these foure for this day do declare and shew the further spreading of the wings of Gods fauour in Iesus Christ towards the Gentiles. For the Gospel-like Prophet Esay in the two first Lessons,* 1.29 chosen out for this dayes seruice, speakes most euidently and certainely of Christs Aduent to the Gentiles, of his gra∣cious calling of the nations vnto the light of the Gospell, of his coming to vs with such glory and brightnesse, that the Moone shall be abashed, and the Sunne ashamed of their light, when the Lord of hosts shall raigne in mount Sion and Hierusalem. S. Paul the teacher of the Gentiles,* 1.30 in a portion of his Epi∣stle to the Romanes (which were Gentiles) chosen out for the Epistle in his doctrine exhortatiue, confirmeth the calling of the Gentiles. And our Lord Iesus Christ, S. Pauls maister and ours, preacheth a Sermon (which S. Luke recordeth) concerning Christs second Aduent, his comming to iudge∣ment at the end of the world, wherein Iewes and Gentiles shall be finally called to their last account.

The first Lesson for morning prayer this day is,* 1.31 the first chapter of Isaies prophecie, containing these principall heads of doctrine.

First,* 1.32 the Lord by way of exprobation recapitulates ma∣ny great fauours and mercies vouchsafed to his people and Church of the Iewes. v. 1, to a part of the 4.* 1.33

Secondly, the Lord in the exposition of the song and parable of the vineyard,* 1.34 declareth what vse (or rather what abuse) the Iewes made of all Gods mercies shewed toward

them from thence to the end of the 7 verse.

* 1.35Thirdly, the Prophet of God (beholding their vnthank∣fulnesse and wickednesse) falleth to his obiurgation and grieuous denouncing of woes and curses against these trees that brought forth such fruit. First, against the couetous tree bringing forth the corrupt fruits of ingrossing of commodi∣ties, as houses and lands, of oppressing and grinding the poores faces. verse 8.9. and 10. Secondly, against the in∣grossers of drinke and pleasures, against greedy drunkards and epicures, making a god of their pleasure. verse 11. to the end of the 17. Thirdly, against the stiffe Okes and hard beames, to wit, first, such wicked ones as draw iniquity with cords of vanitie. v. 18.19. Secondly, such as speake euill of good, &c. vers. 20. Thirdly, against the stiffe in their owne con∣ceit, the selfe-conceited, the Philautist. ver. 21. Fourthly, a∣gainst the mightie guzzelers and stiffe or hard drinkers, which bring out of that swinish and beastly tree, most filthy and loathsome fruit, and shall haue a plague and iudgement proportionable to their contagious and infectiue iniquity. verse 22. to the end of the 25 verse.

* 1.36In the fourth part of the chapter there is a prophecie con∣cerning Christs coming to call the Gentiles, to plant a Church of them, that the Lord may see whether they will bring forth any better fruits then the Iewes did. verse 26, to the end of the 30, which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.37The first Lesson for Euening prayer, is the 24 of Isay, which may be distributed into these chiefe heads,

* 1.38First, the Prophet pronounceth and denounceth, vnto, and against the defectiue Iewes, Gods curses and plagues v∣pon the earth and inhabitants thereof; vpon the soules of the people, and of the Priest and Ruler of the people, as also vpon others of the body oeconomicke, and the body poli∣ticke. And in like manner he pronounceth the curses that are to come vpon the fruits of the earth, vpon the chiefe trees, as the vine which should yeeld the most cordiall liquor. And all this the Lord doth for their wickednesse,

and departing from him; therfore all ioy is darkened, and the mirth of the world is gone ••w••y ver, 1. to the end of the 12.

In the second place the Prophet makes mention of the calling of the Gentiles to magnifie the Lord,* 1.39 with that rem∣nant of Iewes which shall be reserued for saluation, Who shal praise the Lord in the valleys, in the Iles of the sea: yea, the Kings of the world that are vpon the earth, shall be gathered together, an•• shall showte, for the magnificence of the Lord. They shall be gathered together, as the prisoners in the pit, and they shall be shut vp in the prison, and after many daies shall they be visited. Then the Moone shall be abashed. &c. and glory shall be before his ancient men. Ver. 13. to the end of the 23. the end of the chapter.

The third part of holy Scripture for this day is,* 1.40 a part of the 15. chap. to the Romans. ver. 4. to the end of the 14. ver. containing these principall points.

The first is, Saint Paules illatiue doctrine,* 1.41 or proposition inferred vpon the premisses. For whatsoeuer things are written, they are written for our learning, &c. Ver. 4.

The second is the Apostles prayer to God for the Ro∣mans, Now the God of patience and consolation &c. Ver. 5. & 6.* 1.42

The third is his exhortation.* 1.43 Wherefore receiue ye one ano∣ther, as Christ also receiued vs to the glory of God. Ver. 7.

The fourth is,* 1.44 the confirmation and ground of this ex∣hortation.

First by the Apostles peremptory proposition, drawne from the office of Christ, and the end of that office. Now I say that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God, to confirme the promises made vnto the Fathers, Ver. 8.

The second kind of proofe and confirmation is by foure quotations of holy scripture, three out of the Psalmes, and one out Esaies prophecy cited in the 9▪ 10.11. & 12. Verses.* 1.45

The fift point of this portion of Scripture is another prayer, which the Apostle conceiueth vpon the former occa∣sions of doctrine. Now the God of hope fill you with all ioy and

peace in beleeuing, that he may abound in hope through the power of the holy Ghost. Ver. 13.

The sixt and last, is the good conceit and opinion that Saint Paul had conceiued of the Romaines,* 1.46 causing him thus to write vnto them, and in this manner to speake and pray for them. And I my selfe also am perswaded of you my bretheren, that ye are full of goodnesse, filled with all knowledge, and are able to admonish one another, verse 14.

* 1.47The fourth portion of holy Scripture, the Gospell for this day is the 21. of Luke, verse, 25. to the end of the 33. Which being compared with the three formerly chosen, it will euidently appeare, what a sweete agreement and con∣nexion there is among them, to confirme this Aduent of Christ, and calling of the Gentils: and to maintaine the in∣fallible certainty and assurance of the full redemption and saluation both of Iewes and Gentiles.

Christ Iesus hauing occasion offered him to prophecy and foretell the signes of Hierusalems destruction, ariseth much higher, & preacheth of the signes preceeding the end of the world.* 1.48 He discourseth (I say) of his second coming to iudgement, bringing a more generall and more grieuous desolation, then euer was heretofore from the beginning of the world. And here withall in this second Aduent of his (appointed by the Church to be taught for this second Sonday in Aduent) he principally makes mentiō of the end and purpose of this his Aduent: to wit, the perfect redemp∣tion of their soules and bodies, as he saith: When these things begin to comt to passe, then looke vp and lift vp your heads, for your redemption draweth neere.* 1.49 Our Lord in this Gospell, by the pen of Saint Luke (that happy Physition for the soule and the body) doth first acquaint vs with the signes immediat∣ly foresheweing Christs coming, with a description of the Aduent, or coming it selfe. ver. 25.26.27.

The second is a most comfortable vse, that both they and we, Iewes, and Gentiles, are to make of this our Lords com∣ing and second Aduent, ver. 28 to the end of the 33. This is

the generall suruey of the text.

In more parts to diuide it (that we may see each and euery parcell thereof,* 1.50 when it is laid open and dissected) let vs giue good eare vnto our Preacher the great Rabbi and do∣ctor, who by a Synecdoche, taking some parts principall for the whole, and euery singular, tels vs: first, that there shall be signes of this his Aduent: first, in the superiour, coelesti∣all, and irrationall bodies: to wit, the Sunne, the Moone,* 1.51 the Starres, in the inferiour, and sublunary, the earth, the sea, the waters. Secondly, in the rationals and animals, as first trouble among the nations, with perplexity, ver. 25. Secondly, he sheweth the effect of this trouble, which shall be this. Mens hearts shall faile them for feare, and for loo∣king after those things, &c. Ver. 26.

Secondly, he shewes vs,* 1.52 what shall be the subsequent or consequent of these signes: to wit, Men seeing the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory, Ver. 27. Concer∣ning the vse of these signes and Christs coming, it is deliue∣red: First, with a couragious Attendite and most comfor∣table exhortation, to be encouraged,* 1.53 not discouraged at the signes, but rather 1. to looke vp, 2. and to lift vp their heads, our Sauiour inducing one gook reason for both: which is this, For the redemption draweth neere, ver. 28.

Secondly, he beats the vse of these signes into men heads with a sound mallet, and beetles of a figge-tree, and all other trees. the Protasis whereof is in the 29. and 30. ver. the: Apo∣dosis ver. 31. so likewise ye when yee see these things, &c.

Thirdly,* 1.54 that the elect and people of God might here∣in be so confirmed, as nothing in heauen nor in earth should cause them to quaile. He prooues all that he hath spoken with his most vsuall and vehement asseueration of the truth of two signes. Verily I say vnto you, that this age shall not passe (1. some of the Iewes shall remaine when the last signe shall be seene) till all these things be fulfilled. Ver. 32. The second of these two, and the last signe that shall be after all eternities, is the perpetuity and eternity of Gods truth: to wit, though

heauen and earth shall passe (which is the last signe of all) yet Gods word shall not passe away; that is to say,* 1.55 either in this do∣ctrine now deliuered, or any other clause or title of Gods word whatsoeuer, ver. 33.

The third Sonday in Aduent.

* 1.56THe Scr••ptures of God, chosen out for this third, and for the fourth Sonday in Aduent, must needs in the generall scope agree with the rest before going: sith the occasion of the choice is generally all one, which is, to confirme vnto the Church of God the truth of the first, and the certainty of the second coming of their Sauiour Christ.

* 1.57The two Scriptures of the old Testament, taken out of Isaies Prophecie, se••ected for the two first Lessons this day, doe Prophetically, and yet plainely declare and proue the same. In the first whereof euery true member of the Church thanks God for that benefite and sauour of God in Christ, diuisim.

And in the second, the chosen of God continue that holy song,* 1.58 for that vnspeake••ble benefite, coniunctim. The first of the Scriptures of the new Testament, doth for this cause, bid men to liue in hope, and patiently to expect, in forbid∣ding men to iudge any thing before the time, vntill the Lord come who will lighten things that are hid in d••rkenesse. &c.

In the second, our greatest Lord and teacher himselfe vpon Iohn Baptists question. Art thou he that should come, &c. Remised this message, vnto his herbenger. Go and shew Iohn what things ye haue heard and seene.

* 1.59The first Lesson for morning prayer is, Isay 25. which doth containe a speciall kind of praising God, and full of feeling: wherein euery child of God doth in particular, apply the coming of Christ and his redemption vnto him∣selfe.

* 1.60The chapter may be distributed into these chiefe heads.

1. containing a forme and manner of the thanksgiuing,* 1.61 the words thereof. O Lord thou art my God, I will exalt thee, I will praise thy name. Ver. 1. And in that day shall men say: loe, this is our God we haue waited for him, and he will saue vs: this is the Lord, we haue waited for him, and we will reioyce and be ioy∣full in his saluation. Ver. 9.

The second is the motiue and foundation of this gratula∣tion,* 1.62 which is, 1. either, generall in the first verse, contai∣ning the specials. For thou hast done wonderfull things accor∣ding to the counsels of old, with a stable truth, 2. Or speciall, which is manifold, containing many reasons, yet all of them drawne from two strong places: 1. from the iustice of God, in executing of his iudgements vpon the rebellious and dis∣obedient Iewes, or any other, Ʋer. 1. to the end of the 5, or from his mercy and louing fauour, in calling, sanctifying, and offering saluation by meanes of his Son Iesus Christ, vnto his chosen people of all nations ver. 6. to the end of the 12. which is the end of the chapter.

The 26. chapter of Isay is the first Lesson for euening prayer,* 1.63 wherein the Prophet foretelleth what complicate & combined ioy there shall be of Gods p••••pl•• together assem∣bled, or in speaking and singing in their hearts all one song concern••ng Christs coming, & bringing wi••h him sa••uation, which he shall set for wals and bulwarkes. The chapter giues vs a view and sight of these principall points.

First,* 1.64 the Prophet propounds the substance & ditty of this generall and Catholicke song.* 1.65 ver. 1. In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Iudah, we haue a strong city: saluation shal God set, for wals and bulwarkes.

The second is, that vse which the Prophet makes of this song,* 1.66 by his exhortation. ver. 2.3.4.

The third is the ground and reasons, whereupon these exhortations are founded:* 1.67 drawne

First, from the experience of Gods power, in taking a∣way the lets and hinderances vnto the saluation of his peo∣ple. 2. from the experience of his fauour vnto all the godly,

in generall to the Prophet, and each godly man in speciall, Verse. 5. to the end of the 21. verse. which is the end of the chapter. For▪ lo, the Lord cometh out of his place, to visite the iniquity of the inhabitants of the earth vpon them, and the earth shall disclose her bloud, and shall no more hide her slaine. What meane these speeches? who shall performe this & more then this? But our God in Christ, and by Christ. Christ, I say, God with vs, and man for vs and in vs: He did it at his first coming, by himselfe immediatly and in mercy, when he played the Priest and the Prophet by his mercifull and gra∣cious ministery. He shall do it at his second coming, when he shall act the part of a King, the King of Kings, and sole Iudge of Kings, to iudge Kings, and all others in the world, as he sits in his glorious throane and tribunall of Maiesty,

* 1.68In the third portion of Scripture selected for this day, 1. Cor 4.1. to the end of the 5. verse,* 1.69 we haue an Apostolicall exhortation, as before a Propheticall, touching Christs me∣diate ministery, and his coming to vs by the Ministers of his word and disposers of his secrets, That we may cary such a reuerent esteeme and opinion of them as their places deserue, and as becommeth vs. The Text broken vp hath these parts,

* 1.70First S. Pauls exhortation, which is double, 1. concerning other mens respect and iudgement of the Ministers, ver. 1. 2. concerning the ministers carriage and respecting them∣selues, that they may be accounted indeed, and not in word, the Ministers of Christ & worthy disposers of Gods secrets, ver. 2.

* 1.71The second part containeth the Apostles owne resolutiō, concerning other mens estimation and iudgement of him∣selfe. ver. 3.4.

* 1.72The third containeth his concluding exhortation, as tou∣ching this point of iudgement and censuring: limiting it vn∣to the time of the Lotds coming, who being the great censu∣rer of all, will then make it appeare, who hath iudged right∣ly and with commendation at Gods hand. ver. 5.

The fourth portion of Scripture for this day,* 1.73 is Math 11.2, to the end of the 10 ver.* 1.74 deliuering vnto vs two most wor∣thy demonstrations of the vndoubted truth & certainty of this powerful & gratious Aduent, & coming of Iesus Christ.

The fi••st is that answere which S. Iohns Schollers carried to their Maister,* 1.75 as touching the infallible certainty of Christs coming (for this was Iohns question) ve. 2. to the end of the 6. ver.

The second is our Lords testimony,* 1.76 to confirme Iohns mi∣nistery, and consequently the inuiolable truth of his owne coming, in the 7. 8. 9. & 10 verses. The former of these de∣monstrations containes, 1. a question moued by Iohn Baptist (though he was in prison) in the 2. & 3. verses, 2. an answere made by Christ in the 4.5. & 6. verses, The latter compre∣hends a patheticall question, thrice repeated by Christ, cō∣cerning Iohns person and ministerie, and by himselfe answe∣red, 1. negatiue••y 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, in the 7. & 8, verses, 2. affirmatiue∣ly 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in the 9. and 10. verses.

The fourth Sonday in Aduent.

THe neerer that we come to the parcels of Scripture which do manifest and make plaine to vs the vncon∣trou••eable truth of the incarnation and birth of our Lord Iesus Christ,* 1.77 the more euident and perspicuous are the pas∣sages of holy Scripture, which the Fathers of the Church haue chosen, to verifie the truth of his Aduent. Of his first and of his second, his generall and sufficient coming for the good of all, in offering himselfe vnto all, both bad and good Iewes and gentiles. Of his particular and effectuall coming for the saluation of all the elect onely, for each of them, and euery of them.

For we may heare how God by Isay, 1. cryeth out against the rebellious house of the Iewes, & that is one kind of com∣ing to them, as bad as they were. And in the other Scripture,

for the euening,* 1.78 God by his Prophet most plainely doth* 1.79 speake of Christ his Sonne, who shall raigne in, iustice and the Princes shall rule in iudgement.

What better vse and application can be made of these doctrines then that which Saint Paul deliuers in our text for the Epistle?

Doth not S. Iohn the Euangelist take the same course, in prouing the coming of Christ, which Christ himselfe did, in the former Gospell. Math. 11.

The first Lesson for morning prayer is, Isay 30.* 1.80 compre∣hending these doctrines.

* 1.81First the Prophet preaches wo and iudgements against the rebellious children, & people of the Iewes,* 1.82 for their ma∣nifold wickednesse: and namely for consulting with, and trusting in the Aegyptians, when they were in distresse & not trusting in the liuing God ver. 1. to the end of the 7.

* 1.83Secondly, the Iewes are taxed for their contempt of Gods word in the mouth of the Seers and Prophets: for the which they are sure to be plagued, as for their distrust in God and relying vpon the strength of man, ve. 8. to the end of the 17.

Thirdly, the Prophet preacheth of the Lords Longani∣mity and expectation of the conuersion of these refractary Iewes,* 1.84 and of the calling of the Gentiles by the preaching of Christs Gospell, by the preaching of the plentifulnes of Gods mercy in Christ (resembled vnto riuers and streames of water) the plentifulnesse of his spirit like a riuer that ouerflow∣eth to the necke, and by the preaching of his iudgements to light vpon his enimies ver. 18.33. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.85The 32. chapter of this Prophecy is the first Lesson for euening prayer, affoarding and teaching these doctrines.

* 1.86First, there is a Prophecy of the kingdome of Christ,* 1.87 shewing what manner of gouernment it shall be, and what shal be the effects thereof, as in the conuersion of the blind, the foolish and niggard &c. to see their ignorance, folly & wickednesse, ver. 1. to the end of the 8. ver.

Secondly, the Prophet foretelleth the desolations of Hie∣rusalem,* 1.88 and forewarnes the dainty women to consider there∣of, whom it also concerned. v. 9. to the end of the 14.

Thirdly,* 1.89 the Lord by his Prophet telleth the people when these things shall come to passe, and how long their miseries shall continue among them: to wit, till the Lord Ie∣sus do come, till he send the plenteousnesse of his spirit from aboue, by his Sonne Christ, by the ministery of his Apostles, and prophets in the latter daies, ver. 15. to the end of the 20. which is the end of the chapter.

A part of the fourth chapter of S. Pauls ••pistle to the Philippians ver. 4.* 1.90 to the end of the 8. is the Epistle for this day: wherein

The Apostle makes the Aduent and second coming of Christ the ground of his exhortation,* 1.91 and of the Philippians reioycing. The parts of this text are,

First, exhortation: secondly, dehortation: thirdly,* 1.92 the good and benefite redounding to them, through their obe∣dience and hearkning to these exhortations and dehortati∣ons.

The exhortations is, 1 To reioycing, v. 4. 2 To patience in distresses, and expectation of the Lords coming: vnto both which is annexed the reason and certainty of Christs com∣ing. ver. 5.

He dehorts from distraction and immoderate care and trouble of minde, in these dangerous daies, exhorting them, 1. to prayer, 2 to supplication, 3 to thanksgiuing. v. 6.

The benefite they shall reape by hearkning to this good exhortation and counsell of the Apostle,* 1.93 is propounded to be a preseruation of their hearts and minds in Christ Iesus, by the best and safest keeper and custodie of all: which is, the peace of God, which p••sseth all vnderstanding. ver. 7.

The fourth chosen Scripture, which is our Gospell for this day, is a part of the first chapter of Saint Iohns Gospell. verse 1.9. to the end of the 28 verse, differing from the for∣mer precedent Gospell in the speciall. For Christ, the way

and the truth,* 1.94 doth in the sore-going Gospell giue testimo∣ny vnto Iohns ministery.* 1.95 But here Iohn testifieth of him∣selfe, being thereunto vrged: as also of the vertue, power, and diuine efficacy of Christ his Lord and maisters mini∣stery.

* 1.96This text comprehends a twofold testification of Saint Iohn the Baptist deliuered vnto vs by way of a dialogue: (for he

Testifieth either of himselfe or of Christ his maister) The inter••ocutors are, the Pharisaicall Priests and Leuites, Secondly, or Iohn the Baptist.

They are the cauesling questionists, he is the defendant and answerer, cuīus partes tutiores & saniores sunt quàm op∣ponentium.

These Sophisters do propound vnto S. Iohn foure sorts of questions.* 1.97

The first is, Quis es?* 1.98 in the 19 verse, answered in the 20. verse.

The second is, Quid tum? or vtrum?* 1.99 ver. 21. answered ne∣gatiuely, in the same verse,

The third is Qualis es?* 1.100 vnder the word quis es? as if they had said, what kind of place hast thou? what office bearest thou? of what calling art thou? that we may giue a direct answere concerning thine office, to them that sent vs, &c. verse 22. answered in these words, I am the voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernesse. ver. 23.

The fourth and last question is, Quamobrem,* 1.101 Why bap∣tisest thou then? if thou bee not Christ, nor Elias, &c. verse 25. The answere to this expostulating Quare, or Quamobrem, is, I baptise with water, but there is one among you, whom you know not ver. 26. he it is that commeth after me &c. ver. 27.

The Natiuity of our Lord Iesus Christ, commonly (but truely) called Christ∣mas day.

SVch is the truth and constancy of Gods promises,* 1.102 which in Iesus Chrst are yea & amen; that though heauē & earth shall passe. yet on•• iot or title thereof shall neuer passe. For that which the Father hath in times past foretold by the mouth of his Prophets, he hath now fulfilled and performed it, in sending his Sonne, in the similitude of sinfull flesh, to be borne of a sinner (though not conceiued in sinne) to be borne for sinners of all sorts and degrees of people, which belong to saluation.

As then vpon this day there is a solemne feast celebrated of the Christian reformed Churches (but not of the factious conuenticles,* 1.103 and seditious Assemblies) so there are such fundamentall points of religion selected, and culled out to be handled, both for the day it selfe, and the concomitant holidaies: as Gods people may therein take infinite causes of inward and outward reioycing. For,* 1.104 besides the sweete and heauenly discourses falling out for the great day it selfe, (called Christmas day) concerning the eternall Diuinitie, and true humanity, the two natures, and the three offices of our Sauiour and royall Redeemer,

We haue vpon the next day after, a ratifying of this truth by the death of S. Stephen: a Deacō of the Primitiue Church, and the first Christian Martyr.

Vpon the third holyday (called S. Iohns day) a strong con∣firmation of these truths by S. Iohn the Euangelist, that be∣loued Disciple of Christ.

And vpon the fourth day, a notable celebration and

commemoration of the truth and time of Christs birth,* 1.105 (that babe and young Lambe of God) by Herods bloudy massa∣cre of such a multitude of sweete babes and innocents.

* 1.106The Scriptures of the Prophets Isay and Dauid, who (as Christ himselfe saith) do sp••ake of him▪ where he alledgeth the booke of the Psalmes (from whence the Church hath ch••sen sixe for this feast) doe testifie and make mention of our Lords birth humane, of his generation diuine, and of his eternall kingdome.

* 1.107The 19.45. and 85. Psalmes for morning prayer, as also the 89.110. & 132. proper Psalmes for the euening do shew the truth of these doctrines vnto vs. The 19.* 1.108 Psalme decla∣reth these particular points.

* 1.109First, how Christ the Sonne of God, the maker of the great world, teacheth all men in generall, by the creatures, to wit, 1 heauens, 2 firmament, 3 daies, 4 nights, 5 Sunne, v. 1. to the end of the 6.

* 1.110Secondly, how the Lord God by his word in the mouth of man, that little world, with the working of the fiery spi∣rit, doth,

First, conuert mans soule.

Secondly, giue wisedome to the simple,

Thirdly, reioyce the heart.

Fourthly, giue light vnto the eyes.

Reade more, from the 7 ver. to the end of the 11. concer∣ning the excellent effects, and incomparable qualities of this second Schoolemaister.

The 45 Psalme,* 1.111 which is the second of the proper Psalmes, intreats of a good matter, for, 1. it is of the King of Kings, Christ our Bridgroome, and 2 of his spowse the Church, 3. of the beauty, loue, and glory of both.

* 1.112The third is the 85 Psalme: wherein Gods Church and people do speake, 1. generally of the loue of God in Christ, which they haue found by experience, Lord thou hast bene favourable to thy land, thou hast turned the captiuity of Iacob. ver. 1.

Secondly,* 1.113 the Church intreateth of this loue of God in particular, Thou hast forgiuen the iniquity of thy people, and co∣uered all their sinnes, verse 2.

Third••y, they confirme by future prophecie,* 1.114 that which they haue found by precedent, and shall find by future ef∣fect, in then selues and others, Mercie and truth shall meete together, righteousnesse and peace▪ &c. verse 10.

In the fourth of our proper Psalmes, which is the 89,* 1.115 the sweet singer of Israel. 2. Sam. 23.1. is rauished in spirit, and therefore by the effect of the former experience,

First, he protesseth and prophecieth,* 1.116 I will sing the m••r∣cies of the Lord for euer: with my mouth will I declare thy truth, from one generation to another▪ verse 1. A reason of this his pro∣testation he rendreth, For I said, mercy shall be set vp for euer. verse 2.

Secondly, he grounds his protestation,* 1.117 and his confirma∣tion vpon a most sure foundation, Gods owne oath infalli∣ble made vnto Dauid, a true type and figure of Christ. Reade the text from the 20. verse to the end of the 37, you shall find that the Prophets doctrine is most plaine, concerning the eternall generation diuine, and the infinite eternall per∣petuity of the spirituall kingdome of Christ Iesus our Lord.

In the fifth of these proper Psalmes, being in number the 110.* 1.118 First, how well doth king Dauid first sing of all these points together, to wit, the diuinitie, humanitie, kingdome and priesthood eternall of his Lord and Sauiour, The Lord sayd vnto my Lord, sit thou at my right hand, &c. verse 1. Se∣condly, how doth he proue it, but by repeating Gods oath irreuocable, The Lord sware and will not repent. Thou art a Priest for euer, &c. verse 4.

In the sixth of these proper Psalmes the 132,* 1.119 one of the songs of degrees, our royall Prophet tels vs of an other oath which God hath sworne, confidently made, and con∣stantly to be performed, The Lord hath sworne in truth vnto Dauid, Of the fruit of thy body will I set vpon thy throne. verse 11. Here,

* 1.120First, God by Dauids mouth doth prophecie,* 1.121 that Christ shall be borne a King, of the royall stocke and tribe of Iudah, Da••••ds f••mily. Second y God confirmeth this point con∣cerning the perpetuitie of Christs spirituall kingdome,* 1.122 that howsoeuer the Iewes and other enemies deale with Christ and his church; yet vpon the head of Christ, his crowne shall flourish Verse 18.

In our first Lesson for Morning prayer,* 1.123 being Isay the 9. chapter, these doctrines of instruction are confirmed vnto vs.

* 1.124First, Isay prophecieth of the certainty of Christs birth,* 1.125 in the preterperfect tense. Vnto vs a child is borne, and vnto vs a Sonne is giuen. Ʋerse 6.

Secondly, of his diuine and eternall generation* 1.126 in the present tense, The mightie God, the euerlasting Father. Verse 6.

Thirdly, of his perpetuall kingdome* 1.127 in the future tense, The Prince of peace, the increase of his gouernment shall haue none end. Vorse 7.

In the first Lesson for Euening prayer, being Isay, chap∣ter 7.10,* 1.128 to the end of the 15 verse: what words can be more plaine then these, Behold a Ʋirgin shall conceiue and beare a Sonne, and she shall call his name Immanuell. Which words of the Father te••tifying of the Sonne, do most preg∣nantly proue,

* 1.129First, the immaculate and true conception* 1.130 of the Virgin with Christ, That holy thing and Son of the most high, &c. Behold a Ʋirgin shall conceiue.

Secondly, the certainty of Christs birth,* 1.131 and beare a sonne.

Thirdly, the vniting of two natures, diuine and humane in one person,* 1.132 and thou shalt call his name Immanuel.

From these 8 Scriptu••es of the Prophets and old Testa∣ment, if we discend to foure more of the new; we shall in the cleere noone day and bright sun-shine of the Gospell, be∣hold the acting, effecting, accomplishment and vse of the fore-prophecied fauors.

For in the second Lesson for Morning prayer, Luke 2. v. 1. to the end of the 14,* 1.133 the Euangelist sets downe the truth of the birth of our Sauiour.

First, in naming the time when, secondly, the place where, thirdly, the manner how, fourthly, the persons celestiall and terrestriall,* 1.134 as witnesses of the ioyfull birth of this euer-bles∣sed babe.

And in the Gospell for this day Saint Iohn the Euange∣list, chapter 1. to the end of the 14 verse,* 1.135 speakes of Christs diuine generation before ••ime, and so is he 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, verse 1.

In the 14 verse, being the second generall part of our Gospell for this great feast, the beloued disciple tels vs out of these words, And the word was made flesh, and dwelt a∣mong vs, &c. that in time, the creator of time, in the fulnesse of time had his humane generation and cohabitation in the tabernacle of our flesh, and so is he 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, though not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: So that this very 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, which is, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, to and with God the Father, is for our sakes become the Sonne of man, and of the same substance of his mother, a perfect man of a reasonable soule, and humane flesh subsi∣sting.

¶ 1.136The Author of the Epistle to the Hebrewes, chap. 1. v. 1, to the end of the 13, giues vs to vnderstand, that God hath fa∣uoured vs more in these latter dayes, then he did the fathers in former times, verse 1.

First, in speaking to vs by his Sonne.* 1.137 verse 2.* 1.138

Secondly, in shewing vs that he is the true Prophet.* 1.139 verse 2.

Thirdly, the Author of this Epistle describes, first, the person of Christ in his God-head and Man-hood vnited, verse 3. And secondly, the offices of his Kingdome, Priest∣hood and prophecie. verse 3.* 1.140

Fourthly, he sets forth Christs excellency aboue Angels* 1.141 and all creatures, in these his offices of Kingdome, Priest∣hood and prophecie. verse 4.5.6.7.

Fifthly, he proues the eternity of his kingdome* 1.142 after all

creatures terrestriall and celestiall. verse 8. &c.* 1.143

* 1.144In the second Lesson for Euening prayer, Titus 3.4. to the end of the 8. A scripture concluding the Seruice of this high and solemne day, S. Paul shewes the vse of all these premised fauours, and the end, or rather the ends why God hath thus dealt with vs,

* 1.145First, that we might be made heires of eternall life. verse 7.

* 1.146Secondly, that we bel••euing in God, might be carefull to shew forth good workes, verse 8.

* 1.147Thus are these eight Scriptures of the old, and foure of the new Testament (as the twelue precious stones in Aarons brooch and iewell vpon his brest) combined and set toge∣ther. That euery Christian man or woman may this Christ∣mas time weare them next their hea••••s, as an heauenly A∣mulet and Antidote compounded by Gods true Apotheca∣ries, to preserue them from the poyson and plagues of A∣theisme, Iudaisme, Turkanisme, Papisme, Anabaptisme, pro∣fanenesse, of negligence and carelesnesse in the right man∣ner of worshipping, and in the true forme of fearing, and obeying God in Iesus Christ, by the power of the holy Ghost.

Now let vs diue deeper, and search more diligently into the Gospell for this day, that we may behold that comely order which S. Iohn obserueth in it, and the heauenly lessons which we are to learne out of it.

That which the holy Euangelists, Mathew, Marke and Luke had written according to the Scriptures of Moses and the Prophets, concerning Christs accomplishing of all things before spoken, by his birth, life, doctrine, passion, death,* 1.148 resurrection, &c. S. Iohn doth in this booke after ano∣ther manner, and in another kind deliuer. For he epitomi∣zeth that, which they discoursed of at large, concerning Christs humanity, and that in these words, And the word be∣came flesh, and dwelt among vs, &c. And he maketh a most ample tractate, as touching Christs diuine nature, as tou∣ching his effects also, and the execution of them.

These 14 verses of this first chapter,* 1.149 are as a specimen of the whole booke; and therefore the godly Fathers of the church haue chosen it as a most speciall Scripture to be handled vpon this day, and at this time.

In the first 13 verses, he writes of Christs diuinitie.* 1.150* 1.151

In the 14 verse, of Christs humanitie.* 1.152

He proues the diuinitie of the Sonne,* 1.153 whom he calleth the Word.

First, by his eternitie,* 1.154 In the beginning was that word.

Secondly, by his Consubstantialitie* 1.155 in the Deitie, and that word was with God, that is, one of the persons of the Deitie.

Thirdly, by the nature and essence thereof,* 1.156 and that word was with God, verse 1.

Two of these Arguments are by S. Iohn, for the more cer∣tainty of the truth repeated, The same was in the beginning with God, first, that is one of the persons of the Deitie,* 1.157 se∣condly, coeternall, verse 2.

The other arguments are taken from the workes and ef∣fects of the Sonne and word of God.* 1.158

The first, is the worke of Creation, All things were made by it, and without it was nothing made which was made. Verse 3.

The second, is the worke of Vinification, the worke of gi∣uing life, that is to say, reason and vnderstanding kindled in mens minds, to acknowledge him to be the Author of so great a good, In it was life, and that life was the light of men, verse 4. And that light shineth in the darknesse, &c. verse 5.

The next maner of reasoning,* 1.159 and kind of argumentation which S. Iohn vseth, is testimonium humano-diuinum, or di∣uino-humanum, the testimony of Iohn the Baptist, who being a man, yet was a Gods man, a man of God, first, sent from God: secondly, bearing this office, to this end, To testifie and beare witnesse of this light 1. the Son of God, 2. the Son of man, God and Man, 6.7. & 8. verse.

In the other 5 verses following,* 1.160 our Euangelist will teach and proue by reasons and arguments, drawne from the cause and effect, that albeit there was sufficient cause and

reason why this light of Christ should haue taken better ef∣fect* 1.161 in illuminating the world in generall, and the Church in speciall, taken out of the world. Yet neither did all the world, nor all th•• Church (whom S. Iohn cals Christs owne) receiue it.

* 1.162The first argument taken from the cause, is, He was that true light which lighteth euery man. Verse 9.

* 1.163The second, He was in the world, that is, by the creatures and light of reason, he did (as it were) in the person of his Godhead and Manhood offer himselfe to the world. Ver. 10.

* 1.164Now for the effects of these heauenly causes, first, it fared with our Lord Iesus this true light and Soule-phisition, as it doth with a light which is extingui••hed,* 1.165 or a good medica∣ment prepared which is not of ignorant or wilfull patients receiued. The light was generall, the medicament 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, sufficient (though twas but one) to cure all and euery one. But,* 1.166

* 1.167First, the world suffred it to stand by them, for the world could not see, it was in darknesse. verse 10.

Secondly, though the greatest physi••ion applied this me∣dicine himselfe to his owne patients,* 1.168 th•• worldly lewes: yet the greatest number of them would none of it. He came vnto his owne, and h••s owne receiued him not. verse 11. Herein they were worse then the world; for that they did know and ac∣knowledge Christ, but would not receiue him.

* 1.169Thirdly, the third effect that this cleare light and most so∣ueraigne medicine tooke, is in the thankful receiuers therof, Christ•• best patients, to wit, the elect and godly. To whom, as he administred the medicine, so be vouchsafed the bles∣sing, good opera••ion and happy effect thereof, to beleeue in his name.* 1.170 And these good patients are thus described:

First, by the right and title of filiation,* 1.171 a prerogatiue to be made the sonnes of God by adoption. verse 12.

S••condly, by their generation* 1.172 and birth, or rather by their regeneration and new birth, which is to be borne of God, that is, spiritually of Gods spirit. Vnto which birth Saint Iohn

opposeth the carnall and fleshly, which is, first of blood, se∣condly, of the will of the flesh, thirdly, of the will of man. v. 13.

Christs humanity is thus proued:* 1.173

First, twas no other nature but the essence and essentiall nature of God 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, Sermo, that word which was made, that is,* 1.174 became flesh, which tooke not vpon him the nature of Angels, but of Man, And the word became flesh,

Secondly,* 1.175 he dwelt and made his abode for the time in the tent and tabernacle of our flesh, And dwelt among vs.

Thirdly, he that is of these two natures, hath the essentiall fulnesse of two qualities, and attributes full of grace and truth.* 1.176

Fourthly, this glory of Christs Maiestie manifested in the flesh, was beheld of men when this Word the naturall Sonne of the Father appeared in the flesh,* 1.177 And we sawe the glorie thereof, as the glorie of the onely begotten Sonne of the Father. Verse 14.

The Sonday after Christmas.

SEeing that for the most part, euery yeare there falleth out one Sonday betweene Christmas day & the Circum∣cision of Christ, called New-yeares day: and namely,* 1.178 when they fall not both vpon the Sonday, or Sonnes day; there∣fore haue the Fathers of the Church thought good to set a∣part some such holy scriptures as may serue also for this day.

And because, betweene the great feast of Christmas, and the feast of Christs Circumcision, the 8 day after,* 1.179 and his Epi∣phany, or appearing to the Gentiles celebrated twelue dayes after Christs day: there can be no Christian doctrine more fitting the Sonday after the Natiuity, then the doctrine of the Natiuity, of Christs genealogie according to the flesh, and his humane nature,

For this purpose therefore,* 1.180 haue they out of Isaies Prophecie, taken two Chapters, recording a famous historie of King Hezekiah (of whom came Iesus, which

is called Christ,* 1.181 who as he was (with Dauid and other good kings) a figure of Christ, the eternall annointed king and Christ of God: so first, in this God, through Christ he trusted and beleeued when blasphemous Senaheribs Rab∣shakeh laboured him to the contrary. For vnto this Lord and Christ, he prayed for victorie, and obtained that a∣gainst that monster, whose nose-thrils God had hooked. And secondly, vnto this Lord and Sauiour he had his re∣course in his particular and distressed estate of a desperate sicknesse, who was heard in that also, and out of the danger of death deliuered.

* 1.182Vnto these holy Scriptures of the old, they do adioyne two out of the new Testament, most fitly accommodated vnto this businesse. In the first whereof S. Paul shewes to all our comforts, that when God saw his time (which was the fulnesse of time) he sent his naturall and onely Sonne to be∣come the sonne of a woman, and made vnder the law, that he might redeeme them that were vnder the law, That we might receiue the adoption of sonnes.

In the second, that neither few nor Gentile might herein be mistaken. S. Mathew the Euange••ist, who hath the face of a man, first, lookes Iesus Chri•••• ••n the face, whom he cal∣leth the sonne of Dauid, the sonne of Abraham, and so pro∣ceeds in hi•• petigree: secondly, he describes the true man∣ner of Christs birth, by declaring all such circumstances as in euery hystorie diuine and prophane do denominate the truth of a deed done indeed, and not fa••nedly.

* 1.183The 37 of Isaies prophecie is the first of the chapters for Morning prayer, wherein Gods holy Prophet makes rela∣tion.

* 1.184First, how the good king Hezekiah was affected with griefe, at the report and hearing of Saneheribs blasphemy, which was belched out against this true God and Sauiour of the world (the God of victorie, the God of health and life) and what course Hezekiah tooke after he heard that. Verse 1. to the end of the 20 verse.

Secondly,* 1.185 what effeect this wrought for the good of He∣zekiah, 1. in that his prayer was heard of God, and 2. the blasphemies iudged of the great Lord and higest Iudge, ac∣cording to his demerite, ver 21. to the end of the 29.

Thirdly, God assureth Hezekiah hereof,* 1.186 and confirmeth him herein ver. 30. to the end of the 35.

Fourthly, God executeth and performeth this iudge∣ment, which he before denounced,* 1.187 1. against the army of this proud Potentate, and 2. against the raging beast himselfe, that Assyrian Leuiathan, ver. 36. to the end of the 38. the end of the chapter.

The thirtie eighth chapter of this Prophecie is our first Lesson for the euening, wherein the Peophet teacheth vs,* 1.188 by the example of Hezekiah, in our owne and particular, and personall distresses, as well as in the general, publicke & ra∣tionall calamities of our country & people, to turne our faces vnto the Lord, to pray vnto him, & to confesse ourselues vn∣to his all-knowing Maiesty. ver, 1. to the end of the 3.

In the second place the Prophets tels vs,* 1.189 how God incli∣ned his eare to Hezekiahs faithfull & feruent prayer; confir∣ming by a signe against nature, taken from the retiring shad∣dow in the diall of Ahaz, that his yeares and life, should be prolonged. ver. 4. to the end of the 8.

In the third part of the chapter, the Prophet lets vs see the thankfulnesse of Hezekiah, after his recouery,* 1.190 set downe by writing in a record to Gods glory, & the Kings eternall me∣mory and commendations, ver. 9. to the end of the 20.

In the fourth place,* 1.191 we may see how God vsed the person of the Prophet, to be a counsellour of aduise for the Kings bodily health (as before for his soules) in prescribing a cap∣taplasme, to be applyed with good successe to the Kings a∣postume: besides the former assurance by that extraordinary signe of the dyal. ve. 21.22. being the last verses of the chap∣ter.

A part of the fourth chapter of S. Pauls Epistle to the Ga∣lathians, is our Epistle for this day, whose distributiō is thus:* 1.192

* 1.193First, his proposition deliuered in a similitude,* 1.194 whose pro∣tasis appeareth ver. 1. & 2 of an heire in his nonage differing no∣thing from a seruant,* 1.195 &c. but is vnder tutors and gouernors vntill the time appointed of the father.

* 1.196Se••ondly, the application and apodosis of the similitude ver. 3.4.5.6. which may stand in stead of the Minor and As∣sumption.

* 1.197Thirdly, the conclusion, which is most cordiall and in a diuine manner extracted out of both the former. Wherefore thou art no more a seruant, but a sonne: now if thou be a son, thou art also the heire of God through Christ. ver. 7.

The first chapter of Christs Gospell written by S. Mat∣thew,* 1.198 is our holy God-spell for this day, wherein like a true antiquary and most faithfull Hystorian he deliuers

First, the genealogie of Christ,* 1.199 ve. 1. to the end of the 17.

Secondly, the truth of the birth of our Sauiour, with the incidents,* 1.200 occurrents, and subsequents thereof, both in the virgin Mary and in Ioseph her husband, ver. 18. to the end of the 25. the last ver. of the chapter.

* 1.201In these obserue more particularly, 1. Mathews descripti∣on of the generation & genealogie of Christ, which is two∣fold: The first is generall, as that he is, 1. the sonne of Dauid, 2. the sonne of Abraham, ver. 2. to the end of the 16.

Secondly, obserue the calculation and collection* 1.202 which S. Matthew makes of the three times 14. generations amoun∣ting vnto 42. discents (before drawne out in speciall) as first, from Abraham to Dauid: secondly, from Dauid to their captiuty into Babylon: thirdly, from their captiuity, vn∣till Christ. ver. 17.

* 1.203The truth of the birth S. Matthew proues,

First, out of the truth of the Virgins conception* 1.204 (after her betrothing to her husband, and before they came together) she was found with child of the holy Ghost. ver. 18.

* 1.205Secondly, by Iosephs intention of separating her from him because she was with child. ver. 19.

* 1.206Thirdly, by the diuine preuention of Iosephs politicke

(but honest) separation,* 1.207 wherefore the Angel alleageth these reasons, 1. that which is conceiued in her is of the holy Ghost, ver. [ 1] 20, the 2. from the true effects of conception, her parturia∣tion, [ 2] she shall bring forth a Soone, the 3. from his Circumcisi∣on, [ 3] and the name that should be giuen him at his circumcisi∣on, with the etymologie and reason of his name, ve. 21. the [ 4] fourth reason is taken from the end of all: to wit, why all this was done, viz. the fulfilling of the holy Scriptures, pro∣phecying so of him, and namely the Scripture of Isay. Behold a Virgine shall be with child, &c. ver. 22.23.

The fourth proofe that S. Mathew brings (to proue the birth of Christ,* 1.208 is Iosephs obedience vnto God in taking of his wife Mary, but not knowing her carnally, till she had brought forth her first borne Sonne: therefore tis true that she did bring him forth: vnto which fourth confirmation is repeated one of the former proofes, to wit, our Lords cir∣cumcision: which action could not haue bene done to him, if he had not bene borne, truely borne; and not fantastically as fanatikes imagine. verse 24.25, the two last verses of the chapter.

The Circumcision of our Lord called also New-yeares-day.

ITt was very necessary that our Lord Iesus Christ (who (together with his Father and the holy Ghost) made the law of Circumcision, should also keepe the law,* 1.209 especially being borne a Iew, made subiect to the law, and vndergo∣ing the lawes curse for our sakes. And as he truely kept the Sabboth, and brake no part thereof, but abrogated the cere∣mony and ended it, by resting that day in the graue, which was the Iewes Sabboth: So he was circumcised with the cir∣cumcision made with hands: albeit in stead thereof he

ordained a new Sacrament: to wit,* 1.210 Baptisme for the new co∣uenant in stead of this of circumcision: & the Lords Supper: a new Passeouer in stead of the old, that euening Sacra∣ment of the law.

* 1.211The learned and ancient Fathers of Christs Church, haue therefore chosen for morning and euening prayer, this day sixe remarkeable Scriptures. And the rather because this feast of the Circumcision fals out very fitly to be celebrated about this time of Christs natiuity, and oftentimes vpon the Sonday.

* 1.212Moses in our first Lesson for morning prayer doth relate Gods ordinance and commandement to Abraham and his family, concerning Circumcision. In the first Lessō for euening prayer he maketh speciall vse of this doctrine.

To this Moses agreeeth & S Paul, who meetes with the Iewes vaine boasting in outward circumcision and Iudaisme,* 1.213 calling them to another: that is, to the inward, as appeareth in the second Lesson for morning prayer,

And writing to another people he sheweth the truth of this inward circumcision, by that effectuall circumcision of the gentile Colossians, who were circumcised with circumci∣sion made without hands: and this he doth in our second Lesson for euening prayer.

In our Epistle for this day he teacheth, that it was not act∣us circumcisionis, that did iustifie Ahraham: but faith was im∣puted to him for righteousnesse, before he was circumcised.

In the Gospell for this day, the sequele and subsequents of Christs birth, with the particulars of his circumcision, are by S. Luke related.

* 1.214The 17. chapter of Genesis being the first Lesson for mor∣ning prayer hath these chiefe points to be considered of,

First how God indenteth with Ahraham, 1. as concerning his free loue and mercifull kindnesse towards him of the one party,* 1.215 2. as touching Abrams obedience and dutifulnesse to God on the other party, concerning his obseruation of the Sacrament of circumcision, Ʋer. 1. to the end of the 14.

* 1.216Secondly,* 1.217 how he vouchsafeth his merciful kindnes also to Abrahams wife Sarai (whose name he changeth, as he had done her husbands) and maketh her a promise of bea∣ring a child vnto her husband, that was an hundred yeare old, hearing also Abrams request, for his base sonne Ishmael, but establishing his couenant with Isaack the sonne of Sarah the freewoman. ver. 15. to the end of the 22.

The third part of the chapter relateth the obedience of Abraham and his family,* 1.218 in performing the act of circumci∣sion accordingly, ver. 23. to the end of the 27. the end of the chapter.

A part of the tenth chapter of Deuteronomy is the first Lesson for euening prayer,* 1.219 from the 12. ver. to the end of the chapter, wherein Moses,

First, chargeth the Israelites,* 1.220 and straitely enioynes them to feare the Lord, to walke in his wayes, to loue, and serue him ver. 12. to the end of the 15.

Secondly, he makes vse of this his generall charge,* 1.221 by en∣ioyning them a speciall circumcision of the heart, and to harden their necks no more: alleaging many reasons to vrge these exhortatiue precepts and commandements, ver. 16. to verse 22. which is the end of the chapter.

A part of the second chapter of the Epistle to the Romans,* 1.222 from the 17. ve. to the end of the 29. is the second Lesson for morning prayer: wherein,

Saint Paul teacheth the Iew his duty how to behaue him∣selfe, in regard of inward circumcision,* 1.223 who boasted so much of the outward, He therefore doth

First,* 1.224 describe the estate of the cireumcised Iew boasting therein: ver. 17.18.19.20.

Secondly, he reprehends these Iewes, as, 1. for reprouing and censuring others and not themselues,* 1.225 2. for dishonoring and blaspheming God, and 3. for bragging so much of out∣ward circumcision: ver. 21. to the end of the 25.

Thirdly, he shewes the vse of outward circumcision:* 1.226 to wit, that it is to be referred to the inward circumsion, both

in the circumcised and vncircumcised,* 1.227 alleaging seuerall sound reasons for the same, ver. 26. to the end of the 29. the end of the chapter.

The second chapter of S. Pauls Epistle to the Colossians, is the second Lesson for euening prayer.* 1.228 In a part whereof he beateth vpon the former points, prouing it to be true by ex∣perience of that effectuall circumcision of the Gentiles, and namely the Colossians: who as,

First, they are complete in Christ,* 1.229 which is the head of all Principality and Power, ver. 10. so

Secondly, this is a part of their and our complement, that in him we are circumcised with circumcision made without hands,* 1.230 by putting off the sinfull bodie of the flesh through the circumcision of Christ. ver. 11.

A part of the 4. chapter of S. Pauls Epistle to the Romanes is the Epistle for this day,* 1.231 from the 8. ver. to the end of the chapter. In which he

First, propoundeth a proposition concerning blessednes* 1.232 vpon them to whom sinne is not imputed. ver. 8.

Secondly, he disputes the point, determines & concludes it,* 1.233 concerning the true obiect of this blessednes: whether it be the circumcised, or the vncircumcised, he that seeks iusti∣fication by the law, or which is iustified by faith, ver. 9. to the end of the 25. the end of the chapter.

The sixt and last Scripture is a part of the second chapter of Saint Lukes Gospell, ver. 15.* 1.234 to the end of the 21. Where∣in Sant Luke

* 1.235First, relateth the effects and sequele of the Angels Ser∣mon,* 1.236 as touching the birth of our Lord Iesus Christ. ver. 15. to the end of the 20.

* 1.237Secondly, vnto this Saint Luke annexeth the History of Christs Circumcision, ver. 21. there being not aboue 8. daies betweene the one and the other.

The effects of the Angels Sermon are diuerse, according to the diuers obiects thereof.

First, in the Sheepeheards? secondly, others.

* 1.238The Sheepehards are said.* 1.239 First to confer & consider vp∣on that which they heard: they said one to another. Let vs go euen to Bethleem and see this thing. ver. 15.

Secondly, they acted that whereof they had conference,* 1.240 so they came with hast, and found both Mary. &c. ver. 16.

Thirdly, they did impart it to others,* 1.241 and hid not their Talent in the ground. And when they had seene it, they pub∣lished abroad the things that were told them of that child. ver. 17.

Fourthly, they liued not idlely afterwards,* 1.242 but applyed themselues to their callings, they returned.

Fiftly,* 1.243 they glorified and praised God (as they were taught, by the example of the multitude of heauenly souldiers) glorifying and praysing God, for all that they had heard and seene, &c. ver. 20.

The effect of the Sheepeheards ruminating,* 1.244 and repea∣ting the Sermon in others, is two-fold, according to the two sorts of obiects.

First, wondering in the common multitude.* 1.245 All that heard it, wondered at the things that were told them of the Sheepe∣heards. ver. 6.

Secondly, Maries, 1. keeping all these sayings, 2. Pondered,* 1.246 meditated and well considered of them, in her heart, But Mary kept all these sayings. &c. ver. 19.

The particulars of the hystory of Christs Circumcision:* 1.247 are,

First the time when* 1.248 it was done, when the eighth day was come, to circumcise him.

Secondly, the manner of doing it,* 1.249 the name which he had when he receiued this Sacrament, his name was called Iesus.

Thirdly, the reasons why* 1.250 he was so named, it was a name giuen vnto him of the Angell before he was conceiued in the wombe. ver. 21.

The Epiphany of our Lord Iesus (that is,* 1.251 his appearing to the Wisemen) other∣wise called, the Twelfth day.

* 1.252AS Iesus the child, was the glory of his people Israel: so is he a light to lighten the Gentiles. For otherwise that promise which was made vnto Abrahā (that in his seed all the nations of the earth should be blessed) had not bene indeed accomplished. His name was therefore called Iesus; that he might saue his people: that is to say Gentiles, as wel as Iewes, from their sinnes.

* 1.253The Church of Christ hath therefore thought it fit, next vnto his Circumcision to plaee our Lords Epiphany, his ap∣pearing to the Wisemen the Gentiles, who came out of their country by the blessed direction of a Starre, which brought them to Christ the bright morning Star, which rising from the East visited them. Whereupon they could not but doe as the sheepeheards did, in visiting and doing homage to him.

* 1.254In the two first Scriptures of the old Testament, chosen for the first Lessons, the Prophet Isay foretold that it should be so. And in the foure out of the new Testament S. Luke, S. Iohn, S. Mathew, and S. Paul do record the effecting and accomplishment hereof that it was so.

In the first lesson for morning prayer the Prophet Isay in his 40. chapter,* 1.255 more like an Euangelist then a Prophet,

First preacheth the comfortable tydings of remission of sins by Christ.* 1.256 Comfort ye, comfort ye, my people, will your God say, speake comfortably vnto Ierusalem, and cry vnto her that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned, that she hath receiued of the Lords hand double for all her sinnes ver. 2.2.

* 1.257Secondly, the Prophet foretelleth the coming of Iohn Baptist, the great crier, herault and clerke of this great Mes∣siah:

preaching this doctrine of saluation both to Iewes and Gentiles,* 1.258 which were penitent and beleeuers. verse 3, to the end of the 5.

Thirdly,* 1.259 the Prophet preacheth as concerning the frailty of mortall man, of the power of Gods word, and perpetui∣tie thereof: at which both Iewes and Gentiles are exhorted to reioyce, because the word that is made flesh is comming. Whose loue and tendernesse (like a shepheard ouer his flocke) whose infinite power also and supereminencie is shadowed out by the Prophet. Both which are applied to the great comfort of Gods Church and people gathered of Iewes and Gentiles. verse 6, to the end of the 31, the end of the chapter.

In the first Lesson for Euening prayer, which is the 49 of Isay,* 1.260 the Prophet,

First, begins one of his Sermons,* 1.261 as though he did preach to great Britaine, England, Scotland, and Ireland (for these are Ilands as well as others are,) Heare ye me O Iles, and hearken ye people from farre, &c. Ʋerse 1, to the ende of the 5 verse: where you may heare admirable and most comfortable ex∣hortation.

Secondly,* 1.262 he speaketh of Christs coming and sauing the nations, that dwell in continents, in lands, not inuironed with the sea, as well as the Ilands: to whom this Sauiour and ro∣yall Redeemer exhibiteth himselfe: For his people shall come from farre, From the North, from the West, and from the land of Sinim. Verse 11. Also, Behold (saith the Lord) I will lift vp mine hand to the Gentiles, and set vp my standart to the people, and they shall bring thy sonnes in their armes, and thy daughters shall be caried vpon their shoulders, &c. verse 6, to the end of the 22.

Thirdly,* 1.263 God by his Prophet foretelleth the meanes and helpes that he will affoord to his Church of the Gentiles, speaking euen to the comfort of the Church gathered in great Britaine (which we haue found by experience, And Kings shall be thy foster-fathers, and Queenes shall be thy nurses;

they shall worship thee with their faces toward the earth,* 1.264 and licke vp the dust off thy feete, and thou shalt know that I am the Lord, for they shall not be ashamed that waite for me, &c. v. 13, to the end of the 26, the end of the chapter.

In our second Lesson for Morning prayer, Luke 3.1,* 1.265 to the end of the 22 verse, the Euangelist tels vs that Iohn Bap∣tist performed in preaching that which Isay foretold of him,

* 1.266First, for the matter* 1.267 of his teaching, preaching the baptisme of repentance.

Secondly, for the manner,* 1.268 crying.

Thirdly, for the place,* 1.269 in the wildernesse, and all the coasts about Iordane.

Fourthly, for the people his auditory,* 1.270 All flesh (that is) Gentiles and Iewes shall see the saluation of God.

In the second Lesson for Euening prayer, S. Iohn chapter 2, verse 1,* 1.271 to the end of the 11. verse, shewes an example hereof in the first miracle that Christ wrought at the mariage, his turning of wateo into wine. Iohn 2.9. in Cana a towne of Galile. He being the Sonne of God,* 1.272 and therefore God himselfe perswaded. Iaphet to dwell in the tents of Sem, that they might (being married vnto Christ in truth and righteousnesse) tast of Christs cordiall liquor,* 1.273 euen water metamorphosed and turned into wine.

For this cause, and to this end, in our Epistle, Ephes. 3.1,* 1.274 to the end of the 12 verse. S. Paul,

* 1.275First, vseth these speeches, and deliuers this doctrine to the Ephesians,* 1.276 which were Gentiles, viz. I Paule am a prisoner of Iesus Christ for you Gentiles, if you haue heard of the dispensa∣tion of the grace of God, which is giuen me to you-ward. ve. 1.2.

Secondly, he sheweth of what kind and nature this prea∣ching is,* 1.277 by tearming it a mysterie, shewing in what respects it is so intituled.

Thirdly, he telleth vs what this mysterie is,* 1.278 to wit, that the Gentiles should be inheritors also, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the Gospell. Verse 6.

Fourthly,* 1.279 that the dispensation and Ministery is com∣mitted vnto him by the grace and fauour of God, for the good of his Church gathered of Iewes and Gentiles. verse 7, to the end of the 12.

What is that inheritance? what is that promise? what is that Gospell and glad tidings, but that which causeth great ioy to all the people, that vnto all nations is borne a Sauiour, which is Christ the Lord.

In the sixt portion of Scripture, chosen out for this daies Seruice written Mathew 2.1.* 1.280 to the end of the 12 verse, we haue a most comfortable and an infallible testimony of Gods vocation of the Gentiles, and their apprehending Christ, S. Mathew shewes it to be true,

First, in the wise religious Gentiles,* 1.281 which came to see Christ, that true light, verse 1.2.* 1.282

Secondly, in king Herod, that crafty and suttle foxe, who vnder the colour of worshipping this king of kings,* 1.283 inten∣ded the destruction of the Lord of life, as verse 3, to the end of the 8,

Thirdly,* 1.284 in the wise mens performing that which they came for. verse 9.10.11,

Fourthly, in not persecuting the Babe,* 1.285 by returning any message to Herod (which diuine Oracle in a dreame in∣hibited) but returning to their owne country another way, as verse 12.

That this coming of the Gentiles to Christ,* 1.286 is a true hi∣story, the first verse of the chapter shewes it, first in the cir∣cumstances

Of time* 1.287 when it was done,

Of place* 1.288 where twas done,

Of persons* 1.289 which were the actors of it,

Of words and speeches* 1.290 that the Gentile wise men vsed, viz. Where is he that is borne, &c.

Of the reasons which moued them to speake these words,* 1.291 first, For we haue seene his starre in the East, secondly, and are come to worship him. v. 2.

* 1.292Secondly,* 1.293 the truth of these things is argued by the effects in Herode and others, for heating of it, first, he was troubled himselfe, secondly, all Hierusalem with him, verse 3. This per∣turbation appeareth by the effects thereof,

First, his publicke search and inquisition of his owne people,* 1.294 He enquired of the chiefe Priests and Scribes, the vn∣doubted truth thereof, verse 4, who answer him out of the Scriptures, verse 5. and 6.

Secondly, his secret inquisition of the wise men, what time the starre appeared. verse 7.

* 1.295The third effect of Herods trouble, is his mission and sen∣ding of the wise men by speciall commission (as secret intelligencers) to bring true word of the businesse, verse 8.

* 1.296Thirdly, the truth of these things are argued by the wise mens obedience and performance, as well in deed as in word and questioning. For S. Mathew relates that,

* 1.297First, they went.

Secondly, he tels by what meanes they went, how they [ 1] were directed in their iourney, And loe the starre, &c. [ 2] verse 9.

[ 3] Thirdly, their ioy for this heauenly concomitance and company of the comete. verse 10.

[ 4] Fourthly, they went into the house.

[ 5] Fiftly, they found the Child and the mother.

[ 6] Sixtly, they fell downe and worshipped him, that is, inwardly and outwardly.

[ 7] Seuenthly, they opened their treasures.

[ 8] Eighthly, they offered vnto him gifts, first of gold, secondly of frankincense, thirdly of Myrrhe. verse 11.

[ 9] Ninthly, they returned into their country another way (not intending to go home by persecuting Herod) because God by a dreame did so aduise them. verse 12.

* 1.298The first Sonday after the Epiphany.

AS the malicious and refractary Iewes do deny Christ to be as yet come in the flesh,* 1.299 so haue they with a deadly and capitall hatred infested that most sweete and comfortable doctrine, concerning the calling of the Gentiles, and of Christs most familiar and gratious appearing vnto them. Wherefore the Christian church hath thought it good to choose out principall Scriptures for the fiue Sondayes fol∣lowing, that Christs Catholicke Church,* 1.300 and each member thereof may be further established in this ground and maine point of Theologie: that they may want no assured props to stay them from falling, nor any defences wherewith to vphold them in contending for the maintenance of that faith which was once giuen to the Saints.

Our Euangelicall Prophet in the two first Lessons, first,* 1.301 doth make the defectiue Church of the Iewes to vnderstand this point, and secondly, teacheth them to trust in him: for tis vaine to haue confidence in idols.

And the Doctor of the Gentiles in the Epistle for this day,* 1.302 exhorts the beleeuers to performe another manner of seruice then was vsed by the Iewes, perswading them to offer vp their bodies a liuing sacrifice, holy and acceptable to God.

In the fourth Scripture for this day, the child Iesus is a president vnto vs of the spirituall and reasonable seruice and sacrifice of perfect obedience to God his father.

The 44. chapter of Isay is the first Lesson for Morning prayer,* 1.303 conteining these chiefe instructions and most com∣fortable considerations.

First,* 1.304 how God offereth himselfe in Iesus Christ vnto his old and first people the Israelites,* 1.305 in most ample and com∣fortable manner. verse 1.2.

Secondly,* 1.306 how the riuers and waters of his mercies shall

flow vpon the Gentiles, whom he calleth the thirstie, barren,* 1.307 or drie ground. vers. 3.4.5.

* 1.308Thirdly, the Lord confirmeth the effecting hereof by his omnipotent power, mercy, and eternall essence, and that difference which is betweene him the liuing God, and all false Gods and idols: That it is hee which hath put away their transgressions like a cloud, and their sinnes like a mist. Turne vn∣to me therefore (saith he) for I haue redemed thee, as verse. 22. & after the same maner he speaketh ver. 25. of the 43. chap∣ter) &c. See more at large in the text, from the sixth verse of this chapter, to the end of the 28. verse, which is the end of the chapter

* 1.309In the 46. of Isay appointed for euening prayer, the same lesson is taught againe to the Iewes.

* 1.310First, that as he is, was, and will be their God, and the God of the Gentiles,* 1.311 so haue they no reason to flye from him by hauing recourse to idols. Because the end of the chiefe idols, as Bell and Nebo, is ruine and destruction, vers. 1.2. Confusion shall come to the idols, their Makers and Wor∣shippers.

* 1.312Secondly, God exhorts his Church to hearken onely to him; because he hath done, he doth, and will doe, whatsoeuer is done,* 1.313 or to be done for them. vers. 3.4.

Thirdly, that they may not worship idols, because there is nothing which God hath made, or which man can make which can be resembled vnto that diuine essence and maie∣stie. For I am God (saith he) there is none other, there is no thing like me. Which declare the last thing from the beginning, and from of old, the things that were not done, saying, my counsell shall stand and I will do what I will, I will giue saluation to Sion, and my glo∣rie to Israel, &c. See more from the 5. verse to the end of the 13. the end of the chapter.

Saint Paul in our Epistle for this day, Rom. 12. verse 1.* 1.314 to the end of the 5. in that his golden exhortation, perswades all beleeuers,* 1.315 and namely the Roman Gentiles, to serue God after another fashion then was vsed by the idolatrous

Iewes,* 1.316 or the filthy Chaldeans (a sacrifice which was vn∣reasonable, vnseasonable, and vnacceptable to God,) viz. to the offering and yeelding vp their bodyes a liuing sa∣crifice, holy, acceptable to God, their reasonable sacrifice. The text comprehends,* 1.317

First his exhortation,* 1.318 verse 1.2.

Secondly, the grounds* 1.319 and motiue hereof, vers. 3.4.5.

This was not written for the Romanes onely,* 1.320 which were Gentiles, but for our instruction also vpon whom the ends of the world are come.

In our fourth Scripture, Luk. 2.42.* 1.321 to the end of the chap∣ter, the child Iesus that sate in the midst of the Doctors, hea∣ring them, and posing them, being the only votary of obe∣dience, deuoted altogether to his Fathers businesse, teacheth vs what we should do.* 1.322 S. Luke in this Gospell first recordeth generally,

First, the care and imploiment of Christs parents* 1.323 in seeking out their child in the first fiue verses.

Secondly, the care and imployment of the child Iesus* 1.324 in doing of his heauenly fathers businesse, and yet not negle∣cting to go downe with his earthly parents to Nazareth, but being also subiect to them in the other 7. verses.* 1.325 The Euan∣gelist relateth more particularly,

First,* 1.326 his parents care is either particular in respect of the discharge of their particular and proper duties of coming to the feast and performing that which they came for accor∣dingly, as verse 42.43.

Or secondly, more speciall, or more particular for Christ Iesus their child, as ver. 44.45. and in a part of the 46. verse.

Christs care & imploiment in his function propheticall,* 1.327 wrought diuers effects according to the diuer obiects, as

First, in the multitude or greatest part, Christs vnderstan∣ding and answeres wrought astonishment.* 1.328

Secondly, his absence from his parents which arose and was an effect of his imploiment,

First, wrought and effected an amazement in his parents.

* 1.329Secondly,* 1.330 an expostulation or an obiurgatiue question in his mother, Sonne, why hast thou thus dealt with vs, &c. vers. 48. Which question is answered with our Lords demanding of another question, whereby he

* 1.331First taxeth their ignorance, which caused their needlesse seeking of him, How is it that ye sought me?

* 1.332Secondly, he sheweth that his employment was the cause of his absence, Wist ye not that I must go about my Fathers bu∣sinesse. verse 49. And that it was an imputation of ignorance vnto them S. Iohn shewes, But they vnderstood not the word that he spake to them. verse 50.

* 1.333Another obiect of Christs care and employment in this his tender age, is his obedience and subiection to his earth∣ly parents, after he had done his heauenly Fathers businesse, Then he went downe wich them, and came to Nazareth, and was subiect to them.

Which words and deeds were effectually treasured vp, and pondered in his mothers heart. This was the effect that Christs employment tooke in his mother Mary, verse 51, And Iesus increased. The fruits and effects of Christs per∣fect obedience,* 1.334 were the increasings of God and godly in∣creasings, first in wisedome, secondly stature, thirdly and fa∣uour with God and man.

The second Sonday after the Epiphany.

* 1.335AS God doth not cease to draw on the Iewes to repen∣tance, to forsake their idolatry, and to betake them∣selues to him that is, hath beene, and will bee their Iehouah, and Elohecha, as in the 44. and 46. of Isay, may be seene, and did appeare: So is our God mindfull of his mercy to the Gentiles, as was shewed then, and shall now appeare in that which the same Prophet speaketh for, and concerning the continuance & increase of his fauour to the beleeuing Iewes then liuing, and to the faithfull Gentiles which were to liue

afterward.* 1.336

In our two Scriptures of the old Testament the Gospel-like Prophet Isay* 1.337

First, cals the Iewes to the consideration of Gods fauours already receiued, and promiseth the continuance of them to the worthy receiuers.

Secondly, he exhorts them and the Gentils to haue them in singular reuerence, that bring and preach the happy ty∣dings of this saluation.

In our Epistle,* 1.338 the Romane Gentiles are exhorted by a chiefe Preacher of these newes, that seeing they had receiued these seuerall fauours of God, in the seuerall gifts and gra∣ces of God, that they therefore would vse them according∣ly.

In the Gospell we are guided by S. Iohn to the wel-spring and fountaine of these cordiall liquors from whom onely we may draw them, and commend them with great glory to God, and reioycing in our selues, to the gouernor of the feast.

The 51. chap. of the Prophecy of Isay is the first Lesson,* 1.339 for this morning seruice, affording

First, a most worthy preface vnto an excellent Sermon.* 1.340 ver. 1.* 1.341

Secondly, most singular comfort: first to the Iewes,* 1.342 con∣sider Abraham your father, surely the Lord shall comfort Syon. ver. 1.2.3. secondly, to the Gentils, is affoorded as great comfort concerning Christs future appearing to them. Hear∣ken vnto me my people, and giue eare vnto me ô my people, for a law shal proceed forth from me, and I will bring forth my iudgement for the light of the people. My righteousnesse is neere, my saluation goeth forth, and my arme shall iudge the people, the Iles shall wait•• for me and trust vnto mine arme, &c. ver 4.5.6.

Thirdly, all pretext of feare or discouragement* 1.343 is taken away in regard of afflictions or persecutions of the faithfull beleeuers by euill instruments, and wicked men. ve. 7. to the end of the 23. the end of the chapter.

* 1.344In our first Lesson for euening pra••er, which is the chap.* 1.345 following, God by his Prophet, Isay 52.

* 1.346First, encourageth his people in the best manner, by ta∣king vpon them the strength beauty and puritie which the Lord giueth them.* 1.347 ver. 1. to the end of the 6.

* 1.348Secondly, he chargeth them to bid such welcome in the best manner, which bring these comfortable tydings with them, and what good shall beside such as hearken vnto them in departing from vncleanenesse and wickednesse, in belee∣uing in Christ, although he shall not make such a glorious shew in the eye of the world, ver 7. to the end of the 14. ver. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.349How like amost cunning Musician doth the chiefe piper of the Gentiles, Romans 12.6. to the end of the 16, ver. war∣ble the harpe of Isay the Prophet, perswading them to pra∣ctise according to their profession,* 1.350 and as they had bene par∣takers of diuers excellent gifts and graces so they would dispense and dispose of them to the glory of the giuer and profite of the receauers, whether minister or peo∣ple.

His exhortations are as many and as seuerall as the gifts and graces are,* 1.351 whereof he makes mention, and that is the true and best analyse of the text in my poore iudge∣ment.

In our fourth Scripture, being the Gospell written, Iohn 2.1.* 1.352 to the end of the 22. ve. The Euangelist tels vs that our Lord Iesus Christ performes in effect that which he promi∣sed & much more. This our Sauiour (I say) doth it, by whom came grace and truth,* 1.353 & from whom the Church now draw∣eth in generall, and all the stewards and officers of the feast in speciall, the cordiall cheering liquors of his comforting spirit, in far more plentifull measure then heretofore, for the old Iewes had Christ (which was to come) promised as it

were in waters:* 1.354 But in these daies he is performed in wine. And that by the best transmutator, the best and rrue Chimist the onely true transubstantiator of species, substances and qualities. In this portion of Scripture, S. Iohn giues vs a view.

First, of an occasion of a miracle.* 1.355

Secondly, of the miracle it selfe* 1.356 wrought by our Sauiour.

Thirdly, of the consequents or subsequents thereof.* 1.357

The occasion is two-fold.* 1.358 First, the marriage* 1.359 whereunto Christ himselfe, his mother, and his disciples were inuited, ve. 1 2. The second occasion is, the want and penury of wine.* 1.360 ve. 3.4. & 5.

In the miracle we may consider.

First, an introduction* 1.361 or preface. ve. 6. & 7. Now there was set there 6. waterpots &c. And Iesus said, fill the water pots with water.* 1.362

Secondly, the miracle it selfe,* 1.363 Then he said vnto them: draw out now and beare vnto the steward or gouernor of the feast. ver. 8.

The consequence of the miracle* 1.364 carieth with it, first, te∣stimony* 1.365 and confirmation thereof, secondly, the gouernors taxing the bridegroomes* 1.366 infrugalitie and want of discreti∣on.

The first testimony is drawen from an outward sense* 1.367 to wit, the gouernours tasting of it, to be wine, though he knew not whence it came.

The second is taken from an inward* 1.368 sence viz. the know∣ledge and vnderstanding of the seruants that drew the wine. ver. 9.

The taxation and reprehension of the Bridegroome, by an argument a diuersis.* 1.369

First, the frugality and discretion of most men.* 1.370

Secondly, the infrugalitie and indiscretion of the Bride∣groome,* 1.371 but thou hast kept the best wine till now.

The third consequent of the miracle is, the vse that the Euangelist maketh hereof, a subseqent effect hereof,

the faith and beleefe of his Disciples confirmed by this first* 1.372 miracle,* 1.373 and glorious exhibiting himselfe in this towne bordering vpon the Gentiles neere Tyre and Sydon, ver 11.

The fourth consequent is, S. Iohns recording of Christs departure thence,* 1.374 and to what place he went, viz. his remoo∣uing with his mothers kindred and Disciples downe into Capernaum, where also he would do good to the Gentile Captaine, as he did this first miracle in Cana in Galilee, which was called Galilee of the Gentiles, as Matthew 4.14.15.16.

The third Sonday after the Epiphany.

* 1.375THat God of might being almightinesse it selfe, and that Father of mercy who is mercy it selfe, and God of all consolation doth out of the plentifulnesse and ouerflowing of his bounty exhibite himselfe vnto his Church & people, whether Iewes, or Gentiles, bond or free, Crete or Arabian, Turke, Scithian or Barbarian.

* 1.376And therefore by his Prophet Isay, he first offereth him∣selfe vnto all: secondly, and vpon this generall fauour of his exhorts all in generall vnto iudgement and iustice (after the manner of Iohn Baptist, Repent for the kingdome of God is at hand) for my saluation is at hand, and my righteousnesse to bee reuealed.

* 1.377From this exceeding bountifulnes S. Paul in our Epistle, exhorts the Romans to be bountifull and mercifull. And S. Matthew shewes it in our Lords practise of it in deed, in healing the Leper and the Captaines seruant when he was come down from the mountaine, as he had preached mercy and meekenesse vpon the mountaine.

The first of the Scriptures of the old Tastament is Isay 55.* 1.378 wherein our Lord Iesus.

* 1.379First inuiteth most graciously and proclaimeth most ear∣nestly to all the thirsty, comfortlesse, and monilesse,* 1.380 the wa∣ters, wine, and commodities continually to be had, and that without money, and monie-worth, at his most cheape and euerlasting faire, ver. 1.

Secondly, he reproues them,* 1.381 and expostulates with them for their spirituall infrugality and ••••bouring in vaine ve. 2.3.

Thirdly, there is a prophecy and promise of Christ vnto the nations,* 1.382 ve. 4.5.

Fourthly, the Prophet exhorts vs to embrace this salua∣tion, while it may be had. ve 6.* 1.383

Fiftly, he shewes the manner how to apprehend this sal∣uation: to wit, by repentance. Let the wicked forsake his waies, and the vnrighteous his owne imaginations, &c.* 1.384 ver. 7.8.9.

In the sixt place the Lord sheweth the ordinary meanes whereby* 1.385 a man commeth to repentance: to wit, the word of the Lord which is compared to the raine and the snow, ve. 10.11.

In the seuenth there are promises made to the effectuall re∣ceiuers* 1.386 of Christ. ve, 12.13.

The second of our Scriptures out of the old Testament & the first Lesson for euening prayer, is the next chap. follow∣ing Isay 56.* 1.387 wherein Christ by his holy Prophet.

First, makes vse of the former doctrines by his exhorting of all men to do well,* 1.388 to keepe iudgement and do iustice: for my saluation (saith he) is at hand to come, & my righteousnesse to be reuealed &c. ver. 1.2.

Secondly, there is a promise:* 1.389 first, to strangers in gene∣rall, ve. 3. and secondly, to the Eunuches in speciall, to be∣come members of Gods Church, to dwel in Gods house.* 1.390 ver. 4.5.6.

Thirdly, the Lord taketh away the lets and hinderances of mens embracing the truth by reason of the ignorance, carelesnesse and wickednesse of their Magistrates, and Mini∣sters,

by promising himselfe to be their Sheepheard and lea∣der,* 1.391 and sufficiently prouiding for them, ve. 7. to the end of the 12. the end of the chapter: saying. Them will I also bring to mine holy mountaines, and make them ioyfull in mine house of prayer, for myne house shall be called the house of prayer to all people.

* 1.392All this we know was performed in the daies of our Sa∣uiour, and chiefly at that time when he sent downe the lar∣gesse of his bounty at the feast of Pentecost. Now from this exceeding bountifulnesse of our Lord,

* 1.393S. Paul, Rom. 12 16. to the end of the 21. ver. which is the end of the chapter, exhorts the Romans, which were Gentils, and in them vs all, and all other Gentils, vnto mutuall kind∣nesse, lowlinesse, peaceablenes, gentlenes, bountifulnesse; & mercifulnesse. For herein shall a man shew himselfe, a gentle Gentile, a right Christian, a sonne of our heauenly Father, who is the onely Father of mercy. And because no∣thing more interrupteth our loue one to another then pride, & haughtines, thinking too well of our selues, wrath, and the effect of wrath, which is desire to be reuenged of him that hath angred vs: our Apostle therefore,

* 1.394First, exhorts* 1.395 them to mutuall loue (giuing therewithall caueats against pride and malicious reuenge) and perswades them to haue a generall peace with all men. ve. 16.17.18.

Secondly, dehorts* 1.396 from auengement.

Thirdly, exhorts* 1.397 to giue place to wrath.

* 1.398Fourthly, alleageth a Scripture, to force his dehortation & exhortation. ver. 19.

* 1.399Fiftly, concludes herupon what the true, holy, & Christi∣an reuenge is, to do good to our enemy: first by feeding him when he is hungry: secondly, by drenching him when he is thirsty: which who so doth shall heape coales of fire on his enimies head. ve. 20.

* 1.400Sixtly, because this counsell is durus sermo, and hardly to be digested, but more hardly to be performed, Saint Paul shewes the way how to do it, in the last verse being partly

dehortatiue:* 1.401 Be not ouercome with euil: and partly exhortatiue, but ouercome euill with goodnesse. ver. 21.

In the portion of holy Scripture appointed for this daies Gospell,* 1.402 Math. 8.1. to the end of the 13. we may see the ac∣complishment of Gods promises concerning his bountiful∣nesse in Christ, how they are all yea and a men in him. For S. Mathew tels vs after he had ended his gracious Sermon vpon the mount, he performed in deed that which he spake before in word.

First in healing the Leper,* 1.403 as he was going to that proud and vnruly city Capernaum (euen as he was in itinere) as in the first foure verses appeareth.* 1.404

Secondly, in his healing the Centurions seruant,* 1.405 at his first entrance into Capernaum, as in the rest of the verses.

The first of these cures he performed,* 1.406 by touching & spea∣king: the second by speaking only, by his power and word without touching. The first miracle he wrought vpon a Iew an vncleane Leper; the second, vpon the seruant of an vn∣cleane gentile, though purged & made cleane, by his effectu∣all and acceptable faith: yea, so great faith as the like was not in Israel.

In the story of the Lepers cure obserue:* 1.407 first, the occa∣sion which is either generall or speciall:* 1.408 the generall occasi∣on is, the cōcomitance of great multitudes after he was come downe from the mountaine, ve. 1. The speciall occasion the Lepers faith,* 1.409 who beleeued, and therefore he spake, and out of the feeling of his misery was vrged to seeke helpe at the hands of the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the greatest Physition of all. ver. 2.

The second is the miracle wrought vpon the Leper,* 1.410 And Iesus putting forth his hand touched him, &c. ver. 3.

The third is the charge and commandement that Iesus gaue him: first, in a prohibitiue manner;* 1.411 see thou tell no man secondly, in a preceptiue manner, which is two fold, the first in shewing himselfe to the Priest: the second, in offering the gift that Moses commanded. ver. 4.

In the other relation we haue a preface vnto the Hystory,

confirming the truth thereof by circumstances:* 1.412 first of the persons, first doing and acting it, secondly, or of the patients or sufferers: secondly, the time when twas done: thirdly, the place where, When Iesus was entred into Capernaum there came vnto him a Centurion, &c. ver. 5.

* 1.413In the Hystory it selfe the text doth primo aspectu direct our eyes to behold, and our eares to hearken,

First, the Centurions petition:* 1.414 Maister, my seruant lyeth at home sicke, &c. ver: 6.

Secondly, to Christs answere,* 1.415 I will come and heale him, ver. 7.

Thirdly, to the Centuriōs reply vnto some part of Christs answere,* 1.416 viz. to these words, I will come: in saying, Maister, I am not worthy thou shouldest come; ver. 8. his reason he rende∣reth for this reply. For I am a man also vnder the authority of another, &c. ver. 9.

Fourthly, to our Lords answere, his affectation, appro∣bation, censure, and commendation of the Centurions faith,* 1.417 When Iesus heard it he maruailed, &c. Verily I say vnto you, ver. 10. Vnto this approbation and commendation of the Centu∣rions faith out Lord Iesus annexeth two seuerall causes or reasons: The first, is taken from Gods secret Election of the Gentils:* 1.418 the second, his Reprobation of the Iewes. But I say vnto you, that many shall come, ver. 11. And the children of the kingdome shall be cast out. vet 12.

The fift point that we are to hearken vnto is, Christs finall answere vnto the Centurion,* 1.419 by the granting of his petition in the miraculous cure of his seruants desperate maladie, though the sicke man came not neere Christ bodily, neither came Christ personally neere to him. And Ie∣sus said to the Centurion, Go thy way, and as thou hast beleeued, &c. And his seruant was healed the same houre ver. 13.

* 1.420The fourth Sonday after the Epiphany.

HE that is so full of compassion both to Iewes and Gen∣tiles,* 1.421 as we haue heard in the Scriptures appointed to be read and applied to the Church for the former three Son∣dayes, doth now in these that follow, vrge and require at the hands of Iewes and all other nations, the fruits of such vnspeakable fauours; a walking and conuersation answe∣rable in some measure vnto so great saluation offered.

And as in the former Scriptures, by his Prophet Isay he promised such mercies to both sorts of people, making one body in Christ: So by the same Prophet he threatneth them both with punishments (if they proue impenitent) exhor∣ting them to consider well of that which the Lord doth from time to time. Promising to the beleeuers and penitent a withdrawing of his wrath and displeasure, and not to con∣tend with them for euer.

In the other two Scriptures which are out of the new Te∣stament: First, the same points of obedience are vrged by S. Paul, euen of euery soule both Iew and Gentile, bond and free: That in their obedience and conscionable subiection to the higher powers, they shew their participation of Gods fauours: Secondly, our Lord Iesus, to teach the disciples o∣bedience and faith, to the fearefull disciples true feare, and religion to the Gergesenes, he causes meteors, elements, winds, sea, demoniacks, diuels, and swine to obey him.

Isay the 57 chapter, is the first Lesson for this Morning prayer,* 1.422 wherein the Prophet tels them,

First, of the generality of their blockishnesse, dulnesse,* 1.423 blindnesse, and want of due consideration of Gods punish∣ments in his taking away the righteous and mercifull, be∣cause he will not haue them tast of the afflictions and iudge∣ments to come: for he saith, Peace shall come vpon them, they shall rest in their beds, euery one that walketh before him. And

herewithall he cals the blind vnthankfull and forgetfull* 1.424 Iewes to repentance,* 1.425 though they be the seed of the adulterer, and of the whore. Verse 1. to the end of the 14.

* 1.426Secondly, he cals the faithfull, lowly and humble, yea the froward couetous persons that will be reclaimed, to con∣sider hereof. That he which inhabiteth eternitie dwelleth also with him that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to reuiue the spirit of the humble,* 1.427 and to giue life to them that are of a contrite heart. Verse 15, to the end of the 19.

Thirdly, the Lord sets downe the fearefull estate of wic∣ked men,* 1.428 who are neuer at quiet, either with themselues or o∣thers, but are like the raging sea, &c. Verse 20.21, which is the end of the chapter.

For this cause is the next chapter set out for the Euening seruice, being the 58 of Isay,* 1.429 wherein

* 1.430First, God commands his Prophet to be more earnest in his Ministery against these vnquiet men: nor to be quiet, but to cry aloud, and not to spare, to be as it were, in a rage a∣gainst them. verse 1.

* 1.431Secondly, God doth particularize some of their sinnes, to wit, first, the sinne of hypocrisie and dissimulation, see∣king of God daily, as though they did righteously like an holy and righteous nation: secondly, nay, their expostulating with God, because of their outward humiliation, Wherefore haue we fasted, &c. verse 2.3.

* 1.432In the third place God reproueth this their fasting, shew∣ing what the true fast is, and what the effects of the true fast are. verse 4, to the end of the 14, the ende of the chapter.

The seruant of God, and teacher of the Gentiles, Rom. 13.1, to the end of the 7 verse, in his exhortation vnto sub∣iection,* 1.433 and obedience to Magistracie, would haue this as a fruit to grow out of the tree of our obedience to God,

First, propounding the generall doctrine exhortatiue vnto subiection.* 1.434 * 1.435 verse 1.

* 1.436Secondly, the reasons motiue in the other 6 verses,* 1.437 His iniunction or Canon is generall to euery soule without ex∣ception.* 1.438 He chargeth all men of what estate and condition soeuer, Iew or Gentile, male or female, with due obedience to rulers.

Thirdly, concluding this point in the 7 verse, That euery man ought to haue his due of others: but chiefly the elect and true seruants of God, euery one of them must yeeld tribute to whom they owe it, custome, feare, honour, to whom it is due, that is, from them and all others.* 1.439

Now though God by his Prophets perswades all to true and sincere obedience: though Christ by his seruant Paule would haue men to do it, not of feare, but of conscience:* 1.440 Yet are all, or the most part refractary, rebellious, or forget∣full of their duties.

Our Lord Iesus therefore Mathew 8, verse 23, to the end of the chapter, will bring in, as examples of obedience, the most disobedient and vnruely creatures, the most raging, mad and diue••lish creatures, the possessed with diuels, the diuels themselues; yea, the very hogs to perswade obedi∣ence vnto them that had so little religion and tast of Gods grace, that were more desirous to haue the countrey rid of Christ Iesus, then to haue his company among them.

S. Matthew doth in the first place relate and shew how our Lord teacheth true trust and assured confidence in God vnto his Disciples, by caring for them, and sauing of them, though they were in danger of drowning,* 1.441 and Christ him∣selfe asleepe. In this part of history S. Mathew doth,

First, propound the danger that the Disciples were in, verse 23.24.25.

Secondly, Christs rebuke, first, of his Disciples,* 1.442 second∣ly, of the winds and the sea,* 1.443

Thirdly, their deliuerance by Christ out of the danger they were in.* 1.444 Which danger came by reason of the Disci∣ples slendernesse of faith, causing the grossenesse, raging,

and turbulency of the wind and sea. verse 26.* 1.445

* 1.446Fourthly, he sets downe also the effect which this mira∣culous deliuery wrought, to wit, an acknowledging of an extraordinary power and preëminence, and per consequens, a diuine power in him whom the maruailing men called a man, And the men maruailed, saying, What man is this, &c.

* 1.447S. Mathews second relation is as concerning the power and authority which Christ hath euen ouer the demoniacks, who are vrged in some fashion to confesse him, and are by that Iesus and Sonne of God, deliuered from that their mi∣serable possession, with such a multitude of diuels and vn∣cleane spirits which vexed them.

* 1.448In these men S. Mathew lets vs see not a feare of danger imminent, which was in the Disciples (as is aforesayd) but so present grieuous and tormenting a misery, as can come either to Gentile, Iew, Gergesene, or any other. Their mi∣sery is,

* 1.449First named, possessed with diuels,

* 1.450Secondly, the Euangelist mentioneth diuerse effects: as first, of their misery,* 1.451 they came out of the graues very fierce. v 28.

Secondly, of Christs power,* 1.452 the force and power of his presence, they cried out, first, saying, Iesus thou Sonne of God, what haue we to do with thee: secondly, Art thou come to tor∣ment vs before the time. verse 29.

* 1.453Their deliuerance is described by another effect of the powerfull presence of Christ ouer the diuels themselues, and the diuels subiection vnto him, notwithstanding their ma∣licious intent still to do mischiefe. verse 30. 31. 32.

Thirdly, the effect of the diuels malice* 1.454 vnto the swine, first, his malicious violence, And he hold the whole heard of swine was caried with violence, secondly, the effect hereof, and died in the water.

Fourthly, the consequents and effects of this losse of the hogges,* 1.455 are expressed, which are, first, either in the heard∣men, secondly, or in others, first, the heardmen fled, secondly, they told all things what was become of the possessed with diuels,

verse 33.* 1.456 The second consequent is in others, to wit, the men of the citie: for

First, they came out to meete him,

Secondly, they besought him to depart out of their coast. Verse 34.

The fifth Sonday after the Epiphany.

ALmightie God,* 1.457 who by his Prophet Isay in the 57 and 58 chapters, offered mercy to the Church of the Iewes and Gentiles gathered, or to be gathered: and in lieu there∣of requires that they would not receiue these graces in vain, but bring foorth the fruits of the spirit accordingly, doth now in the 59 and 64 chapters set apart for this daies seruice,* 1.458 begin to compare their wayes and workes with his graci∣ous words and deeds, in calling them to an holy conuersa∣tion: and weighing them in his righteous ballances, finds them too light.* 1.459 And S. Paul perswades the gentile Colossians vnto gentlenesse, meeknesse and kindnesse, which must as garments and ornaments be put on, and of all Christians worne, though the Iewes regarded them not.

Our Lord also sheweth (in a parable concerning the state of the Church gathered of Iewes and Gentiles) a reason why the mercies and fauour of God offered to men,* 1.460 and ap∣prehended in the receiuing of that good seed of his word, do take no deeper root and worke no better effect in men.

The Church of God therefore must (as they do Isay 59,* 1.461) acknowledge their sinnes vnto almightie God,* 1.462 who neuer∣thelesse is still gracious vnto them by his power, taking ven∣geance of their aduersaries, though they were the Gentiles, and in his mercy calling the Ilands from the West and East,* 1.463 and making a couenant with them.

First, there Isay tels them that Gods power is as it was, his fauour in sauing* 1.464 and hearing them as it was, Behold the

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Lords hand is not shortned, that it cannot saue. verse 1.* 1.465

* 1.466Secondly, he sheweth why God at some times doth nei∣ther saue nor heare. The cause is in themselues, But your iniquities haue separated betweene you and your God, and your sinnes haue hid his face from you that he will not heare. verse 2. For your hands are defiled with bloud. verse 3, to the end of the 8 verse.

* 1.467Thirdly, the Prophet in the person of the people ac∣knowledgeth their sinnes, and that God doth iustly punish them for their iniquities, Therefore is iudgement farre from vs, we waite for light, but loe it is darknesse, verse 9. We grope for the wall,* 1.468 like the blind, verse 10, to the end of the 15.

Fourthly, God himselfe cometh forth armed with power, saluation, and righteousnesse, requiting the fury of the ad∣uersaries, verse 16.17.18, and promising the manifestation of Christs spirit vnto the Gentiles,* 1.469 And I will make this my couenant with them, My spirit which is vpon thee, and my words which I haue put in thy mouth, &c. verse 19.20.21. which promise Christ himselfe verified, Math. 28. the last verse of the chapter, And loe I am with you alway vnto the end of the world.

* 1.470Now because after confession and acknowledging of sin by the godly, there followeth supplication and depreca∣tion vnto God for his mercifull fauour, and the remouing of his iudgements and punishments, the Prophet in the 64 chapter takes this course, in the first foure verses, O that thou wouldest breake the heauens and come downe,

* 1.471First, beseeching God to reuenge himselfe of the aduer∣saries, verse 1, to the end of the 8.

Secondly, acknowledging their sinnes vnto God, ver. 9, to the end of the 16,

Thirdly, desiring him to be mindfull of his fatherly mer∣cies promised vnto his children in generall,

Fourthly, to shew it vnto his city Ierusalem, and his tem∣ple in Sion in particular.

Saint Paul our gentle teacher perswadeth vs,* 1.472 and the Co∣lossians. Colos. 3.12. to the end of the 17,* 1.473 vnto gentlenesse, meeknesse and kindnesse, which vertues must be their and our clothing because God h••th in loue chosen them, and made them holy and beloued. verse 12.

Secondly, he sets downe the ends or motiue hereof,* 1.474 and hereunto, As

First, that the peace of God may rule in their hearts,* 1.475 because they are called vnto it in one body. verse 15.

Secondly, that Christs word may dwell in them as in Christi∣an tabernacles in all wisedome, teaching and exhorting, &c. verse 16.* 1.476

The third end, is the end of all ends, that whatsoeuer they do or speake, it may all be in the name of the Lord Iesus, giuing thanks to the Father by him. verse 17.* 1.477

Saint Mathew chapter 13.24, to the end of the 30.* 1.478 verse, propounds a parable of our Sauiour Christs to this purpose, and deliuers the vse thereof.

The Protasis or parable is of the kingdome of hea∣uen.

The Apodosis whereto tis resembled, is,* 1.479 like vnto a man which sowed good seed in his field. In the parable we may take a view.* 1.480

First of the sowers good care and diligence,* 1.481 * 1.482

Secondly, of the husbandmens sleepinesse and negli∣gence,* 1.483

Thirdly, of the enemies interruption and hinderance,* 1.484

Fourthly, of the wisedome and precaution, to be vsed in these businesses with patience,* 1.485 in expecting the time till the good and bad seed may be separated, with care and dili∣gence of the husbandmen and seruants, after the example of the maister, and his precise commandement.

The seed-mans good care and diligence is mentioned in the 24 vers. mens sleepinesse in stead of watchfulnesse. v. 25, a cause of the enemies malice and interruption, Then came

his enimy and sowed tares, in the same verse.* 1.486

A confirmation of the truth and vndoubted certainty of the continuall malice and watchfulnesse of the enemy,* 1.487

First, the tares appeared,

Secondly, the blade was sprung,

Thirdly, and brought forth fruit. verse 26.

A second confirmation of the housholders ill successe,* 1.488 is the seruants certaine knowledge, and consequently their questions hereupon moued to the housholder, which he an∣swereth, teaching them wisedome and warinesse to deale in this businesse.

Their first question argueth the truth of the seed-mans goodnesse,* 1.489 and the seruants acknowledging thereof, though it be propounded interrogatiuely: Sowedst thou not good seed, that is, thou didst sow.

Their second question is from their knowledge of the tares,* 1.490 but they desired to be fully resolued from whence they came, From whence then hath it tares? verse 27.

Their answer they receiue from the housholder,* 1.491 And he sayd, the enuious man hath done this.

* 1.492Their third question is what course is to be taken in such a case, Wilt thou then that we go and gather them vp? verse 28.

The answer hereunto is,

First, negatiue, Nay, the reason he yeeldeth, Least while ye go about to gather the tares,* 1.493 yee plucke vp also with them the wheate, verse 29.

Or secondly affirmatiue,

• 1. In aduising them to haue patience for a time, Let botb grow together,
• 2. In determining what shal be done,
  • 1. With the tares,
  • And 2. with the wheate.

* 1.494And secondly, when they shall be so vsed,

Thirdly, by whom,

First, The tares shall be gathered,

Secondly, bound vp in sheaues,

Thirdly, they shall be gathered to be burned.

All these shall be done at haruest time, and by the reapers,

* 1.495Secondly, the housholder determines what shall be done with the wheate* 1.496 and good corne, Gather the wheate into my barne. ver. 30.

Septuagesima Sonday.

THe History of Christs Gospell as it containeth a most singular methode,* 1.497 in setting downe first the Aduent and coming of Christ foretold by the Prophets:

Secondly, his Incarnation.

Thirdly, then his Circumcision.

Fourthly, after that his Apparatiō to the Gentiles, & cōti∣nuall fauour to his people, whether Iewes or other nations.

Fiftly, his Baptisme,

Sixtly, his Fasting,

Seuenthly, his Preaching and miracles to confirme his doctrine.

Eightly, his Feasting, in eating the Passeouer and ordai∣ning the Supper.

And ninthly his Passion.

The Christian Church likewise (for the good of all the members thereof) haue in the three Lords daies, or Sabbath,* 1.498 following thought it most fit to chose out such Scriptures, as may best serue for their Humiliation: to prepare and make them fit to receiue such as may be fittest for their instruction in the high mysteries of their redemption: to wit, the Fa∣sting, Temptation, Passion, death, resurrection, ascention, the session of our Lord Iesus, at his Fathers right hand, and his com∣ing to vs once againe, though it be vnto iudgement.

Now because nothing can more humble a man then when he shall see, how highly he was in Gods fauour by creation,* 1.499 and how he was and is abased by sin, and fallen by disobedi∣ence, frō such a glorious estate little inferiour to the Angels.

Therefore in the first Lesson for this morning prayer,* 1.500 Moses writing the first History shewes, in the first chapter

of the booke of the Creation,* 1.501 called Genesis.* 1.502

First, that God made the Chaos,* 1.503 or indigested lumpe of nothing. ver. 1.2.

* 1.504Secondly, that thereout he distinguished and diuided the seuerall creatures: to wit. 1. the lighs for the first day. ver. 3.4.5. 2. the firmament, which he called heauen, to separate the waters from the waters, for the second daies worke. ver. 6.7.8.

Thirdly, that he made the hearbes and trees for the third daies worke, after that the waters:* 1.505 that is, the Seas were gathe∣red together, and that the earth: that is, the dry land appeared, vers. 9.10.11.12.13.

Fourthly, that he made the great light of the Sunne and Moone, and the light of the Stars,* 1.506 for the fourth daies worke, ver. 14.15.16.17.18.19.

Fiftly, that he made all creeping things, hauing life, all foules flying, & al fishes swimming,* 1.507 for his fifth daies work, ver. 20.21.22.23.

Sixtly, that he made all beasts and cattell, and creeping things of the earth. ver. 24.25. with man and woman, whom he made Lord and Lady ouer the creatures,* 1.508 ver. 26.27.28. to whō he appointed their diet, wheron they should feed. v. 29. & the diet & food for the beasts, for the fowles, & for the creeping creatures, &c. for his sixt daies worke. ver. 30.31.

In the first Lesson for Euening prayer, being the second chapter of Genesis,* 1.509 Moses will tell and teach vs,

* 1.510First, that God rested the seuenth day from his worke of creating, though not of propagating and preseruing the creatures.* 1.511 ver. 1.2.3.

Secondly, Moses doth recapitulate in generall, what God did in speciall, in creating the heauen and earth, the vegetals and plants of the field, which he watered with a myst from the earth.* 1.512

• 1 Because it had not rayned,
• 2 Because man was not then made, to husband the earth,

• ... ver. 4.5.6.

Thirdly, Moses doth for mans further humiliation shew vs the base matter whereof man this glorious creature was made in respect of his body,* 1.513 and that coelestiall or heauenly matter whereof his soule was made. The Lord God also for∣med the man of the dust or slime of the ground, &c. ver. 7.

Fourthly, Moses tels vs that God had a care to prouide as well for mans pleasure, as for his necessity.* 1.514 1. in planting a garden eastward in Eden, with all kind of pleasant trees for meate and medicine for man. ver. 8.9. 2. in causing a riuer with 4. streames to ro run 4. waies, to water the garden, as 10.11.12.13, 14. verses.

Fiftly, he sheweth that this garden was planted for mans sake; and therefore God placed man therein: but with a pro∣uiso, how he should behaue himselfe in the garden,* 1.515 to wit, what he should eate, & what he should not eate, a preceptiue and a prohibitiue commandement. ver. 15.16.17.

Sixtly, he doth particularize vnto vs the manner & mat∣ter how & whereof woman was made and broughr by God himselfe to the man, that is, married vnto him. v. 18.19.20.21.22.* 1.516

Seuenthly, that as Adam gaue names to other creatures, according to theit natures, as v. 19. so he first giues the name Mannesse shee man or woman to his wife,* 1.517 and secondly doth therein shew the neerenesse and deerenesse of a mans wife vnto husband aboue father and mother. ve. 23.24.

Eightly, that all these fauours of God were imparted vn∣to man & woman in their innocency,* 1.518 and they were both naked the man and his wife, and were not ashamed. ve. 25.

Saint Paul being a minister of Christ,* 1.519 a man that should giue light vnto other, doth here make himselfe a patterne of piety and humiliation, teaching by his workes of subdu∣ing his flesh, as by his spirituall and holy words vnto others the true humiliation of soule and body.* 1.520 This he doth 1. Cor. 9.29, to the end of the chapter. In which Scripture.

First, he teacheth by similitudes,* 1.521

• 1 Of those that run in a race. ver. 24.* 1.522
• 2 Of such as proue maisteries. ver. 25.

Se••ondly he teacheth by example and applyeth the simi∣tudes to himselfe.* 1.523

• The 1 I therefore so runne ver. 26.
• The 2 So fight ver. 26.

* 1.524Thirdly, the course that he takes to performe both these, is, 1 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, to beate downe his body 2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, to bring it into subiection.

Fourthly, he propounds the end why he did both these that God may haue the glory, by his glorious not infamous walking in his ministery, by doing and performing that which he teacheth, and in not being 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: that is, without honour and credit: as those are which do preach that vnto others which themselues will not practise, the greatest infa∣my that can come to a man in his ministery: yea, or to any priuate person running in the race of holy profession and Christianity.* 1.525

Our Sauiour in his Gospell written by S. Matthew chap. 20. ver. 1. to the end of the 16.* 1.526 will shew vnto his poeple in the parable of the labourers hired into the vine-yard, how they must alwaies belabouring & doing good, & herein wil also shew the pride & hautines of some men, their vnthank∣fulnes, discontentednes, murmuring, & maliciousnes, enuy∣ing the good estate of others, which ariseth from the meere loue & fauour of God (they doing herein as the diuell did at man as soone as he was created,* 1.527 when this his aduersary saw how greatly man was of his Creator fauored.

The parable* 1.528 reacheth from the 1. ver. to the end of the 15.

The vse of the parable is in the 16 ver.* 1.529 So the last shall be the first, &c. for many are called, &c.

* 1.530The parable is a resemblance of the kingdome of heauen vnto a certaine housholder. In whom we may see

First, his loue and care to his Vineyard,* 1.531 in calling, proui∣ding & hiring labourers from the 1. ver. to the end of the 7.

* 1.532Secondly, his rewarding and payment, his iustice and equall dealing with the labourers,* 1.533 ver. 8. to the end of the 15.

The housholder calleth and bargayneth alike with his seruants,* 1.534 fiue seuerall times,* 1.535

The first time* 1.536 is at the dawning of the day. ver. 1.2.

The second* 1.537 is about the third houre. ver. 3. & 4.

The third and fourth times* 1.538 are about the sixt and ninth houre ver. 5.

The fifth time* 1.539 is about the eleuenth houre, as ver. 6. and 7.

The iustice and equall dealing of the housholder is ge∣nerally expressed,* 1.540 in commanding the steward to call the Labourers from the last to the first, and giue them a peny a peece, their couenanted and contracted hire. ver. 8.9.

The truth and confirmation of this iustice,* 1.541 Saint Mat∣thew sets downe in the truth and equality of the words and agreement passed betweene the aduocate, who takes vpon him the part of the defendant and the clients or laborours, who are the plaintifs and the contradicents contrary suppo∣nents or opponents,

These opponents not reckoning aright, nor suppsing a∣right, being the first that were hired, yet had their right, as ver. 10. These enuious and captious labourers do reply vp∣on the housholder their maister.* 1.542

1. Secretly by murmuring,* 1.543 as ver. 11.

2 Openly or outwardly by accusing their maister of in∣iustice and inequality:* 1.544 saying, These last haue wrought but one howre, but thou, &c. ver. 12.

The housholder makes answere to one of the murmurers for all the rest.* 1.545

1 In a common plea, a flat deniall of the vniust deed wherewith he was charged, Non est factum:* 1.546 Friend I do thee no wrong.

2 By prouing the truth thereof,* 1.547 testimonio opponentis, con∣scientia opponentis, ipsius orese iudicat: Didst thou not agree with me for a peny. ver. 13.

3 By counselling and commanding the murmurer to de∣part* 1.548 contented with his owne, Take that which is thine owne, and go thy way. Of this peremptory counsell and commande∣ment the housholder yeeldeth three reasons.* 1.549

The first is drawne from his owne free bounty* 1.550 and wil∣lingnesse to shew himselfe as kind to the last that was hired, as to the first. ver. 14.

The second is taken from the lawfulnesse of the good disposing of his owne,* 1.551 after the good pleasure of his will, Is it not lawfull for me, &c.

The third from a iust reproofe of the enuious murmurer,* 1.552 whose eye is euill and therefore his heart is grudging at his fellowes prosperity, proceeding meerely from the good housholders liberality: arising not from other mens deserts, but from his owne loue and willing bounty. Is thine eye euill because I am good. ver. 15.

Sexagesima Sonday.

* 1.553AS the matter whereof man was made might haue bene a meanes of his humiliation: so all the good which God did towards him, might haue continued his thankful∣nesse and contentednesse with that excellent and glorious estate. And as Gods placing of man in the garden to dresse it and keepe it: yea, giuing him more then a peny for his la∣bour, might haue bene a competent maintainance to a con∣tented creature, who had the creatures vegetating in the garden for his meate and pleasure, and those out of the gar∣den, going, creeping and swimming, for his necessary vses, at his commandement: Euen so he might haue bene so much the better contented, with his estate of innocency, of wise∣dome, and immortality.

Christs Church therfore hath chosen two other Scriptures, out of Moses his Genesis for mans further humiliation, to shew man his great downefall, from so excellent glory: That be∣ing

* 1.554humbled in the sight thereof he might haue nothing to boast of, except it be of his infirmities (as S. Paul doth in the Epistle for this day) and so become that good ground spoken of in the Gospell, wherein the good seed being sowen brought foorth good fruite: that is, out of an honest and good heart, heare Gods word (better then Eue and A∣dam did) keepe it, and bring forth fruite with patience, as our Lord sheweth in the Gospell Luk. 8.15.

In the third chapter of Genesis, Moses first expresseth mans fall in two dialogues,* 1.555 * 1.556 from the 1. ver. to the end of the 13.

Secondly, the effect that this fall wrought* 1.557

1 In the motiue and instrumentall & procreating cause thereof the serpent.

2 In those that yeelded to the serpents motions the man and woman. ver. 14. to the end of the chapter.

The dialogue is two-fold.

The first is perswasiue,* 1.558 betweene the lying sophister the Serpent tempting the woman: and the weake tempted and yeelding woman. ver. 1. to the end of the 7.

The second dialogue is reprehēsiue* 1.559 & obiurgatiue, twixt Almighty God, reproouing and chiding the man and the woman, and cursing the Serpent. ver. 8.9.10, 11.12.13.

The effect of the trangression is foure-fold:* 1.560

1 In Gods cursing the serpent.* 1.561 ve. 14.15.

2 In Gods punishing the woman,* 1.562 ver. 16.

3 In Gods cursing the earth for mans sake.* 1.563 ver. 17.18.

4 In Gods punishing of man fourefold.* 1.564

First, inioyning him to labour with paine.* 1.565 ver. 19.

Secondly, in making of clothes* 1.566 for him to couer his na∣kednesse. ver. 20.21.

Thirdly,* 1.567 in sending him out off the garden (where he li∣ued like a King) to til the earth where he toiled like a clown. ver. 22.23.

Fourthly, in setting the Cherubines & the blade of a sword* 1.568

shaken to keepe the way of the tree of life,* 1.569 from the sight and hand of man, as v••. also 23. tis declared.

In the Lesson for euening prayer* 1.570 Gen. 6.* 1.571 Moses will shew how that out of the first bad weede and venemous tree of disobedience proceedeth the loathsome fruite of malice,* 1.572 and murther, vncleane lust, and letchery. And that by how much the more Gods blessing of propagation and multipli∣cation, was vpon the world and Church continued, by so much this their filthinesse was increased: whereupon God brought a plague of waters to wash away the sin and sinners wherein all flesh perished; though he reserued a few, where∣with and by whom he would be obeyed and honored.

In the first part of the chapter,* 1.573 one of the speciall crying sinnes is described for all the rest. verse 1.2.3.4. with the displeasure which God conceiued against mankind for this sinne.* 1.574 ver. 5.6.7.

In the other part: first a relation* 1.575 of Gods fauour vnto Noah,* 1.576 ver. 8.9.10. who (liuing vpon the earth that was so corrupt and filled with wickednesse, cruelty &c.) which with the inhabitants was to be destroyed, as ver. 11.12.13. was therefore to be taken from the earth, and borne vp of the waters in his Arke: which he is commanded to make. ve. 14.

In the third part Moses describes the forme and propor∣tion of the Arke.* 1.577 * 1.578 ver. 15.16. with the reasons why Noah was to make the Arke.

First, Behold I will bring a floud. ver. 17.

The second reason is, but with thee wil I establish my couenant, and thou shalt go into the Arke. ver. 18. The vse of which Arke, and end why it was made* 1.579 so capacious, is declared. ver. 19.20.21.

In the fourth part Moses doth shew what effect Gods commandement tooke in Noah: to wit, his obedience in all things.* 1.580 ver. 22.

In the Epistle* 1.581 written, 2: Cor. 11. ver. 19. to the end

of the 32.* 1.582 He that saith, Galatians 6.17. I beare in my body the markes of the Lord Iesus. & Colos. 1.24.* 1.583 I fulfill the rest of the sufferings of Christ in my flesh, &c. doth now shew by his wo∣full experience, how God would haue him (being but a tea∣cher of the truth) to be humbled in suffering for the testi∣mony of the Gospell, not being inferior to any of the false Apostles in that true and constant boasting & reioycing in these things and many more wherein they falsly reioyced.* 1.584 He is herein a good example of a minister truely humbled in soule and in body fitly prepared to preach Christ crucifi∣ed, to suffer with Christ and for Christ.* 1.585

First, therefore he perswades them to suffer him (seeing they suffered fooles gladly) to reioyce after the flesh.* 1.586 ver. 19.20.21.

Secondly, he propounds the matter and grounds:* 1.587 first of his outward reioycing in the flesh,* 1.588 whereof

The first ground is his stocke and kindred.* 1.589 ver. 22.

The second is his place and function,* 1.590 a minister, yea more then a Minister: that is, more then such false Ministers which he sheweth in particular: to wit, in labours more aboundant, in stripes aboue measure, &c. ver. 23.24.25.26.27.

Secondly, he propounds the matter of his inward reioy∣cing,* 1.591 as,

First, in his daily cumber and care* 1.592 for all the Churches. ve. 28.

Secondly, in his weakenesse and being ouertoiled in his minde and spirit.* 1.593

Thirdly, in the manifold scandales which were offered* 1.594 vnto the Church, whieh he could not but zealously greeue at, ver. 29.

Thirdly, the Apostle propounds the manner of both his reioycings,* 1.595 and the mind or affection wherewith he doth it: to wit, in great humility and weakenesse: that is, of his in∣firmities, ve. 30. as Gal. 6.14, he reioyceth in the crosse of our Lord Iesus Christ whereby the world, &c.

Fourthly,* 1.596 he confirmes the truth of this outward and in∣ward reioycing, that it was vnfained, and not false like that

of the false Apostles,* 1.597 by taking God himselfe to witnesse the truth that he speaketh. The God, euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, which is blessed for euer, knoweth that I lie not. verse 31.

In the holy Gospell* 1.598 written by S. Luke, chapter 8, verse 4, to the end of the 15,* 1.599 our Lord will tell the people (which came to him out of all cities, as verse 4.) by a parable, which he expoundeth vnto his disciples, who are the true humbled and contrite people indeed, euen such as tremble at his word, Isay 66.2. that is, with an honest and good heart heare it, keepe it, and bring forth fruit with pa∣tience, to the 15 verse of this chapter. In the text consider generally,* 1.600

First, the parable* 1.601 it selfe,

Secondly, the occasion that Christ tooke to expound it,* 1.602

Thirdly, our Lords exposition* 1.603 thereof, as he propoun∣ded it.

And because the Church of God hath carefully culled out this Scripture for vs:* 1.604 the better to prepare vs by the fruitfull hearing of Gods word, vnto a more diligent con∣sideration of the doctrines following, concerning the pas∣sion and resurrection of Christ (falling out to be celebrated but 8 weekes after) we ought therefore yet more specially to hearken vnto our Lords Sermon.

In the first part whereof, being the parable,* 1.605 he speakes

First, of the sower,* 1.606

Secondly, of seed,* 1.607

Thirdly, of the manifold successe of this sowen seed,* 1.608 not∣withstanding the seedmans diligence.

The sower is one, the seed is all one, but the successe is manifold,* 1.609 that is, fourefold. verse 5.

First, some fell by the way side, therefore two discom∣modities* 1.610 grew thereof, for

First, Twas troden vnderfeete,

Secondly, The soules of heauen deuoured it vp. verse 5.

* 1.611Secondly,* 1.612 some fell on the stones, which though it made a faire shew in springing, yet this glory was turned into shame: for the hope••ull springing was turned into an hope∣lesse withering, because it lacked moysture. verse 6.

Thirdly, some fell among thornes, and the thornes sprang vp with it and choked it,* 1.613 verse 7.

Fourthly, some fell vpon good ground,* 1.614 an happy fall, a blessed lot, a goodly heritage: for

First, it sprang vp,

Secondly, it bare fruit,

Thirdly, in great measure, an hundredfold. verse 8.

The occasion of the exposition being the second part, containeth

First, Christs zealous motiue to attention, He that hath eares to heare, &c. verse 8.

Secondly, the Disciples demaund of the exposition of the parable.* 1.615 verse 9.

Thirdly,* 1.616 Christs answer, Vnto you it is giuen, &c. but to o∣ther in parables, that when they see they should not see, &c. v. 10.

The exposition of the parable whereof Christ Iesus our Lord expounds two chiefe parts,* 1.617 as

First, what the seed is. verse 11.

Secondly, what the fourefold ground and successe of the seed therein is.

The first ground is of them beside the way,* 1.618 by the way side. Those are a kind of hearers, out of whose hearts the diuell takes away the word, least they should beleeue and be saued. v. 12.

The second, which is the stony ground,* 1.619 are such hearers which

First, receiue with gladnesse,

Secondly, haue no rootes,

Thirdly, beleeue for a while,

Fourthly, in the time of tentation go away. verse 13.

The third, is the thorny ground, who are such hearers,* 1.620 which

First, are choked with cares,

Secondly, they are choked with riches,* 1.621

Thirdly, they are choked with voluptuous liuing; therefore they bring forth no fruite. ver. 14.

* 1.622The fourth soile is the fertile ground, they are such hea∣rers which

First, with an honest and good heart and minde heare the word.

Secondly, they keepe it.

Thirdly, they bring forth fruite with patience. ver. 15.

Quinquagesima Sonday.

* 1.623THat great and fearefull God, who hauing destroyed mankind, by the floud of waters because of sinnes de∣luge which had ouerflowed the earth, doth now in that mer∣cifull fauour which Noah found in his sight for the preserua∣tio of him and his, giue him also the gracious blessing of in∣crease and multiplication, not in these outward things of his world alone: but in knowledge faith, obedience and o∣ther graces wherein he grew and increased, though not with out his sinne also and infirmities.

The nith chapter of Genesis therefore is not an vnfit Scrip∣ture to shew this and other great fauours of God. But the twelfth chapter,* 1.624 maketh plaine vnto vs, how God had a pur∣pose to encrease his Church and not the world alone: and therefore made his first promise to Abram, that he would make a great nation of him, blesse him, &c. Albeit he should haue the performance of this promise, out of his owne coun∣try, kindred and fathers house after his iourney vnto Canaan. How hath the Church of Christ accommodated the thir∣teenth chapter, 1. Corinth. hereunto, which giueth all Gods people to vnderstand,* 1.625 thar whatsoeuer gifts and graces God doth increase in men, the gift of loue must be the originall of them: as the ground to beare them, as the heueanly moi∣sture to water them: as the salt to season them, and as the

sure matter of the Churches edification and sustentation.* 1.626

This loue our onely patterne of loue practised,* 1.627 both in prophecying his passion, death and resurrection vnto his Disciples, and in offering himselfe v••to the b••ind man so lo∣uingly, What wilt thou that I do vnto thee, as verse 41. Luke 18. which is the Gospell for the day.

In the first of these foure Scriptures, Genesis 9,* 1.628 more may be seene and found, if thereon we looke more wishly, and search into it more diligent••y,

First, Gods blessed and bl••ssing commandement goeth forth, as

1 For mans multiplication, verse 1.

2 For mans authority ouer the beasts, soules and fishes, verse 2.

3 For mans meate and food to feed liberally on the ani∣mals, as he did before on the vegetals verse 3. But with this prouiso annexed to his letters parents, that flesh with the life thereof, that is, with the bloud thereof, they should not eate. verse 4.5.6.7.

Secondly, God draweth indentures of couenant betwixt himselfe of the one partie,* 1.629 and Noah and the creatures on the other partie, that from henceforth, all flesh shall not be rooted out by the waters of the floud. verse 8.9.10.11.12.

The confirmation and seale of these indentures is Gods bow in the cloud. verse 13.14.15.16.17.

Thirdly, we may with teares behold the subsequence and sequele hereof, that Noah,* 1.630 though an holy man, and a hus∣bandman, played not the good husband, but grew intem∣perate in the abuse of the creatures, as verse 18.19.20 21, whose nakednesse in his drunkennesse was vncharitably propalated by Cham. verse 22. but most reuerently couered by Shem and Iapheth. verse 23. the wicked deed of the yon∣ger sonne seene and cursed. verse 24.25. the godly and re∣spectiue loue of Shem and Iapheth blessed, as verse 26.27.* 1.631

Fourthly, the memorable time of Noahs life before and

after the floud, is recorded by Moses. verse 28.29.* 1.632

The first Lesson for Euening prayer Gen. 12,* 1.633 being bet∣ter looked into will teach vs how Gods fauour to Abraham in a particular promise tooke good effects of faith, loue and obedience.

* 1.634First, Abram is commanded to go out of his countrey, verse 1,* 1.635 with a good reason or motiue annexed hereunto. verse 2.3. This commandement he obeyed, in taking his iourney. verse 4, whose Itinerarium or iournall, is geogra∣phically set forth. verse 5.6.7.8.9.

* 1.636Secondly, Moses deliuers vnto vs the history of the cros∣ses and troubles which were concomitants of Abrams iour∣ney, as

1 The famine in the land, verse 10, which though twas generall,* 1.637 yet he had his part and particular share in it,

2 The speciall trouble which he had in that heathen coun∣try, as first, to saue his owne life, secondly, his wiues repu∣tation and honesty. verse 11.12.13. The hard effect which his carefull and troubled pollicy* 1.638 tooke, is expressed to be a malo in peius. For the Aegyptians marueiled at, and gaped on the womans beautie, both people, princes, and king himselfe, and vsed Abram well for his wiues sake, as verse 14.15.16.

* 1.639Thirdly, Moses tels vs how God deliuered his righteous seruant Abram and his wife out of aduersitie, first, by pla∣guing Pharaoh and his house for their lust. ver. 17. secondly, by the checke which the heathen king gaue to Abram. verse 18.19. thirdly, by the kings honourable dismissing of the Patriarch and his wife. verse 20.

The Apostle S. Paul in the Epistle for this day, 1. Cor. 13.* 1.640 chapter, teacheth vs the vse of the former doctrine, the end why God bestowes benefits and blessings, gifts and graces vpon the Church of Christ.* 1.641 He sheweth also the end of prosperity and aduersity, that they might shew their loue vnto God, in the setting forth of his glory in the Church,

* 1.642whereof he is a member,* 1.643 and in a zealous and sincere affe∣ction of loue for the edification of himselfe and Christs Church, in the imployment and dispensation of Gods gifts in the Church.

First, the Apostle sheweth that the gifts and graces of God, are to small or no purpose of edifying or profiting,* 1.644 to such as haue them or vse them to others, except the grace of loue and intent of edifying be mixed and present with them, yea to make it more plaine, he proueth it to be true in him∣selfe, whom he propoundeth for a suppositiue example of demonstration of the former true proposition, If I had the gifts of tongues, of men, and Angels, without loue, I am (saith he) as sounding brasse, &c. verse 1.

Secondly, that the gifts of prophecie, knowledge, and all faith, without loue would make him become as nothing, verse 2.

Thirdly, to giue all his goods to the poore, and his body to the fire, without loue would profit him nothing, verse 3, Nec est in caeteris contrarium videre; therefore the proposition aforesaid is most true.

In the second part of the chapter, that men may the better know loue,* 1.645 and so be in loue with such an excellent grace of God the Apostle describes loue by the seuerall effects and properties, either 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, as in the rest of the chapter, to the end of the 13 verse.

The qualities and effects which he doth affirmatiuely,* 1.646 and by way of position propound, are in number 8, where∣of two are in the 4 verse, one in the 6 verse, 4 in the 7 verse, and the 8 in the 13 or last verse of the chapter. Those which he deliuers negatiuely, per contrarium, or contrapo∣sitionem, are in number 9, three in the 4 verse, 4 in the, ver. one in the 6 verse, and one in the 8 verse. Vpon the last propertie he dilateth longest, because it is loues perma∣nencie, lasting, and continuing longest,* 1.647 which he com∣pareth with, and preferreth aboue prophecying, tongues, knowledge faith and hope, and that in the other sixe ver∣ses,

from a part of the 8 verse, to the end of the chapter:* 1.648 so concluding that loue is the chiefest gift, because it lasteth longest.

In the former Scripture S. Paul deliuers to our view a no∣table picture, and yet but a theorie or theorical Idea of Loue.* 1.649 But in the Gospell Luke 18.31.* 1.650 to the end of the chapter: we may behold the viue-idea, and substantiall body (not an image) of the greatest loue that euer was shewed vnto man∣kind. Who willingly intending to shew his loue vnto man in suffering, dying, and rising againe: first called his twelue Schollers, and foretold all vnto them, though they vnder∣stood it not. Secondly, as he was going in his iourney to Hierusalem about that businesse, he shewed himselfe the sweetest and most louing Physition of soule and body that euer was, not tarrying till the blind man sent for him, but first in coming to the blind man, and offering his louing ser∣uice vnto him:* 1.651 but second••y, also in performing of that which was needfull for the blind mans good.

First,* 1.652 therfore Christ is as a theorick vnto his Disciples, to prophecie and presage vnto his schollers (that they might be ar••ed with patience and humility before it cam••) what should betide him at his iourneys end (which was the end of his going to Hierusalem) that is, when he was once come to Hierusalem, and that in the first 4 verses.

Secondly, S. Luke tels vs what effect this prophecying Sermon and worthy contemp••atiue most louing and fami∣liar speech tooke in the Disciples,* 1.653 they vnderstood none of these sayings &c. verse 34.

Thirdly, S. Luke shewes how our God of loue fals a pra∣ctizing of loue in a most speedy, most kind and free healing of the blind man,* 1.654 wherein we may see

• 1 The occasion of this miraculous cure,
• 2 The cure it selfe or forme of the cure,
• 3 The consequent or effects thereof.

Christ gaue the first occasion or on-set hereof, by his

coming neere to Hierico,* 1.655 where the blind man was. ver. 35.* 1.656

The blind man gaue the second,* 1.657 who being in necessity, because he was a beggar, & blind too, begd mercy at the hands of the God of mercy. ver. 36.37.38. And being interrupted by rebuke, yet was more earnest, and his mouth more open with ô sonne of Dauid. ver. 39.

Christ himselfe giues further occasion of doing this mi∣racle to this beggar.* 1.658

1 In making a stand,

2 In giuing out a command, as ver. 40.

3 In parleying with the blind man, 1. for the better ap∣probation of his faith: 2. for the confirmation of Christs vnspeakable loue towards him: 3. for the certainty of the miracle in the sight of them all, as in the end of the 40. & in the 41. verse.

The forme of this miraculous cure is,* 1.659 Receiue thy sight, not Recipe florum, foliorum, radicum, &e. ver. 42.

The effects are two-fold.* 1.660

1 In himselfe, which was cured, immediatly he followed Christ and praised God.

2 In all the people, who when they saw it, gaue praise to God. ve. 43.

The first Sonday in Lent.

THe Father of our Lord Iesus Christ gaue a commande∣ment of increasing, and a blessing therewith,* 1.661 that the world might increase after the floud, but chiefly that his Church and holy people might be multiplyed, for the mul∣plying of their praises vnto God in thought,* 1.662 word, and deed.

Our Lord Iesus Christ himselfe propounds no other end of the good and honest hearing of Gods word,* 1.663 & receiuing the graces and gifts of God, then a multiplication in fructi∣fication. Saint Paul shewed vs the manner how we should

do all,* 1.664 and the salt of loue to God and our neighbours,* 1.665 wherewith all mens gifts must be seasoned, as we heard in the foure former precedent Scriptures.

* 1.666In these 4 following we may see,

First in the filthy Sodomites, the slender regard that they had of Crescite and multiplicamini: either of Gods bles∣sing [ 1] or of any other benefite or grace of God, or of the late destruction of the world for filthy lust and cru∣elty.

[ 2] Secondly, that notwithstanding their wickednesse not to be named amongst Christians, though blamed and pur∣ged by the showre of fire and brimstone, yet the Lord God would shew himselfe vnto his friend Abraham; most gracious in preaching Christ vnto him, vnder a type and figure of sacrificing his sonne Isaak and in re∣iterating the promise. By my selfe haue I sworne, &c. And in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be bles∣sed.

[ 3] Paul and the other Minsters of Christ being workers to∣gether, making vse of the doctrines concerning the publi∣cation of this embassage of blessing and saluation in and by Christ, beseeching the Church of Christ that they would not re∣ceiue this grace of God in vaine.

[ 4] In the Gospell for the day it doth appeare, how our Lord by the Spirit is led into the wildernesse, to buckle with sa∣than, whom he not onely woundeth, but ouercomes, that we in this our Champion and Captaine beleeuing, might not onely ouercome the world, but sin, sathans temptation, and condemnation.

* 1.667In the first of these foure Scriptures, which is Genesis 19. Moses doth shew vs,

* 1.668First, the intertainement of two Angels, two manner of waies:* 1.669 to wit, their good vsage by Lot.

2 Their bad vsage by the Sodomits: Their good vsage by Lot is two-fold, the

First, is mentioned in the 1.2.3. ver. the

Second, in the 6.7. & 8. verses.

The Angels bad intertainment by the Sodomites is two-fold.

The first is mentioned. ver. 4.5.

The second is in the 9. ver.

In the second part of this chapter Moses tels vs how Lot and his family were from these beastly sauages,* 1.670 and from the fire of God preserued, and how filthy Sodom and wicked Gomorthe were consumed: which he expresseth in a large dis∣course from the 10. ve. to the end of the 24.

In the third part, how Lots wife was taken in the taile of the fiery showre and storme for looking behind her.* 1.671 ver. 26.

Fourthly, Moses tels vs how Abraham was a beholder of all these iudgements brought vpon Sodom,* 1.672 and that God was mindfull of his mercy promised to Abraham and Lot in the midst of these iudgements, ver. 27.28.29.

Fiftly, Moses records that ill measure which Lot did mete vnto his God for all the former fauours to him,* 1.673 and his, viz. the taking in of an immeasurable and vnreasonable quantity of wine, whereupon he was prouoked vnto vnsa∣tiable and vnnaturall filthinesse, euen the committing of in∣cest. ver. 30. to the end of the 38. which is the end of the chapter.

The second of these Scriptures, Genesis 22. chapter,* 1.674 doth affoord History.

1 Of Abrahams faith* 1.675 and obedience in offering vp his sonne Isaak, from the 1. ver. to the end of the 19:* 1.676

2 Of the pedigree of his brother Nahor* 1.677 grandfather to Rebekah which was married to Isaak. ver. 20. to the end of the. 24.

In the story of the sacrifice are considered

First, Gods commandement to Abraham, ve. 1.2.

Secondly, Abrahams faith & obedience, frō the 3. v. to the

end of the 14.* 1.678

Thirdly, the subsequent effects hereof, from the 15. ver. to the end of the 19.

The third Scripture, which is the Epistle* 1.679 for this day. written. 2. Cor. 6. ver 1.* 1.680 to the end of the tenth, is the edge of the former (and the like doctrines) with an exhortation con∣cluding the doctrine concerning the vse of all,* 1.681 or the most of Gods graces and fauours tendred vnto vs in this glorious ministery of the Gospell, containing mans reconciliaiion vnto God the father by the onely merits of his Sonne Christ our Sauiour.

* 1.682In the first part wherof S. Paul propounds the exhorta∣tion.* 1.683

* 1.684In the next place the motiues wherewith he perswades to it.

* 1.685The exhortation is so emphaticall and patheticall of it selfe, that vnto good people attending well thereto it were sufficient. For if we respect

The manner* 1.686 of the exhortation, So we therefore as workers together beseech you: Or

The matter,* 1.687 that ye receiue not the grace of God in vaine, as ver. 1. it is no ordinary perswasion, but most pithy and Rhe∣toricall.

* 1.688The grounds of this elegant Rhetorick are

First, most ancient and Canonical Scripture.* 1.689 For he saith, I haue heard thee in a time accepted, &c. cited out of Isay, 49.8. as ver. 2. or

Secondly, the honored approued, or rather the honora∣ble conuersation,* 1.690 and example of the Apostles and ministers of Christ, who

1 Are not scandalous in any thing, because they would auoide the obloquies and reproches of their ministery. ver. 3.

2 But in all things, to thēselues & others are as the ministers of Christ, approued in much patiēce, in afflictiōs in necessities

in distresses,* 1.691 ver. 4.

This holy walking and approuednesse of the blessed Apostles, the first pillars of the Christian Church, is nine and twenty times put to the Apostles touch-stone of tryall.* 1.692 It hath

• Three touches in the fourth verse.
• Foure in the fifth verse.
• Eight in the sixt verse.
• Three in the seuenth verse.
• Fiue in the eight verse.
• Three in the ninth, and three in the tenth verse.

It must needs be good mettall that will abide nine and twenty sayes or examinations.* 1.693 It must needes be a golden ministery that did abide so many tryals, Exquisitely were those people taught by such kind of teachers, which for their doctrines were so gracious, and for their liues so honorable.

In the fourth Scripture which is the Gospell* 1.694 for the day, Math. 4.1.* 1.695 we haue a tryall aboue the tryall of Lots patience among the Sodomites,* 1.696 exceeding the tryall of Abrahams faith and obedience, and much exceeding the 29. touches of the Apostles excellence. For here Lots deliuerer and A∣hrahams Sauiour, the Apostles Rabbi and our greatest teacher (before euer he preacheth any Sermon) is set vpon by the aduersarie of mankind, the enemy to all good Sermons: God is heere tryed by the diuell.* 1.697 Iesus is led aside of the good spirt to be tempted of the diuell, who is that euill and most wicked spirit?

S. Mathew in the forefront of this battell lets vs see* 1.698

First, the Apparation or preparation of the combatters* 1.699 themselues before there was a stroake strooken betweene them.

1 Iesus Christ that victorious conquerour and Lyon of Iudaes Tribe is thus made ready.* 1.700

• 1 The spirit leades him aside.
• 2 Into a solitary place the wildernesse.

• 3 To this end to be tempted of the diuell. ver. 4.* 1.701
• 4 He was prepared by fasting 40. daies and 40. nights. ver. 1.
• 5 By being hungry. ver. 2.

Secondly, the diuell, the roaring Lyon (who is neuer vn∣ready) thus prepares himselfe.* 1.702 He knew that occasion was bald behind: hele therefore take his time and oportunity. No better time or occasion, to offer Christ an occasion of bread making, then when Christ is hungry. So he practised with Esau to let go his birthright for a messe of pulse pot∣tage when he came from his hungry pastime of hunting. Then came to him the tempter and said, &c. part of the 3. ver.

S. Matthew in the processe of this battell makes mention (as in the second place) of the blowes and stroaks that were giuen on both sides.* 1.703

The first stroake that sathan stroake was,* 1.704 at one of the principall parts of Christs attributes, the power and almigh∣tinesse of God, intimating thus much, that the particular wil of God must alwaies go with the generall power of God. This is the diuels diuelty,* 1.705 or rather his villanous sophistry, If thou be the Sonne of God: that is, God Almighty: then let this power of thine be seene in putting it in execution: in be∣ing willing: that is, now at this paritcular time, commanding these stones to be made bread. ver. 3. But thou art of power suf∣ficient being the Sonne of God: ergo, thou must be willing to do it, command that these stones be made bread.

The answer vnto this double veny, is with the single and simple sword of the Spirit,* 1.706 which is the word of God, Scrip∣tum est, Man shall not liue by bread onely, &c. ver. 4.

The second blow that sathan giues vnto Christ,* 1.707 was in an high place vpon the Temples pinacle (as the first was be∣low vpon the ground) In which assault he takes Christs own weapon to wound him withall, prouing in more particular the consequent of his maior proposition expressed before in the first temptation. For the diuel knew that it did not follow necessarily, that because Christ is the Sonne of God,

ergo he must cast himselfe downe.* 1.708 For which cause hele vrge and worke vpon that consequent with the powerfull word of God, though cursedly by detraction he alledgeth, For it is written, that he will giue his Angels charge ouer thee, &c. ver. 5. & 6.

The wound & stroak that our Lord God gaue the diuel,* 1.709 is with the same weapon, It is written, againe: not simply, it is written. ver. 7.

The third bickering place, was higher then the Temples pinacle (the better to accomodate himselfe to the third en∣counter and battell) an exceeding high mountaine, where

1 He takes vpon him like a lyer,* 1.710 to shew Christ more then he could.

2 Like a vaine bragger to giue him more then he had himselfe, and that vpon condition, That Christ would doe to him more then he ought, or should: to wit,

• 1 To fall downe, and
• 2 Worship the diuell▪ ver. 8.9.

Christ gaue him two blowes, & that with two weapons.* 1.711

1 Wounding him with his powerfull authority, Auoide Sathan.

2 With his old sure weapon. For it is written, thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him onely shalt thou serue. ver. 10.

Saint Matthew, Christs standerd bearer, in the third place.* 1.712

1 Displayeth the ensigne of victory,

2 Sounds a triumph of Christ ouer sathan,

3 He sounds the diuels dasterdly retraite, and

4 He sounds amarch of the holy Angels which attended vpon Christ. ver. 11.

The second Sonday in Lent.

AS the Church of Christ,* 1.713 for the humiliation of the members thereof, hath in the Scriptures before going propounded many examples of triall: first, of patience.

secondly, of faith, 3. of constancy, 4.* 1.714 of fortitude and vi∣ctorious conquering. And that the best example of all was Christ himselfe, of whom we must learne, because he is meeke and lowly, who would be humbled, first, by fasting miraculously: secondly, and by temptation diabolicall. And, as fasting after the right manner is a good preparatiue to prayer: so the taming of the body by refraining of lust & vncleannesse, with all the allurements thereunto: yea, the ab∣staining from all other sinnes, as deceit, oppression, couet∣ousnesse, is the true fasting. We haue therefore,

* 1.715First, in Iacobs beguiling of Esau, by the counsell and perswasion of Rebeckah, a manifest view of a fearefull effect of satisfying the desire and appetite of a man: yea, an holy [ 1] mans mouth, and that this sweete and sauory meate had but sower sauce, for the eldest sonne was thereby beguiled of his fathers purposed blessing.

[ 2] Secondly, we may finde the old prouerbe true, Occasio furem, or Occasio meretricem, in Dinalo the Patriarch Iacobs daughter: who feeding her eyes with the sight of the daugh∣ters of the country, gaue occasion to Sechems lust, and losse of her owne virginity.

[ 3] Thirdly. S. Paul doth therefore disswade the Thessaloni∣ans from the two former vices of fornication and defrauding one another, and perswades to the contrary vertues. That being holy and cleane in soule and body we may lift vp pure and innocent hands in euery place.

[ 4] Of which faithfull inuocation, we haue a memorable ex∣ample out of the fourth Scripture in the woman of Canaan the Syrophenician, so zealously praying and effectually ob∣taining her sute at Christs hands.

* 1.716The first of the foresaid points is in a History related vnto vs by Moses, Genesis 27. In which chapter he deli∣uers,* 1.717

First, the charge that Isaak gaue to Esau* 1.718 to prouide him some venison, that his eldest sonne might be bles∣sed

before the Fathers death. verse 1, to the end of the 4. verse.

Secondly, Rebekahs plotting of a deceitfull course,* 1.719 to in∣tercept the blessing, and to circumuent her eldest sonne. v. 5, to the end of the 17.

Thirdly, Moses deliuers Iacobs accomplishing and effe∣cting of this deceitfull designement.* 1.720 verse 18, to the end of the 29.

Fourthly, the discouery of this deceit,* 1.721 with a specimen of Ishaks fatherly loue vnto Esau his sonne, though farre infe∣riour to Iacobs, from the thirtieth verse, to the end of the fortieth.

Fiftly, Moses reporteth what bad effect all this bad dea∣ling tooke, to wit, in Esau, his intent to kill Iacob.* 1.722 verse 41. which murther was preuented by Rebekah, as verse 42, to the end of the chapter.

The second fearefull example is also recorded by Moses,* 1.723 Genes. 34. wherein

First, he lets vs see the occasion of Dinahs deflowring,* 1.724 * 1.725 drawing on the act. verse 1,

Secondly, the filthy act it selfe.* 1.726 verse 2.3.

Thirdly, the meanes that Shechem made to his father to haue her in mariage.* 1.727 verse 4.

Fourthly, the course that Hamor Shechems father tooke to bring this to passe, with the consent of Iacobs sonnes,* 1.728 v. 5. to the end of the 12.

Fiftly, the conditions are rehearsed by the sonnes of Ia∣cob, which the Shechemites were to performe before Iacobs sonnes would yeeld to part with their sister,* 1.729 and the Sheche∣mites consenting to the sayd conditions, from the 13 verse to the end of the 24.

Sixtly, the irefull and fearefull act of murther commited by Simeon and Leui,* 1.730 vpon the Shechemites, from the 25 ver. to the end of the 29.

Seuenthly, Moses sets downe Iacobs dislike* 1.731 and re∣proofe

of this murther, with his sonnes answere thereto. ve.* 1.732 30.31.

* 1.733The third selected Scripture which is written 1. Thes. 4.1* 1.734 to the end of the eight ver. teacheth inward and outward cleanesse, generall and speciall sanctification, holinesse of soule, cleannesse of body, singlenesse of heart, and purity of hands.

* 1.735S. Paul, Siluanus, and Timotheus, a three-fold cord (which is not easily broken) do combine themselues together, as in the rest of this Epistle, so

* 1.736First, in this louing, painefull, and fruitfull exhortation contained in these words. And furthermore we beseech you brethren, and exhort you in the Lord Iesus, that ye increase more and more, as ye haue receiued of vs how ye ought to walke and to please God. ver. 1.

Secondly, the Thessalonians haue a sight of the ground-selles and supporters of this exhortation:* 1.737 For nothing can better, or more strongly beare vp the worke and building of an exhortation, then these two pillars,

1 The acknowledging and calling to minde of the com∣mandements giuen of the Apostles by the Lord Iesus ver. 2.

2 The will of God, that is to say, the finall end and pur∣pose of God in ordaining this ministery, to publish such do∣ctrines, to giue such commandements. For this is the will of God, your sanctification. ver. 3

Thirdly, these three holy men deliuer vnto the view of the Thessalrniaoe two goodly branches of this sanctificati∣on.* 1.738

The first is the cleannesse and holinesse of the body, to ab∣staine from fornication, as ver. 3.4.5.

* 1.739The second is the cleanesse and vprightnesse of heart and mind, which must be free from oppression or defrauding our brethren in any matter. ver. 6.7.

Fourthly, these three seruants of God haue an especiall care that the former Lessons be well regarded, remembred

and obeyed, and therfore they set downe the fearefull estate of him or them that do despise these or the like instructions. He therefore that despiseth these things, despiseth not man but God who hath giuen you his holy spirit. ver. 8.

In the fourth Scripture Math. 15.21.* 1.740 to the end of the 28, ver. the Euangelist hauing related our Lords reprehension of the outward hypocriticall cleanenesse of the Scribes & Pharises, shewing that euill thoughts, murthers, adulteries,* 1.741 fornications, do defile the man,* 1.742 but not to eate with vn∣washen hands, doth now set downe a true story of the pure, precious & vnfained faith of a Cananitish woman, exercising it selfe in a most zealous and feruent manner of powring forth her petitions, as the incense in the presence of God, & casting all her cares into Christs bosome, who cared for her and for her possessed daughter, speedily deliuering them both out of their aduersity,

The text containeth* 1.743

1 An introduction or preface into the history,* 1.744 in the 21. and a part of the 22. ver.

2 The history it selfe, from the 23, ver. to the end of the 28.

In the preface S. Matthew notes the occasions.* 1.745

1 Of his going from the Scribes and Pharisies.

2 Of his departure into the coasts of Tyre and Sydon, to offer himselfe vnto this godly and zealous Cananite. ver. 21.22.

In the story of the womans petition,* 1.746 and Christs answere to it, we haue the womans indefessible and vnfained suppli∣cation made vnto the Sonne of God, for one and the same thing expressed in foure sundry and seuerall suffrages.

The first is, Haue mercy* 1.747 on me ô Lord the sonne of Dauid, ve. 22. whereunto she receiues no answere by word. ver. 23.

The second is her crying after Christ,* 1.748 and the Disciples who would faine haue bene rid of her, because she was im∣portunate. Therefore they are spokes-men to Christ for her.

Our Lords answer is, I am not sent but to the lost sheepe.* 1.749 verse 23.24.

The third is, she came and worshipped him, saying, Lord helpe me,* 1.750 verse 25. To this Christ answereth thus, It is not good to take the childrens bread, &c. verse 26.

* 1.751The fourth, is the holding out of her incessant request, (for women will seldome be sayd nay) her yeelding of▪ a full assent and consent vnto her Lords words, perswading her selfe that he would grant her request, in saying, Truth Lord, and though she acknowledged her selfe by birth, na∣tion, and nature, to be no better then a dogge; yet she knew that whelpes eate of the crummes, &c. verse 27. whereto she receiued a twofold answer,

1 That which a dogge could not looke for, O woman great is thy faith,

2 The comfortable answer in graunting that which she made suite for, Be it to thee as thou desirest. And her daughter was made whole the same houre. verse 28.

The third Sonday in Lent.

* 1.752THat there might be a growing, and a daily increase of cleannesse and chastitie, of holinesse and puritie of life in such as would see God: The Fathers of the Church do therefore hold on their course of exhibiting examples vnto vs of these holy vertues and exhortations, to embrace them, as to eschew their contrary vices.

In the 39 of Genesis is an example of that chast man Ioseph, who though he was tempted to vncleannesse by his Lady and Mistresse, an impudent and vncleane woman, yet he yeelded not a whit to her.

* 1.753In the 42 chapter of Genesis, there is a patterne of great loue exercised by Ioseph vnto his brethren, in his straunge and politicke entertaining of them, and yet affording them corne for their money, which is the thing they came for.

* 1.754In Ephes. 5.1. to the end of the 14, is a notable and pithy exhortation,* 1.755 that we be imitators of God in all holinesse: namely, in loue (as Christ loued vs) and in refraining of fornication, vncleannesse, couetousnesse, &c. not to be na∣med among saints.

In Luke 11.14, to the end of the 28. verse,* 1.756 our Lord Ie∣sus Christ proceedeth in prouing himselfe to be that Mes∣siah promised, that seed of the woman, which should bruise the head of the Serpent, not onely in ouercoming the di∣uell, tempting Christ himselfe (as Math. 4.) or miserably vexing the poore Cananites daughter, (as Math. 15.) and driuing him out of her. But in this place also casting out a dumbe diuell out of one which was dumbe, made dumbe by the diuell, as not suffering his enemy Sathan to be at rest any where, either in men, women, or children.

Moses in the first of these foure Scriptures,* 1.757 relates a true historie of a filthy vncleane woman, lusting after a man, oc∣casioned by the beautie of the man, & his well-fauorednesse, vnto whom the holy and chast man would not consent, though the whore tempted him diuerse and sundry wayes, many and often times.* 1.758

First, there is an introduction or preface vnto the story of Iosephs chastitie,* 1.759 and Putiphars wiues shamelesse harlotry, verse 1, to the end of the 6.

Secondly, there is a relation of the adulterie conceiued in her heart, and committed there,* 1.760 proued by her gazing on him with her eyes, and mouing the filthy question by her words, in most broad and beastly termes. verse 7. with Io∣sephs resolute and flat deniall, not consenting in heart, nor yeelding in word, and auoiding all occasions of being in her company, verse 8.9.10.

Thirdly, Moses will let vs see further the loathsomenesse of the concupiscence,* 1.761 and the vnsatiable beastlinesse of this queane and strumpet, in assaulting Ioseph by force, draw∣ing on this sinne vpon her with cart-ropes of vncleannesse,

catching Ioseph by the garment,* 1.762 following her former suite of fleshlinesse, though Ioseph left his garment in her hand, gat loose from the whore, saued his credit, and kept his vir∣ginitie. verse 11.12.

* 1.763Fourthly, Moses declareth what mischiefe this beast∣ly woman plotted against this vnspotted young man, first, in charging him with a rape, and thereof accusing him to the men of the house, secondly, to her husband. verse 13, to the end of the 18.

Fiftly, how vpon this vniust accusation, Putiphar in his wrath imprisoned Ioseph,* 1.764 as iniuriously. verse 19.20.

Lastly, how God was with Ioseph in all these his trou∣bles,* 1.765 and how his afflictions were sanctified to him, turned to his good, and to the good of many others, verse 21.22.23.

* 1.766For (as Genesis 42 appeareth) hauing such extraordina∣ry fauour afforded him in the prison, and in the house of Pharaoh when he was out of prison,* 1.767 in being made Ruler and Lord-steward of Aegypt: he was an instrument of his fathers preseruation,* 1.768 of his brethren, and all his kindred, co∣ming as strangers to buy corne there, for the prouision of their families. In this chapter therefore the seruant of God Moses will shew vnto vs

How Ioseph is not forgetfull of Gods former continued fauours towards him,* 1.769 but sheweth his thankulnesse to God, in being charitable vnto strangers, in affording them corne at their need, not in defrauding, circumuenting, or oppres∣sing them, selling it to dayes, or at an high rate, but sending them away loden with come, and their money in their sacks mouths.* 1.770

In the first part of the chapter Moses maketh mention of Iacobs sending his ten sonnes into Aegypt to buy corne.* 1.771 verse 1, to the end of the 6.

In the second, the manner of intertainement which they had of Ioseph at the first,* 1.772 in charging them with trea∣cherie

against the land,* 1.773 and that they were but spies. verse 7.8.9.

In the third, the answer of Iosephs brethren vnto that ac∣cusation.* 1.774 verse 10.11.

In the fourth, Ioseph vrgeth that poin•• against them the second time, and their answer. verse 12.13.* 1.775

In the fift part Moses reporteth how Ioseph made triall the second and third time of their loyalty,* 1.776 truth, and sim∣plicity▪ by fetching their yonger brother, from the 14 verse to the end of the 20.

In the sixt, we may see the checke and trouble of consci∣ence* 1.777 in Iosephs brethren (for some sins which they had for∣merly committed against their brother) when they saw the troubles and straites they were in. v. 21, to the end of the ••4.

In the seuenth, Iosephs true and right brotherly dealing with them,* 1.778 in appointing their sackes to be filled with corne, and their packets of money to be restored vnto them, not∣withstanding his former rough politicke dealing with them. verse 25, to the end of the 28.

In the eight part of the chapter, Moses recordeth their relating of all this businesse to their father at their returne.* 1.779 verse 29, to the end of the 35. verse.

In the ninth, how old Iacob answered his sonnes,* 1.780 and de∣nied the sending of his sonne Beniamin into Aegypt. verse 36, to the end of the 38, the end of the chapter.

In the third of the Scriptures allotted out for this day,* 1.781 our Apostle S. Paule Ephesians 5.1.* 1.782 to the end of the 14 vers. in setting downe a speciall exhortation of our louing and imbracing of holinesse,* 1.783 and cleannesse inwardly and out∣wardly, intimates it in a dehortation from fornication,* 1.784 vn∣cleannesse, couetousnesse, and all the vnfruitfull workes of darknesse. And because vpon an occasion of prosecuting the duties of brotherly loue, in the former chapter, he pro∣ceedeth in the same matter and exhortatiue doctrine.

Therfore in the two first verses of this 5 chapter,* 1.785 which

some do ioyne with the former chapter. First, he doth most effectually, though in a generall matter vrge the most sweet doctrine of imitating God in loue,* 1.786 and that is the first part of the Epistle for this day.

The second part is a speciall dehortation from certaine vices which hinder this brotherly loue,* 1.787 to wit, fornication, all vncleannesse, or couetousnesse, filthinesse, foolish talking, iesting, which are things not comely, &c. verse 3.4.

The reasons to disswade from these and the like vices,* 1.788 are three, whereof the first is drawne from the knowledge that the Ephesians had concerning Gods definitiue sentence pro∣nounced against such wicked men, verse 5. the second rea∣son is a caueat or warning to preuent the danger that is imi∣nent ouer their heads, which are deceiued with the ill words or ill example of such men as would perswade to the former vices. verse 6.7. The third reason* 1.789 is drawne from the two-fold estate of the Ephesians themselues, first, Being once darknesse, secondly, But now light in the Lord. verse 8.

From which two propositions he draweth many infe∣rences, necessarily concluding vpon the premisses,* 1.790 and for∣cing his exhortation, as

[ 1] 1 To walke as children of the light. verse 8.

The reason he yeeldeth, For the fruit of the spirit is in all goodnesse and righteousnesse and truth. verse 9.

[ 2] 2 To approue that which is pleasing to the Lord. verse 10.

[ 3] 3 To haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of dark∣nesse. verse 11.* 1.791 The reasons whereof are,

• 1 Tis ashame to speake of their secret sinnes, verse 12.
• [ 1] 2 Secret sinnes are layde open to the light, euen by the light. [ 2] verse 13.
• [ 3] 3 Because the Scripture saith he, Isay in his 60 chap. verse 14, Awake thou that sleepest, and stand vp from the dead, and Christ shall giue thee light.

* 1.792In the fourth of the Scriptures our Lord Iesus affords his gracious and free loue to the Demoniacke, which was dumbe

* 1.793(yea blinde also) as Matth. 12.22.* 1.794 it appeareth casting out that fiend (no friend to mankinde) and not suffering him to rest or haue his abode in the diseased man. S. Luke chap. 11.24. to the end of the 28. ver. sheweth vs in this text.

• First, the miracle.* 1.795
• Secondly, the effect of the miracle.* 1.796

The miracle in a part of the 14. vers. in these words: Then he cast out a Diuell which was dumbe, and when the Diuell was gone out, the dumbe spake.

The effect is two-fold* 1.797

• very bad, Or
• very good.

Very bad, first, in the people wondering, as in the latter end of the 14. Secondly, in the Pharisies blaspheming: He casteth out diuels through Beelzebub, vers. 15. Thirdly, in others temp∣ting him, and asking him a signe from heauen. vers. 16.

The effect was very good in the woman.* 1.798 applauding the doctrine of Christ (repelling the blasphemy of the Phari∣sies) making an effectuall Epiphonema or acclamation there∣unto: Blessed is the wombe that bare thee, &c. vers. 27. where∣to Christ assenteth, & teacheth her a further instruction con∣cerning blessednesse, yea rather blessed are they that heare, &c. vers. 28.

The bad effects of the Pharisies blaspheming,* 1.799 and the o∣thers tempting, he doth by diuers strong reasons, and most sound arguments confute, cast out, and ouerthrow,

The first by a similitude* 1.800 of a kingdome diuided against it selfe, which is the Protasis, vers. 17. the Apodosis and applica∣tion. So if Sathan be diuided, &c. because yee say that I cast out Deuils, &c. verse 18.

The second is taken ab absurdo* 1.801 consequente, your children and I doe cast out diuels alike. You will neuer yeelde to this, that your children, or those among you doe cast them out in the power of Beelzebub: Ergo, the assertion is false: v: 19.

The third reason is drawne from the efficient cause,* 1.802 and the true, certaine, and most infallible manner of casting out

deuils: to wit, by the fingar & almighty spirit of God,* 1.803 which hath commodum consequens, or vtilitatem spiritualem inde subse∣quentem: the kingdome of God is come vnto you, ve. 20.

Now after Christ had proued that the diuel is not the doer of the miracle: he doth consequently argue that he is not the minister of the diuell.

The fourth reason therefore is taken â maiore ad minus,* 1.804 The maister can do, and hath more power to do, that which the seruant cannot do, Christ is of more force and power then the diuell, who is but his vassall. Christ therefore is not the worker by the diuell, nor the minister of the diuell. When a strong man armed keepeth his pallace, the things that he possesseth are in peace, &c. ve. 21.22.

* 1.805The fifth reason is taken from the opposite and contrary working and will of the chiefe Maister of the worke, and the second worker the seruant. The diuel is not with Christ, ergo, he is against him. Item, He gathereth not with Christ, ergo, he scattereth. The will of the Maister is to do good, the will of Christs vassall and slaue is to do euill. The will of Christ the great Sheepeheard and Bishop of our soules, is to gather the scattered: yea, the lost sheepe. The diuels will is not so, for he scattereth and destroyeth what he can as many as he can.

The sixt argument wherewith our Lord puts the blasphe∣mers to silence is, the wound that he strikes in their conscien∣ces, who contrary to their cōsciences blasphemed the truth)* 1.806 which they had formerly knowne and acknowledged) yea, persecuted the same truth and Christ the author thereof. He therefore sheweth that their latter estate is worse then the former & beginning: & they are in worse case then the man that had the blind & dumbe spirit. For after their vncleane vessels had bene clensed with the knowledge and beleefe of the truth, sathā the vncleane spirit comes & possesseth them, and takes to him seuen other spirits worse then himselfe. ver. 24.25.26.

* 1.807The fourth Sonday in Lent.

IT must needes be a great occasion of humiliation vnto all the true members of Christs Church,* 1.808 when they consider what sins and iniquities they do either commit, or are sub∣iect vnto, whereby they are so vnprepared, either to fast with Christ, or to suffer with him, or to feast and eate the Passeouer with him, to weepe with the woman at his death, or to reioyce with them and the Disciples at his resur∣rection.

As then they which haue chosen the former Scriptures haue bene very carefull in the fore-named respect:* 1.809 so now in these foure that follow for this day, they will teach vnto vs, that notwithstanding the sinnes and transgression of Gods people and others, and the punishments inflicted vpon the committers thereof: yet hath our God a fatherly care ouer them, not to leaue them in distresses, but in his mercifull pro∣uidence, and with his compassionate eies to behold them. For he respecteth them in their bodies, goods and good name, comforting them alwaies and euery way both in soule & bo∣dy: wherefore in the first two Scriptures, being the two first Lessons for this day, we may see the one. In the two of the new Testament, being the Epistle and the Gospell, we shall perceiue the other.

Moses in the 43. of Genesis declares the distresses that Ia∣cob and his posterity endured in the land of Canaan,* 1.810 by rea∣son of the increase of the famine, who was thereby occasio∣ned to send the second time into Aegypt to buy more food. But withall he was very vnwilling to performe Iosephs con∣dition of sending Beniamin into Aegypt: about which there is great expostulation betweene Iudah the son, & Israel the father, from the beginning of the chapter to the end of the 10. ver.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

* 1.811Secondly, the text sheweth,* 1.812 how that in the end Israel yeelded hereunto, in sending his darling away, and perfor∣ming of complements to the Lord of the land, for his chil∣drens better intertainment there, from the 11. ver. to the end of the 15.

* 1.813Thirdly, how Ioseph intertained and welcomed them all for his brother Beniamins sake. vors. 16.17.

* 1.814Fourthly, how the sonnes of Iacob were stricken with a feare, and a suspition by reason of their heartie welcoming, deeming, and casting in their minds, as if that had bene but a pollicie to take them in a snare, by reason of the money that came in their sackes mouthes at the first. Vpon which point they communed with Iosephs Steward, who led them into his maisters house, intertaining them and their beasts accor∣dingly, vers. 18.24.

Fifthly, the text mentioneth their preparation and deliue∣ry of their fathers present vnto Ioseph.* 1.815 verse 25.26.

Sixthly, of Iosephs conference with them concerning their fathers health,* 1.816 and their brother Beniamin, Ʋerse 27.28.29.

Seuenthly, of Iosephs tender heartednesse and naturall af∣fection towards his brother Beniamin,* 1.817 his ioyfull feasting of them, his inuiting the Aegyptians (though they are by them∣selues) but chiefly of his speciall care that he had of Benia∣min his fathers darling, which also was Iosephs iewell. ver. 30. to the 34. the end of the chapter.

* 1.818In the 45. chapter of Genesis Moses doth,

* 1.819First discouer the concealed loue of Ioseph so long kept and contained within him,* 1.820 and the making of himselfe knowen to his brethren, verse 1.8.

Secondly, hee makes mention of Iosephs sending of his brethren for his father,* 1.821 and that most louing farewell which he tooke of his brother Beniamin, & the rest of his brethren, (a good example of brotherly loue 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 extended and stretched out) with the conference he had with them, which

is not expressed,* 1.822 ver. 9. to the end of the 15.

Thirdly, Moses will let vs see the effect of this loue euen in the heathen King and his seruants,* 1.823 who not onely reioi∣ced at the tidings and newes hereof, but the King gaue also comman••ement to Ioseph to send for his father, and to prouide all thinges necessary for the iourney out and in, for their better intertainment, verse, 16. to the end of the 24.

In the fourth part of the chapter, Moses declareth what effects this tidings wrought, when it was related vnto old Israel* 1.824 in the land of Canaan. First in his swoning for ioy: se∣condly, in the reuiuing of his spirit when he was confirmed, and soundly perswaded of the truth of all things related vn∣to him. Ver. 25. to the end of the 28. the end of the chapter.

The Apostle Paul. Galat. 4.21* 1.825 to the end of the chapter: as in the former part of the chapter,* 1.826 he mentioneth that deare and true hearted loue mutually exercised betwixt the Galathians and him: so will hee shew a greater loue of God toward his Church of what nation soeuer, in making them true and naturall children* 1.827 after the manner of Ishak children of the promise of the new Testament, the new couenant, not of the letter and law, but of the spirit and grace.* 1.828 And there∣fore intimates, that God being our father, and vouchsafing vs this prerogatiue in giuing vs Christ, how shall hee not with him giue vs all other things?

First therefore the Apostle will propound the matter in controuersie betwixt him and them,* 1.829 which before had bene so bewitched with the false or Iudaicall Apostles. And this he doth by reasoning ex concessis eorum, after this manner: Tell me ye that will be vnder the law, vers. 21. alleaging the Scripture and text for that which they also knew. ver. 22.23.

Secondly, he expoundeth this mysticall allegory* 1.830 of A∣brahams two sonnes, ver. 24.25.26.27.

Thirdly, he concludes hereupon,* 1.831 that we are after the ma∣ner of Ishak children of the promise, not of Hagar the bondwoman,

bondslaues to sinne or Sathan,* 1.832 vers. 28. though fl••shly and bondchildren do persecute and gibe at spirituall children: which mockers, with their mother, are sure to bee expelled for their labour. v••rse 29.30.

* 1.833Fourthly, he will apply all that he had sayd before, and conclude the matter in controuersie betweene them in these words, Then brethren we are not children of the seruant, but of the free woman. verse 31. And hereupon he exhorts the Ga∣lathians to stand fast in the lib••rtie wherewith Christ hath made them free, and not to be intangled againe with the yoke of bondage, as Gala. 5.1. &c.

* 1.834S. Iohn chapter 6.1. to the end of the 14 verse, declareth plainely vnto vs that our Lord and Sauiour, that great Pro∣phet which should come into the world, takes care ••ike a good shepheard of his flocke and sheepe,* 1.835 like a good hous∣holder of his family,* 1.836 in feeding their soules, and in feeding their b••dies. The people tarried with Christ in the desert vntill the euening: and the Disciples would haue had them dismissed, ••o prouide food for themselues in the villages ad∣ioyning. This Lord, that is owner of the earth, and the ple∣nitude thereof, meanes to giue them content also that waies, to teach them still whom he had taught before, as to depend vpon his prouidence, so also to instruct them herein, That man liueth not by bread onely, &c. therefore not by the great quantitie of cramming his maw and belly with meate, but by euery word, &c. with Gods blessing vpon that bread and food which he sendeth, making the qualitie,* 1.837 through his blessing and miraculous power to exceed the quantitie, not taking the course of earthly feast-makers, in his kind of entertainement. This Scripture offereth vnto our view

* 1.838First, the occasions giuen and taken by our Lord God,* 1.839 the most prouident housholder in the doing of this miracle, to wit, first, his departure from the Iewes, who continued their malicious persecution against him: and taking his course ouer the sea of Galile of Tiberias. Secondly, the con∣comitance

and insequence of the multitude to heare him teach, and to see his miracles. verse 1.2.3.

Secondly, this Scripture denotes the time,* 1.840 to argue the truth of the miracle, being neere the Iewes Passeouer. verse 4.

Thirdly,* 1.841 S. Iohn publisheth the conference which our Lord had with Phillip and Andrew, about this businesse. verse 5.6.7.8.9.

Fourthly, Saint Iohn sets downe the manner how Christ prepared the people and himselfe* 1.842 vnto the performing and sight of this miracle. verse 10. and a part of the 11.

Fiftly, the miracle* 1.843 it selfe, as fi••st, in the fiue thousand mens eating so much as they would of the bread and the fishe. verse 11. secondly, in the Disciples taking away the fragments remaining, which was more miraculous. verse 12.13.

Sixtly, the Euangelist sheweth the effect that this mira∣cle wrought in the beholders.* 1.844 They sayd, this is of a truth the Prophet, &c. a sound profession and confession of their faith, an acknowledging of the mightie power of God, and a prai∣sing of him for the same.

The fifth Sonday in Lent.

THe Lord,* 1.845 which had so graciously deliuered Iacob and his posterity from the famine in Canaan, brought them into Egypt, and gat them fauour in the sight of King Pha∣raoh and his subiects, doth now stirre vp another king which knew not Ioseph, to exercise his seruants the Israelites vnder the crosse.* 1.846 And as they being the members of the Church endured and continued herein by the space of ma∣ny yeares, being the sheepe of Christ:* 1.847 so now is the head of the Church, the great and good shepheard of the sheepe, a∣bout to be smitten.

The great Passeouer therefore drawing neerer and

neerer,* 1.848 wherein Christ our Passeouer was offered for vs:* 1.849 his holy seruants haue thought vpon foure such portions of Scripture as do shew,

First, the troubles and distresses wherein God exercised the members of his Church for the triall of their faith and patience, and for the chastening of them for their sinne.

Secondly, the persecution by thought, word, and deede, wherwith the Iews persecuted the Lord of life, who though he reproued his enemies of grosse and vpardonable sin: yet not one of them was able to taxe or rebuke him of sinne.

* 1.850In the third chapter of Exodus the first of the foure Scrip∣tures for this day, the text doth set forth,

* 1.851First, the maner of Gods calling of Moses* 1.852 to bee a meanes of the Israelites deliuerance out of the Egyptiacall oppressi∣ons, ver. 1. to the end of the 10.

Secondly, the singular humility of M••ses in acknow∣ledging his vnworthinesse and insufficiencie* 1.853 either to go to Pharaoh, or to bring the Israelites out of Aegypt, verse eleuen, much like the speech of Saint Paule. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

Thirdly, the text sets downe how God fitteth and furni∣sheth Moses* 1.854 to this weighty and troublesome function, ver. 12.

Fourthly, the desire of Moses to bee further instru∣cted concerning the authoritye of this his Embassage.* 1.855 verse 13.

Fifthly, the text relates vnto vs Gods answer to Mo∣ses,* 1.856 both concerning his propounded question, verse. 14.15. as also concerning that which Moses was fur∣ther to doe, and in particular about this enioyned busi∣nesse, and the diuers es••ects, both in the Israelites and in the Egyptians of the true and faithfull discharge of Moses his conscience towards them, verse 16. to the 22. the end of the chapter.

In the fifth of Exodus,* 1.857 * 1.858 being the second of the selected Scriptures, the text sheweth,

First,* 1.859 how Moses and Aaron do accomplish and performe their duty of doing their message to Pharaoh ver. 1.* 1.860

Secondly, how Pharaoh tooke their doing of this message.* 1.861 First, with what minde and words he answered the Lord, to wit, with the words and spirit of Atheisme, of irreligion, as ver. 2. Secondly, what exceptions he tooke against the an∣swer which Moses and Aaron made to his speech ver. 3.4.5. Thirdly, how he tyrannized the more ouer the Church of God in oppressing them with vnconscionable, and vnreaso∣nable taske-worke, to which end he sent out his tyrannous precept, which was executed by Pharaohs taskmasters, from the 6. verse to the end of the 14.

In the third part of this chapter the text sheweth: First,* 1.862 how the officers of the Israelites made their lamentable pe∣tition vnto this tyrant, concerning the iniuries of the making of bricke without straw, the beating of the officers, & blame of the people, vers. 15.16. Secondly, the answer that this A∣theist m••de (as before) not changing his minde nor wordes any more then the Leopard doth her spots, or the Moore his skinne. Ruling and ouer-ruling Gods people by his will alone, (as tyrants doe) against reason and religion. Ʋers. 17.18.

In the fourth part of the text he tels vs how the officers of the Israelites laid an imputation of this tyranny of Pha∣raoh, vpon Moses and Aaron. as vers. 20.21.* 1.863

In the fifth part how Moses went to the Lord (his refuge in due time of trouble) expostulating with him about this businesse, and casting his cares into the Lords bosome,* 1.864 who cared for them all, and in his due time deliuered them, as ver. 22.23. and in the 14. chapter, ver. 13.30. and 31. doth most comfortably appeare.

In the 9. chap. of the Epistle to the Heb. ver. 11. to the end of the 16.* 1.865 * 1.866 the holy Ghost doth assuure vs of the obtaining of an

eternall redemption by Christ our high Priest,* 1.867 whereas the deliuerance of the Israelites was but ex••ernall temporarie & typicall:* 1.868 no m••re then their s••crifices were, which did san∣ctifie as touching the p••rification of the flesh ve. 13.

* 1.869First, therefore the Author of this Epistle, deliuereth this poin•• positi••ely, and peremptorily,* 1.870 that the sacrifice of Christ is eternall, and more perfect, n••t like that sacrifice of the bloud of bulles and goates. ver. 11.12.

* 1.871Secondly, this point is confirmed by an argument, a mi∣nore ad mai••s. If the lesser did so much, how much more then shall the greater do. For if the bloud of bulles and goates, and the ashes of an heiffer, &c. ve. 13. how much more shall the bloud of Christ, which through the eternall Spirit, offered himselfe with∣out spot vnto God, purge your consciences from dead workes, to serue the liuing God. ve. 14.

* 1.872In the third part of this portion of Scripture the holy Ghost proueth the proposition by an argument drawne, a causa finali. The end why this our high Priest vndertook and performed al this good for vs, was, that he might become the Mediator of the new Testament, that through death which was for the redemption of the transgressors, they which were called might receiue the promise of eternall inheritance, ver. 15. For where a Testament is, there is the death of the Testator. ver. 16.

In the 8. chapter of S. Iohns Gospell ver. 46. to the end of th 59.* 1.873 which is the end of the chapter, the text directeth vs to the sight and consideration of these principall points.* 1.874

First, that he which was and is our high Priest,* 1.875 was inno∣cent, because none of them (being all challenged) could re∣buke him of sinne, as ver. 46.47. whereto his enimies an∣swered with rayling and reuiling him, Say we not well, that thou art a Samaritane, &c. ver. 48. vnto which blasphe∣mous slander our Sauiour answereth. ver. 49.50.51.

Secondly, S. Iohn will shew vs the obduracie and ob∣stinacy of the Iewes hearts, from whence proceeded rhe ve∣nome and poyson of their tongues.* 1.876 Now know we that

thou hast a diuell:* 1.877 maliciously,* 1.878 and contrary to their know∣ledge, indeuouring to maintaine this their blasphemy, Abra∣ham (say they) is dead, and the Prophets. ve. 52, 53. Whereun∣to our Lord makes answere.

1 If I honour my selfe, mine honour is nothing worth:* 1.879 it is my Father that honoureth me, whom ye say that he is your God. ver. 54.

2 Yet ye haue not knowen him, but I know him.* 1.880 ver. 55.

3 Abraham knew him and me, your father Abraham reioy∣ced to see my day, and he saw it, and was glad.* 1.881 ver. 56.

Thirdly, the holy Ghost testifieth against these wicked Iewes, misconstruing Christs words, and wilfully persisting in their scandalous obtrectation and obloquie.* 1.882 Thou art not yet 50. yeares old, and hast thou seene Abraham. ver. 57. Here∣unto our Sauiour answereth. Verely, verely, I say vnto you, be∣fore Abraham was I am. ver. 59.

Fourthly, S. Iohn acquaints vs heere,* 1.883 with that vltimum refugium of all persecutors, euen their last argument which they are wont to vse, against the truth and true speakers, Ar∣gumentum à fustibus, or à lapidibus ductum, their open and manifest persecuting by fire and sword, staues, and stones, Then they tooke vp stones to cast at him. Christs answere and a∣uoiding of that argument is,

1 By hiding himselfe.

2 By going out of the Temple, ver. 59. to the end of the chapter.

The sixth Sonday in Lent.

PHaraohs cruell and hard dealing with the Israelites,* 1.884 was not worse then his hardnesse of heart, nor his obstinacy proportionable for his person, to the Iewes persecuting of Christ, if all circumstances be considered out of the former Scriptures, and out of some of these foure following which are appointed for this day.

* 1.885But if we looke narrowly & more particularly into them,* 1.886 we shall in the former two perceiue, that in Pharaoh & some of his followers there are more outward signes of his al∣teration, and beeter hopes of conuersion, then in the Iewes in Christs time, which were the outward face of the Church either in any inward or outward token of repentance, as in the fourth Scripture being the Gospell for the day, may ap∣peare.

* 1.887Notwithstanding all this persecution by Pharaoh, and kil∣ling of the Lord of life by the obstinate Iewes, the Epistle chosen for this day, shewes vs, that it was Gods purpose that things should so fall out that Christ should bee thus humbled to the end that wee might learne humilitie of him: That the same minde may bee in vs, &c. as the Apo∣stle exhorteth.

The first Scripture for this day, Exodus 9.* 1.888 lets vs see,

First, how, ••s Pharaoh left not off persecuting the people of God,* 1.889 so the Lord proceeded in plaguing him the fifth time with the murraine and pestilence among his beastes.* 1.890 which God would not suffer to come vpon any of the Israelites beastes, though Pharaohs heart was yet obstinate and would not let the people go to serue God, ver. 1. to the end of the 7.

* 1.891Secondly, that notwithstanding Pharaohs continued ma∣lice, God would further plague him by sending blistering scabbes vpon man and beast, (which is the sixth stroake of Gods heauy hand) in such maner as the forcerers of Pharaah could not stand before Moses, by reason of their contagion, ver. 8. to the end of the 12.

* 1.892Thirdly, the text declareth how God inflicteth a seuenth token of his grieuous wrath and displeasure conceiued a∣gainst Pharaoh, to wit, of haile, thunder, lightning and fire vpon the ground, such as was neuer in Aegypt since it was Aegypt. Against the execution whereof God by Moses ad∣uiseth Pharaoh to get vp his cattell out of the field into the

houses,* 1.893 vnto which counsell some hearkned, and some of Pharoahs seruants disobeyed.

The effect that this plague tooke in Pharoah was a con∣fession of his sinne,* 1.894 * 1.895 after his fashion ioyned with an intreaty m••de to Moses and Aaron, to pray to the Lord for him, as also a promise to dismisse the Israelites:* 1.896 vnto which request though Moses condiscended and God was heard of him, yet the hypocrite and false hearted Pharaoh was not so good as his word. ve. 13. to the end of the 35. the end of the chap∣ter.

The second Scripture chosen for this day out of the old Testamēt, is Exo. 10.* 1.897 making mention of two other plagues, wherewith almighty God vexed this malicious deepe dis∣sembling hypocrite.* 1.898 * 1.899

The one is the sending of the Locusts or grashoppers vp∣on all the land of Aegypt (being the 8. plague* 1.900) whereof re∣lation is made with the effect thereof in Pharaoh, ver. 1. to the end of the 20.

The other is the palpable darknesse and obscurity which was vpon the whole face of the land of Egypt, the ninth scourge wherewith God whipped this slow oxe Pharaoh,* 1.901 who was so vnwilling in deed, though not in word to per∣forme Gods commandement before. But now after this plague he is content (after his wonted fashion) to let them with a reseruation of their cattell in Aegypt wherewith they should haue done sacrifice, whereof the text makes mention from the 21. to the end of the 29. the end of the chapter.

The Apostle S. Paul Philipians 2.5. to the end of the 11.* 1.902 ver. doth exhort vnto humility and humiliation by the ex∣ample of our Sauiour Christ Iesus,* 1.903 that we might attaine to the end of true humiliation, which is exaltation,* 1.904 and by a pa∣tient bearing of the crosse vnto the end, to come to the crowne of glory, the end of our faith, the saluation of our

soules.* 1.905 * 1.906 In this portion of scripture conteined in these 7. verses, wee haue,

First, an exhortation in these words: Let the same minde be in you that was euen in Christ Iesus,* 1.907 verse, 5.

Secondly, that this exhortation of being Christianly min∣ded,* 1.908 might take the deeper impression, the Apostle doth ma∣ny waies describe this minde of Christ: shewing by many arguments and reasons how Christ was humbly minded, and how he was humbled in deed; as

* 1.909First, who being in the forme of God, thought it no robbery, &c. verse 6.

* 1.910Secondly, he made himselfe of no reputation,

Thirdly, tooke on him the forme of a seruant,* 1.911

Fourthly, was made like vnto man,* 1.912

Fifthly, was made in shape like a man,* 1.913 verse 7.

* 1.914Sixthly, he humbled himselfe,

Seuenthly, and became obedient to the death.* 1.915

Eightly, euen the death of the crosse,* 1.916 verse 8.

Thirdly, the Apostle sets forth the effect and issue of this humiliation,* 1.917 to wit, exa••tation: Wherefore God hath also high∣ly exalted him, and giuen him a name▪ &c. vers. 9.

Fourthly, hee describes this name and power of Christ at large,* 1.918 prouing it to be aboue euery name, further spreading it selfe then any thing created, for

* 1.9191 At this name Iesus, euery knee should bow, coelestium, ter∣restrium, infernarum, verse 10.

2 That euery tongue should confesse that Iesus Christ is the Lord,* 1.920 vnto the glory of God the Father, ver. 11. This is true sub∣iection and humiliation of all creatures, when they all stoup to him, & acknowledge his powerfull name. This is true hu∣miliation of al mankind, that is, of people & nations through the world, when they confesse that Iesus Christ is the Lord, vnto the glory of God the father.

* 1.921The Gospell for this day conteined in the 26. & 27.* 1.922 of the Gospel after S. Matthew vnto the end of the 56. ver. relateth

that most grieuous and lamentable humiliation of our deere Lord and Sauiour.* 1.923

First, in his enduring and suffering of all things at the Iewes hands, which is his passion* 1.924 before his death.

Secondiy, in the exigent and end of his passion, which is his death.* 1.925

In the 26. chapter, S. Matthew propoundeth, and largely dilateth vpon the one.* 1.926

In the 27. chapter he leaues out no circumstances concur∣ring to denominate the other.

Thus, and no otherwise, doth our Lord Iesus himselfe a∣nalyse all this great businesse euen in a few words, saying vnto his Disciples: And the sonne of man.

• 1 Shall be deliuered,
• 2 To be crucified.

First therefore S. Matthew sets downe Christs intimation hereof vnto his Disciples,* 1.927 saying: Yee know that within two daies is the Passeouer, and the sonne of man, &c. verse 1:2.

Secondly, S. Matthew makes mention of the first assembly and parliament of Priests, Lawyers, and Rulers in the high Priest Cayphas his hall,* 1.928 verse 3.4.5.

Thirdly, because his death, and consequently his buriall is neere, our Euangelist tels vs of Mary Magdalens annointing him with the pretious ointment:* 1.929 for he was worthy of it be∣ing a King and a Priest, verse 6. to the end of the 13.

Fourthly, how Iudas indents with the high Priests for mo∣ney to betray his maister Christ,* 1.930 verse 14.15.16.

Fifthly, how our Lord Iesus celebrateth the Passeouer,* 1.931 & foretold the intended & plotted treason of the traytor Iu∣das, verse 17. to the end of the 25.

Sixthly, that our Lord did institute the holy supper,* 1.932 & ce∣lebrate the same with his Disciples, ver. 26. to the 30.

Seuenthly, S. Matthew declares Christs prophesie & fore∣telling the Disciples weakenesse,* 1.933 in being offended at his sufferings, but chiefly at Peters denyall, ver. 31.35.

In the eighth place S. Matthew mentioneth Christs going* 1.934

apart to Gethsemane,* 1.935 to pray that the bitter cup might passe from him: his Disciples being heauy all that time, the trai∣tor and his consorts coming in with swords and staues to take Iesus. At which time Peter takes vpon him to reuenge, though afterward he and all the rest tooke them to their heeles, ver. 36. to the 56.

Ninthly, the Euangelist tels vs how our innocent Lord Iesus is led to the sessions house, where* 1.936

First, notwithstanding their subornation of false witnes∣ses, and Caiaphas his adiuring of him* 1.937 to tell him whether he were Christ the Sonne of God, whereto he answered af∣firmatiuely, yet

Secondly, they reproue and argue him of blasphemy,* 1.938

Thirdly, they conclude, that he is worthy to die,* 1.939

Fourthly, they spat in his face.* 1.940

Fiftly, they buffeted him,* 1.941

Sixtly, they smote him with their rods,* 1.942

Seuenthly, they mocked* 1.943 him, and in mockery of his prophecy they require him to prophecy, who strucke him. ver. 57. to the end of the 68.

In the tenth place S. Matthew sets downe the story of Pe∣ters three-fold deniall of his Maister,* 1.944 and his hearty repen∣tance for the same ver. 68. to the end of the 73. which is the last ver. of the 26. chapter.

* 1.945In the eleuenth place Saint Matthew relates the time and place of an other session of chiefe Priests and rulers to con∣sult against this sweet and harmlesse Lambe our Sauiour,* 1.946 and consequently to take his life from him. That so he being led bound vnto Pilate the gouernour, he might be examined, iudged, and condemned to die. ver. 1.2. of the seuen and twentieth chapter.

* 1.947When Iudas heard that his Maister was condemned he re∣pents after a fashion, but despaires of Gods mercy, as all re∣probates and most of the ranke of wicked traitors do, ver. 3. to the end of the tenth.

In the twelfth part of this holy Gospell, Christs exami∣nation

is recorded,* 1.948 with Pilates putting it to the peoples choise, the deliuerāce of Iesus or Barrabas (for that was their wicked immutable custome,* 1.949 though thereby they brought innocent bloud vpon themselues and their children. ver. 11. to the end of the 26.

In the thirteenth part of this Gospell we may see how they still continued their malice against Christ,* 1.950 for

1 The gouernour Piltates men doe leade him into the common hall.

2 They gather the whole band about him.

3 They strippe him.

4 They put the skarlet robe vpon him.

5 They crowne him with a crowne of thornes (a vegetall com∣ing of the earths curse.)

6 They put a reede in his right hand.

7 They how their knees in mockery, saying: God saue thee, King of the Iewes,

8 They spatted vpon him.

9 They tooke a reede and smote him with it.

10 They tooke the robe from him.

11 And put his owne rayment vpon him.

12 And led him away to crucifie him. ver. 27. to rhe end of the 31.

13 Compelled Simon to beare his crosse.

14 They gaue him vinegar to drinke mingled with gall. ver. 32.33.34.

In the fourteenth part of this Gospel, S. Matthew shewes how they accomplished their plotted designement in cruci∣fying him, which when they had done.* 1.951

First, they persecuted euen his clothes.

Secondly, they watch him,

Thirdly, they set vp his title.

Fourthly, they crucifie two theeues with the Author of truth.

Fiftly, the passengers that passed by reuile him,

Sixtly, first, the high Priests: secondly, Scribes: third∣ly,

Elders, and fourthly, Pharises mocke him, fiftly,* 1.952 so doe the theeeues, ve. 35. to the end of the 44.

* 1.953In the fifteenth part the Euangelist relateth.

First, what fell out for three houres together, while Iesus was vpon the crosse, to wit, the lights for the day and night fell to mourning,* 1.954 that their Lord and maker should thus be handled of his people. From the sixt howre to the ninth darke∣nesse is ouer all the land 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 et natura patiebantur. verse 45.

* 1.955Secondly, he relates what befel at the ninth houre. Sinners would not sorrow, the Sauiour of sinners, Iesus the Sauiour of all mourning sinners, mourneth for sinners, crying bit∣terly, crying with a loud voyce, Ely, Ely, Lammah sabachtha∣ni. ver. 46.

* 1.956This cry the Hebrewes would not vnderstand, and yet it was Hebrew, as appeareth, ve. 47.48.49. Our Lord cryeth againe, they might haue vnderstood him the second time (but who is so blind as he that wil not see): & so yeelded vp his spirit, yeelded vp the Ghost ve. 50.

* 1.957Thirdly, the Euangelist relates what befell after Christs death.

First, the vaile of the Temple is rent in twaine,

Secondly, the earth did quake,

Thirdly, the stones were clouen,

Fourthly, the graues did open themselues,

Fiftly, many bodies of Saints,

1 Arose,

2 Came out of the graue after his resurrection,

3 And went into Hierusalem,

4 And appeared vnto many, ver. 51.52.53.

* 1.958In the sixteenth and last part of this Gospell for the day Saint Matthew sets downe the truth heteof by the effects. For

First, the hard hearted Captaine the Centurion and the watchmen his souldiers, seeing the earthquake, and what was done,

1 Feared greatly,* 1.959

2 Confesse Christ, saying: Truely this was the Sonne of God. ver. 54.

Secondly, many witnesses are cited to prooue this, though they were a farre off, some whereof are 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 without name expressed ver. 55. and some 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. They haue their names recorded, that God may be glorified in their constancy, though they were of the weaker sexe, to wit, Ma∣ry Magdalene, Mary the mother of Iames and Ioses, and the mother of Zebedeus children. ver. 56.

Now who can better and more truely say, then this our deere Sauiour vpon the crosse in the midst of all these crosses and intollerable torments. O vos omnes, omnes qui transitis, attendite & videte, si est dolor sicut dolor meus.

Easter day.

THe resurrection of our Lord Iesus Christ,* 1.960 being one of the maine pillars whereupon the godly haue built, and must build their saluation: The Christian Churches haue also agreed vpon twelue seuerall texts of holy Scripture to be read and taught among them.

By which meanes the day and time is not only cele∣brated as a most solemne feast, but the principall and fundamentall points of religion therein handled in comme∣moration of that holy action, do confirme the faith of the Church of God, that as their head and Sauiour is risen, the first fruites of them that slept, so they shall rise againe to life eternall.* 1.961

And as he died for their sinnes, so they must die vnto sin before they can rise vnto righteousnesse.

The doctrines for the nine precedent Sondaies are for the Churches humiliation and casting downe in sorrow and penitency, to bewaile their sinnes, the causes and origi∣nall

of their Sauiours sorrow, passion, and bitter death.* 1.962

The doctrines for the sixe Sondaies following are for the Churches exaltation, lifting vp, exultation, reioycing and comfort.* 1.963

Eight of these which are out of the old Testament, cho∣sen for this holy feast of Easter, do in types and shadowes set forth and delineate the Churhes deliuerance from the de∣struction of the destroyer, and our Lords resurrection.

The foure in the new Testament proue the perfor∣mance, truth, and substance hereof, applying all to the sin∣gular vse and instruction of Gods deare people euery where.

The Princely Prophet Dauid in the second Psalme,* 1.964 the 57. and the 111. Psalmes appointed for the morning seruice in the 113. 114. and 118. for the euening sacrifice, giues vs to vnderstand that God hath decreed this victory of Christ his Sonne ouer sinne,* 1.965 death, and destruction, in his resurrection, and therefore it must be so. For

* 1.966First, in the second Psalme Dauid proueth.

1 That albeit the Gentiles fumed, and the people of the Iewes murmured, yet it was all but in vaine. ve. 1.

* 1.9672 There is a reason rendred there, God shall haue them all in derision. ver. 5.

* 1.9683 God hath set his King vpon Sion his holy mountaine. ver. 6.* 1.969

4 That this King and Christ is his Sonne. ve. 7.

* 1.9705 Homage and obedience in feare and reuerence must be yeelded vnto this Kingly Sonne. Kisse the Sonne. &c. ver. 12.

* 1.971The second Scripture, Psalme 57. whose title is, To him that excelleth, Destroy not, a Psame of Dauid on Michtam, when he fled from Saul in the caue.* 1.972

* 1.9731 Assureth vs of this truth, that as Dauid prayed vnto God to be deliuered from those that would swallow him vp, Selah: so was he assured that God would send forth his mer∣cy and trurh. ver. 3.

2 Though his soule was among Lyons, though he lay among the

children of men that are set on fire,* 1.974 * 1.975 whose teeth are speares and arrowes, and their tongue a sharpe sword. Yet he prayeth in prophecy, and prophecieth in prayer,* 1.976 that God would ex∣alt himselfe aboue the heauens, and his glory be vpon the earth. ve. 5. to the 11, being the last verse of the Psalme.

In the third Scripture, which is the 111. Psalme.* 1.977 * 1.978

1 Dauid giues thanks to God for all the good that he hath done to his Church.* 1.979 ver. 1.

2 In the rest of the Psalme he teacheth and describeth vn∣to the Church the magnitude and multitude of these his workes. ve. 2. to the end of the 9. where he makes mention of the Redemption,, he sent to his people, &c.* 1.980

3 The Prophet shewes the end why God hath done these great things for his people: to wit, that men might feare the Lord, which feare is the beginning of wisedome, that the keepers of his commandements haue good vnderstanding,* 1.981 that the praise of this feare endures for euer, and men are to do all things to his praise for euer and euer. ver. 10. the last of the Psalme.

In the fourth Scripture, Psal. 113.* 1.982 Dauid

First, exhorts the children which do feare the Lord,* 1.983 to praise the Lord, ver. 1.* 1.984

Secondly, he performes praises himselfe. ve. 2.3.* 1.985

Thirdly, he sheweth fiue reasons hereof in the rest of the Psalme, to the end of the 9. ver. Reade the text.* 1.986

In the fift Scripture. Psal. 114.* 1.987 King Dauid

First, sets vs downe an experience of Gods deliuerance of his people Israell out of Aegypt. ve. 1.2.

Secondly,* 1.988 the meanes and manner how God did this

1 By the seas floting and yeelding,

2 By the mountaines moouing & skipping. v. 3.4.5.6.7.* 1.989

Thirdly, the Prophet tels vs of Gods preseruation of his people in the desert after their deliuerance out of Aegypt.

1 By turning the rocks into water pooles.

2 By turning the flints into a fountaine of water,* 1.990 ve. 8. being the last of the chapter.* 1.991

In the sixt Scripture the 118. (where the stone Dauid is a

type of the stone Christ,* 1.992 reiected of Saul and the people, as Christ was of the rulers, high Priests and people of the Iewes, yet by the Lords doing, he ariueth out of the seas of his troubles into the great hauen of the kingdome of Israel as our Lord Christ did (maugre the malice of his enemies) by his owne power alone arise out of the graue and hell of his torments, at his appointed time, and after that ascend vn∣to glory.

* 1.993First, therefore the Prophet in rhis 118. Psalme, exhorts the people to praise God,* 1.994 whether Israelites, Leuites, or any other, ver. 1. to the end of the 4.

Secondly, he perswades and assures himselfe and all the faithfull, by the former experience of Gods deliuerances and fauoures (which he in particular doth relate) that the Lord will proceed in the continuance of his fatherly care & protection ouer him and his Church.* 1.995 And though he hath exercised them by afflictions and chastened them sore, yet sith he is powerfull, he can, and sith he is most louing and iust in his promises, he will not suffer them to be daunted by their enemies or giuen ouer vnto shame or confusion. ver. 5. to the end of the 14.* 1.996

Thirdly, he doth for this cause teach the righteous, that there is great reason, and causes manifold, why there should be in their Tabernacles the voices and songs of ioy and de∣liuerance, singing thus and to this effect, The right hand of the Lord hath done valiantly. ver. 15.16.

Fourthly, he promiseth to do this himselfe, & performes it,* 1.997 ver. 17. to the end of the 21.

Fiftly, he sheweth 3 reasons thereof.* 1.998 ver. 22.23.24.

Sixtly, Dauid himselfe falleth to prayer, the Priests and people performe the same,* 1.999 & so concludeth with Haleluiah, as they did begin, Praise ye the Lord because he is good, for his mercy endureth for euer. ver. 25. to the end of the 29. the end of the Psalme.* 1.1000

* 1.1001In the seuenth Scripture Exodus 12. handling the insti∣tution

of the first and old Passeouer,* 1.1002 we haue a type of the second and new Passeouer Christ Iesus which is offered for vs. The text affoordeth these chiefe and generall points.* 1.1003

First, Gods precept to Moses and Aaron to teach the peo∣ple euery rite and ceremony.* 1.1004

1 Concerning the killing of the Passeouer. ver. 1. to the end of the 10.

2 Concerning the manner of the eating thereof, from the 11. ver. to the end of the 16.

3 Concerning the feast of vnleauened bread, which also they were to obserue with it. ver. 17. to the end of the 20.

The second generall point whereto the text directeth is Moses his relation of these things (as God appointed him) vnto the children of Israel. ver. 21. to the 27.* 1.1005

The third is the peoples execution and performance of these iniunctions. ver. 28.* 1.1006

The fourth is a mention of the tenth and last plague (the slaying of the first borne* 1.1007 of Aegypt) which went neerer vn∣to Pharaohs heart then all the rest, as appeareth by the seue∣rall effects. ver. 29. to the 36.

The fift is a Geographicall itinerarium or description of the Israelites iourney, with a chtonicle and record of the times.* 1.1008

1 Of their dwelling in Aegypt.

2 Of their departure thence. ver. 37. to the 41.

Sixtly, the vse of all this is propounded:* 1.1009 to wit, the ce∣lebration and obseruation thereof, that it is a night to be kept holy to the Lord, baecause he brought them out off the land of Ae∣gypt, and all Israel must obserue it. ver. 42.

The seuenth is the law of this Passeouer* 1.1010 prescribed vnto Moses and Aaron. ver. 43. to the 51. the end of the chapter.

The eight Scripture Exodus 14. delareth,* 1.1011 that though Gods poore people were deliuered out of the land of Aegypt,* 1.1012 yet were they not quite deliuered from the King of Aegypts persecution and pursuite, by himselfe

and his armies.* 1.1013 * 1.1014 And that albeit Pharaohs rancor and malice continued and increased against them; yet the text tels vs, that coming the Lord did come, did not long tarry and in the end deliuered them. If we do suruey the chapter more care∣fully, we shall behold these things,

First, how God commandeth his people to remoue their campe towards the sea, because his purpose is, there to pre∣serue his people and to destroy the Aegyptians. ver. 1. to the end of the 4.* 1.1015

Secondly, Pharaoh taketh knowledge hereof, who encou∣raged and prepared himselfe to pursue them vnto destructi∣on, verse 5. to the end of the 9.* 1.1016

Thirdly, the effect that this pursuite wrought in the Is∣raelites* 1.1017 is recorded, to wit,

• 1 A feare of their experienced old enemies.
• 2 An earnest supplication and prayer to God.
• 3 An expostulation with, or a murmuring against Mo∣ses, who encourageth them, saying: Feare not, stand still, and behold the saluation, &c. ver. 10. to the end of the 14.

* 1.1018Fourthly, God himselfe encourageth his people to march forward, telling Moses: first, that his people shall go through the sea on dry land, which fell out so, as ver. 11. to the end of the 25. secondly, that the same sea should destroy the Aegyptians, which also came to passe, ver. twenty sixe, to the end of the thirty sixe.

* 1.1019Fiftly, the holy Ghost tels vs how Gods people made vse of all this which was done,

• 1 In obseruing the power of God.
• 2 In fearing the Lord.
• 3 In beleeuing the Lord and his seruant Moses, verse 31: which is the last of the chapter.

The ninth Scripture which is the first of the 4. taken out of the new Testament,* 1.1020 written Rom. 6. directeth the Church of God vnto the right & worthy receiuing of the fauours & graces of God,* 1.1021 not in continuing in sin that grace may a∣boūd,

& being dead vnto sin,* 1.1022 to liue no more in it: but rather to rise vnto newnesse of life,* 1.1023 and that by the example of the Lord of life, our Lord Iesus Christ, his resurrection,

S. Paul fiirst, propounds this doctrine in a patheticall question,* 1.1024 verse 1.

Secondly, he proues it by three reasons, ve. 2.3.4. making a Correlary hereupon,* 1.1025 verse 5.6.7.

Wherefore he makes an Hypothesis vpon a former Thesis: If wee bee dead with Christ, wee beleeue that wee shall also liue with him, The assumption and the conclusion are vnder∣stood, verse 8. This argument he proueth by the truth and certainty of Christs resurrection, verse 9.10. concluding the Thesis, and the Hypothesis in these words: Likewise thinke yee also that yee are dead to sinne, but aliue to God in Iesus Christ, vers. 11.

In the third part of the chapter he exhorts the Church vp∣on the former doctrines,* 1.1026 1. Let not sinne therefore reigne in your mortall bodies, &c. 2. Neither giue ye your members as wea∣pons, &c. verse 13. Hereunto hee annexeth a concluding rea∣son, ab effecto contrario: For sinne shall not haue dominion ouer you, for yee are not vnder the law, but vnder grace, vers. 14.

In the fourth part he propounds another doctrine in a pa∣theticall manner,* 1.1027 as he did at the first: What then? shall we sin, because we are not vnder the law, but vnder grace? ve. 15. Which proposition he diuersly proueth and applieth, as ver. 16. to the end of the 23. the end of the chapter.

The tenth Scripture,* 1.1028 Acts 2. chap. conteines Saint Peters Sermon, concerning Christs resurrection, with the seuerall and contrary effects (in contrary minded people) of Peters Apologie, and his Sermon.* 1.1029 * 1.1030 In the text obserue

First, the occasion of the defence and Apologie,* 1.1031 to wit, the coming down of the holy Ghost vpon the Apostles, as they were in vnity and vniformity all together at Ierusalem, cau∣sing them to speake with other tongues, as the spirit gaue them vtterance. At which 1. the multitude marueiled.

2. Some doubted. 3. Others mocked and slandered, saying:* 1.1032 They are full of new wine, vers. 1. to the end of the 13.

* 1.1033Secondly, we may marke Saint Peters answer and A∣pologie.

1 Answering to the reprochfull slaunder by denying the same, and by purging all the Apostles from the crime of drunkennesse, vers. 14.15.

2 Shewing that the effects of Gods spirit in this plentiful manner were prophesied and foretold long ago, vers. 16. to the end of the 21.

* 1.1034In the third part of the chapter, wee may heare the ser∣mon of Peter concerning the Israelites, taking, killing, & crucifying the Lord of life, who notwithstanding is risen from the dead, and ascended vp into glorie, vers. 22. to the end of the 36.

In the fourth part, S. Luke makes relation of the effects that S. Peters sermon tooke in the hearers, who

* 1.1035First (being pricked & wounded in heart for their woun∣ding & stabbing of Christ) desired to know what they were to do for the preuenting of Gods iudgement? Whom Peter resolued, vers. 37. to the end of the 40.

2 They that gladly receiued the word, were baptized,

3 The church increased by the nūber of 3000. soules. v. 41.

4 They continued in the Apostles doctrine and holy exercises vers. 42.

5 Feare came vpon euery soule,

6 The word was confirmed by wonders, vers. 43:

7 The faithfull were all together,

8 They had a commmunitie, vers. 44.

9 They sold their possessions for distribution to the needy members of the Church, vers. 45.

10 They vsed publicke exercises in the temple, &c.

11 Society at home ioyfully, & with singlenesse of heart, v. 46.

12 They praised God,

13 They had the peoples good fauour.

14 There was a daily increase of the members of the pri∣mitiue

Church,* 1.1036 besides those soules that were conuerted be∣fore, v. 41. to the end of the 47. the end of the chapter.

In the third Scripture of the new Testament, being the 11. in number. Colos. 3.1. to the end of the 7.* 1.1037 verse, S. Paul makes a most holy vse of this doctrine:* 1.1038 for

First he teacheth (and to that end exhorteth) that it must of necessity follow,* 1.1039 * 1.1040

1 That those which be risen with Christ must seeke those things which are aboue, &c. vers. 1.

2 They must set their affections on things which are aboue, &c. verse 2.

Reasons to proue these doctrines.

1 For ye are dead, & your life is hid with Christ in God, ver. 3.

2 Reason à sine vltimo omnium fidelium: When Christ which is our life shall appeare, then shall yee also appeare with him in glory. verse. 4.

In the second part of the Scriptures hé doth more parti∣cularly exhort them,* 1.1041 and

1 Concludes vpon the premisses after this manner: Mor∣tifie therefore your members which are on the earth, fornication, vncleannesse, inordinate affection, euill concupiscence, and coue∣tousnesse, which is idolatry, vers. 5.

2 Declares how Gods iudgement cometh vppon such sinners, verse 6.

3 He rubs the Colossians memories with their old former estate: for he shewes, that they walked (that is) delighted in them once, when they liued in them, ver. 7. but now they must be forsaken and forgotten, as vers. 8.9.10. of the chapter.

In the fourth Scripture which is the twelfth and last of those that are chosen for this solemne feast, Saint Iohn the lo∣uing and beloued Disciple, chap. 20.1. to the end of the 10.* 1.1042 * 1.1043 verse,* 1.1044 demonstrateth and confirmeth the truth of Christs re∣surrection.

First, hee denoteth the time when our Lord rose:* 1.1045 that is,

vpon the first day of the weeke, early when it was yet darke,* 1.1046 when Mary Magdalen came to the sepulchre, and saw the stone taken away from the tombe, vers. 1.

* 1.1047Secondly, Saint Iohn records (for another confirmation hereof) the care and paines that Mary Magdalen tooke to signifie the truth of this incident vnto Peter and Iohn, vers. 2.

* 1.1048Thirdly, the truth is confirmed againe by the extraordi∣nary haste of these two witnesses vnto the place and se∣pulchre, where they found the linnen cloathes wrapped vp, but not the body, from the 3. verse to the end of the 8.

* 1.1049Fourthly, the holy Ghost proues it to bee so, that Christ was risen, because Iohn did see it and beleeue, though (before that) they knew not the scriptures concerning Christs resur∣rection, vers. 9.

* 1.1050Fifthly, by their returning to their owne home, where the rest of the Apostles were to certifie the same vnto them, and there to expect further confirmation both by others & their owne sight and testimony, vers. 10. as in the rest of the chap∣ter. 1. By the Angels testimony hereof. 2. By Iesus his own appearing vnto them the same day at night. 3. By his ap∣pearing to them when Thomas was absent. 4. And eight dayes after, praesente Thoma incredulo.

The first Sonday after Easter.

* 1.1051AS the twelue Scriptures formerly selected out of the old and new Testament, for Easter day, haue made the doctrines concerning the passion, death, and resurrection of our Lord very manifest vnto vs: so these that are culled out for the fiue Sondaies following, do serue not onely to teach and peswade men to beleeue all the premisses: but to shew their faith, and beliefe in their holy conuersion. That so they may be the better fitted to make benefite of Christs

Ascension,* 1.1052 another great poste vpholding Gods house: without which glorious act of our king of glory, the Church had neuer beene inriched with such riuers of Gods graces out of the holy sanctuary, as did flowe forth to them at the feast of Penthecost.

Now in the two first parcels of Scripture chosen for this day out of the old Testament,* 1.1053 we may behold fearefull ex∣amples of vnbeliefe, gainsaying and contradiction in Core Dathan and Abirom, and in the peoples murmuring (who all paied very deere for it) as also in king Balaks perswading Balaam to curse Gods people, and in Balaams willingnesse to go with king Balaks messengers.

But in the two out of the new Testament,* 1.1054 we may perceiue what paines S. Iohn taketh to perswade Gods Church to be∣leeue, and what infallible testimonies he propounds to con∣firme vs in the assured and vndoubted truth of the death and resurrection of our Lord Iesus Christ.

The first of the foure Scripture written, Numbers chap. 16.* 1.1055 relateth two histories.

The first,* 1.1056 concerning the rebellion and punishment of Corah and his company,* 1.1057 ve. 1. to the end of the 40.* 1.1058

The second is as touching the peoples murmuring* 1.1059 with their punishment, ve. 41. to the end of the 50. the end of the chapter.

In the first part of the first history,* 1.1060 we may see,

• 1 Who the rebels were.
• 2 VVhat number of consorts and conspirators they gat to ioyne with them.
• 3 VVhat their rebellion was.

In the second part of the history* 1.1061 may be seene, how hey∣nously Moses tooke it when he vnderstood of it, and what course he tooke about it, as

• 1 In reprouing them.
• 2 In calling, and twise summoning the rebels to appeare before the Lord, ver. 4. to the end of the 19.

* 1.1062In the third part,* 1.1063 a commandement of the Lord concer∣ning a separation to be made betweene the innocent and the disobedient: that hee might in an extraordinary manner visite the iniquity of those rebels vpon their heads, verse 20. to the end of the 3••.

* 1.1064In the fourth part of this first history is recorded, what was done with 250. Censors of those offenders, which offered the fire, being not of the seed of Aaron, vers. 36. to the end of the 40.

* 1.1065In the second history obserue,

[ 1] First, the multitudes murmuring, the next morning, ver. 41. to the end of the 43.

[ 2] Secondly, Gods separating of Moses and Aaron from the murmuring congregation, that hee might quickly consume the murmurers with the plague, which was performed in∣deed by the death of fourteene thousand and seuen hundred beside those that dyed of Corahs conspiracy, vers. 44. to the end of the 46.

[ 3] Thirdly, the attonement which was made vnto God for them, and the staying of the plague, ve. 47. to the end of the 50. which is the end of the chapter.

The second selected Scripture, Numb. 22.* 1.1066 tels vs the hi∣story of Balak the king of Moabs, sending for Balaam the Prophet to curse the Israelites,* 1.1067 because this king & his peo∣ple were afraide of their great multitude the rather because they saw what Gods people had done before to their ene∣mies the Amorites.* 1.1068

* 1.1069First, the holy Ghost relates the embassages of the Princes of Moab sent vnto Balaam vpon the former occasions, and the answer of Balaam vnto them.

* 1.1070The first message is expressed, ve. 2. to the end of the 7. The answer of Balaam to this message, as God appointed him to speake, to wit, to deny their request, or to go with them, ve. 8. to the end of the 14.

The second embassage which the king sent, is related, v.

15.* 1.1071 to the end of the 17. Balaams answer, as God willed him, was, that he would go with them, but he would neither say, nor do more then God enioyned him, ve. 18. ad 20.

Secondly, the holy Ghost declares how God was displea∣sed with Balaams forwardnesse in going:* 1.1072 and therefore sent his Angell to stand in the way, to be against him, whom Ba∣laams beast seeing, was afraid, and by speech reproued her maister, because of his hasty violence toward her, verse 21. to the 30.

Thirdly, the text mentioneth the Angels reprouing of Balaam,* 1.1073 who confesseth his sin, and hath warrant from God to go with the kings messengers: but with Gods former Prouiso, verse 31. to the end of the 35. verse.

Fourthly, how the King himselfe meets Balaam,* 1.1074 expostu∣lateth with him about his refusing to come at the first, and offers him preferment to performe the mischiefe that was in the Kings minde. And how Balaam answered him, went with the King: who brought him vp into the high places of Baal, that thence he might see the vtmost part of the peo∣ple, v. 36. to the end of the 41. the end of the chapter:

S. Iohn the Apostle and Euangelist in the third Scripture, written 1. Iohn. 5.4. to the end of the 12.* 1.1075 verse, sheweth vnto Gods Church how they shall ouercome rebellion and dis∣obedience, murmuring, and distrust of God, incredulity,* 1.1076 yea the world it selfe, or any other enemy to mans saluation.* 1.1077

First he propounds the doctrine, ver. 4.5. For all that is,* 1.1078 borne of God ouercommeth the world, and this is the victory, &c. Who is it that ouercommeth, but he which beleeueth that Iesus is the sonne of God?

Secondly,* 1.1079 because Iesus Christ is the obiect of our faith & beliefe, to the end that in him by beleeuing, wee might bee more then conquerours, S. Iohn tels vs how Christ gat this victory for vs, saying: He came by water and bloud,* 1.1080 and it is the spirit that beareth witnesse hereof also, for the spirit is truth, ve. 6.

Thirdly, he proues this truth by a two-fold testimony.

First heauenly, bearing record in heauen, Father, Word,* 1.1081 and holy Ghost, which as they are one God, so they agree in one ve. 7. The second testimony is earthly, to wtt, 1. the Spirit, our acknowledging of God the Father in Christ by faith, according to the testimony of the holy Ghost, witnessing vnto our spirits that we are Gods children.

2 Is water, id est, our iustification.

3 Is bloud, that is, our iustification, vers. 8.

* 1.1082Fourthly, of these two testimonies S. Iohn makes vse, first applying them, and secondly concluding the necessity of our apprehending of Christ by faith: and in the third place, consequently, of attaining euerlasting life by possessing of Christ by faith, without which no man hath a right and true spirituall life, either in this world and life, or in the life to come.

* 1.1083His application is in the 9. and 10. verse: If we receiue the witnesses of men, &c. He that beleeueth in the Son of God, hath the witnesse in himselfe, and on the contrary, &c.

* 1.1084His conclusion and consequence: And this is the word, that God hath giuen vnto vs eternall life, and this life is in his sonne: that is, Christ hath wrought and brought vs this life by his death and resurrection, verse 11. He that hath the sonne, hath life, and he that hath not the sonne of God, hath not life, verse 12. For it is a necessary consequent, that who so beleeues in Christ, hath Christ dwelling in him, hath a spirituall life and conuer∣sation here, but a most happy and coelestiall in the life to come.

In the fourth Scripture (recorded also by S. Iohn, chap. 20. vers. 19. to the end of the 23.* 1.1085) we haue a most infallible assu∣rance of our Lords resurrection,* 1.1086 from himselfe, and his own appearing vnto most of his Disciples: that they might con∣fidently rest vpon him who gaue them his blessed peace, which passeth all vnderstanding, his gracious and holy spi∣rit, which should neuer faile them, his holy presence and power of remitting and retaining sinnes, which should bee

perpetuall among them and their successors vnto the end of the world.* 1.1087

These fiue verses conteine Christs first apparition,* 1.1088 * 1.1089 which was most manifest and perspicuous, as appeareth,

First, by the circumstances of time, place, and persons:* 1.1090 The same day at night, which was the first of the weeke, & when the doores were shut, &c. vers. 19.

Secondly, S. Iohn proues the truth hereof by the manner of our Lords behauiour in the presence of his Disciples,* 1.1091 when hee had said: Peace bee vnto you, hee shewed them his hands and his feete. The effect of which demonstration, Saint Iohn sets downe, and by way of Exegesis proues the truth aforesaid: Then were the Disciples glad, when they had seene the Lord, vers. 20.

Thirdly,* 1.1092 Saint Iohn proues it by Christs iteration of his former salutation and deprecation, being as a prologue and preface to three notable fauours which he vouchsafed vnto his Difciples and their successors, the true and faithfull mi∣nisters and seruants of Christ.

The first fauour is the glorious authority of their institu∣ted ministery: As my father sent mee, so send I you, verse [ 1] 21.

The second is a confirmation of this authenticke autho∣rity, [ 2] 1. by a symbole of breathing, 2. by giuing of that which the breathing signified: Reeeiue the holy Ghost, verse. 22.

The third is a gracious and free promise of the power∣full [ 3] efficacy of his authentike ministery consisting in a two∣fold power.

The first is of loosing and remitting of sinnes:* 1.1093

The second of binding and retaining of offences: Whose sinnes soeuer yee remit, they are remitted, and whose sinnes soeuer ye retaine, they are retained, verse 23.

The second Sonday after Easter.

MOst truly & wisely said the wisest king: That he which is vpright in his way,* 1.1094 is abhomination to the wicked: and a wicked man is abhomination to the iust, Pro. 29, 27. Which may appeare in the two Scriptures chosen out of the old Testa∣ment for Gods seruice vpon this day, in Balaks following his further suite vnto Balaam to curse Gods people, the flocke of God, whom the malicious King called his ene∣mies, though they neuerthelesse were blessed of God by the mouth of the slye Prophet Balaam.

* 1.1095The other two portions taken out of the newe Testa∣ment, do

First exhort vs for Christs sake, with meekenes, as Christs sheepe to suffer afflictions with patience.

Secondly, and make knowen to vs the singular loue, and most vigilant care that our Lord the great good Sheepheard had, and hath ouer his flocke and sheepe.

* 1.1096The first of the foure for this day, written Numbers 23. doth in the.

* 1.1097First part thereof declare vnto vs, that notwithstanding King Balaks outward religious obedience,* 1.1098 in building of seuen Altars, and being at more cost in offering seuen Bul∣lockes, and seuen Rammes, being still in hope to atchieue his purpose: yet was Balaam vrged volente nolente, to blesse the people of God. All which is shewed from the first verse to the end of the tenth.

* 1.1099In the second part of this chapter, the holy Ghost relates vnto vs how the king cometh vpon the prophet with a fresh charge, & a new supply of tempting Balaam, playing small game (as the diuell doth vsually) before he will sit out, desi∣ring him to curse but the vtmost part of the people for his sake, whose expectation is deceiued: for God repents him

not of his blessing to recall it:* 1.1100 Whom he loues, hee loues to the end, vers. 11. to the end of the 24.

In the third part of rhe chapter,* 1.1101 this instrument of the di∣uell continueth still in his calumniation, and professed en∣mity vnto Gods Church, and therfore vrgeth Balaam (who in the sight of God was an Ambidexter before) to shew him∣selfe now to be on no side, & to become a Newter: neither to curse them, nor blesse them at all. Of whom the King recei∣ued an answer much like the former, verse 25. to the 30. the end of the chapter: For a most gracious blessing came vppon Balaam himselfe, and the people of the Lord had multitudes of blessings pronounced to come vppon them, as appeareth in the next Chapter, being the 24.

The second of the Scriptures for this day, being Num∣bers 25.* 1.1102 sheweth the truth of the old Prophets wordes, a true Prouerbe:* 1.1103 That the Leopard cannot change his spottes: no more can they doe well which haue an euill habite, or are accustomed to doe euill, Ieremy 13. verse 23. For the Israelites whom God deliuered, as before,* 1.1104 and whom hee so louingly blessed (as wee haue seene) forget this deliue∣rance, Gods fauour and blessings: and they fall to filthinesse in committing of whooredome with Moabitish wo∣men, as also of spirituall whooredome with Baal-Peor the Moabites idoll.* 1.1105

First therefore their wickednesse is by Moses related,* 1.1106 ve. 1. to the end of the 3.

Secondly, God visites their sins, by commanding Moses to hang vp the chiefe rulers of the people,* 1.1107 which either drew them to the wickednesse, or hindred them not from it, vers. 4.5.

In the third part of the Chapter,* 1.1108 Moses makes men∣tion of the Israelites bringing out the Madianitish wo∣man Cosby before rhe congregation, who had commit∣ted whooredome with Zimri, for which wickednesse God

tooke away 24000 Israelites:* 1.1109 but the plague was stayed by zealous Phinehas his executing of iudgement vpon the ma∣lefactors, ve. 6 to the end of the 15.

* 1.1110In the fourth part of the chapter, a commandement is gi∣uen by God vnto Moses, to fight with the Midianites: who troubled Gods people with their wiles, in drawing them to commit idolatry with Peor, and fornication with Cosby, ver. 16. ad 18. the end of the chapter.

The third of the Scriptures written, 1. Pet. 2.19. to the end of the chapter,* 1.1111 exhorts the sheep of Christ,

First, to behaue themselues like sheepe, in bearing affli∣ctions with patience,* 1.1112 whether they come with our desert, & through our demerite, or not.

Secondly, to walke innocently, and to bee harmelesse, as the Lambes and Doues of Christ, because wee are vnder the conduct and gouernment of so meeke a sheepheard, our Lord Iesus Christ, the sheepheard and Bishop of our soules.

* 1.1113S. Peter in these seuen verses,

* 1.1114First, propounds the doctrine of patience, and endu∣ring of wrong for a righteous cause, to bee a most necessary lesson for euery Christian to learne and practise, being a thing so commendable, and thanke-worthy, or praise-wor∣thy. This is his

[Reason. 1] First reason. For this is thanke-worthy, if a man for con∣science toward God, endure griefe, suffering wrongfully, verse 19.

[Reason. 2] The second reason is drawen à disparatis: for

1 Patience in abiding punishment for a mans fault, is no com∣mendation at all.

2 Patience in suffering for wel doing is accepted of God, verse 20.

[Reason. 3] The third reason is drawne à fine: For hereunto yee are called.

[Reason. 4] The fourth ab exemple, wee must imitate Christ, who suffered for vs beleeuers, leauing vs an example that we should

follow his steps,* 1.1115 vers. 21.* 1.1116

This example is in more particular propounded and ap∣plyed, verse 22.23.24.25.

The fourth of the Scriptures written, Iohn 10. vers. 11. to the end of the 16.* 1.1117 doth plainly set before our eyes, that in∣finite loue, and that vnspeakable care which Christ,* 1.1118 that great Sheepheard, had of the sheepe, his people and flocke: So that as the precedent Gospell confirmed vnto vs the cer∣tainty of his resurrection, to make vs righteous:* 1.1119 euen so doth this assure vs of his vnmeasurable loue, and most vigilant carefulnesse of our continuance in this righteousnesse, our safe keeping and preseruation in the Church militant, and our euerlasting happinesse with him in the triumphant.* 1.1120

This loue and care is first propounded in a generall Thesis:* 1.1121 I am the good Sheepheard. For from the goodnesse of the Sheepheard, proceedes the care and loue that he hath of,* 1.1122 and to the sheepe.

Secondly, Saint Iohn explaneth this Thesis by an Anti∣thesis of a badde sheepheard and a good, an hireling and a true sheepheard: for one opposite and disparate appeareth best by another.

The good sheepheard is discerned from the hireling,

1 By his full resolution, vnfained affection,* 1.1123 and inward kindnesse to the sheepe: The good sheepheard giueth his life for the sheepe, vers. 11.

2 By a mutuall knowledge betwixt him and his sheepe:* 1.1124 I know mine, and I am knowne of mine, vers. 14.

3 By a rare effect of this knowledge and loue* 1.1125 in the per∣formance of this his intended and purposed resolution, the spending of the best iewell he hath vpon them: to wit, his life:* 1.1126 I lay downe my life for my sheepe, &c. verse 15.

4 By another effect of his loue, to wit, the care he hath of the absent, as well as of the present sheepe:* 1.1127 Other sheepe also I haue, which are not of this fold, vers. 16.

* 1.1128The hireling is 1. either shadowed,* 1.1129 or 2. liuely set forth.

He is shadowed two manner of waies,

• 1 He is an hireling, and not the Sheepheard.
• 2 The sheep are not his.

He is liuely set forth in his colours, that is to say, descri∣bed by his bad effects: for

1 He leaues the sheepe, 2. he flees, 3. he suffers the wolfe, first to catch some, secondly to scatter the rest, verse 12.

* 1.1130The reasons why the hireling deales thus, are rendred by our Lord Iesus Christ, prouing also excellently the first Thesis, and concluding it by Antithesis.

The first reason is taken from the vsurpation of his place, he is an hireling: Ergo, he flyeth.

The second reason is drawne from an effect of this vsur∣pation: He hath no care of his sheepe.

The third Sonday after Easter.

* 1.1131THe two former Scriptures of the old Testament, ap∣pointed for the precedent Lords day, gaue vs a view of King Balaks tempting of Balaam to do and speake contrary to Gods direct will and commandement. Moses in these 2. appointed for this day, takes a contrary course, in exhor∣ting the people to take nothing from the word and com∣mandement of God,* 1.1132 or to adde any thing thereto: not to de∣cline to the right hand, nor to the left. S. Peter teacheth men to make vse of this pure doctrine, in walking, and honestly cōuersing among men,* 1.1133 in abstaining from fleshly lusts which fight against the soule. And S. Iohn in recording the words of our Lord Iesus, concerning his returne after his Ascensi∣on, doth assure the faithfull members of Christs Church, of the comfortable assistance of Gods holy spirit, to enable thē both in their vpright and faithfull beleeuing, and in their holy walking.

* 1.1134Moses in the first part of these Scriptures,* 1.1135 written Deut. 4. doth in the forefront of the chapter,

First propound,* 1.1136 1. A generall doctrine exhortatiue* 1.1137 of hearkning vnto, that is, obeying the lawes of God, 2. A do∣ctrine dehortatiue, or a caueat to beware of addition vnto, or detraction from Gods word. vers. 1.2.

In the second part hee yeelds reasons to force the former doctrines taken from the recitall of that good which God had done for them in former time which obeyed him,* 1.1138 and how he dealed with them which disobeyed him, vers. 3. to the end of the 13.

In the third he propounds a more particular dehortatiue doctrine cōcerning the eschewing of idolatry,* 1.1139 prohibited in the law of God, deliuered him in the two Tables on mount Sinay: which part of the law they ought not to breake: for the Lord their God is a consuming fire, and a iealous God, vers. 14. to the end of the 24.

In the fourth part he threatneth the people,* 1.1140 and denoun∣ceth against them Gods iudgments which wil ouertake such as God hath blessed with his benefites, & yet corrupt them∣selues with idolatry, verse 25. ad 28.

In the fifth part Moses teacheth,* 1.1141 that as God is displeased with idolatry & forgetfulnesse of his ordinances, so he will be pleased with them when they shall repent and forsake their sins, and after their returne to God, shall call vnto him for mercy in their feeling of his punishments, and the smart of his roddes: which hee proueth, as before, by experience of Gods former dealing with them, vers. 29. to the end of the 40.

In the sixth part the holy Ghost makes mention of the three citties of refuge,* 1.1142 and as in an epilogue or conclusion, sheweth the briefe summe of that which was deliuered be∣fore in this fourth, and in the third chapter.

In the second of these Scriptures, Deut. 5.* 1.1143 Moses keepes on in the same course wherein he began,* 1.1144

* 1.1145First exhorting,* 1.1146 and by reasons perswading them to obey the lawes and ordinances of God, which he being Gods mi∣nister, doth repeate the second time, and makes application of some of those lawes to the Israelites at that time, vers. 1. to the end of the 21.

* 1.1147In the second part of this chapter, Moses rehearseth what effect Gods speech (out of the midst of the fire, cloude, and darknesse) tooke in the multitude, in their being afraid, that God should speake to them any more: and therefore do in∣treate that Moses might go betweene God and them, to heare what the Lord saith, and so to report it to them, vers. 22. to the end of the 27.

* 1.1148In the third part Moses declares how God condiscended to this their request, and thereupon concludeth, that Gods people ought to obey the Lord in all things, not to turne to the right hand, nor to the left, verse 28, to the end of the 33. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.1149In the third selected Scripture, Saint Peter in his first Epistle and second Chapter, verse 11. to the end of the 18.* 1.1150 playeth and harpeth vpon Moses his harpe, piping the same Lesson vnto the dispersed Iewes and strangers: That seeing they were once not a people, but now the people of God,* 1.1151 a chosen Generation, a royall Priest-hood, an holy Nation, they would now therefore show forth the vertues of him that hath called them out of darknesse into his maruailous light.

* 1.1152First, he generally exhorteth vnto religion to Godward, and to practise it amongst men, vers. 11.12.

* 1.1153Secondly, that they shew this obedience to God in their submission to all maner ordinance of man for the Lords sake. 1. Whether to the King, as the superiour ordinance, vers. 13. 2. Or to the gouernors as inferiour and subordinate powers vnto the King,* 1.1154 vers. 14.15.16.

Thirdly, because S. Peter would haue this doctrine of submission and lowlinesse practised of all Gods people,

and vnto all:* 1.1155 and to the intent that none be left out vnto whom honour belongeth, He makes his former axiome to be 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in saying: Honour all men, Loue brotherly fel∣lowship. ver. 17.

Fourthly,* 1.1156 he exhorts the people which are of the lowest degree in a family vnto this subiection and submission, which must be practised of good seruants, not to their good and courteous maisters, but to the bad and froward. ve. 18.

As in the precedent Gospell our Lord Iesus hath most bountifully shewed his loue towards his flocke,* 1.1157 and hath wirhall continued his loue in caring for all his sheepe. So in our fourth Scripture selected for this day, written Iohn 16. ver. 16. to the end of the 22. he giues them and vs to vnder∣stand, not of his generall loue and care alone,* 1.1158 but also of his most speciall and particular fauour. For albeit his chiefe ser∣uants and schollers were ignorant,* 1.1159 and did therefore doubt what their Maister should meane by these words. After a while ye shall see me, &c. yet he resolueth their doubt herein. And although multa cadūt inter calicem suprema{que} labra, many crosses and afflictions, many ouerthwart blowes, many mi∣series and troubles should befall them betwixt his absence and departure from them, and his bodily presence and re∣turne vnto them.* 1.1160 Therefore doth he neuerthelesse won∣derfully and most sweetly comfort them in these words of this Gospell with that maeasure of ioy which shall farre exceed all portions of sorrow whatsoeuer.

Of this portion of Scripture there be two generall parts.* 1.1161

In the first S. Iohn sets downe the doubtfulnesse of mind and the obiection which the Disciples made.* 1.1162

Secondly, the solution and plaine answere which Christ maketh vnto their troubled minds and questioning tongues.

In the first we may respect: first,* 1.1163 what that doubtfulnesse and hard obiection was: secondly, what effect it wrought, and what came of it.

The doubtfulnesse was diuese:* 1.1164 first, out of Christs owne words set down in two propositions, the 1. is, After a while ye

shall seeme: the 2. is A little while, and ye shall not: secondly,* 1.1165 out of the reason which he rendreth of his speech and words which his Disciples obserued not, For I go to the Father, ver. 16.

* 1.1166The first effect of their doubtfulnesse was contention a∣mong the Disciples, questioning and reasoning about the words of Christ, 1. about both his positions, ver. 17. 2. a∣bout the expositions of them most easie, A little while and ye shall see me &c. yea, a great expostulation hereabout, what is this that he saith.

* 1.1167The second effect is, the reason and originall of this their doubtfulnesse, and consequently of their contention, which is ignorance. We know not what he saith, ver. 18.

* 1.1168In Christ Iesus his solution let vs regard: first, his readi∣nesse, sufficiencie, and fitnesse to answere.* 1.1169 Because he knew (being God) that as they had enquired among themselues; so they would enquire and aske of him. Now Iesus knew that they would aske him, and said vnto them; Do you enquire among your selues of that I said, A little while, &c. ver. 19. secondly, the answere it selfe containing his vehement asseueration in foretelling couertly,* 1.1170

1 His departure,* 1.1171 in these words, Ye shall weepe and lament and the world shall reioyce, &c. ver. 20.

2 His returne* 1.1172 and coming againe, Your sorrow shall be tur∣ned into ioy, in the same verse.

* 1.1173This he explaneth by a similitude, whose

1 Protasis is of a woman in trauell, and her deliue∣rance. ver. 21.

2 The Apodosis is: first, the Disciples sorrow for Christs absence. And ye now therefore are in sorrow: secondly, their ioy of Christs returne. But I will see you againe, and your hearts shall reioyce, and your ioy shall no man take from you ver. 22.

* 1.1174The fourth Sonday after Easter.

IN the two first Lessons appointed for the morning and euening seruice of this day,* 1.1175 Moses that faithfull seruant of God doth more particularly teach and exhort the old people the Iewes. He teacheth them why God gaue those lawes to him, to deliuer vnto them: and therfore exhorteth them to obey and doe them, not generally alone, but in par∣ticular also.

S. Iames teacheth that there is one only fountaine from whence euery good and perfect gift commeth,* 1.1176 whether the law to the Iewes, or the Gospell and word of God to Iewes and Gentils & therefore exhorts men to walke accordingly.* 1.1177

S. Iohn the beloued Disciple doth discouer Christs intire loue to his Church,* 1.1178 in giuing them a most cordiall amulete to apply to their sorrowfull hearts, that they might con∣stantly continue and perseuer in faith and obedience,* 1.1179 not∣withstanding Christs bodily departure from them.* 1.1180

Moses in the first of the chapters being the sixt of Deute∣ronomy, doth

First, by way of introduction and insinuation propound to the Iewes the finall cause of Gods exhibiting all those lawes and ordinances vnto them.* 1.1181 vers 1.2

Secondly, he exhorts them to performe it, that is to say,* 1.1182 to shew by effect that they haue heard them; because they haue obeyed and done them for their owne parts, or at least should do them. ver. 3 to the end of the 6.

Thirdly, that they would endeuour that others also may performe, them to wit their children, with whom they are charged, & vnto whom they must continually rehearse these lawes. Which duty of rehearsall, that it may with a better will and more ease be done, he tels them what courses they are to take, to wit,

• 1 Thou shalt talke of them when thou tariest in thine house.* 1.1183
• 2 As thou walkest by the way.
• 3 When thou liest downe.
• 4 When thou risest vp.
• 5 To bind them for a signe vpon thine hand.
• 6 Let them be as frontlets betweene thine eyes.
• 7 Write them vpon the posts of thine house, and vpon thy gates. ver. 7.8.9.

* 1.1184Fourthly, that in their prosperity and the ouerflowing measure of Gods blessings, they take heed of vnthankful∣nesse, pride of heart: and forgetfulnesse of God, least Gods wrath kindle against them, and so they perish & be destroy∣ed. ver. 10. to the end of the 15.

* 1.1185Fiftly, he dehorts thē from tempting the Lord any more as they once did in Massah: but rather that they keepe the commandements of the Lord their God, &c. ver. 16. to the end of the. 19.

* 1.1186Sixtly, that euery father ought, hereafter, in time to come, as well as for the time present, be very carefull in the best manner to propagate and spread this doctrine and religion vnto posteritie that the children may obey God as wel as the fathers, and so Gods mercy may be shewed vnto thousands in them that loue him and keepe his commandements. ver. 20. to the end of the 25. which is the end of the chapter.

In the second Scripture of the old Testament, which is the first for euening prayer, written Deut. 7.* 1.1187 Moses in the first part of the chapter dehorts Gods people (when they are come into the seuen pleasant lands) from ioyning in affinity with the people thereof,* 1.1188 shewing how dangerous it will be,

* 1.11891 In respect of corrupting them with their religion: and

2 Of purchasing Gods displeasure against them. ver. 1. to the end of the 11.* 1.1190

In the second part Moses doth, in the Lords name, allure and intise the Israelites to the obedience hereof and of all o∣ther commandements, by a promise of the Lords mercies,

loue and blessings to bee vouchsafed to them,* 1.1191 and a with∣holding of such punishments from them, as he is wont to inflict vpon the obstinate rebellious and refractary people. ver. 12. to the end of the 15.

In the third,* 1.1192 God by Moses giues them an expresse com∣mandemēt as touching the depopulation & vtter ouerthrow of the seuen nations as also a precaution, & forewarning not to serue their idols, least it turne to their destruction: preuen∣ting and taking away all obiections of feare, or whatsoeuer else which might forestall and hinder their constancy and courage in that race and course of obedience, ver. 16. to the end of the 26. which is the end of the chapter.

Iames the seruant of God preaching and writing to the 12 Tribes that were scattered,* 1.1193 which liued in the time of the Gospell,* 1.1194 exhorts them to the worthy receiuing and obeying Gods word and Gospell, chapter 1.17. to the end of the 21.

The first reason is the ground and originall, beginning,* 1.1195 proceeding and efficient goodnesse, the well-spring of euery good and perfect giuing. ver. 17.* 1.1196

The second is a fruite and effect of this goodnesse, to wit, this Father of lights begetting vs (with the light) this word of truth. ver. 18.

He 1. exhorts generally vnto three duties of obedience,* 1.1197 to the Gospell.* 1.1198

The first is, swiftnesse to heare,

The second is, slownesse to speake,

The third is, slownesse to wrath. ver. 19.* 1.1199

A reason is rendred to forc•• and vrge these three. For the wrath of man doth not accomplish the righteousnesse of God.* 1.1200 ver. 20.

2 He specially exhorts vnto the first general, to wit swift∣nesse and readinesse to heare, fitnesse thereunro, & performance thereof in the right manner.

First,* 1.1201 by laying aside that which may hinder our true and right receiuing of Gods word, all filthinesse, and superfluity of

maliciousnesse.* 1.1202

* 1.1203Secondly, by taking vnto vs or receiuing in the right manner, viz. with meeknesse, the word that is grafted in vs, which is able to saue our soules. ver. 21.

* 1.1204Because the Disciples were sad after that Christ had fore∣told to them his departure, our Sauiour therefore in this Scripture Iohn 16.5. to the end of the 15. giues them a most comfortable receit, which is of his owne making.

First, Christ doth propound his departure* 1.1205 and the cer∣tainty thereof, in the the 5. & 6. verses.

* 1.1206Secondly, he comforts them with the cordiall fruits and pleasant effects arising thereof in all the rest of the verses.

As touching his departure obserue,

1 His propounding thereof in a plaine thesis. Now I go to him that sent me.* 1.1207

2 His reprehension and finding fault with the Disciples sadnesse, whose hearts were full of sorrow, because he had talked with them about his departure, though there was lit∣tle reason for this their sorrow, as appeareth in these words: None of you asketh me whether goest thou. ver. 5.6.

* 1.1208In his strong consolation, which is so full of power and efficacy as arising and issuing out of his departure there are two considerations,

First, the ratifying thereof by his owne testimony and testification, yet I tell you the truth.

* 1.1209Secondly, the confirmation of this testimony, by two ge∣nerall reasons, whereof the

1 Is drawne ab vtili, a commodo, the 2. ab inutili, ab incom∣modo.

The commodity that cometh of his departure redoun∣deth to themselues, It is expedient for you that I go away.

The discommodity and hurt also wil be theirs, if they shal still enioy his bodily presence. If I go not away, the comfor∣ter will not come to you. But if I depart I will send him vnto you. ve. 7.

* 1.1210And now least,* 1.1211 Christs propounding and promise of the successi••e fruit and benefite of his departure (as it were a∣loofe off and in generall termes) should haue dismaid the Disciples: for they might haue alleaged that the enioying and presence of Christ their Maister was the greatest com∣fort that could be to them: they might haue obiected that the giuer and author of a benefite is greater then the benefite it selfe, wherefore as he sheweth the necessity of his ascensi∣on and departure: so in particular he tels them what bene∣fites, blessings, and graces, this commforter will bring with him, as

First, when he comes he shall reprooue, as ver. 8.9.10.11.* 1.1212

Secondly, he shall teach comfortably as.* 1.1213 ve. 12.13.14.15.

The reproofe and reprouing wherwith this paraclete shall reprehend, our Lords sets downe

1 Thetically,* 1.1214 And when he is come he will reprooue the world of sinne, of righteousnesse and iudgement, ver. 8.

2 He doth demonstrate it, hypothetically, or exgetical∣ly, according to the three occasions of reproofe, vnto ech whereof he annnexeth a seuerall reason in the other three seuerall sequent verses. Looke the text nine, ten, eleuen, verses.

A teaching comforter also they haue great neede of,* 1.1215 be∣cause though Christ hath many things more to say vnto them, yet such is the Apostles weakenesse (for want of that guide and director) that such a multitude of doctrines they cannot now beare away. ver. 12.

Whereupon, for their more speedy and manifest comfort he doth

First, shew them who and what this comforter is, in the be∣ginning of the 13. ver.

Secondly, what this comforter shall do and performe, in the rest of the 13. ver. and in the 14. and 15,

The fifth Sonday after Easter.* 1.1216

* 1.1217THe Church of Christ continuing their purpose in the chosing of those Scriptures which may best perswade Christians vnto a daily resurrection & newnesse of life, that they may be the better fitted not onely to beleeue Christs Ascension, but that they themselues also shall reape a benefite thereby in ascending also where he is, haue there∣fore set apart these foure that follow.

* 1.1218Whereof the two former of the old Testament do let vs see most cleerely what God hath done for the Israelites in the midst of their distresses, 1. to teach them to depēd vpon him alone and neuer to forget his benefits, 2. as also that he did not any of these good turnes vnto thē for their owne righteousnesse, or any thing that was in them, but for his owne names sake.

* 1.1219The two latter of the new Testament, are most pitthy ex∣hortations, whereof the one is made by S. Iames, for the doing and practising of Gods holy word, the point that Mo∣ses doth so often inculcate: The other is Christs owne ex∣hortation vnto his Disciples, to pray for the coming of that comforting spirit which the Father hath promised for the Sonnes sake, to send downe to them in aboundant mea∣sure, whereby they shall be the better enabled to speake and do the will and pleasure of God.

* 1.1220The faithfull seruant of God Moses, in the 8. chap of Deu∣teronomy, being the mouth of God to the Israelites, vrgeth and concludeth:* 1.1221 first, in a generall manner, a necessity of their obedience to all the commandements of God,* 1.1222 by rea∣son of the benefits which they looke for; which he sets down in these words: first, That ye may liue: secondly, and be mul∣tiplyed: thirdly, and go in and possesse the land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers. ver. 1. Or else those whereof they

haue bene already partakers,* 1.1223 as

1 Gods leading them 40. yeares in the wildernesse to humble and proue them, to know what was in their hearts, whe∣ther they would keepe Gods commandements, or no. ve. 2.

2 Gods feeding them with Manna.

3 His preseruing their rayment miraculously.

4 Giuing them such health all that forty yeares space that their feete sweld not in all their trauell. ver. 3.4.5.

Secondly,* 1.1224 God by Moses intimateth and requireth the former obedience in a particular manner, by telling them of that great fauour, his bringing them into that good land of promise, and (that they may more carefully and effectually obey him) by his describing the goodnesse and excellent commodities of the land vnto them. verse 6.7.8.9.

Thirdly,* 1.1225 least in the aboundance of Gods fauours and ouerflowings of these plentifull cups, they should grow wanton, like feed horses, and idle headed like drunken men; he therefore annexeth an old caueat, a dehortation from obliuion and forgetfulnesse of God (who hath done thus well by them) implying on the contrary, an exhortation to that former and accustomed obedience, so often exhor∣ted vnto, from the tenth verse to the end of the eigh∣teenth.

Fourthly,* 1.1226 there is a denunation of threatnings of their vtter ruine, when they shall forget the Lord their God, and walke ydolatrously: yea, that the Lord will destroy them with as feareful a destruction,* 1.1227 as wherewith he had or would destroy the heathen and nations that had neuer knowne his name. ver. 19.20.* 1.1228 * 1.1229

In the ninth chapter of Deuteronomy, which is the first Lesson for euening prayer, Moses

First, acquaints the people with the certainty of their passing ouer Iordaine, to go in aed possesse nations greater and mightier then themselues: but with all, that they vnder∣stand,

* 1.1230First, that it is not for their righteousnesse,* 1.1231 they being a stiffenecked people, but because God had promised it to their fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob.

* 1.1232Secondly, for the wickednesse of those nations, verse 3.4.5.6.

In the second part of the chapter, that the Lord by Moses, his Minister and instrument, might preuent this pride of heart in the Israelites,* 1.1233 in trusting to their owne righte∣ousnesse, as making it a motiue, or a cause of this or any other fauour of God; he proueth that it cannot be so, alleaging.

First, the continuance of their rebellion, from the time of their departure out of Aegypt vntill now. ver. 7.

Secondly, how they prouoked the Lord to anger in Horeb with [Reason. 1] the molten calfe. ver. 8. to the end of the 21.

[Reason. 2] 3 How they grieued the Lord in Taberah.

[Reason. 3] 4 How they vexed him in Massah,

[Reason. 4] 5 In Kibroth-hatta-auah. ver. 22.

[Reason. 5] 6 Likewise, when the Lord sent them from Kadesh-bar∣nea, [Reason. 6] saying: goe vp and possesse the land, how they rebelled a∣gainst God, beleeued him not, nor hearkened to his voyce &c. At which time Moses fell downe 40. daies, & 40. nights, as before, because the Lord had said that he would destroy them, &c. ve, 23. to the end of the 29. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.1234Saint Iames chapter 1.22. to the end of the 27. the end of the chapter, writing to some of the refractary Iewes, who were willing to heare and talke of Gods word, but would not walke therein; propounds vnto them a most peremp∣tory and exhortatiue doctrine of doing the word in worke (and so of being blessed in their deedes) and not of hearing onely.

* 1.1235The Scripture containeth

* 1.1236First, a doctrine exhortatiue. And be ye doers of the word,

and not heares onely,* 1.1237 deceiuing your owne selues.

Secondly, a confirmation* 1.1238 of this doctrine by a simile whose, 1. Protasis is, ve. 23.24. 2 the Application or Apo∣dosis of the simile is, ve. 25.

Thirdly, that blessed and holy vse,* 1.1239 which S. Iames maketh of the doctrine, and the simile, applying them to some spe∣ciall & principall points of practise.

• 1 The refraining of the tongue, [ 1]
• 2 To visite the fatherlesse and widdowes in their aduersities. [ 2]
• 3 To keepe himselfe vnspotted of the world. ver. 26.27. [ 3]

Thus much of the two first Lessons and of the Epistle for this day, now of the Gospell.

Though the consolation concerning the Paraclete and consolator the spirit, was, or might haue bene vnto the Dis∣ciples very great and vnspeakeable: yet these weake Disci∣ples not knowing the certaine time when this promise should be performed are here in this Gospell. Iohn 16. verse 23. to the end of the 30. verse* 1.1240 allured and tolled on, stayed & supported in their weake faith, to waite yet a little while longer for the comfortable coming of that blessed com∣forter.

For this cause: first,* 1.1241 our Lord Iesus perswades them to pray* 1.1242 vnto the Father for this spirit: and this he doth by a most familiar and plaine speech, which he vseth vnto them. This oration and speech of his reacheth to the end of the 28. ver.

Secondly, the Disciples do make answere to this oration.* 1.1243

1 In yeelding to his plaine speech which he vseth vnto them.

2 In acknowledging that they were ignorant before, but now they know what he meaneth, as also, 3. In confessing [ 1] their faith. [ 2]

All which they performe in the twentieth nine and thir∣tieth [ 3] verses, being the two last of the chapter.* 1.1244

The speech that our Lord maketh to them consisteth

• [ 1] 1 Of an exhortation to prayer,* 1.1245
• [ 2] 2 Of a promise thereto annexed

* 1.1246The exhortation is drawne,

1 From the subiect, ground and forme of prayer which [ 1] the Disciples had not kept, whereof Christ tels them, hither∣to haue ye asked nothing in my name.

[ 2] 2 From his absolute commandement.

The ground of prayer and forme which was vnobserued of them is expressed. verse 23. as in part of the 24. Hitherto haue you asked, &c.

The absolute commandement,* 1.1247 Aske, and ye shall receiue, that your ioy may be full. This commandement containes,

• 1 An effect: Ye shall receiue
• 2 A notable end of prayer, that your ioy may be full.

* 1.1248The promise sutable to this exhorration Christ makes,

First, either by preuenting that which they might haue [ 1] alleaged concerning the oportunity of prayer,

[ 2] Secondly, or by assuring them of being heard in their requests and prayers.* 1.1249

To preuent their obiection he first tels them, that there [ 1] was a time wherein he had spoken vnto them in a tropicall & borowed speech.

[ 2] Secondly, that he will not speake to them any more in parables.

[ 3] Thirdly, but he will now speake plainely to them of the Father, ver. 25. At which day, vpon which time, they shall aske and pray to the Father in his name. ver. 26.

* 1.1250The assurance, that they shall be heard, he

First, groundeth vpon Assumpsit, of the Fathers loue to∣wards [ 1:] them. ver. 27.

[ 2] Secondly, he thereupon inferreth these words. And I say not vnto you,* 1.1251 that I will pray to the Father for you.

That they haue receiued this Assumpsit, he prooues by by the effects which it worketh in them. For hee saith.

• 1 You loue me,* 1.1252 [ 1]
• 2 You beleeue that I am come out from God, ver. 27. [ 2]

The second of these effects he confirmes by his owne two-fold testimony.* 1.1253

1 I am come out from the Father, and came into the world.

2 Againe, I leaue the world and go to the Father. ver. 28.

The Disciples answere is analysed before.

The glorious Ascension of our Lord.

BEcause the Ascēsion of Iesus Christ is one of the Articles of our Christian faith,* 1.1254 and a principall element or fun∣damentall point of Christian Religion: Therefore the fa∣thers of the Church haue chosen ten portions of Scripture for the establishing and confirming of Gods people in the true knowledge. vnderstanding and vse of this most necessary point of doctrine. Sixe of them are proper Psalms,* 1.1255 which do in many excellent doctrines typically and pro∣phetically manifest the same.

Two more texts of Scripture, to wit, Deuteronomy 10. and 2. Kings 2. are sure proofes hereof. For Moses in his repeating the law and renuing the Tables, and Elias in his ascension and assumption, Moses I say and Elias two faith∣full witnesses do talke with all good Christians concerning this truth.

Out of the new Testament and couenant we haue Saint Luke in the beginning of his second booke called the Acts of the Apostles,* 1.1256 and Saint Marke in the latter end of his tractate and booke of the Gospell, without type, figure, or mystery, most plainely setting downe by infallible circum∣stances of time, place, and persons the performance and acting of this glorious ascension of our Sauiour.

In the first Scripture Psal. 8.* 1.1257 King Dauid doth most pa∣thetically

sing forth the praise of God,* 1.1258 * 1.1259 whom he cals our Lord (that is in Iesus Christ) how excellent is thy name in all the world (and makes that the end & Epiphonema of his Psalme) which hast set thy glory aboue the heauens.* 1.1260 For Christ God with the Father sits at the right hand of God in glory aboue the heauens ver. 1.

Secondly, he proues this proposition,* 1.1261

1 By effect of that strength which God hath esta∣blished [ 1] out of the mouths of babes and sucklings. verse 2.

[ 2] 2 By an other effect of Gods glorious workmanship of the heauens, Moone, and Starres, &c. ve. 3.

[ 3] 3 By another effect of Gods glorious creation of man, a creature little inferiour to the Angels: vnto whom (being Gods little world) he hath subdued the creatures of the great world, beasts, foules, fishes. ver. 5.6.7.

* 1.1262In the second Scripture, Psal. 15. the Propher doth by way of a dialogue, in a question and the answere which he makes to it himselfe, tell the Church of their participation of this spirituall benefite, not onely of ascending into hea∣uen, but of dwelling in Gods Tabernacle, and of hauing their many mansions in their Fathers house and resting in that holy and spirituall mountaine of that new Ierusa∣lem: so constant and perdurable an abiding, as thereout none can remooue them: which estate hath no variable∣nesse in it, and whosoeuer remaineth therein shall neuer be [ 1] moued,

The question is prounded in the 1. verse.

[ 2] * 1.1263The answere in the other foure.

In the third Scripture, Psal. 21. the people of God doe praise the Lord for the strength, victory, and glory, which he gaue to their King,

First, saying that their King Dauid shall reioyce therein. [ 1] ver. 1.

Secondly, rendring many reasons for the same in the 11 [ 2] verses following.

* 1.1264Thirdly, referring whatsoeuer was typically spoken of [ 3] Dauid, vnto our Lord Iesus Christs Ascension and exaltation in his strength, Be thou exalted ô Lord in thy strength, so will we sing and praise thy power. verse thirteenth and last of the Psalme.

The fourth Scripture, being the twentieth foure Psalme,* 1.1265 and the first of the proper Psalmes for euening prayer sheweth

First, who it is that shall ascend into heauen, to make heauen ready for vs,* 1.1266 to whom the gates and euerlasting dores must be opened, by whom the innocent in hands, the pure in heart, tongue, and deed, must enter. Euen he of whom all men and creatures do hold in capite: for he is the chiefe Landlord, Domini est terra, he is, Dominus terrae. ver. 1.2.

Secondly, Dauid moues two questions, and annexeth an∣sweres to them.* 1.1267

The first is concerning such as shall enter into heauen by [Question, 1] Christ. ver. 3.4.5.6.

The second is concerning Christ himselfe, the dore by [Question, 2] whom we must enter, to whom the dores and powers of heauen must be opened and subiect, must yeeld and doe ho∣mage. ver. 7.8.9.10.

In the fift Scripture. Psal. 68.* 1.1268 Dauid,

First,* 1.1269 prophecieth and speaketh perspicuously of this point concerning Gods arising and scattering his enimies,* 1.1270 who in his power, in his performance of his promises in his fauours, and in his victories, exceedes all things, and all Kings without comparison, from the first verse to the end of the 17.

Secondly, much more manifestly in speaking of Christs Ascension* 1.1271 in the time past (as the manner of the Prophets is) Thou hast gone vp on high, thou hast led captiuity captiue, &c. and so forward to the end of the 35. ver. the end of the Psalme.

* 1.1272In the sixt Scripture being the 108 Psalme,* 1.1273 * 1.1274 Dauid pro∣phecieth and speaketh of Christs triumphing ouer his eni∣mies, as if the banners of this triumph had bene already displaied.

* 1.1275First, giuing thanks to God in saying, that his heart, his tongue and instruments are ready to praise God for the fame ver. 1.2.3.

Secondly, he alleageth the reasons and grounds of his re∣ioycing.* 1.1276 ver. 4,

Thirdly, he prayeth that God would exalt himselfe aboue the heauens.* 1.1277 ver. 5. & 6.

Fourthly, he groundeth this prayer* 1.1278 vpon Gods holy speech and promise which must needs be performed, as ver. 7.8.9.10.11.

Fiftly, he prayeth for the Churches good,* 1.1279 that God would send helpe in trouble, resting and relying himselfe and them vpon Gods power and mercy. ver. 12.13.

The seuenth Scripture chosen for this day, Deut. 10. doth in Moses his going vp into the mountaine with the new hewen Tables in his hand,* 1.1280 mystically deliuer vnto vs, that the Mediator twixt God and man must ascend vnto the Fa∣ther to fetch and procure a second fauour, viz. in Christ, not of the law which Moses gaue, but of the Gospell and grace, that grace and truth which came by Iesus Christ.

* 1.1281In the first part of the chapter Moses relateth Gods com∣mandement vnto him concerning his hewing of the two Tables* 1.1282 to write the law in, and his obseruing of Gods com∣mandement therein. ver. 1. to the end of the 5.

In the second part he discourseth of the Israelites iournall* 1.1283 at that time, vers. 6. and 7.

In the third, of Gods separating the Tribe of Leui* 1.1284 at that time to beare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord, verse 8.9.* 1.1285

In the fourth, of the time that he tarried in the mount, and

of Gods commanding him to go before the people in the iourney,* 1.1286 verse 10.11.

In the fifth,* 1.1287 the text makes mention of the vse that the Is∣raelites are to make of all this, from the 12. verse to the end of the 22. the end of the chapter.

The eighth Scripture chosen for this day,* 1.1288 2. Kings. 2. mentioning Eliahs assumption into heauen, is a perfect fi∣gure of our Lords Ascension into heauen: in which chap∣ter are conteined these principall things:

First, the circumstances of the conferences about Eliahs taking vp.* 1.1289 And

Secondly, the miraculous deede of Eliah before his ta∣king vp.* 1.1290

Thirdly, the conferences themselues,* 1.1291 as

1. Between Eliah and Elisha.

2. The conference had about this matter betweene the children of the Prophets at Bethel, and them of Iericho with Elisha, ve. 1. to the end of the 7.

The miraculous deed of Eliah, is the diuiding of the wa∣ters of Iordan with his cloke, that he and his successor might go ouer, verse 8.

The fourth occurent in this history is the request which Elisha made to Eliah,* 1.1292 vers. 9.10.

The fifth is the immediate signe preceding the Assump∣tion,* 1.1293 which also proueth the same: to wit, the Charet of fire, and the horses of fire, separating Eliah and Elisha, ver. 11.

The sixth is the Assumption it selfe,* 1.1294 and manner thereof: So Eliah went vp by a whirle-winde into heauen, ve. 11.

The seuenth part of the chapter conteineth the subsequents of Eliahs Assumption.* 1.1295

1 Elishaes testimony who beheld it.

2 The extasie wherein he was for the time testified: first, [ 1] by his crying out My father, my father, &c. secondly, by [ 2] the tearing of his owne clothes. ver. 12,

[ 3] The third subsequent is Elishaes taking vp of Eli∣ahs cloake, and diuiding the waters of Iordane with it,* 1.1296 verse 13.14.

[ 4] The fourth is the testimony of the children of the Pro∣phets at Iericho, who not seeing Eliah any more, did desire to send 50. strong men to seeke him, contrary to Elishaes ad∣uise, ve. 15.16.17.18.

[ 5] The fifth is Elishaes healing of the venemous waters of Iericho, and the earthes barrennesse, verse 19.20.21.22.

[ 6] The sixth subsequent is the Beares tearing of the forty two children which were cursed by Elisha, for moc∣king him, verse 23.24.25. a ratifying and confirmation of Elishaes calling, and of Gods doubling the spirit of Eliah vpon him.

The ninth selected Scripture written Acts 1.1. to the end of the 11. verse,* 1.1297 appointed for the Epistle, doth most manifestly, without mystery or type, relate vnto vs the truth of our Lords ascension. It is recorded by the pen of S. Luke, who

First makes a preface* 1.1298 or introduction vnto this his se∣cond booke, The Acts of the Apostles, by comparing it with his former Treatise of the Gospell, vers. 1.2.3.

* 1.1299Secondly, S. Luke expresseth our Lords charge that he gaue to his Apostles to abide at Ierusalem, and there to waite for the promise of the father, concerning the holy Ghost. verse 4.5.

Thirdly, hee sets downe the speech that Christ made to his Apostles before his ascension.* 1.1300 The occasion whereof was ministred by a question which the Disciples propoun∣ded, verse 6.7.8.

* 1.1301Fourthly, the holy Ghost by Saints Lukes pen sets down circumstances of the time, place, and witnesses, with the manner of Christs Ascension, and a testimonie of another Article of our Faith concerning Christs returne,

and comming againe to iudge the quicke and the dead,* 1.1302 ver. 9.10.11.

The tenth Scripture written, Marke 16. Ʋerse 14.* 1.1303 to the end of the Chapter, sheweth, that now in deede our Lord Iesus is ascending to prepare a place for the elect, and to send downe the Comforter to his Dis∣ciples, and the rest of his Church. But before his As∣cension hee leaues a charge with his Schollers, who af∣ter they had receiued it, they doe readity put it in exe∣cution.

In his last appearing therefore to his 11. Disciples as they fate together, which was immediatly before his Ascension,* 1.1304 must be considered.

First, what hee spake, what his wordes were, and what charge hee gaue to his Disciples,* 1.1305 and the whole Church.

Secondly, what he did or wrought miraculously.* 1.1306

The first is set downe in the fiue first verses, and to the end the the 18.

The second, which is the two folde miracle,* 1.1307 in the 19. verse.

His speech and words do conteine,

• 1. Either introduction,* 1.1308
• 2. Or instruction and institution.* 1.1309

His introduction conteines a reprehension, whereby he casts in the Disciples teeth their incredulity, and hardnesse of heart, verse 14.

In his institution and instruction,* 1.1310 regard

1. Either the things themselues which hee commandeth, instituteth, promiseth, or threatneth.

2. Or the consequence and sequele of the successe of some of those things.

The things themselues which bee by him commanded, are,

1. The publishing of the doctrine, ve. 15.

* 1.13112.* 1.1312 The sealing vp of the doctrine of the new Testament with Baptisme.

His promise is most large, conteining and comprehen∣ding in it the saluation of the beleeuers, and such as are baptized.

His threatning is as generall, conteining and concer∣ning destruction, and the condemnation of the vnbeleeuers, vers. 16.

The obedient vnto the doctrine of the couenant and be∣leeuers shall haue the doctrine confirmed vnto them fiue wayes,* 1.1313 to wit, by fiue signes.

• 1. By casting out of Diuels,
• [ 1] 2. By speaking with new tongues, verse 17.
• [ 2] 3. Taking away, or driuing away serpents,
• [ 3] 4. A safety and Antitode against the drinking of deadly things.
• [ 4] 5. The healing of the sicke, by the imposition of hands, verse [ 5] 18.

The miracle is two-fold,

• * 1.1314First, our Lords ascending into heauen.
• Secondly, his sitting at the right hand of God, verse 19.

The Apostles doe readily, and with all alacrity execute their maisters will: for

1. They went forth, 2. They preached euerywhere.

This Saint Marke proues by two arguments, both which are drawen from two places.

1. From the efficient and principall cause, the Lord, who helped their preaching by working with them.

2. Form the effect: for God confirmed their Ser∣mons and teaching by effect, viz. of subsequent mi∣racles.

The Sonday after Ascension day.

AS the Authors of our Leitourgy, and Fathers of the Church, haue out of the old Testament* 1.1315 chosen for this day two remarkeable Scriptures, wherein the old people of God, the Iewes, are strictly tyed to the obseruation not onely of the substance, but of the precise manner and forme of Gods seruice: not to serue God after their own fansies, nor to be parciall to others herein, be they neuer so neere, or deere vnto them:* 1.1316 So out of the new Testament they bring in our Sauiour Christ comforting his Disciples, and new people of the new Church, and S. Peter heartning on Gods people a∣gainst all troubles and persecutions which may betide any of them in their constant profession, practise and discharge of their duties in this new seruice of the Gospell, and suffe∣ring for righteousnesse sake as Christians.

The first of the foure Scriptures written Deuteronomy 12.* 1.1317 teacheth the old Iewes, and in them all Gods' people, that reformation must begin at the taking away of deformities, or deformations, which doe hinder all good and perfect re∣formation. After which they may begin to take order for the establishing of good lawes both for the right manner of the worship of God, and the performance of their duties of of loue one towards another.* 1.1318 Moses therefore in this chapter,

First telleth the Israelites, that if they will obserue the or∣dinances and lawes of God, it must herein appeare in the vt∣ter ruinating and destroying all the places of Idols,* 1.1319 &c. which the Nations (where they shal come) haue set vp, verse 1.2.3.

Secondly, he teacheth them that there is a quite contrary course to be taken, as concerning the worship of God, and about the place which God hath chosen to bee worshipped in, whereunto they shall resort,* 1.1320 and to none other, and

thither to bring their burnt offerings, tithes,* 1.1321 &c. ver. 4. to the end of the 14.

Thirdly, God by Moses giues all the people liberty to eate any kind of flesh which they desire: but with this Pro∣uiso, that they eate not the bloud thereof,* 1.1322 vers. 15.16.

Fourthly, there is a commandement giuen concerning the place where they are to eate* 1.1323 their tithe, and in the enioying of these blessings, and reioycing in the vse of them, the Le∣uite must not be forgotten, vers. 17.18.19.

Fifthly, there is a more particular licence giuen them for the eating of flesh in their priuate houses,* 1.1324 when they are far from the place where God is worshipped: but the former interim and prouiso must be kept therein, to wit, not to eate the bloud thereof, vers. 20. to the end of the 28.

Sixthly, a caueat is giuen to the Israelites concerning their behauiour when they shall bee in quyet possession of the heathen lands, which is, that they bee not caught nor snared with the heathenish and idolatrous worship,* 1.1325 but rather to detest all such abhominatiō, to do as God hath commanded, to put nothing to his precepts, nor to take ought therefrom.

* 1.1326In the second Scripture out of the old Testament, Deu∣teronomy. 13.

* 1.1327First, there is an inhibition against such as shal hearken to that Prophet, or dreamer* 1.1328 of dreames, who by the successe & euent of his dreames shall thereby seeke to draw them from Gods true seruice, & a penalty of death vpon the dreamers head, vers. 1. to the end of the 5.

Secondly, there is a law made against the brother, daugh∣ter, wife, or friend, that shall entise secretly to the seruice of other Gods,* 1.1329 with a caueat to Gods people not to hearken to them, vers. 6. to the end of the 11.

Thirdly, there is a law made against Apostataes,* 1.1330 wicked men, which endeuour to seduce the people to serue orher Gods: also what punishment shall be inflicted vpon them and vpon the citties where they dwell, verse 12. to the

end of the 18.* 1.1331 which is the end of the chapter.

In the third Scripture appointed for this day, written 1. Pet. 4.7. to the end of the 13. verse,* 1.1332 the Apostle exhorts the faithfull to a sobriety, and holinesse of conuersation, to con∣tinuance in praier without fainting, or wearines, to feruency in loue, & the fruits thereof in the dispensing of outward blessings, and inward graces, and to the patient bearing of Christs crosse, wherein men must not thinke strange, but rather reioice.* 1.1333 In this portion of Scripture may bee ob∣serued,

First, the ground of doctrine whereupon S. Peter buil∣deth his exhortations:* 1.1334 Now the end of all things is at hand, in the moity of the 7. verse.

Secondly, the exhortations* 1.1335 from this foundation of do∣ctrine, which are

First generall,* 1.1336 as

• 1 To sobriety.
• 2 To watching in praier, that is, continuance in prayer. [ 1]
• 3 To the embracing of Feruency in loue, (that is, true [ 2] loue without dissimulation: for dissembled loue is colde [ 3] loue) in the rest of the seuenth verse, and in the eighth verse.

Secondly, speciall exhortations,* 1.1337 as

• 1 Vnto hospitality, vers. 9.
• 2 To the true and faithfull dispensing of the seuerall gifts [ 1] and graces of God, whether it be [ 2]

1 The gift and grace of teaching.

2 Or any other ministration, that all bee done in the right manner, and to the right end, vers. 10.11.

3 Speciall exhortation from the first doctrine is to pati∣ence vnder the crosse,* 1.1338 that men would not thinke it strange when God puts them into his fining pots of afflictions, which Saint Peter calleth a fiery tryall, but rather that they would reioyce, inasmuch as they are partakers of Christs sufferings, &c.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

In the fourth portiō of Scripture,* 1.1339 written Iohn 15. verse. 26 to the end of the 27. and in the 16. chapter vers. 1. to the end of the 4.* 1.1340 is conteined an amulete of comfort for Christs Di∣sciples, and all the faithfull to weare next their hearts, and as an amulete internall and most cordiall to receiue into their ••earts against troubles and persecutions which were coming vpon them,* 1.1341 and likely to accompany them, and the whole ministery and true Church of God to the end of the world. So that albeit, when our Lord ascended, hee told them that they should haue signes and miracles to confirme the doctrine of the Gospell, and faith of the beleeuers: yet he also prophesied, and foretold them, that there would bee meanes vsed to interrupt their proceedings, and faithful dis∣charge of their duties.

* 1.1342Therefore he prepares them against those times with such barracadoes of consolation, as against which all the cannon shot of their enemies being bent, should neuer batter, much lesse ouerthrow the fort of their faith.

* 1.1343In the end of the 15. chapter he promiseth this effectuall comfort.* 1.1344

In the beginning of the 16 hee presageth and foretelleth their troubles,* 1.1345

The promise that hee makes is concerning the comfor∣ter, the efficient of their comfort, the holy spirit whom* 1.1346 Christ describeth,* 1.1347

First, by his diuine nature, to wit, his essence with the Fa∣ther and the Sonne, his Omoousie.

[ 1] Secondly, by his person distinguished in the deity: Whom [ 2] I will send from the Father.

[ 3] Thirdly, by his proceeding: Who proceedeth from the Fa∣ther, and the Sonne,

[ 4] Fourthly, by his office, and faithfull execution thereof, the Spirit of truth.

Secondly, our Lord describes the holy spirit by the ef∣fects,* 1.1348 as

1. His owne testifying of Christ, he shall testifie of me, v. 26.

* 1.13492. The testimony of the spirit, by, and in the Apostles: And yee shall witnesse also, because ye haue beene with mee from the beginning, ve. 27.

In the first verse of the 16. chapter Christ wraps vp this his cordiall amulete* 1.1350 in a peece of the best silke of his holy san∣ctuary, in shewing them the vse of this comfortable amulete, and why he made it: These things haue I spoken to you that you should not be offended.

In the second part of this Gospell he presageth their two sorts of troubles.* 1.1351

1. Their excommunication,

2. The losse of their liues. Both which shall bee done to [ 1] them by their enemies, by reason hereof (which is no reason, [ 2] or at least a tyrannicall reason) they are conceited in them∣selues,* 1.1352 That they serue God in persecuting and killing the Apo∣stles, ve. 2.

But Christ proues that is not so, and that it rather ariseth and groweth of ignorance, because they haue not knowne the Father, nor me, ve. 3.

Secondly, Christ tels the Disciples,

1. Why he made this presage vnto thē of these troubles, that when the houre shall come, yee might remember that I tolde you them.

2. In this his discourse hee answereth an obiection or question which they might haue propounded, to wit, Why hee did not make this presage any sooner. His answer is: And these things said I not vnto you from the beginning, because I was with you, ver. 4.

Whitsonday, called Pentecost.

HE that is truth it selfe must needes bee true of his word,* 1.1353 as good as his word, and iust in the performance of all his promises. Our Lord Iesus Christ promised the primi∣tiue Church, that hee would send them a Comforter about

this time,* 1.1354 and as vpon this day hee performed.* 1.1355 And be∣cause so great a benefite came vnto the Church by Christs sending of this author of comfort, of wit and wisedome spirituall in such a plentifull measure: Therefore vpon this day, (which we call in our idiome, Whitsonday, or Witsunday) the Fathers of the Christian Church haue chosen sixe Scrip∣tures out of the old Testament, and one out of the booke of Wisedome, being Apocripha, and foure out of the new to bee read and expounded, that all Gods people, whether Iewes or Gentiles, may know, beleeue, and with thankfulnesse ac∣knowledge: That God the Father hath for his sonne Christs sake, sent the holy Ghost, that spirituall Comforter, in most plentifull and aboundant manner to bee Christs Ʋicar and substi∣tut•• in the Church, to be president, and with them continually pre∣sent vnto the end of this visible world.

* 1.1356The first of the Scriptures chosen for this day, being the 45. Psalme, is also selected for the feast of Christs Natiuity, intreates of the externall and internall gifts, blessings, and graces, ornaments of truth, righteousnesse and mercy, which God for Christs sake hath bestowed vpon his Church mi∣litant and triumphant. Of this Psalme because there was no particular analyse before, but of purpose omitted, and left for this place:* 1.1357 therefore now regard therein,

First, an introduction,* 1.1358 or entrance into the matter thereof, shewing the contents of the Psalme, ve. 1.

Secondly, a commendation* 1.1359 which is two-fold.

1. Of Christ the bride-groome from the 2. verse to the end of the 8.

2. Of Christs Church the bride, ve. 9. ad 16.

The third part of the Psalme is a glorious conclusion* 1.1360 of this commendation, with a golden Epiphonema and song of reioicing to bee sung of all kinde of people for euermore. verse 17.* 1.1361

The second Scripture, which is the 47. Psalme, speakes not allegorically,* 1.1362 as did the former, nor so mystically: for

the Prophet Dauid,* 1.1363 both King, and an head of the Iewish people, a chiefe member of that church,

First exhorts the Gentiles to reioyce and giue thankes to God. ve. 1.* 1.1364

Seeondly, he yeelds foure reasons of this thankes,* 1.1365 in the next foure verses.

Thirdly, he repeates his exhortation* 1.1366 againe, the more ef∣fectually to vrge the people to thanksgiuing, because Christ our King is ascended with triumph to his father, to prepare a place for the elect, and to send downe the blessed Paraclete for their euerlasting comfort. ve. 6.

In the fourth part of the Psalme hee returneth to a forti∣fying of his exhortation with 3.* 1.1367 other reasons conteined in the 3. last verses of the Psalme, 7 8.9.

In the 104. Psalme,* 1.1368 which is the third scripture chosen out for this purpose, Dauid

First rowseth vp his soule and spirit to praise the Lord,* 1.1369 whom he calles Iehouah, Deus mi, that is, his God in Christ,* 1.1370 or Christ his God, ve. 1.

Secondly, by the workes of his creation,* 1.1371 and continuall preseruation, in the rest of the Psalme (being 34. verses more he argueth Gods magnificence, glory, & maiesty. All which may be applyed vnto Christ: (for such as the father is, such is the sonne) ascending vp into the heauens with glory, and his glorious sending down of the holy Ghost at this Feast.

In the 145. Psalme,* 1.1372 being the fourth of the proper Psalms for this day (hauing as many verses but one, as there be He∣brew letters) there bee also as many motiues and reasons to moue and stirre men vp to praise the Lord: because of his incomprehensible greatnes, glorious maiesty, & wonderfull works. If for the works of his creation, redemption, & pre∣seruation (as it is at large proued in the Psalme) much more then for mans regeneration & sanctification by the spirit of grace, the assurance of his saluation and gl••••ification.

For as the eyes of all creatures w••••e vpon the Lord (••x∣pecting

their meate from him) who giueth them their meate in due season:* 1.1373 so the Apostles and Church of Christ,* 1.1374 waited (as Christ commanded them) at Hierusalem, for the promise of the holy Ghost, which was performed vnto them accor∣dingly, when the day of Pentecost was come.

In the fifth selected Scripture of the old testament, Deut. 16. Moses among orher lawes and ordinances to be obser∣ued of Gods people,* 1.1375 which here hee doth repeate, makes mention of the keeping of this feast of Pentecost.

* 1.1376In the first part of the chapter hee propoundeth vnto the Iews, the obseruation & celebration of the Passouer,* 1.1377 v. 1. ad 9

In the second he speaketh of celebrating this feast of Whit∣sontide, which he calleth the feast of Weekes, ver. 10. ad 12.

* 1.1378In the third part he propoundeth vnto them the obserua∣tion of the feast of Tabernacles,* 1.1379 vers. 13. ad 17.

In the fourth part Moses takes order with the Israelites about the choosing of Iudges and Officers in all their cities, setting downe the duties and offices of these Magistrates in their places,* 1.1380 ve. 18. to the end of the 20.

In the fifth hee rubs their memory with that old ordinary law against idolatry,* 1.1381 that there should bee no groue of any trees planted, or any pillars set for the vse of idolatry, ve. 21. to the end of the 22. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1382Salomon, or Philo the Iew, in the first chapter of the booke of Wisdome, being the first lesson for Euening praier (though it be Apocripha Scripture) yet in the phrase of the canonicall Scripture, and in Salomons stile, takes occasion to speake of this holy spirit, which is called the spirit of wisedome.

* 1.1383The chapter containeth,

* 1.1384First, an exhortation to the Iudges & Rulers of the earth, to aff••ct this wisdome, to loue righteousnesse, and the Lord who is the author thereof. Vnto which exhortation, many reasons are annexed,* 1.1385 ve. 1. t•• the end of the 10.

Secondly, a caueat to beware of diuers vices which doe

hinder and interrupt men in the course and way of righte∣ousnesse,* 1.1386 to wit, vnprofitable murmurings in heart, slande∣ring with the tongue, &c. Ʋerse 11. to the end of the 16. the end of the chapter.

The first of the foure holy Scriptures out of the new Te∣stament, being the second Lesson for morning prayer,* 1.1387 and written Acts 10.34. to the end of the 48. which is the end of the chapter, doth euidently shew the accom∣plishment of Christs promise, as touching the sending of the holy Ghost vnto the Christian Church gathered toge∣ther of Gentiles, as well as Iewes.

In the text we may obserue,* 1.1388

First, Saint Peters Sermon, wherein he proueth this point by the Scriptures, and other sure testimonies,* 1.1389 vers. 34. to the end of the 43.

Secondly, the effect of this sermon,* 1.1390 to wit,

1. How the holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.* 1.1391

2. How Peter commaunded that the seale should bee set to the word, that is,* 1.1392 that they should bee baptised in the name of the Lord Iesus Christ, vers. 44. to the end of the 48. the end of the chapter.

The next of the Scriptures out of the new Testament,* 1.1393 Acts. 19. ve. 1. to the end of the 20. being the second Lesson for euening prayer affoordeth another proofe and experi∣ence of the accomplishment of Gods promise by the hands & ministery of S. Paul, (a teacher of the Gentiles) a new rai∣sed vp notable instrument to set forth Gods glory.

In the text these things are principally to be considered.* 1.1394

First, the dialogue betwixt Paul and the Disciples at E∣phesus, vers. 1. to the end of the 4.* 1.1395

Secondly, the effect of this conference* 1.1396 and dialogue.

1. In their partaking of the sacrament of Baptisme.

2 In their receiuing the inuisible grace of the holy Ghost,

which appeared by their speaking of tongues,* 1.1397 and prophe∣cying, vers. 5.6.7.

* 1.1398The third consideration is the paines and exercise which S. Paul tooke and vsed by the space of three moneths preaehing in the synagogue, and disputing by the space of two yeares in the schoole of Tirannus, vers. 8.9.10.

* 1.1399The fourth obseruation and consideration is concerning the effect of S. Pauls paines, vers, 11.12. to wit,

1. In his working of miracles to conforme his do∣ctrine. [ 1]

[ 2] 2. In causing the man in whom the euill spirit was, to ouercome and preuaile against the Exorcists, verse 13.14.15.16.

[ 3] 3. In the general feare that came vpon all, in their beliefe, confessing and shewing their workes.

[ 4] 4. In the burning of the Bookes of curious Artes, which were rated at such a great price, when the word of God grew so mightily, and preuailed, & that sacred volume of Gods booke was esteemed of a farre greater value: ver. 17.18.19.20.* 1.1400

The third of the Scriptures of the new Testament chosen out for the Epistle, written Acts 2.1. to the end of the 12. verse, sheweth vnto vs the acting & effecting of all that was by Christ our Lord promised,* 1.1401 by Moses figured, or by the Prophets prophesied. For in the text, by the circumstances of time, place, persons, maner of doing, & effect of the deed that was done, it is so truly demonstrated, that none need to doubt of the comming downe of the holy Ghost.

* 1.1402First, S. Luke truly recordeth the time when, the place where, and the persons that were partakers of this fauour, & receiued this grace of God, vers. 1.

In the second place hee notes how God prepared the A∣postles to the worthy receiuing, and fit entertaining of this diuine, and miraculous apparition.

[ 1] 1. By the sound from heauen, as of a rushing and mightie winde.

* 1.14032. By the effect of this sound: And it filled all the house where they sate, vers. 2.

In the third place Saint Luke sets downe the apparition [ 2] it selfe.* 1.1404

1. There appeared vnto them clouen tongues like fire, and it sate vpon each of them.

2. He sets downe the end why there was such an appari∣tion, and the effect thereof. 1. Generally they were all filled with the holy Ghost, 2. Specially, and they began to speake with other tongues, as the spirit gaue them vtterance, vers. 3.4.

In the fourth place S. Luke relates the consequence of this strange apparition, and the blessed effects thereof,* 1.1405

1. In the astonishment, wondring and marueiling of the multitude of all the people of all nations vnder heauen, fea∣ring God, which dwelt at Hierusalem,* 1.1406

2. The speech that all the people vsed at the sight and hearing of this miracle ve. 5. to the end of the 12.* 1.1407

3. In some which mistooke and mis-vnderstood the miracle, and therefore mis-spake of it, and slandered it.* 1.1408 O∣thers mocked, and said: They are full of new wine, vers. 13.

Because the Disciples for-going of their Maister, and his departure from them,* 1.1409 could not but bee a trou∣ble to their mindes, and a corrosiue to their hearts: From this perturbation and feare of minde, Christ disswades them all.

Affoording eleuen arguments vnto his eleuen Apostles, furnishing them all iointly, and each of them particularly,* 1.1410 with sufficient groundes of comfort for their confirmation,* 1.1411 and establishing. And now therefore in this last of the foure Scriptures out of the new Testament, appointed for the Gospell, written Iohn. 14. ver. 25. to the end of the chap∣ter, our Lord teacheth them to beleeue that which hee had before affirmed concerning this saying of his: Yee haue heard that I said vnto you, I go away, and will come vnto you, vers. 28.

* 1.1412The first kinde of reason is drawne from the effect,* 1.1413 and is set downe in the affirmatiue part, the effect I say,

1. In the Apostles, and all the elect: If any man loue me, he will keepe my word.

* 1.14142. From the efficient the Father: And my Father will loue him.

* 1.14153. From the efficient and effect in the Father and the Sonne:

• 1. Wee will come vnto him,
• 2. Wee will dwell with him, vers. 23.

* 1.1416The fourth argument is drawne from the contrary effect in the negatiue part: Hee that loueth not mee, keepeth not my word. As if hee should say: Will not beleeue that I will come againe, or send them a comforter in the meane while till I come.

* 1.1417The fifth argument is taken from the authority of that word which was affirmed and spoken: The word which yee heare is not mine, but the Fathers which sent me, ve. 24.

* 1.1418The sixth argument is also drawne à testimonio, from Christs constant & continuall testifying hereof: These things haue I spoken being present with you, ve. 25.

* 1.1419The seuenth from the testimony of the holy Ghost: But the comforter which is the holy Ghost, &c. ve. 26.

* 1.1420The eighth is drawne from an effect which Christ wor∣keth and performeth, which may be a sufficient, and most effectuall meanes against all troubles, to wit, his leauing of peace with them, ver. 27.

* 1.1421The ninth from a proper effect which the true loue of Christ should haue wrought in their hearts, to wit, peace & ioy: If ye loued me, ye would verily reioyce, because I said, I go to the Father, vers. 28.

* 1.1422The tenth is taken à fine, the end why he spake that which he had said vnto them: And now haue I spoken to you, before it come to passe, &c. vers. 29.

* 1.1423The eleuenth and the last argument is also drawne à fine, from the end, cause, and reason why hee con∣cealed

many things.* 1.1424 Hereafter I will not speake many things: for the Prince of this world cometh, and hath nought in mee. ver. 30.

But it is that the world may know

• 1 That I loue my Father,
• 2 That I performe this loue in effect: to wit, in doing as the Father hath commanded me, ver. 31.

Trinity Sonday.

EVery one of the subsistances in the deity,* 1.1425 are by them∣selues in many places of holy Scripture most plainely set forth vnto vs: As the subsistence or person of the Father begetting the Sonne ab aeterno, and creating all things by the Sonne: The person of the Sonne being begotten, creating the world (being God with the Father) and redeeming his people. The person of the holy Ghost neither made, crea∣ted, nor beggotten, but proceeding from both, being God with both: and therefore a worker with both, in the creati∣on, but chiefly in the recreation, regeneration, and sanctifi∣cation of all the elect.

Now because these three persons are not three Gods,* 1.1426 but one God, by these subsistences, not diuided (though distin∣guished) in these persons combined and vnited: The fathers of the Christian Church haue (in the principall Scriptures culled out for their Leitourgie) not omitted the confirmation also of this deepe point of Thcology, the mystery of the ho∣ly Trinity, appointing two portions out of the old Testa∣ment, and three out of the new,* 1.1427 for the proofe and manife∣station thereof.* 1.1428

The first text of Scripture is written, Genesis 18.* 1.1429 where Mosts

First, sheweth that God appeared to Abraham, the which God Moses nameth the Lord, ioyning the name

Elohim of the 3. persons vnto the name of Iehouah,* 1.1430 the name of the diuine essence and vnity of the God-head: Moses seeing how God appeared to him, that is to say in 3. Angels, whom Abraham tooke for three men. ver. 1.2.

* 1.1431Secondly, Abraham in his entertaining of them, spake to one as to three: when he said, Lord, if I haue found fa∣uour now in thy sight, go not I pray thee from thy seruant, an ordinary familiar speech vsed by all the faithfull, when they speake to Elohim all three persons together, giuing them the essentiall title of the God-head vnder the name Iehouahiah or Adonai. ver. 3. to the end of the 8.

* 1.1432Thirdly, in the question which they propounded to A∣braham, then they said vnto him, whereis Sarah thy wife, ver. 9. And he said, (that is the Lord, as ver. 13. and 14. ver. 10) I will certainely come againe to thee according to the time of life, and Sarah thy wife shall haue a sonne, &c. vnto the end of the 12. verse.

* 1.1433Fourthly, in the Lords reproouing question, or ex∣postulation with Abraham about Sarahs laughing, verse 13.14.15.

* 1.1434Fiftly, Moses saith, the men did rise vp from thence, and looked toward Sodome, ver. 16. And the Lord said: shall I hide from Abraham the thing which I do. ver. 17.18.19. There is Gods reuealing of the citties destruction to Abraham. Then the Lord said, because the cry of Sodom and Gomorthe is great &c. ver. 20. 21. There is Gods determination of the execu∣tion of his iudgement.

* 1.1435Sixtly, it is manifest that God by these three Angels spake to Abraham, euen God in three persons, by these three persons, these heauenly persons, not onely by that which first, Moses relateth before, but secondly, also by Abrahams earnest supplication for Sodome in sixe seuerall r••quests, and the Lord answering euerytime, verse twentieth two ad thirtitieth two: & thirdly, by that which Moses rela∣teth in these words: And the Lord went his way when he had left communing with Abraham, &c. ver. thirtieth three to the

end of the chapter.* 1.1436

In the second Scripture written Ioshua the first chapter it is said,* 1.1437

First, that Iehouah, that is, Father, Son, and holy Ghost, spake vnto Ioshua the sonne of Nun, verse 1. All three are reduced vnto one essence, where it is said,* 1.1438 vnto the land which I giue them, verse 2. Also Euery place haue I giuen you that the sole of your foote shall tread on, ver. 3.4. No man shall be able to withstand thee all the daies of thy life (It was I am that speake to him Iohn, 8.58.) as I was with Moses, so will be with thee, verse 5. It was the third person in the Trinity from whom proceeded the graces and gifts of strength, valian∣cy, valor, and good courage, meditation in the booke of God day & night, with all other good gifts commended and and commanded to Ioshua, as verse sixe, seuen, eight, nine, Haue not I commanded thee, saying, be strong and of a good courage.

Secondly,* 1.1439 that it was Iehouah Elohim who made this pro∣mise and so incouraged Ioshua, appeareth by that effect which Gods voyce and word tooke: first, in Ioshuaes charge and precept to the officers of the people, to the Reubenits, Gadites, and halfe the Tribe of Manasseh, ver. 10. to the end of the 15. secondly, in the peoples yeelding obedience to Ioshuaes iniunctions, and their incouraging of their Captaine with the word of the Lord before spoken, onely be strong (that is in the Lord) and of a good courage,

The third Scripture for this day writen Matthew 3. be∣ing the second Lesson for morning prayer,* 1.1440 wherein the Euangelist maketh records.

First, of the time, place and authority of Iohn the Baptist,* 1.1441 his preaching, straitnesse of life, and baptisme, verse 1. to the end of the 12.

Secondly, of S. Iohns baptizing of our Lord Iesus, the

Author and institutor of this Sacrament,* 1.1442 * 1.1443 verse 13.14 15.

Thirdly, the sequele, proofe and approuing of this bap∣tisme, and of Christ the person baptized by a most perspi∣cuous confirmation of the mysterie of this holy and sacred Trinity.* 1.1444

• 1 In patre testificante
• 2 In filio testificato.
• 3 In spiritu sancto super filium descendente & veniente. ver. [ 1] [ 2] 16.17. to the end of the chapter.

[ 3] The fourth Scripture is Reuelation 4. chapter ver. 1. to the end of the chapter:* 1.1445 Wherein the mysterie of the holy Trinity is declared vnto Saint Iohn in a vision of Iehouahs ho∣ly and glorious Maiestie.

First, in the description of the throane and him that sate thereon. ver. 1.2.3.

* 1.1446Secondly, in expressing the concomitants of this Maiesty and throne, with the ornaments and other things gracing this throne, ver. 4. to the moity of the 8. ve.

Thirdly, in a relation of the praises which are ascribed to this vnity of Essence in Trinity of persons.* 1.1447

1 By the 4. beasts, in the rest of the 8. ver. and in the 9.

2 By the 24. Elders in the 10. and 11. verses, the end of the chapter,* 1.1448

In the fift Scripture written, Iohn 3.1. to the end of the 15. ver. the Euangelist in the dialogue betweene our Sauiour and Nicodemus concerning regeneration proueth plainely the truth of this point of our Christian faith concerning the mystery of the Trinity.* 1.1449 For Nicodemus acknowledgeth the person of the Father, and the Sonne, in these words, a teacher come from God, ver. 2. the person of the holy Ghost in these words of Christ, Verely, verely, I say vnto thee ex∣cept a man be borne of water and the spirit he cannot enter into the kingdome of God. ver. 5.

* 1.1450It is a singular and most excellent Scripture to shew the way to heauen here vpon earth:* 1.1451 the way to be Christs true Disciples and his deere sheepe, as the Scripture appointed for the Gospell vpon Tewsday in Whitson-weeke descri∣beth the false sheepeheard, and the true.* 1.1452

In this text of Scripture regard

First, the occasion* 1.1453 of Christ his doctrine and instruction, ve. 1. and in a part of the second ve.

Secondly, the doctrine* 1.1454 & instruction it selfe, from thence to the end of the 15. ver.

The occasion is deliuered and related in these circum∣stances:* 1.1455 first, in the person, name, or calling of him that mi∣nistred this occasion: secondly, in his action, he came to Iesus: [ 1:] thirdly, in the time when he came, by night: fourthly, in the [ 2] end of his coming, to confesse Christ, or to confer with him, [ 3] to be instructed of him, ver. 1.2. [ 4]

Our Sauiour Christ his instruction is deliuered in manner of a dialogue,* 1.1456 as catechizing this old ignorant doctor vpon one of the first points of religion, wherein he was as blind as a beetle, though a teacher in Israel. Of this dialogue there is

First, a generall proposition set downe by our Sauiour,* 1.1457 verse 3. concerning regeneration,* 1.1458 prouoking and vrging Nicodemus to answere and reply, though he did it but rudely, as verse 4.

Secondly, Christ makes a particular explanation of his former generall proposition, telling, expounding and shewing the manner* 1.1459 how this may be, to wit, of water and the spirit. ver. 5.

Thirdly, our Lord prooueth this his explanation by a distinction* 1.1460 of the two sorts of births, That which is borne of the flesh, is flesh, &c. ver. 6.

Fourthly, our Sauiour concludes the generall propositi∣on* 1.1461 by preoccupating and preuenting Nicodemus his mar∣uailing at the strange words and new proposition which was first set downe, Maruaile not that I said vnto thee. &c. ver. 7.

* 1.1462Fiftly,* 1.1463 Christ Iesus vrgeth the point of dehorting Nico∣demus, by a simile, wherein he resembles the wind and brea∣thing of the holy spirit to the ordinary spirit and wind tha•• bloweth, Spiritus vbi vult spirat, &c. ve. 8.

Sixtly, Nicodemus (as not contented with Christs answere, though it was true, full and peremptory* 1.1464) in a third speech he makes a reioynder to Christs answere, a slender, a lamen∣table and most ignorant reply, like many in our Courts of Chancery and else where, and like those idiots, who in reasoning and disputing, do either deny the conclusion, or begge the question,* 1.1465 saying, as Nicodemus saith heere: How can these things bee, verse nine. For which cause euen for his crooked and senlesse talke Christ takes him vp roundly,

[ 1] 1 Condemning him of grosse and shamelesse igno∣rance. Art thou a teacher in Israel and knowest not these things. ver 10.

[ 2] 2 Pronouncing the truth & certainty of Diuine know∣ledge, Verily, verily, I say vnto thee: we speake that which we know, &c. ver. 11.

[ 3] 3 Not excusing but pittying the ignorance and incredu∣lity of the Iewes. If when I tell you earthly things, yee beleeue not,* 1.1466 &c. ve. 12.

In the seuenth place, or seuenth part of this Scripture, S. Iohn relateth two impregnable reasons, which our Lord alleageth to maintaine his proposition withall, or rather his conclusion,

The first is taken from a most sure ground, Christs Di∣uinity in his omnipotent Ascension,* 1.1467 and Diuine des∣cension. For no man ascendeth vp to heauen, &c. verse thir∣teenth,* 1.1468

The other is taken from the publication of this truth, the holy ministery and preaching of this word, wherein the preaching of the Gospell of Christ Iesus, the preaching of the crosse is

1 Resembled to a course vsed in the time of the law, by

Moses,* 1.1469 to wit, his lifting vp of the serpent in the wildernesse, verse 14.

2 The end of this ministery is expressed,* 1.1470 the end why Christ must thus be exalted and lifted vp, both by his death vpon the crosse, and by the preaching of the crosse, that who∣soeuer beleeueth in him should not perish, but haue life eternall, verse 15. which our Sauiour Christ cals the kingdome of God, whereunto none can enter except he be borne againe, as he said before,

The first Sonday after Trinity

IN the former part of the yeare the Christian Church* 1.1471 hath chosen out such principall and remarkeable portions of Scripture for the most part as may best confirme and esta∣blish Gods people in the maine grounds of the theoricke and contemplatiue part of Christian Religion. To wit, in the truth of God, concerning Christs Aduent, his Incarnation, his Birth, Circumcision, Baptisme, Life, Preaching, Fasting, Prayer, Suffering, Death, Resurrection, Ascension, his Sending downe the holy Spirit, and concerning the Mystery of the holy Trinity.

But now in the twentieth fiue Sondaies after this feast of Trinity (which make vp the other halfe of the yeare) they chosen such texts of holy Scripture as may most fitly stand Gods people in stead for their obedience and practise of this truely knowne and professed Christian Religion.

Heere therefore shall we finde either dehortations from sinne, vice, and wickednesse,* 1.1472 or exhortations to righteous∣nesse, vertue, and holinesse. Heere shall we finde examples to terifie vs from the one, or promises and rewards to per∣swade vs to embrace the other,

For example sake we may behold in the two out of the old Testament, chosen for the first Sonday after Trinity,* 1.1473 how Ioshua or Iesus, appointed by the greatest Iesus for a

Lieutenant on earth to bring his people ouer Iordaine,* 1.1474 into the promised land, did conquere & ouercome those enimies of God which lay in his way. And how he and Gods people do acknowledge these victories to proceed from the victo∣rious Lyon of Iudaes Tribe.

Likewise in the two portions of the new Testament, the Christian Church is first, exhorted vnto the practise of the first fruite of faith, which is loue one towards another, and secondly,* 1.1475 there is an example Luke 16. (& that a most feare∣full one) of the punishment of him which was vncharitable and vnmercifull, without loue towards him that stood in greatest neede of his charity and helpe,

In the chapter appointed for morning prayer, first Les∣son written Ioshua 10, the text sheweth

* 1.1476First, how this great Captaine Ioshua, one of the worthies of the world was in great straite by reason of the fiue Kings of the Amorites which besieged Gibeon. ver. 1. to the end of the 7.* 1.1477 * 1.1478

In the second part of the chapter is related Gods incou∣raging of Ioshua and the discomfiting of the enemies, and in their fight how the hailestones slew more then the Israelites slew.* 1.1479 ver. 8. to the 11.

In the third part how the Lord assured Ioshua of future victories by an extraordinary signe contrary to nature, to wit, of Gods staying the course and motion of the Sunne at Ioshuaes prayet.* 1.1480 ver. 12. to the 14.

In the fourth part the text sheweth how Ioshua dealt with these fiue Kings which were hidden in the caue,* 1.1481 verse 15. to the end of the 27.

* 1.1482In the fifth & last part the text makes relation of Ioshuaes taking of Makkedah, Libnah, and Lachish, of slaying the King of Gezer of his taking the citties of Eglon, Hebron, & De∣bir, ve. 28.43. to the end of the chapter.

In the Scripture set out for the first Lesson at euening prayer Ioshua 22.* 1.1483 may be seene what care the ten Tribes and

the halfe Tribe tooke for the true obseruation of the wor∣shipping of God aright,* 1.1484 * 1.1485 in the place where the Tabernacle was (the place which God had appointed to put his name there) in being ielous of the two Tribes and the halfe, who had built an Altar only for a thankfull memoriall, and wit∣nesse, after they were returned to their possessions.

First,* 1.1486 the text mentioneth Ioshuaes commending of Reu∣ben, Gad, and halfe Manassehs Tribe,* 1.1487 for their obedience to Moses and to himselfe, giuing them leaue to returne to their possessions with great blessings, but with this prouiso, that they take diligent heed to continue and be constant in this their commenced loyalty, ver. 1, to the 9.

S••condly, the two Tribes build an Altar, whereof when the other, Tribes and the halfe heard of,* 1.1488 they were reproued. ver. 10. to the 20.

Thirdly, how the two Tribes and the halfe answered their brethren as touching this matter.* 1.1489 ver. 21. to the end of the 29.

Fourthly, the acceptation of this answere by Phineas the Priest, and the Princes of the congregation:* 1.1490 with their rela∣tion hereof vnto the children of Israel, who praised God for it, and would not go against them in battle, ver. 30. to the 34. the end of the Chapter.

In the Epistle for the day written, 1. Ioh. 4.7, to end of the 21. verse,* 1.1491 which is the end of the chapter, the fathers of the Church haue made choise of a most speciall and princi∣pall exhortation, made by the pen of that louing, and be••o∣ued Disciple, concerning brotherly loue, the principall fruit of the Spirit (as S. Paul witnesseth, Gala. 5.22.) the first day of S. Iohns Calender, the last of the yeare:* 1.1492 the first to begin the yeare with, to proceede therein, and the last to make it vp withall This Scripture comprehends

First an exhortation,* 1.1493 conteining and propounding this doctrine of loue. Beloued let vs loue one another, in the first part of the 7. verse.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

* 1.1494Secondly,* 1.1495 it containes reasons vrging this exhortatiue doctrine, from the other part of the 7. verse to the end of the 20. verse.

Thirdly, a conclusion,* 1.1496 And this commandement haue wee of him, that he which loueth God, should loue his brother also. ve. 21.

* 1.1497In that portion of Scripture set a part for this daies Gos∣pell being Luke 16.19. to the end of the chapter we haue a picture of an vnmercifull & vncharitable man, without any loue to God or his neighbour and therefore hated of God for his labour. Our Sauiour Christ hauing in the precedent Gospell discoursed of regeneration vnto Nicodemus and the Iewes, telling them that whosoeuer hath not the celestiall and spirituall, which is the second birth, cannot see or enter into the kingdome of heauen, will now in this Gospell shew by examples (of a wicked rich man, and an honest pa∣tient poore man) the estate of the regenerate and godly, as also of the vnregenerate and vngodly, in this life and in the life to come.

* 1.14981 To teach vs a principall duty and fruite of regenerati∣on, the shewing of mercy, a fruite of sincere loue.

2 And to teach vs to detest the vaine pelfe & pleasures of [ 1] the world: so that though they shall increase vpon vs, not to [ 2] set our hearts vpon them: Nor that we should thinke that they are giuen vs to keepe, or to abuse, in spending them. But rather to distribute them & cast them vpon the poore, euen vpon the waters, where after a few daies we shall find them.

* 1.1499In this portion of Scripture we must looke vpon two sorts of men with both our eyes; and vpon a third, who sets vs downe the state of them both: that with the eyes of our vnderstanding, of our hearts, soules, & mindes, we may the better see them.

* 1.1500First we will looke vpon the rich man with our right eye, for he is a goodly sight to behold, being

[ 1] 1 Clothed in purple without

[ 2] 2 Fine linnen within

3 Faring,* 1.1501 first, wel, secondly, & delicately euery day. v. 19. [ 3]

Secondly, we will behold Lazarus with the left eye,* 1.1502 ouer our shoulders, or through our fingers, and why,

1 He is a begger,

2 He lyeth (like a spitler) at the rich mans gate.

3 He is full of sores. ver. 20. from such a creature we will [ 1] turne our faces, and our backes too, For [ 2]

4 He is so miserable that he desireth (a dogs almes) the [ 3] crummes that fall from the rich mans table: a very base minded [ 4] beggar that hath no wit to aske a greater almes.

5 So loathsome is his body to be looked vpon, and that [ 5] because his vlcers are so noisome, and the poore man left helpelesse of Physicke & Surgery, that the tongues of the dogs (not the hearbe Dogs-tongue) are faine to be his balmes and oyles to embrocate his sores, and as externall captaplasmes to abate the fiery heate of his furious malady. ve. 21.

These and such sights, would cause the turning of a dainty stomack, if the eye should only behold them.

Thirdly, S. Luke after all this tels vs,

First, of the conclusion, and determining of the poore mans misery.

Secondly,* 1.1503 of the introduction and beginning of the rich gluttons vnhappinesse. This he doth, first, by speaking of the death of them both, which was their common end, se∣condly, by setting downe their seuerall estates while they were both dead and aboue the ground.

First, in stead of an hearse and foure men to cary him, Lazarus hath an heauenly and spirituall portage, by bles∣sed Angels, not to any other graue then into Abrahams bosome.

The rich man wants no exequials* 1.1504 or funerall rites and ce∣remonies while his body was on earth, ver. 22. But being soule and body in earth, and in the depth of earth in hellish torments, was there tossed vp & downe of the hellish hags & feends, where (he blaring out his tongue like a thirsty dog) saw Abraham a far of and Lazarus in his bosome. ver. 23.

* 1.1505The sense of whose torments and beholding of Abra∣ham and Lazarus draue him.* 1.1506

First, to cry, to intreate and speak for himselfe. Father A∣braham [ 2] haue mercy on me, and send Lazarus. ver. 24. To which request he receiue•• a two-fold answere.

1 Sonne, remember that thou in thy life time, &c. ver. 25.

2 Besides all this there is a great gulfe set, &c. ver. 26.

[ 2] Secondly, Diues will play small game before he will sit out, and therfore is a petitioner the second time. He saw that himselfe was cassiered, that for himselfe in hell there was no mercy, therefore in heauen no redemption: he supplicates for his fiue brethren. ver. 27.28.

To this Abraham answeres him, They haue Moses and the Prophets, ver. 29.

* 1.1507The damned glutton takes exception to this answere: and as a man not resolued, reasons still against the truth which Abraham spake concerning that ordinary course which God taketh in conuerting of men. Nay father Abra∣ham: but if one came vnto them from the dead, they will amend their liues. ver. 30.

* 1.1508Vnto this his cauil he receiues also Abrahams answer most peremptorily set downe, which is this: If they heare not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be perswaded, though one rise from the dead againe.

The second Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1509BEcause obedience to God and mutuall loue one towards another, are the ends of the two great commandements as Christ Iesus saith, Math. 22. therefore do the Authors of our Leitourgie, in this their choise. proceed in selecting of Scriptures accordingly.

* 1.1510For the two Scriptures of the old Testament do giue vs to

vnderstand:* 1.1511 first, that though Gods people Israel were sold into the hands of Iabin the King of Canaan for their sinnes wherein they continued; yet vpon their repentance and o∣bedience to God, the Lord was mercifull to them in raysing vp Deborah a Prophetesse, to iudge and rule them, and to be a meanes of their deliuerance out of the hands of Sisera, the generall of Iabins army. For which cause, secondly, Deborah and Barak the two instruments of this deliuerance do make a memorable Halleluiah and thanksgiuing to Iehouah after the victory which he gaue them.

The first of the Scriptures of the new Testament is an exhortation to constancy,* 1.1512 and perseuerance in our contem∣ning the world, and continuing in mutuall loue one towards an other: The second which is the Gospell, tels vs in a pa∣rable, how Christ the great feast maker shewes his vnspeak∣ble loue to all men: and therefore makes seuerall kinds of inuitations of diuers sorts of guests, vnto the great and gra∣cious supper of faith, obedience to God, and mutuall loue to the brethren & beloued of God. Howbeit most of them, if not all, proue vnthankfull recusants, and vnmannerly, and therefore vnworthy.

The first of these foure Scriptures, Iudges 4.* 1.1513 doth in the

First part let vs see that Gods iudgement followed the wickednesse of his owne people,* 1.1514 in that the Lord stirred vp that mighty King of Canaan (which had 900 Chariots of iron,* 1.1515 to vexe the Israelites very sore for twentie yeares toge∣ther. ver. 1. to the end of the third.

In the second part of the chapter is related,* 1.1516 how the Lord was mercifull vnto his people and therefore deliuered them out of the hands of this their strong enemy, as

1 By the destruction of the host & army of Iabin by the aduise of Deborah & aide of Barak. v 4. to the end of the 16.

2 By the dishonorable death of Sisera (that fled away on foote) who died by the hands of a woman, Iael, Hebers wife v. 17. to the end of the 24. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1517The second of the foure Scriptures is, Iudges 5. chapter,* 1.1518 containing

First,* 1.1519 a congratulation of Deborah and Barak vnto the Lord their God for his auenging of Israel.* 1.1520 ver. 1.2.

Secondly, an inuiting or incitatiue exhortation vnto Kings and Princes to heare this song.* 1.1521 verse 3, to the end of the 11.

Thirdly, Deborahs speciall and couragious prouoking of her selfe and Barak her asistant,* 1.1522 vnto thanksgiuing in her rehearsing vp those Tribes which helped; and those which ioyned not with them are by her reproued. ver. 22. to the 28.

Fourthly, she doth in her song describe

* 1.15231 The multitude and strength of her enemies. ver. 19.

2 Gods power and heauenly strength, with the meanes which he vsed to accomplish his purpose. ver. 20. to the end of the 23.

Fiftly, the text sets downe the manner and meanes of Si∣seras death,* 1.1524 by the wife of Heber the Kenite. v. 24, to the 30.

* 1.1525Sixtly, she concludes her song with a couragious prophe∣ticall and constant prayer.

1 Against al Gods enemies for their destruction: So let all thine enemies perish ô Lord,

2 For all Gods friends and louers, but they that loue him shall be as the sunne that riseth in his might. ver. 31. to the end of the chapter.

* 1.1526The third of the 4 Scriptures written 1. Ioh. 3.13. con∣taineth,

* 1.15271 A dehortation, 2. an exhortation, 3. an inference, con∣clusion or corrolary vpon both.

The dehortation* 1.1528 is, Maruaile not my brethren though this world hate you. ver. 13.

The reasons of this dehortation whereby explicite he per∣swades to mutuall loue, are in the 14.15.16.17. verses.

The exhortation* 1.1529 is framed not for an intent of an out∣ward loue in word and tongue onely, but a loue in the right

manner,* 1.1530 & of the best fashion, to wit, in deed and in truth. v. 18. The grounds and reasons of this exhortation, are in the 19.20.21. and 22. verses.

The conclusion or inference vpon the premised* 1.1531 dehorta∣tion and exhortation is in these words. This is then his com∣mandement, that we beleeue in the name of his Sonne Iesus Christ and loue one another, as he gaue commandement. ver. 23.

The perswading reasons wherof do follow, ve. 24. which is the last verse of the chapter,

In the fourth Scripture chosen for this daies Gospell, written Luke 14. ver. 16. to the end of the 24. ver.* 1.1532 Christ Ie∣sus doth in a parable set downe the course which God taketh in calling men to his kingdome. Shewing that no excuses wil serue the turne here, much lesse at the day of iudgement,* 1.1533 for such as refuse (though with excuses) being called to come, shall be counted vnworthy to tast of the heauenly and spirituall danties at the Lords board in the kingdome of grace, or in the kingdome of glory.

For as in the former Gospell we might heare that the wic∣ked rich mans intreaty for himselfe or his fiue brethrē while he was in hell,* 1.1534 was to no purpose to answere for his incredu∣lity & disobedience to God, or his sauage vnmercifulnesse to poore Lazarus: So in this portion of Scripture it will ap∣peare that notwithstanding the excuses,

1 Of the farme-buier, which ambitiously desired to bee hastily rich,

2 Or of the oxe-buyer, that carelesse worldling which was not at leisure,

3 Or of the voluptuous and fleshly liuer, the new mar∣ried man, who said, I cannot come: yet was the sentence de∣finitiue pronounced against these inuited guests.* 1.1535

In the parable we may consider

• generals
• and
• specials

The first generall is concerning him that made this feast, who it was, a certaine man, [ 1]

[ 2] The second is, what he did. He made a great supper,* 1.1536 there∣fore the certaine man is a great man: which is also proued by his generall inuitation, he bade many, ver. 16:

* 1.1537The specials are

[ 1] 1 The inuitation of guests, ver. 17.

[ 2] 2 The commination or threatning of the vnthankfull, though inuited guests. ver. 24.

The inuitation is two-fold* 1.1538

• the first,
• the second,

summons

At the first summons, or former call, three sorts of guests are inuited.* 1.1539

1 The worldly Farmer. ver. 18.

2 The Marchant grasier, or the carking and caring carle, [ 1] the husbandman. ver, 19.

[ 2] 3 The fleshly and voluptuous new maried man. ver. 20.

[ 3] The second summons occasioned through the contuma∣cy, vnwillingnesse,* 1.1540 and vnthankfullnesse of the three (which were first called) is also two-fold. For

[ 1] First, the seruant returnes and brings answere to the goodman of the house, and feast-maker, who in his anger causeth to be inuited foure other sorts of guests: first, the poore: secondly, the maimed: thirdly, the halt: fourthly, the blind. ver. 21.22.

[ 2] The second call of the the latter inuitation (occasioned hereupon, that there was roome for more guests, though foure sorts were called already) is, Go out into the high waies and compell them to come in, that mine house may be filled, verse 23.

* 1.1541The ground of which call and commandement, is a reso∣lute sentence, or commination in the anger and indignation of the great maister of the feast. For I say vnto you, that none of those men which were bidden, shall tast of my supper. verse 24.

The third Sonday after Trinity.* 1.1542

AS pride and haughtinesse of minde are the poyson and destruction of the gifts and blessings of God,* 1.1543 in men and Angels: so humility, meeknesse, and patience, long suf∣fering, and brotherly kindnesse, are the antidotes and pre∣seruatiues of all graces, and gifts, and of all blessings which God bestowes vpon men in this life:* 1.1544 wherefore there is a most fit choyce of two Scriptures out of the old Testament: both which are examples,

First of humility in Hannah,* 1.1545 who after her obteining of a child by her prayer to God, in her meeke, modest, & shame∣fast kinde of speech vnto God, not vttering words that were audible to mens eares. 1. Sam. 1.13. doth in her thankesgi∣uing to God, who gaue her the child, dehort from proud & presumptuous speeches, and disswade from arrogancie in words, chap. 2. ve. 3.

A second example we haue on the left hand, and contra∣ry side, concerning the pride, rashnesse, and presumption, the violence, filthinesse, and villany of Elies sons,* 1.1546 with Gods iudgement vpon them, and vpon their father, not punishing them for the same. S. Peter, that warme spirited Apostle,* 1.1547 who was taught humility, both by the humble life and do∣ctrine of his maister, frames an exhortation to this purpose in the Epistle. And our Sauiour Christ being full of patience and long suffering; yea, humility it selfe, vttereth three pa∣rables to this purpose in one chapter, whereof two are set out for the Gospell, to wit, that of the lost sheepe, and that of the lost groat.

In the first of the foure Scriptures.* 1.1548 1. Samuel. 2. the text doth

First set downe the humble and lowly song and prayer of Hannah,* 1.1549 ve. 1. to the end of the 10.* 1.1550

* 1.1551In the second part the text makes report,* 1.1552

1. Of Samuels faithfull ministering vnto the Lord before Eli the Priest, ve. 11. So

2. Of the wickednesse, disorder, violence, and filthinesse of Elies sonnes, ve. 12. ad 17.

* 1.1553Thirdly, the text shews vs, what motherly prouision Han∣nah made for yong sonne Samuel, and how fatherly and gra∣ciously God dealt with her in blessing her with fiue children more, ve. 18. ad 21.

In the fourth place may be seene how foolishly and slen∣derly the fond father Eli reproued his wicked sonnes.* 1.1554 But withall how God tooke the matter into his owne handes: and by a man of God sharply reproued him, and denoun∣ced iudgements against him, against his sonnes and posteri∣ty: howbeit the Lord promiseth to stirre vp to himselfe a faithfull Priest that shall doe after his owne heart: vnto whom Elies posterity shall crouch for a peece of siluer, and a mor∣sell of bread, verse 22. to the end of the 36. which is the end of the chapter.* 1.1555

* 1.1556In the second Scripture written 1. Samuel. 3. appoynted for the first Lesson at Euening prayer, the holy Ghost shewes vs,

First, how for the wickednesse of Ely and his sons, God brought a scarsity of his word: For the word of the Lord was precious in those daies, ve. 1.2.3.

In the second part of the chapter, the text maketh men∣tion of Gods three-fold calling of Samuel, and of Samuels answer and obedience at the fourth call,* 1.1557 verse 4. to the end of the 10.

In the third, the holy Ghost tels vs how the Lord made his purpose knowne to Samuel, concerning the subsequent iudgements to be executed vpon Ely and his children,* 1.1558 ver. 11. to the end of the 15.

* 1.1559In the fourth, how Samuel relateth the Lords purposed iudgements to Ely, ve. 16 to the end of the 18.

In the fifth, how God fauoured, blessed, and increased his gifts in Samuel.* 1.1560

1. In effecting that which Samuel spake.

2. In giuing him faithfulnesse, roundnesse and soundnesse in his place. [ 1]

3. In Gods speaking to him, and reuealing himselfe to [ 2] him by word, as before by vision, ve. 19.20.21. to the end of [ 3] the chapter.

Saint Peter in the third scripture for this day, written in his first Epistle,* 1.1561 Chapter 5. verse 5. to the end of the 11. as an heauenly harper plaieth vpon the sweete instrument of exhortation, singing thereto a song and dittie of hu∣mility.* 1.1562

First therefore he pipes to the yonger in speciall, the les∣son of submission.* 1.1563

Secondly, to all in generall, as harping still vpon the same string, ve. 5. and 6.* 1.1564

Thirdly, he perswades all Gods people to depend vpon their Lord, and to cast all their care on him. ve. 7.* 1.1565

Fourthly, he exhorts to sobriety and watchfulnesse, al∣leaging most sound reasons for their watchfulnesse, and re∣sistance of the aduersary, ve. 8.9.* 1.1566

Fifthly, hee prayeth to God for their confirmation, whereof assuring himselfe hee praiseth God for the same, vers. 10.11.* 1.1567

Saint Luke in our fourth portion of scripture for this day, written, chap. 15.1. to the end of the 10. put apart for the Gospell,* 1.1568 sets forth, and commends vnto vs the singular and vnspeakeable loue of God in Christ, in his patience, long suffering••, and mercifulnesse vnto vs poore wandering sheepe, most miserable and wretched sinners: So that not∣withstanding mens vnthankfulnesse in comming to God so slackely, or their pride and impenitency in not coming at all, or their ignorance in comming vnwillingly: yet

wil not the maister of the feast be without guests.* 1.1569

* 1.1570Our Euangelist therefore will in this text giue vs a good rellish and taste of the sweetnesse, I say, of Christs compas∣passion, and mercy, his patience in waiting for the conuersi∣on of wandring sinners, and his reioycing for their returne to the sheepe-fold, and true repentance for their wandring.

* 1.1571First, Publicans and sinners heard of the gracious words which proceeded out of Christs mouth, where vpon they re∣sorted to heare him,* 1.1572 ve. 1.

Secondly, this being a scandall to the Pharisies and Scribes, causing them to murmure,* 1.1573 and to reproach him with these wordes: Hee rec••iueth sinners, and eates with them, vers. 2.

Thirdly, our Lord therfore remoues this stumbling block, ouerthrowing the cauils and reproches of the Pharisies in 3. parables:* 1.1574 all which are conteined in this chapter, and two of them in this Gospell, whereof

The first is of the lost sheepe,* 1.1575 from the 3. verse to the end of the 7.

The second is of the lost groat,* 1.1576 from the eighth verse to the end of the 10.

The third of the spendthrift, and prodigall child,* 1.1577 vpon whom Christ the true sheepeheard, spends the rest of his speech, from the 11. verse to the end of the 31. which is the last verse of the chapter.

The fourth Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1578BEcause rashnesse in mis-iudging of other men, and selfe-loue in an ouer-weening of our selues, and carying of sinister opinions, and preiudicate affections of that which other men do or speake to vs: yea many times of that which God himselfe speaketh and doeth for vs, as also of such crosses as God inflicteth vpon vs. Forasmuch, I say, as these are great blockes and beames in our way to loue, and doe

interrupt our mercifulnesse one towards another:* 1.1579 yea, they are as trumps and hinderances in our course of religion and godlinesse towards God. Therefore the holy Ghost, in the two Scriptures out of the old Testament, will giue vs ex∣amples,

First of Samuel, who walked vprightly, dealt plainly,* 1.1580 and like an hypocrite, either with the Israelites, or with Saul their new-gotten King.

Secondly, of the Israelites, who in their owne opinions, and rash iudgments thought it better to be ruled by a king, then by a I••dge and Prophet. These people therefore were payed home in Gods anger, euen by this King, of whom they made such account, & thought they had gotten a great iewell of him.

In the other two scriptures chosen out of the new Testa∣stament,* 1.1581 1. S. Paul doth exhort vs to be of his opinion con∣cerning the afflictions of this life, and not to follow our owne fleshly opinion, which thinketh, that no affliction is pleasant for the present time. 2. Our Lord doth giue vs many precepts perswasiue and diss••vasiue, to command and com∣mend mercifulnesse and brotherly kindnesse vnto vs, and to forbid rash and heady iudging and condemning of our brethren, being the occasion and entrance into our owne ruine and condemnation.

In the first Lesson for morning prayer, written 1. Samuel. 12.* 1.1582 the text

First manifesteth to vs,* 1.1583 the vprightnesse and innocency of that holy man of God Samuel, ver. 1. ad 5.* 1.1584 that hee might thereby take occasion (as hee doth indeed) in the second part of the chapter, to taxe the Israelites, & to reason against them for their sins and vnthankfulnesse in receiuing Gods benefites, ver. 6. to the end of the 19.

In the third part of the chapter Samuel disswades the Is∣raelites from forsaking the Lord,* 1.1585 and falling to a further de∣fection and Apostacy: exhorts them to feare the Lord, and

to serue him in truth with all their hearts:* 1.1586 which if they doe not, he denounceth iudgements against them and their new obtained King, ve. 20. ad 25. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1587In the first Lesson for Euening prayer, written in the nex•• chapter of the same booke, 1. Samuel 13. the holy Ghost sets vs downe an example (which we are to auoyde) of a bold, foolish, and rash hypocrite (though a King,) who supposed that hee might haue serued God after his owne fashion and will, and not as God in his word commandeth.

* 1.1588The first part of the chapter makes mention of the warre betweene the Israelites and the Philistines,* 1.1589 and the victory which Saul and Ionathan obtained, ve. 1. to the end of the 4.

The second part sheweth how the Philistines seeke to be reuenged* 1.1590 of the Israelites, and therefore gathered an Ar∣my like the sand of the sea in multitude, which put the Israelites to a plunge. When Saul saw that the people were in this straite, he offered a burnt offering, vers. 5. to the end of the 10.

The third part of the chapter containeth Samuels repro∣uing of Saul, and his denouncing of Gods iudgement a∣gainst him,* 1.1591 ve. 11. to the end of the 14.

* 1.1592In the fourth part the holy Ghost sheweth how strong and politicke the Philistines were, and how weake and vn∣furnished the Israelites were, who had neither sword nor speare among them, verse 15. to the end of the 23. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.1593The third scripture written Rom. 8.18. to the end of the 23.* 1.1594 vers.* 1.1595 containeth

First, a Thesis, as touching the inequality of the af∣flictions of this life, with the glory that shall bee shewed to vs, vers. 18.

Secondly, the double foundation and ground-worke

whereupon he buildeth this doctrine,* 1.1596 * 1.1597 as most excellent rea∣sons whereby he proues the doctrine.

The first is drawne from the feruent desire of the crea∣tures (subiect vnto vs) groaning vnder their burthensome bondage, waiting for liberty and dissolution, verse 19.* 1.1598 to the end of the 22.

The second is taken from the experience that the sonnes and daughters of God haue of their owne sighing and groa∣ning vnder the burthenous bondage of their sinnes,* 1.1599 waiting for the Adoption, euen the Redemption of their bo∣dies, verse 23.

The fourth Scripture, written Luke. 6.36.* 1.1600 to the end of the 42. verse, instructeth vs in the particular du∣ties of loue and charitie in our mercifull carriage of our selues one towards another, as in other things, so also in our charitable iudging and censuring of one a∣nother.* 1.1601 So that as the last Sonday wee had in the Gos∣pell, a most excellent patterne of Gods gracious and free loue towardes vs in Christ Iesus: so in this hee meanes to teach vs how to bee imitators and follow∣ers of this patterne and example of charity to others and to our selues, as deriued from our selues, and beginning at our selues.

Two generall things Christ performes,* 1.1602 as we may see in this scripture, which is a part of that heauenly Sermon made vpon the earthly mountaine.

First he perswades,* 1.1603 and that in the 3. first verses.

Secondly, he disswades,* 1.1604 and that in the other foure.

He perswades vnto many duties by his two-fold comman∣mandement* 1.1605 and authority, 1. Preceptiue,* 1.1606 2. Prohibitiue.* 1.1607

In his preceptiue authority, he commandes mercy, 1. in generall, 2. in speciall:* 1.1608 Be yee mercifull, as your father also is mercifull, vers. 36.

In his authority prohibitiue, he forbids

1. Preiudice, or rash iudgement, that is, iudging and

accusing one another before the time.* 1.1609 * 1.1610

2. Vtterly to condemne one another* 1.1611 vpon so rash a cen∣sure, vers, 37. For it is a point next the worst, being against reason, therefore against law, that one and the same man should be a party to accuse, and a party to iudge and con∣demne his brother.

The mercy whereto Christ perswadeth, is two-fold, con∣sisting either

* 1.16121. In Forgiuing,* 1.1613 as in the latter end of the 37. vers. Forgiue, and yee shall be forgiuen.

2. Or in giuing:* 1.1614 Giue, and it shall be giuen to you, a good mea∣sure, pressed downe, running ouer, &c. ve. 38.

* 1.1615In Christs disswasory speech we may see, that

1. He disswades the Disciples from that dangerous sinne of hypocrisie.

Secondly, hee sharply reproues the hypocrite himselfe, and the sin of hypocrisie, as being the sinne which

1. Hinders all men from performing mercifulnesse in the true and right manner.

2. It furthers them in rash iudging and condemning.

[ 1] 3. It interrupts the course of pardoning and forgiuing [ 2] one another, and the true habite of liberality, which consist∣eth [ 3] in a right manner of giuing and lending.

* 1.1616This our Lord doth by a parable or simile resembling the hypocrite accusing and iudging, and the brother hypocrite accused and iudged of him, vnto the dangerous estate of two blinde men falling both into the ditch, by their blinde lea∣ding of one another.* 1.1617 ve. 39.

Secondly, Christ the great Maister disswades his scholers from selfe-loue, and ouer-conceiting themselues, as proud hypocrites are wont to doe, in thinking that they are ei∣ther too great, or too good to indure reproaches by bad men and hypocrites.* 1.1618 verse 40. The Disciple is not aboue his Maister.

Our Lord sharply reproueth the hypocrite by a pa∣rable.* 1.1619 1. resembling him, (and therein shewing in what a

predicament hee is) vnto a very absurde and vnreasonable man,* 1.1620 which wil pretend to do impossibilities, to wit,, suppo∣seth that he spyeth a mote in his brothers eye, when a beame (which is inough to couer the face, much more the eye, if it bee within it) is in the hypocrites eye, ve. 41.

Secondly, Christ aduiseth (and yet reproueth the hy∣pocrite.)* 1.1621

1. To cast the beame out of his owne eye.

2. Shewes him the good he shall get by it, and the bene∣fite arising thereof: And then shalt thou see perfectly to pull out the mote that is in thy brothers eye, vers. 42.

The fifth Sonday after Trinity.

THe foure portions of holy scripture which the Fathers of our Church haue chosen for this 5.* 1.1622 Sonday after Tri∣nity, are such as do exhibite and yeeld, 1. either examples of Gods punishing the hypocrites, and disobedient vnto his voyce, as the two chapters out of the old Testament, or 2. they be commandements & exhortations to perswade vnto obedience, to perswade vnto well doing: yea, if the case so require, to suffer for the same, as may appeare in the other two chosen out of the new Testament.

The first of them written, 1. Sam. 15.

First sets downe Gods precise commandement giuen to King Saul by Samuel,* 1.1623 concerning his vtter destroying of A∣gag, of his people and cattell, without respect or partiality,* 1.1624 vers. 1 to the end of the 3.* 1.1625

Secondly, how that Saul disobeyed this straite comman∣dement of the Lord, ver. 4. to the end of the 9.* 1.1626

Thirdly,* 1.1627 the holy Ghost recordeth and obserueth the Lords displeasure conceiued against Saul for his presump∣tuous sinne, and Samuels conference with Saul about it, his conuincing him of it, his sharpe reprouing and censuring

of Saul for it, ve. 20. ad 23.* 1.1628

Fourthly, the text makes mention of Sauls acknowled∣ging his sin,* 1.1629 with the seuerall requests which the hypocrite makes vnto Gods Prophet, ver. 24. ad 31.

* 1.1630Fifthly, how Samuel executed Gods iudgement vpon A∣gag, and refused to come any more at Saul, though afterward he mourned for him, verse 32. ad 35. which is the end of the chapter.

The second portion of Scripture written 1. Sam. 17. lets vs see how God punished the wickednesse of Saul by the Philistines (which were enemies to God and his Church) albeit in his mercy and goodnesse he deliuered them out of their enemies hands,* 1.1631 and his seruant Dauid out of the vncir∣circumcised hands and tyranny of their Champion Goliah.

In the first part of the chapter the text declareth how af∣ter the battell was pitcht betweene the Philistines and Israe∣lites, Goliah the Philistines Champion, trusting in his strength, and not in God, defieth Israel,* 1.1632 the hoast of the Lord, vers. 1. ad 10.

* 1.1633In the second part of the chapter is shewed, how Dauid being sent by his father to see how his brethren fared in the battell, tooke occasion vpon the rumor of the chal∣lenger to take him to taske,* 1.1634 presuming vpon the experi∣ence of Gods former fauour to him, in killing the Lyon and the Beare, that the vncircumcised Philistine should therefore bee deliuered into his hands, verse 11. to the end of the 40.

In the third part of the chapter is related how this great Gyant,* 1.1635 and this little Dauid,

1. Parled of the matter concerning the combat.

2. How Dauid with the weake meanes of a sling and a stone, ouercame him: and how God gaue a little man a great deale of strength to cut off the che challengers head with his owne heauy sword, ve. 41. ad 51.

* 1.1636In the fourth part, mention is made of the Israelites

victory ouer rhe Philistines,* 1.1637 and the rumor of Dauids valiant act, in the eares of Saul, vers. 52. to the end of the 58. which is the end of the chapter.

The third portion of holy scripture, written 1. Pet. 8.* 1.1638 to the end of the 14. verse. conteines

First, exhortations* 1.1639 to embrace the fruites of the spirit,* 1.1640 as vnity, louing kindnesse, pittifulnesse, and curtesie, ve. 8:9.

Secondly, the reasons and grounds* 1.1641 to vrge these exhor∣tations, as

1. Testimony of scripture, ve. 10.11.12.

2. Ab vtili & incolumitate: Who is it that shall harme you, if you follow that which is good, ve. 13.

3. Ab anticipatione, Gods people may alleage, that they may do well, and yet be punished for it.

The answer to this obiection is consolataria: Feare not their feare, neither be troubled. For blessed are ye, if yee suffer for righteousnesse sake. ve. 14.

As in the former Gospell our Lord Iesus taught vs,* 1.1642 that charity must begin at our selues, taking heed of that dange∣rous sin of hypocrisie, either in our reprouing & censuring of others, or in any other Christian duties: and that from our selues this charity must proceed vnto others, and be practi∣sed in our mercifulnesse generally and specially: so in this scripture, comprised Luk. 5.1. to the end of the 11. ve. Christ our Lord after his wonted maner, proceedeth in causing the streames and floods of his fauour and mercifulnesse to flow ouer the people that came to heare him.* 1.1643

And he calleth Apostles (such as he will appoint to teach them) whom he calleth Men-catchers, or fishers of men, a far better occupation then the Fish-catchers, or Fish-mon∣gers trades, as they are now vsed.* 1.1644

In this holy scripture Saint Luke will haue vs to consi∣der in the first place,* 1.1645 the occasion of Christs act and deede, this calling of his, which is two-fold, of the people

and of the Apostles in the 1.2.3. verses.* 1.1646

Secondly, the act and deed it selfe in the other 8. verses:

* 1.1647The occasion of the deede hath these branches belong∣ing [ 1] to it.

[ 2] 1. Circumstances of the time, persons, and place. ve. 1.

2. Christs three-fold preparing of himselfe to that deed, as taking occasion thereof, to wit

1. By his espying and seeing the two ships,

2. By his entrance into one of them.

3. By his commanding of Simon Peter to thrust a little from the shore, that hee might teach the people out of the ship, vers. 3,

* 1.1648Our Lords two-fold calling, which is his deede obserued by S. Luke for the second part of this parcell of Scripture, is either,

[ 1] 1. Generall, in his drawing of men in generall, to the fel∣lowship of the Church, and society of the faithfull, as in the latter end of the 3. verse: And hee sate downe and taught the people out of the ship. Or

[ 2] 2. Speciall, in calling of Peter, Iames, and Iohn to the of∣fice of the Apostleship, wherein Luke respects,

1. Christs constant calling of the Apostles. Or

2. The efficacy thereof, and obedience of the Apostles vn∣to this calling: for when they had brought their ships to land, they forsooke all and followed him, vers. 11.

Christs constant calling is set forth,

* 1.16491. In a miraculous tipe and figure of the taking that mul∣titude of fishes, thereby confirming his doctrine, from the 4. verse to the end of the first two clauses of the 10. verse.

2. In that which answereth the tipe, to wit, the forme and substance of the calling it selfe, expressed in these wordes: Feare not, from hence forth thou shalt catch men, in the rest of the tenth verse.

* 1.1650The sixth Sonday after Trinity.

GOd is not a God that loueth wickednesse of the vn∣godly, godly, neither shall any euill dwell with him.* 1.1651 Psal. 5.4. Hee will punish sin and vnrighteousnesse in Dauid (though he were his deere child:) much more the iniquity of Saul, an hypocrite & reprobate, going on still in his malicious wic∣kednesse. These truthes are confirmed by examples out of the two first Lessons taken out of the old Testament.* 1.1652 And forasmuch as sinne may not be continued in, that grace may abound: therefore are wee exhorted to the death and dete∣station of sin, and to the life of righteousnesse, by S. Paul in the Epistle: and we are told what this holinesse and righte∣ousnesse is wherein wee must walke in our way to the king∣dome of God, by our Sauiour in the Gospell.

In the first of the 4. scriptures chosen for this day, written 2. ••am. 12. the holy Ghost doth,* 1.1653

First shew vnto vs how the Prophet Nathan is sent to king Dauid* 1.1654 to reproue him for his sinnes,* 1.1655 to vrge him to the true acknowledging of them, and repentance for them, and to pronounce Gods intended punishments for those sinnes which he had committed, ve. 1. ad 14.

In the second part of the chapter the text tels vs how God humbled Dauid by punishing that child with sicknesse* 1.1656 which was conceiued in adultery, ve. 15. ad 23.

In the third, that God shewed his fauourable countenance vnto Dauid.* 1.1657

1. In giuing him Salomon of her that was the wife of Vriah.

2. In his victory against Rabbah a chiefe cittie of the Am∣monites in his vtter conquest and subduing of them ve. 24. ad 31. the end of the chapter.* 1.1658

The second scripture for this day, which is the first lesson

for Euening prayer,* 1.1659 2. Sam. 21. chap. makes relation of Gods executing his fore-denounced iudgements vpon malicious wicked men,* 1.1660 and of his louing mercy and fauour to Dauid, and his seruants.

In the first part of the chapter may appeare how God pu∣nished Sauls sinne of killing the Gibeonites, by three yeares famine in Dauids daies:* 1.1661 and what course Dauid tooke that the Gibeonites might bee auenged of Sauls bloudy house: which being effected, God was then appeased with the land, vers. 1. ad 14.

* 1.1662In the second parr of the chapter is recorded what victo∣ries God gaue vnto Dauid against the wicked Philistines by the hands of Dauids worthy Captaines, ver. 15. to the end of the 22. the end of the chapter.

The third selected portion of Scripture, Rom. 6.3. to the end of the 12.* 1.1663 verse, doth,

* 1.1664First propounds a general doctrine concerning the mor∣tification and viuification of all the children of God, ver. 3.

Secondly, the seuerall vses of this doctrine* 1.1665 are made and applyed to Gods people, veese 14. to the end of the 11.

Thirdly, a dehortation from delighting in sinne,* 1.1666 and vnrighteousnesse, and obeying it, is deriued from the for∣mer doctrine and application thereof: Let not sinne therefore reigne in your mortall bodies, that yee should obey it in the lusts thereof, vers. 12.

In the fourth Scripture chosen out for the Gospell of this day, Matthew. 5.20, to the end of the 26.* 1.1667 verse, we may learn thus much principally:* 1.1668 That after our Lord had called his people by the preaching of the word, & of the Gospell, and more specially called his Apostles by a singular, and more excellent kinde of calling, to the office of preaching that holy word of righteousnesse: Hee now therefore doth exhort both teachers and scholers vnto a principal dutie,

which they ought to performe.* 1.1669 Being one of the first of the fundamentall and cardinall vertues which comprehends all others, which he commends vnto all, and from whence ma∣ny other singular and worthy effects do spring and arise: yea, and wherein all other vertues and graces whatsoeuer, must bee accomplished and performed. It is the vertuous grace and gift of Righteousnesse whereof our Sauiour makes mention in that most heauenly Sermon, preached vpon an earthly mountaine.

In this portion of Scripture wee may behold* 1.1670

1. The dostrine* 1.1671 of our Sauiour: or

2. The dehortation* 1.1672 which hee vrgeth and draweth from that peremptory doctrine.

3. The vse and application* 1.1673 of both.

In the doctrine respect, 1. either the proposition pro∣pounding it, 2. or the reason confirming it.* 1.1674

The proposition* 1.1675 is: Except your righteousnesse exceede the righteousnesse of the Scribes & Pharisies,* 1.1676 or (as one paraphrasi∣cally reades it) Except you do in righteousnes exceed the Scribes & Pharisies, ye shal not enter into the kingdome of heauen, ve. 20.

This proposition of righteousnesse,* 1.1677 our righteous Sauiour proueth, 1. by shewing their mistaking of righteousnesse by the vnrighteous and false interpretation of the 6. & 7. com∣mandements, by the Scrtbes and Pharisies, 2. by yeelding his owne most righteous, true, internal, and spiritual exposition of them.

Wherein our Lord makes a difference betweene Phari∣saicall righteousnesse, consisting in outward act, as vers. 21.* 1.1678 and that most true, and vnfained righteousnesse of the 6. commandement: for the performance whereof he requireth those that bee his, to auoid

1. Anger, the cause of murther in heart,

2. Contempt of our brother in deeds.

3. Railing, and reproaching in words by euill speeches, which two last are the effects of anger, the grounds of mur∣ther, if not murther it selfe, ve. 22.

* 1.1679The vse and application of this doctrine thus plainely proued, is deliuered,* 1.1680

1. In an exhortation* 1.1681 to vnity, brotherly loue, and recon∣ciling of our selues to our offended brother, vers. 23.24. If then thou bring thy gift to the Altar, &c. as if he had said: Thou canst not offer thy gift, that is, performe any sacrifice, or seruice to God, till thou be reconciled to thine offended brother.

Secondly, the vse hereof is deliuered by a doubling of this exhortation* 1.1682 of agreeing with our aduersary quickely, (making no delayes:) which friendly exhortation, and good counsell for friendly concord and agreement, is drawne from that good and benefite which the offender shall get and reape in auoyding the danger of further contention:* 1.1683 to wit,

• 1. Censuring by the Iudge,
• 2. To be committed to the Officer,
• 3. To be imprisoned,
• 4. Neuer to go out of the said danger, ve. 25.26.

The seuenth Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1684THE Fathers of our Church intending to continue our medication and contemplation of the former precedent doctrines, concerning our forsaking of sinne, and betaking our selues to righteousnesse, doe now in the two first Scriptures, which are chosen out of the old Testament,* 1.1685 confirme vnto vs the iustice, truth, and faithfulnesse of Gods promises. That albeit God puni∣shed Dauids offences with the rodde, and his sinne with scourges, yet his mercies did hee not take quite a∣way from him, as hee did from Saul. For which cause Dauid is thankefull vnto God for his manifold mer∣cies, in deliuering him out of all his miseries, chiefe∣ly out of his enemies handes, and namely from Saul.

And he is sorrowfull that he offended God in numbring the people:* 1.1686 and therefore prayeth that his people might be de∣liuered from that plague of pestilence, which was a punish∣ment vnto him for his trusting in the multitude of his peo∣ple & not altogether depending vpon Gods al-sufficient po∣wer and particular prouidence.

The first of the two out of the new Testament conteines a most golden exhortation of S. Paul (though he saith,* 1.1687 hee speakes grosly) vnto a resolute yeelding vp and duoting our selues from sinne vnto obedience, from vncleanesse and iniquity to righteousnesse and holinesse.

The fourth and last for this day,* 1.1688 sheweth that though we many times may be at the brinke of despaire and in penury of the food of our soules and bodies, and all this punish∣ment comes vpon vs for our fulnesse and ouerfulnesse of the sinnes of our soules and bodies, yet is our God most merci∣full vnto vs in Iesus Christ. And therefore he will teach vs here to depend vpon his gracious prouidence, who can and will, hath, and doth continually prouide euery way for vs.

The first text of Scripture, writen 2. Sam, 22.* 1.1689 conteineth,

First, the circumstances of the time and occasion of Da∣uids making and singing of this song,* 1.1690* 1.1691 being the preface and entrance into it. ver. 1.

Secondly, the song it selfe,* 1.1692 in all the rest of the verses,

In the song we may heare and see

First, what he singeth.* 1.1693 ve. 2.3.4.* 1.1694

Secondly, why he sings* 1.1695 this song, to wit,

1 Because God had deliuered him out of distresses and grieuous troubles: which he sheweth from the beginning of the 5. ver. to the end of the 28.

2 Because after these deliuerances God vouchsafed him a greater fauour, to be a victorious conquerour: which hee sets downe from the beginning of the 29. to the end of the 46. verse.* 1.1696

Thirdly, the Prophet doth shew in the closing vp of his

song, the end why God did all this for Dauid,* 1.1697 euen for the glory of his name, that he might, now, as he hath, and will alwaies appeare to be the liuing and louing God aboue all, blessed for euer: and therefore he praiseth him more particu∣larly and with greater zeale. ver. 47. to the end of the 51. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1698The second Scripture for this day is written, 2. Samuel 24: shewing,

* 1.1699First, how God for the punishment of the Israelites mo∣ued their King against them to number the people,* 1.1700 and ther∣fore Dauid commanded Ioab to do it, v. 1. to the end of the 9.

In the second place how Dauid is exceedingly grieued for this sinne.* 1.1701 ver. 10.

In the third, how God in mercy punished him, in that God suffered him to choose one of the three punishments which the Lord by Gad the Seer and Prophet had set downe vnto him,* 1.1702 ver. 11. to the end of the 16.

In the fourth place, how Dauid acknowledgeth his sinne to the Angell, & prayeth to God for the peoples deliuerance from the pestilence. ver. 17.

* 1.1703In the fift how the Prophet Gad appointed Dauid to reare an Al•••••• & to sacrifice vnto the Lord, whereupon the Lords wrath was appeased towards the land, and the plague cea∣sed from Israel,* 1.1704 ver. 18. to the end of the 25. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.1705In third Scripture, Rom. 6.19. to the end of the chapter, the Apostle Paul.

* 1.1706First, frameth his most plaine exhortation, whereto hee maketh a preface,* 1.1707 verse 19.

* 1.1708Secondly, he sets downe the ground of his exhortation,

1 By a reason drawne a contrarijs or disparatis and the vse [ 1] of this reason and argument. ver. 20.21.22.

[ 2] 2 Is drawne ab incommodo or á periculo, for the wages of [ 3] sinne is death,

* 1.17093 Ab vtili, but the gift of God is eternall life through Ie∣sus Christ our Lord, verse twentieth three, to the end of the chapter.

The fourth Scripture for this day, is out of the Gospell written Marke 8.1. to the end of the 9.* 1.1710 a like whereunto is chosen also, though out of another Euangelist, for the 2.5. Sonday after Trinity. In which portion of Scripture wee may see, that as our Lord Iesus Christ did in the former teach his Disciples and the people a perfect rule of righteousnesse, for the maintenance and increase of loue and charity among them;* 1.1711 so in this he will perswade them to depend vpon his godly and fatherly prouidence, who is both able and wil∣ling to supply all their wants. He will shew himselfe care∣full to prouide all such things which belong to this present life, and to that which is to come.* 1.1712 He will giue them suffici∣ent, neither too much, nor too little, that they may not steale and so take his name in vaine.

This text containeth two generall heads,

First, Christs preparation to the miracle* 1.1713 (whereby he confirmes this prouidence, from the first verse to the end of the seuenth.

Secondly, the doing of the miracle* 1.1714 it selfe, which confir∣meth his doctrine, and the faith of his people, in the eighth and ninth verses.

In our Lords preparation to the miracle Saint Marke notes* 1.1715

First, the occasion which Christ tooke, by reason,* 1.1716

1 Of the time of their neede and penury, when they had nothing to eate.

2 Of the estate of the people, being in multitude many, Iesus called his Disciples. ver. 1.

Secondly,* 1.1717 Saint Marke obserues our Sauiour Christ his deliberating

1 With his Disciples for the tryall of their faith, verse [ 1] 2.3.4.

[ 2] 2 With himselfe,* 1.1718 wherein hee sets downe the course that he will take (like a good maister of the house)

1 Inquiring what prouision of victuals they had, verse fifte.

2 In preparing and making ready the dinner: which pre∣paration consisteth,

1. In commanding the people to sit downe on the ground

2 In causing the meate to be made ready, to wit,

1 Of the seuen loaues, which loaues were prepared,

• 1 By giuing thanks, viz. blessing them
• 2 By his breaking them.
• 3 By his causing the Disciples to fet the loaues before the people ver. 6.

Of the fishes which are also prepared and made ready.

1 By Christs blessing them: that is, giuing thanks,

2 By the Apostles distributing of them. ver. 7.

* 1.1719The second generall part of this Scripture is the wor∣king of the miracle, which bee compared with former circumstances, as this,

[ 1] First, they haue but seuen loaues:

[ 2] Secondly, the people are in the wildernesse

[ 3] Thirdly, they haue but a few fishes,

* 1.1720The act of the miracle answereth these three circum∣stances.

• 1 The people eate and were suffised.
• 2 There are seuen baskets of fragments taken vp. ver. 8.
• [ 1] 3 They which eate and were suffised were foure thousand.

[ 2] All which our Lord sent away as witnesses of this miracle [ 3] confirming the doctrine which he taught, & strengthening their weake faith. ver. 9.

The eighth Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1721THe Lord our God (as hath bene shewed before) doth charge Kings and people with obedience, and punish∣eth

them for their disobedience to his commandements.* 1.1722

Now in these foure Scriptures we haue examples of Gods punishment vpon a Tyrannicall King and vpon dis∣obedient, deceiptfull and false Prophets:* 1.1723 as also his louing mercy in the preseruation, protection and prouidence, to∣wards and ouer the true & faithfull Prophets, sheepeheards and flockes of God. Wherefore a portion of Scripture is also chosen out for the Epistle, sutable to these examples, in the old Testament, and caueat of Christ in the new, where∣in we are exhorted to bring forth the good fruits of the Spi∣rit, as good trees, and good hearted people (for we are det∣ters vnto the Spirit, detters vnto God) not to liue after the flesh: for that is a life here which causeth death and destru∣ction hereafter.

In the first of the foure Scriptures for this Lords day (being 1. King 13.* 1.1724) these points are principally deli∣uered.* 1.1725

First how the Prophet that came from Iudah, cried out against Ieroboams Idolatry at Bethel, ver. 1.* 1.1726 to the end of the third.

Secondly, how the King is punished both for his wicked deed of stretching out his hand,* 1.1727 and his tyrannous com∣mandement, Lay hold on him: but by the Prophets prayer to God, his hand is restored to the former estate, ver. 4. to the end of the 6.

Thi••dly, how the Prophet,* 1.1728 though he denied to dine wi••h the King, or to take a reward of him, was neuer∣thelesse seduced by an old false Prophet at Bethel to eate bread in that Prophets house, verse seuenth to the end of the nineteenth.

Fourthly,* 1.1729 how the dissembling Prophet receiueth his doome from the Lord by the mouth of the Prophet which brought him backe againe, and of the effect of this sentence, by the Lyon which met him and slew him, albeit his car∣case was vneaten, & afterward fetched and buried by the old

Prophet, ver. 20. to the end of the 32.* 1.1730

* 1.1731Lastly, how Ieroboam made no vse of any of these punish∣ments which lighted vpon himselfe and others, but turned againe, making of the lowest of the people Priests of the high pla∣ces: all that would (tag and rag) might consecrate themselues, Which sinne was the cause of the vtter subuersion of Ierobo∣ams house, ver. 33. to the end of the 34. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.1732The second of the Scriptures of the old Testament. 1. Kings 17. containes a memorable and miraculous example of Gods fauour and speciall preseruation of his true Prophet Elias in the yeares of the famine.

* 1.1733In the first part of the chapter Eliah dischargeth his duty vnto Ahab in foretelling him of the famine to come.* 1.1734 ver. 1.

* 1.1735In the second part the text relates how God appointed the rauens to bring him bread & flesh morning and euening, at the riuer Cherith, ver. 2. ad 6.

In the third part how Eliah was prouided for by the widdow of Zarepthah, through Gods miraculous blessing, when the former meanes failed him, and that the riuer of Cherith was dryed vp,* 1.1736 verse seuenth to the end of the sixe∣teeenth.

Lastly, how, for the further confirmation of the widdowes faith, Eliah by the power of the Lord did miraculously raise vp the widdowes son,* 1.1737 ver. 17. to the end of the 24. the end of the chapter.

In the third chapter for the day, which is the Epistle written,* 1.1738 Rom. 8.12. to the end of the 17. vers. our Apostle wil manifest vnto vs who are the true sonnes of God, either be∣ing in the estate of Kings, Prophets, or people, who are good trees (as Christ speaketh in the Gospell) and who bee corrupt trees, which must be hewen downe and cast into the fire. The Apostle

* 1.1739First propounds a most true and peremptory concluding

exhortation,* 1.1740 out of the premisses,* 1.1741 chiefly out of the verse preceding, being the eleuenth, his conclusion is, Therefore brethren we are detters, not to the flesh, to liue after the flesh. v. 12.

Secondly, he doth establish this proposition, with most firme and infallible arguments.* 1.1742

The first is drawne a disparatis,* 1.1743 If ye liue after the flesh yee shall die: but if you mortifie the deeds of the body by the spirit, yee shall liue. ver. 13.

The second is drawne ab effecto triplici,* 1.1744

First, to be led by the Spirit of God, is to be the Son of God, is an effect thereof, For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, &c. ver. 14. [ 1]

2 An effect of being the Sonne of God by Adoption, is [ 2] not the spirit of bondage to feare againe (as when we were slaues to sinne) but a spirt of boldnesse, loue, and liberty, wherby we cry Abba father. ver. 15.

3 An other effect of the Spirit, is testimony to our spirits that we are the children of God. ver. 16. [ 3]

The third and last argument,* 1.1745 which is hypothetically set downe, which is, a fine, the reward propounded, our in∣heritance. And this reason is set downe in the forme of a most sweete and comfortable Sorites or Gradation, consisting of sixe staires or steps, 1. If we be children, 2. we are also heires, 3. euen the heires of God, 4. heires annexed with Christ, 5. if so be that we suffer with him, 6. that we may also be glorified with him.

The fourth Scripture, Math. 7.15. ad 21.* 1.1746 chosen for this day, is a notable steele-glasse, wherein popish recusants, re∣cusant sectaries, all schismatikes, heretickes, time-seruers and hypocrites, of what estate and condition soeuer, either of the Magistrates, Ministers, or people, & all workers of iniquity whatsouer, may view & behold thēselues within & without.

Our Lord Iesus Christ,* 1.1747 who in the former Gospel fed the people with food corporally, to teach mē to depēd vpō him only; doth in this Gospell instruct them in their soules spiri∣tually, that they may know, how to try the spirits, that is,

how and by whom their soules are fed aright,* 1.1748 with heauenly food and spirituall: for by painting and describing the false Prophets he points at the true.

* 1.1749Of this part of our Lords Sermon vpon the mount there be two discourses.* 1.1750

• 1 A generall,
• 2 A speciall.

Of the generall there be two chiefe parts,

[ 1] In the first he aduiseth both teachers and learners to be∣ware [ 2] of false Prophets, false teachers,

* 1.1751In the second he yeelds reasons for this caueat, which are drawne.

1 From an outward adiunct attending vpon them, to wit a rough garment wherwith they would deceiue, an outward couer of sheepes clothing, that is their deceit.

2 From an effect or exegeticall reason proceeding from the former, the end of the first & worse then the first, to wit, their cruelty in their murther, and that of the worse kind, in∣ward and yet violent murther, inwardly they are rauening wolues. ver. 15.

This proues their deceitfull hypocrifie, and in the end their shamlesse villany, to begin (as Paul Rom. 7.11. speaketh of sinne) first with deceit, and secondly with cruelty and slaughter.

* 1.1752In our Lords speciall discourse and description hee sets downe the true notes and markes whereby to know false Prophets, that honest men (which are soonest beguiled) might not be beguiled by them,

The first marke is their actions, which Christ here cals by the name of fruits,* 1.1753 and so begins his Allegory, by their fruits shall ye know them.

Those deedes or fruits, and workes of false Prophets are manifested by a similitude taken from trees,* 1.1754 which being of one species, do not degenerate, or bring forth fruits of an other species.

The Protasis* 1.1755 or simile is, Do men gather grapes of thornes, or

figges of thistles.* 1.1756 ver. 16. As if he should say, look for no plea∣sant or commfortable grapes, from sowre, pricking, tearing, and bloudy thornes.

The application or assumption of the simile is,* 1.1757 So euery good tree bringeth forth, &c. ver. 17.

The proofe of this Apodosis is taken

1 From naturall reason of the seuerall natures and quali∣ties of good and bad trees, A good tree cannot bring forth euill fruite, & e contrario, ver. 18.

2 Is drawne from the contrary end or effect of a tree of contrary nature, Euery tree that brings not forth good fruite is hewen downe &c. ver. 19.

The conclusion which Christ inferreth and repeateth out of the premisses, Therefore by their fruits ye shall know them,* 1.1758 ver. 20.

The second badge and note of a false & murthering Pro∣phet is his faire tongue:* 1.1759 For the hypocrites and false Pro∣phets will affoord good wordes vnto God himselfe, much more vnto man. First, they will not blush to say what they haue spoken, and in what manner they haue spoken, in thy name prophecied. Secondly, they will not be ashamed to say what deeds they haue done, and in what manner they haue done them, in thy name cast out diuels, &c.

Whereupon saith he (whose eyes are as a flame of fire) Lord, Lord, shall be in their mouthes. But not euery one,* 1.1760 that is such that saith, Lord, Lord, shall enter, &c. v. 21. For as Christ will professe vnto them, that he neuer knew them, that is, ac∣knowledged them for his Prophets, because they did not the will of his Father. So this shall be a reward of their ser∣uice continually, attending vpon them that haue vsed such double diligence, to wit, condemnation it selfe, a depri∣uation of entrance into the kingdome of heauen, as in the latter end of the 21 verse.

The ninth Sonday after Trinity.* 1.1761

* 1.1762THe foure Scriptures culled out for our Leitourgie and seruice of God for this day, doe affoord vs, first most pregnant examples on the right hand, of a godly Prophet, and good magistrate: without any deceit or tyranny, most truely and faithfully discharging their duties, secondly, the other on the left hand, of an vngodly King and Queene against their consciences persecuting Gods Prophet, both which appeare in the chapters out of the old Testament: againe the other two portions doe make vse of examples,* 1.1763 both of these, and of other vnlike these, that men should take heed of sinning against their consciences, with a do∣ctrine and eaueat giuen by our Sauiour, how to make good vse of all Gods gifts: yea, of a bad example, to wit, of the vniust steward, which abused the gifts of God.

In the first of the chapters appointed for morning pray∣er, 1. Kings 18.* 1.1764 these things are chiefly to be considered of.

* 1.1765First, how in the third yeare of the famine, Eliah at Gods commandement shewed himselfe to persecuting Ahab,* 1.1766 al∣though that good noble Lord Obadiah aduised him to the contrary, ver. 1. to the end of the 15.

* 1.1767Secondly, the text relateth that vnkind conference that passed betweene King Ahab and the Prophet Eliah at their first meeting; and yet Ahab was aduised by Eliah to assem∣ble all Israel together, and the 450 Prophets of Baal, ver. 16. to the end of the 20.

* 1.1768In the third part of the chapter the holy Ghost sheweth that God, by his answering by fire, did put a difference be∣tweene the 450. false Prophets & their idolatrous seruice, & that one true Prophet Eliah, who performed true seruice to God, ver. 29. to the end of the 39.

* 1.1769Lastly, how Eliah gaue commandement, first,* 1.1770 concer∣ning the slaying and execution of all Baals Prophets, se∣condly, that Ahab would prepare himselfe to go to Izreel be∣fore the raine, which the Prophet obtained by his prayer at the hands of God, ver. 40. to the end of the 46. which is the end of the chapter.

In the second of the Scriptures 1. Kin. 19.* 1.1771 it may appeare.

First, how Ahab and Iesabell did breath out threatnings against the Prophet Eliah,* 1.1772 for which cause he fled from them into the wildernesse, where being at a low ebbe,* 1.1773 he was so∣dainely comforted, out of the riuer of Gods mercies, by an Angell which brought him sustenance: In the miraculous strength whereof he trauelled 40. daies euen vnto Horeb. ver. 1. to the end of the 8.

Secondly,* 1.1774 the text makes mention of Gods preparing of Eliah,

1 By conferring with him,

2 By the strange and fearefull sights confirming the pre∣sence of God. For he prepareth Eliah, [ 1]

1 For other businesses, as for the annointing of two [ 2] Kings & a Prophet, Hazael, Iehu, and Elisha, so

2 To receiue an answere from God concerning his opi∣nion about the fewnesse of the true worshippers of God in Israel, ver. 9. to the end of the 21. the end of the chapter.

The Epistle for this day, which is the third of the holy Scriptures, being a part of 1. Cor. 10. v. 1. to the end of the 13.* 1.1775 * 1.1776 calleth to our remembrance very many things which God did to his people the Israelites, both in hi•• mercy and loue,* 1.1777 in his Iustice and heauie displeasure. Therefore Saint Paul

First, makes relation of the fauours which God vouch∣safed to the fathers.* 1.1778 ver. 1. to the 4.

Secondly,* 1.1779 he speaks of Gods anger kindled against some of these, whom he so fauoured. ver. 5.

* 1.1780Thirdly,* 1.1781 he shewes what vse the Corinthians and all other the members of Gods Church are to make of these and the like examples, to wit, not to follow or imitate them, or any of them in any sinne whatsoeuer, ver. 6. Of which sinnes and their punishments hee recapitulates and nameth some, as

• 1 Concupisence or lusting after euill things. ver. 6.
• 2 Idolatry, ver. 7.
• 3 Fornication, ver. 8.
• 4 Tempting of Christ, ver. 9.
• 5 Murmuring ver. 10

* 1.1782Fourthly, Saint Paul repeates the former vse of exam∣ples, and addeth a second thereunto, to wit, our admoniti∣on. They were written to admonish vs, that liue in these daies,* 1.1783 vpon whom the ends of the world are eome, verse ••1.

Fiftly, he concludeth hereupon, and inferreth

* 1.17841 An exhortation to perseuerance and constancy ve. 12.

* 1.17852 And affordeth vs a most singular chaine of consolati∣on in tentation, in affliction, in punishments, and whatsoeuer aduersities.

There hath no tentation taken you, but such as appertaineth to man, and God is faithfull which will not suffer, &c. but will euen giue the issue with the tentation, that yee may bee able to beare it. ver. 13.

The last of the foure Scriptures for this day, is written Luke 16.1. to the end of the 9.* 1.1786 the summe whereof is this. Because Gods people ought to haue a godly and honest care, as in obtaining and prouiding, so in like manner for the dispensing, disposing of, and em∣ploying of such graces, gifts, and worldly blessings as God hath betrusted them withall: Therefore our Lord Iesus, by whom and from whom, wee haue all gifts graces and benefits of the soule, minde, body, and of the goods (which some call bona fortunae) will in this portion of

Scripture teach his schollers,* 1.1787 how to be good husbands, how to bestow that which he hath giuen or rather lent them, with wisedome and discretion, with liberality and chearefulnesse which the vniust steward mentioned in Christs parable doth here, and which the ill husbands mentioned in the other ex∣amples did not in their times and places obserue else where.* 1.1788

Our former Gospell taught vs to know a true Prophet from a false, of whom we must beware and take heed. This teacheth vs to try our selues,* 1.1789 whether we be good stewards or bad, iust, or vniust. This our Lord doth in a parable in the eight first verses of the chapter, and in the application of this parable, in the 9. In the parable we may respect

First, the persons doing and suffering,

Secondly, the things done and suffered, [ 1]

Thirdly, the issue and end of both, [ 2]

The persons are either agent, or patient, the giuer and the [ 3] receiuer, the creditor and the debtor,* 1.1790 the Lord and his ste∣ward.

The which because they do both of them reciprocally concurre together (the one for his small profit) in the first seuen verses, must therefore coniunctim & not diuisim be han∣dled and spoken of together,

The end of both, and the conclusion of the similitude is this: The Lord the giuer, and the most free lender,* 1.1791 is now become the patient, and yet commends the bad and vniust agent (who was to be cassiered) He is commended for his prouidence and wisedome, for frustra sapuisset si sibi non sa∣peret. He sets downe this as a maxime amongst his children (to the shame of vs all, whether we be great or little) where∣fore the children of this world, are wiser in their generation, &c. verse 8.

An application of the persons,* 1.1792 the things and the issue of both is made with an exhortation, accommodated and fitted vnto the parable. And I say vnto you, make you friends with the riches of iniquity, that when you shall want, they may receiue you into euerlasting habitations. ver. 9.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

The tenth Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1793THat the sinnes committed wilfully and obstinately, by wicked people and persecuting rulers, might appeare out of measure sinfull: and therefore to be abhorred and de∣tested of Gods people, & the iudgements imminent for such iniquities preuented: the fathers of the Church doe pro∣ceed in the history of this wicked King Ahab, and of his malicious wicked wife Iesabell, killing Naboth vniustly, and shewing the enuy of their hearts in speaking of the good Prophet Michaiah slanderously.

* 1.1794Vnto these two chapters of the old Testament they at∣texe two of the new. In the first whereof S. Paul in the e∣numeration of Gods fauour towards the Corinthians in spe∣ciall, and the Church in generall, first to call them from ido∣latry, and secondly to bestow vpon them the seuerall graces and gifts of the spirit, drawes on Gods people from conten∣tion to concord, and the performance of the seuerall & mu∣tuall duties of loue.

In the second our blessed Sauiour Christ, that spirituall King and Prophet entring into Hierusalem, bewaileth the citty and people by reason of their crying & obstinate sins: foretelling also their ruine, for their contempt of their true Messiah, and purging the materiall temple from such as did grossy profane it, and withall shews the right vse of it.

In the first of the Scriptures set out for this day, written 1. Kings 21.* 1.1795 mention is made of these incidents follow∣ing,

* 1.1796The first is of King Ahabs splenetick disposition and cankered sullen stomack in refusing his meat, because poore Naboth refused to sel or exchange his land with him, ver. 1. to the 6.

* 1.1797Secondly,* 1.1798 how Iesabell his wife, which was more then halfe maister, did practise deuilshly by the Nobles & Elders (whō she had at command) to obtaine this vineyard of Naboth by hooke or by crooke, and to giue her husband the possession of it, ver. 7. to the 16.

The third occurrent is, Gods sending of his Prophet E∣liah to reprooue Ahab and Iesabell,* 1.1799 and to denounce Gods iudgements against them, for this and their other wickednes ver. 17. to the end of the 26.

The last is Ahabs humbling of himselfe after the Prophets threatning of G••ds iudgements,* 1.1800 and of Gods acceptation of Ahabs humiliation. ver. 27. ad 29. the end of the chapter.

In the second Scripture written, 1. Kings 22.* 1.1801 are these things recorded,

First, how before the battell fought by the King of Iudah and the King of Israel, against the King of Syria,* 1.1802 the King of Israel had hope and encouragement of the victory by 400 Prophets. ver. 1. to the 12:

Secondly, how Michaiah (of whom Ahab pronounced saying, I hate him,* 1.1803 for he doth not prophecy good vnto me but euill) is sent for. Who flatters not Ahab but tels him truely what will be his successe in the battell. ver. 13. to the end of the 23.

Thirdly, how Michaiah prophecies against Zidkijah,* 1.1804 which smote him on the cheeke, and demanded of him in enuy, When went the spirit of the Lord from me to speake to thee, ver. 24.25.

Fourthly,* 1.1805 how Ahab rewarded Michaiah with imprison∣ment for his labour. ver. 26.27.28.

The fift is a record of the battell & successe thereof,* 1.1806 fought by Ahab and Iehoshaphat against the King of Aram. ve. 29. to the end of the 40.

In th sixt place there is a record of Iehoshaphats raigne & his acts. ver. 41. to the 50.* 1.1807

In the seuenth place there is a memoriall of the

short raigne of Ahaziah Ahabs sonne (which was but two yeares) and of his wicked acts,* 1.1808 ver. 51.52.53.* 1.1809 which is the end of the chapter and the end of the booke.

The blessed Apostle S. Paul in the apportionated Epistle 1. Cor. 12.1. to the end of the 11.* 1.1810 verse.

* 1.1811First, rubs the Corinthians memories with their former e∣state of gentilisme and idolatry, withall assuring them of Gods fauour, in conuerting them, and giuing them the holy Ghost, whereby they make a sound profession of faith, in acknowledging God in Christ Iesus, verse first, second third.

* 1.1812Secondly, he propoundeth the originall cause efficient & the ground of the diuersities of all gifts, administrations & operations, ver. 4.5.6.

Thirdly, that the edification, profiting and doing good in the Church is the end why the manifestation of the spirit is giuen. ver. 7.

* 1.1813Fourthly, this he proueth by instanting of nine seuerall gifts and graces, to wit;

Two in the eight verse,

Two in the ninth verse and

* 1.1814Fiue in the tenth verse

Whereupon he inferres that in the conclusion, which he assumed in the proposition, to wit, that the selfe same spirit workes all these things, distributing to euery man seuerally as he will. ver. 11.

Now because examples do make doctrines very plaine (as hath bene said heretofore) & sith they are most palpable de∣monstrations of the truth of probabilities: Therefore Christ our arch-teacher, (a greater for wisedome then Salomon) will in this portion of Scripture, Luke 19.41,* 1.1815 shew vnto vs a woefull,* 1.1816 but yet a liuely example, of that prodigall, vnthrif∣ty, carelesse, vniust, vnwise, & vnthankfull steward of Gods gifts and graces, that citie & people of Hierusalem: & how

dearly they bought the mis-spending of those gracious gifts and fauours of the Lord.* 1.1817 In this text S. Luke relates,* 1.1818

First, either what this king our Lord Iesus did,* 1.1819 and that in the first 6. verses. and part of the 7. of this text.

Secondly, or what the Iewes did,* 1.1820 as in the rest of the 47. verse, and in the 48.

Those things which Christ did,* 1.1821 were

1. Either at his entrance into the citty, vnto the end of the 44. verse.

2. Or what he did at his being in the cittie, ve. 45.46. [ 1]

At his entrance into the citty, or drawing nigh the citty [ 2] Ierusalem, S. Luke tels vs,* 1.1822

1. That he beheld it, he viewed and surueyed it,

2. He relateth what maner of suruey it was, to wit, a com∣passionate view, he wept for it. ve. 41. [ 1]

3. He sets downe the reason of this compassionate view, [ 2] which Christ himselfe [ 3]

First doth deliuer in a most passionate speech:* 1.1823 O if thou hadst knowne at the least in this thy day, those things which belong vnto thy peace. And

Secondly, our Lord tels the Iewes of the cause of their [ 1] carelesnesse, and the issue thereof, to wit. [ 2]

1. Want of foresight, & preuenting of Gods iudgements:* 1.1824 But now are they hid from thine eyes. ve. 42.

2. That the issue hereof is Gods imminent iudgement, as necessarily following this their heedlesnesse: For the dayes [ 1] shall come vpon thee, that thine enemies, &c. ve. 43. and shall make [ 2] thee euen with the ground, ve. 44.

3. Our Lord sets downe the cause of this certaine iudge∣ment, and future ineuitable desolation, for that they knew not the time of their visitation, as in the end of the 44. verse.

Christ being in the citty,* 1.1825 and in his Archiepiscopall visita∣tion, and there beholding the Church as farre out of square as the common wealth (the Priests and people now liuing as the secular Kings, Priests, and people, persecuters of the former times) now deceased.

* 1.1826First he begins to reforme by casting the Marchants,* 1.1827 (the crafty Marchants) thereout, ve. 45.

Secondly, he warrants his discipline and correction by te∣stimony of Scripture (the best ground of all) It is written, mine house is the house of prayer,* 1.1828 ver. 46.

Thirdly, our Lord shewes, that hee had iust cause thus to disciplinate them:* 1.1829 But yee haue made it a denne of Theeues. ver. 46.

Fourthly, when hee had swept the Church cleane, and whipped out the theeues, then was it a place for the truth to bee taught in,* 1.1830 and for the Author of truth to teach in: And hee taught dayly in the Temple, in the beginning of the 47. verse.

* 1.1831Notwithstanding all this our Lords compassion, not∣withstanding his prophesie of their destruction, his diuine and most effectuall reformation, S. Luke tels vs, 1. How this passionate and compassionate Sauiour was entertained, to wit, what reaxe and racket the high Priests, Scribes, and El∣ders of the people played with him, they intending to blow him vp, they sought to destroy him. ve. 47.

* 1.1832Secondly, the Euangelist also sheweth how that all which the Iewes imagined, it was but vaine, they wanted time to dry their powder, they lacked oportunity: They found not what they might doe to him. They found no blots in his life or doctrine, they could picke no holes in his coat (it was without staine) for his life and his doctrine were all one, and agreed together.* 1.1833 Therefore the people hanged vpon him, when they heard him: Therefore the Rulers could not taxe him of sinne, verse 48.

The eleuenth Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.1834TO the intent that the loathsome sinnes of couet••usnesse, contempt of Gods word, and tyranny pr••ctised against the Ministers thereof: as also incredulity, pride, and beastly

hypocrisie might be shunned and auoyded of all Gods peo∣ple,* 1.1835 and the contrary vertues and graces of God,* 1.1836 imbraced and followed. There are now for this day also foure Scrip∣tures not much differing from the former chosen and sele∣cted:* 1.1837 For as God by Eliah denounced iudgements a∣gainst Ahab and Iesabel, for their couetousnesse and cru∣elty: so before this iudgement was fully executed vpon them both, there is brought in by the way, an example of Gehezi, who for his lying and couetousnesse, was plagued with leprosie.

The two Scriptures out of the new Testament do teach,* 1.1838 that as the Gospell and word of God must bee beleeued in generall; so euery part and parcell thereof, to wit, Christs re∣surrection from the dead, and our rising againe also. And as this faith is required both in the Corinthians and all other Churches of Christ: so a good fruite and effect of this faith doth God expect at our hands, that is, to pray vnto him a∣right, without pride, hypocrisie, vaine-glory, or iustifying of our selues, and despising others, without exalting our selues, and casting downe others.

In the first Lesson for morning praiecr, 2. Kings. 5.* 1.1839 the text recordeth,

First,* 1.1840 an example of Gods great loue and fauour vouch∣safed vnto an heathen, a Syrian, an idolater,* 1.1841 to ••ause him and others to confesse that there is no God in all the world, but in Israel. As 2. of his wrath and iustice poured out,* 1.1842 and inflicted vpon the wicked seruant of a godly and righteous Prophet.

In the first, which is the story of Naamans cleansing from his leaprosie, these things are to bee considered, as the text doth affoord them.

First the introductions into the cure of this Leaper.* 1.1843

1. The report that Naamans seruant made to him of E∣lisha the man of God.

2. By the letters of the king of Aram to the king of Israel.

[ 3] 3. By Naamans coming to the Prophet Elisha,* 1.1844 and stand∣ing at his doore.

[ 4] 4. By the counsell which his seruants gaue him, to be ad∣uised of the Prophet, ve. 1. ad 13.

* 1.1845The second relation that the text maketh, is of the cure it selfe, ver. 14.

* 1.1846The third is of Naamans acknowledging the power of God, and his thankefulnesse to Elisha, verse. 15. to the end of the 19.

The fourth is Gehezies greedinesse couered with a grosse and shamelesse lye (concerning his maisters needinesse) for which he is of Elisha reproued,* 1.1847 and in Gods iust iudgement by his maister with Naamans plague of leaprosie punished, ve. 20. ad 27. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1848In the first for Euening praier, 2. Kings. 9. the text de∣clareth,

* 1.18491. What was done before that base & ignominious death [ 1] of Iesabel the Queene mother. ve. 1. to the end of the 29.

[ 2] 2. The maner & accomplishment hereof, when all things were fulfilled for her destruction.* 1.1850

1. The things done before her death were these.

1. How Elisha sent a messenger to annoynt Iehu, and to [ 1] deliuer a message to Iehu for his effecting of the Lords word & comm••••dement, as touching the rooting out of Ahabs house, and Iesabels being eaten vp with dogs, ve. 1. ad 10.

[ 2] The second is how the report o•• Iehues annointing, and his conspiracy against Iehoram being come to Iehorams eare, (because Iehorams messengers returned not) he and Ahaziah met Iehu, who after a peremptory parley on Iehues part, were both of them smitten by Iehu, and Iehoram was slain by him: which Iehu with his followers smote Ahaziah also in the field of Naboth the Iesraelite.* 1.1851 ve. 11. ad 29.

2. The holy Ghost recordeth Iesabels destruction and ex∣ecution, according to the fore-denounced iudgement of God, which was performed at Iehues commandement, verse

30. to the end of the 37. the end of the chapter.* 1.1852

Our Apostle Paul in the third of the selected scriptures, 1. Cor. 15. ad 11.* 1.1853 (to vrge & inforce the truth of God vnto the Corinthians concerning the resurrection from the dead,* 1.1854 which some among them denyed) doth

First proue this truth by his preaching, & their receiuing the Gospell, conteining principally Christs death,* 1.1855 his buri∣all and resurrection. ve. 1. ad 4.

Secondly, he ••lledgeth testimonies & witnesses to proue his proposition, because in the mouth of two or three witnesses euery word, &c.* 1.1856 His testimonies are 6. or rather 500. but of 5. sorts and kindes.

• 1, He was seene of Cephas, that is, Peter.
• 2. He was seene of the twelue Disciples together, ve. 5.
• 3. Of mo then 500. brethren at once. ve. 6.
• 4. Of Iames.
• 5. Of all the Apostles. vers. 7.
• 6. Of Paul himselfe, ve, 8.9 10.

Thirdly, S. Paul concludes the truth of this proposition: Wherefore, whether it were I, or they, so we preach, and so yee haue beleeued, therefore it is true, ve. 11.* 1.1857

That portion of Scripture which is appointed for the Gospell, is Luk. 18. ve. 10. to the end of the 14. ••••erein,* 1.1858 be∣cause the state of Gods people and Church is so lamentable, by reason of their sinnes, and the punishment due to them. Therfore Christ Iesus the true & only Physitian to cure these leprosies, will shewe the helpe and cure for the one, and a preuention or antidote against the other: for Christ that came to heale all our sicknesses and diseases, will, as a good Physitian, so regard his patients, that he will endeuour both to take away the cause of the malady (be it in the principall parts) and also the symptomes and effects thereof. He will here prescribe a course that the sicke soule must take, oppres∣sed and polluted with the vncleannesse and leprosie of sin,

and fearing a sep••ration from God,* 1.1859 euen his most heauy iudgements for the same.

* 1.1860It i•• true, hearty, and earnest prayer vnto God, not hypo∣criticall,* 1.1861 proudly, and arrogantly iustifying our selues.

Hereof Christ Iesus in the parable of the Pharisie and Publicane, will,

First giue a touch. And

* 1.1862Secondly, in few words set downe a good censure and commendation of th one, with his dislike and reproofe of the other. In this text m••st bee regarded,

* 1.1863First the occasion of Christs speech: He spake this parable vnto certaine which trusted in themselues, that they were righ∣teous,* 1.1864 and despised others, ve. 9.

The second generall is our Lords speech it selfe, wherein mention is made,

1. O•• the Pharisies, Lord I thanke thee, for hee vttered no part of any petition, or prayer, ver. 11.12.

2. Of the Publicanes Miserere, his humble, heartie, and penitent prayer: Lord bee mercifull vnto mee a sinner. wherein, first the Publicanes behauiour is recorded by our Sauiour, as

• 1. In standing a farre off.
• 2. Not lifting vp his eyes.
• 3. In striking his breast.

Secondl•• our Lord records the Publicanes prayer, the forme whereof Christ reporteth to consist,

• 1. In a confession of his sinnes,
• 2. In his confidence and trust in Gods mercies.
• 3. In crauing mercy and pardon at Gods hands for for his sins, verse 13.

* 1.1865The third mention which S. Luke maketh, is our Lords censure both of the Publicanes and Pharisies estate, which censure is two-fold, in that

• 1. The one departed to his house iustified,
• 2. And not the other, to wit, the Pharisie.

Of which true censure Christ giues the reason: For euery

one that exalteth himselfe,* 1.1866 shall be brought low, &c. ve. 14.

The twelfth Sonday after Trinity.

RIght precious in the sight of the Lord is the d••ath of his Saints, and whosoeuer sheddeth m••ns bloud,* 1.1867 by man shal his bloud be shedde, and that there shall fall to the earth nothing of the word of the Lord, which he spake of the house of Ahab, by the hand, that is the ministery, of his seruant Eliah, the first lesson for Morning prayer this day, doth proue most manifestly.

Now although God appointed Iehu to be the instrument of his wrath, to see e••ecution done vpon Ahab,* 1.1868 vpon his sonnes, his kinred, and familiars: yet because he regarded not to walke in the law of the Lord God of Israel with all his heart (for he departed not from the sins of Ieroboam: therefore the Lord sought for himselfe Hezekiah a faithfull king, who put down the brazen serpent, destroyed idols, and set vp the true ma∣ner of Gods worship againe, as may be seene in the first les∣son for euening prayer.

Of these and such like examples the Apostle Paul will shew the vse and sufficiency, not of the law onely,* 1.1869 which was glorious, and what Moses and the Prophets spake was effe∣cted: but of the ministration of the Gospel also, of the spirit and saluation, as in our Epistle is to bee seene.

Therefore haue the fathers of the Church chosen out a portion of Scripture, answerable to the three former,* 1.1870 and to the precedent Gospel concerning a charitable worke of our Sauiour, a fruitfull worke of the spirit, performed vpon a man that was diseased in his tongue and eares. That the man might heare Gods word better then he did before: and with his tongue speake more plainly to the praise of God. That the ministery of the Gospell might appeare to be very per∣spicuous, no parabalical, vnperfect or stammering ministe∣ry, as the law was.

* 1.1871The first of the scriptures, 2. Kings. 10.* 1.1872 is a Chronicle and Register of these principall and remarkable things.

* 1.1873 * 1.1874First concerning Iehues policy intreating by letters with the protectors of Ahabs 70. sonnes to set vp the best and fit∣test of them vpon his fathers throne, a thing which they re∣fused, rather yeelding homage to Iehu altogether, ve. 1. ad 5.

* 1.1875The second is of another letter framed & sent to the great men of the citty to this purpose: That they would send the heads of Ahabs 70. sonnes vnto him with all expedition: which was performed by them accordingly, that Gods iudge∣ment might be fully accomplished vpon Ahabs house,* 1.1876 ve. 6. to the end of the 11.

The third is concerning Iehues putting to death the 42. brethren of Ahaziah.* 1.1877 ve. 12.13.14.

The fourth is Iehues slaying all in Samaria, that remained vnto Ahab, till he had vtterly destroyed Ahab, and that in the presence of Iehonadab, the son of Rechab whom he tooke with him to witnesse▪ and beheld his zeale that hee had for the Lord, ve. 15.16.17.

* 1.1878The fifth is of Iehues politicke dissembling of a seruice for Baal, to the end hee might destroy all Baals seruants, i∣dols, and vtensiles of that filthy house, ver. 18. to the end of the 28.

* 1.1879The sixth is as touching the reckoning that God made of Iehu for performing of this seruice, althoagh otherwise he was not found in the true worship and seruice of God, verse. 29, 30.31.

* 1.1880The seuenth is of Gods wrath kindled against Israel, and giuing them ouer into the hands of Hazael, ve. 32.33.

The last is a record as touching the time of Iehues reigne, and of his successor and heire Iehoahaz,* 1.1881 ve. 34.35.36.

* 1.1882The second of the scriptures which is the first lesson for Euening prayer, 2. Kings. 18. recordeth these things fol∣lowing.* 1.1883

* 1.1884First the time of Hezekiahs reigne, the holy and vpright

manner of his seruing God,* 1.1885 and gouernement of his king∣dome, not hauing his like among all the Kings of Iudah, be∣fore or after him. ver. 1. ad 8.

In the second place the time of Shalmanezers taking of Samaria, and Israels captiuity, with the cause thereof,* 1.1886 is re∣corded. ve. 9. ad 12.

In the third,* 1.1887 a relation is made of Senacheribs besieging all the strong citties of Iudah, & of the composition, or ran∣some that Hezekiah gaue to Senacherib, vers. 13, to the end of the 16.

In the fourth,* 1.1888 the text makes mention of Senacheribs blas∣phemous embassage sent to Hezekiah by the mouth of Rab∣shakeh, & of the conference between Eliakim & this wicked rayler: with the answerlesse answer of the people vnto him, and the gouernours report of that blasphemous legacy and embassage vnto their king Hezekiah, ve. 17. to the end of the 37. the end of the chapter.

S. Paul in the Epistle for this day, written, 2. Cor. 3.4. to end of the 9.* 1.1889 verse, teacheth to trust in God, and that through Christ, contrary to the blasphemous counsel and message of the king of Assyria, S. Paul teacheth both Ministers of the Gospell, and people, to relye vpon God,* 1.1890 who giueth ability and sufficiency to performe an effectuall, and spirituall mi∣nistery. The text containeth

First, a proposition* 1.1891 or Thesis concerning the dignity and excellency of the new Testament, and ministery of the Gos∣pell, ve. 4.5, and a part of the 6.

Secondly, a confirmation of this proposition,* 1.1892 which is three-fold.

The first is taken from the different subiect or substance of the law & Gospell, the old and new Testament,* 1.1893 the one be∣ing of the letter, the other of the spirit. ver. 6.

The next reason is drawne à comparatis,* 1.1894 a comparison be∣ing made betwixt the ministration of death, and the mini∣stration of life of the spirit.

The third reason is also à comparatis,* 1.1895 * 1.1896 the comparison being made betveene the glory of the Lawes ministery, which is the ministration of condemnation, and the glo∣ry of the Gospels ministery, which is the ministery of righteousnesse, vers. 9.

The fourth Scripture for this dayes seruice, which is Marke. 7.31. to the end of the 37.* 1.1897 vers. yeelds vs an exam∣ple of the effect of the glorious ministery of the Gospell, this spirituall ministration: For euery worke of charity being a fruite of the spirit; much more must the healing of a man diseased in his tongue and eares be a great worke, especially being acted in such a miraculous manner, by the greatest, and most charitable Physition of our soules and bodyes, who because he would haue men to exercise the former duty of depending vpon him onely, as the author of all goodnesse, and of praying vnto him for a supply of all our wants, will in this miracle shew his power and his loue, that as hee can heale all diseases, so hee will heale all such as come to him in faith: hee will respect such as resort to him in sincerity, without hypocrisie, as the Publicane did in the former Gospell, and this deafe man mentioned in this text,* 1.1898 wherein Saint Marke offers to our consideration, either

* 1.1899First the occasion of the miracle, verse. 31.32.

* 1.1900Secondly, the miracle it selfe,

* 1.1901Thirdly, the dependance or consequence thereof, ver. 34: ad 37. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1902The occasion is two-fold.

1. Christs trauelling by sea in the sea of Galile, &c. [ 1] because he departed againe from the coasts of Tyre and Sy∣don, [ 2] vers. 31.

2. Occasion was in them that brought the deafe man to him. vers. 32.

* 1.1903In the miracle regard,

1. The forme* 1.1904 and maner of doing thereof, vers. 33.34.

* 1.19052. The effect of it: His eares were opened,* 1.1906 the band or string of his tongue was loosed: Ita vt recte loqueretur, verse. 35.

The consequence or sequele of the miracle,

1. In our Sauiour Christ, who (after his wonted maner) [ 1] inhibited the publishing thereof.

2. In the people, who were trumpets of Christs fame [ 2] vers. 36. This arose from their astonishment at the miracle, which caused them to report thus: He hath done all things well, he maketh both the deafe to heare, and the dumbe to speake, verse 37.

The 13. Sonday after Trinity.

THe name of the Lord is a strong Tower to his people,* 1.1907 and those shall not bee guiltlesse which take this name in vaine, as it will appeare in Iosiah that good king, who rightly esteemed of Gods word and Sacraments, and of Se∣nacheribs punishment for his rayling and blasphemy.

Wherefore the Scriptures of the new Testament doe also continue to shew in other doctrines and examples that the ministery of the Gospell,* 1.1908 that exceeding and glorious mini∣stery (the most excellent way and meanes to publish Gods name, whose substance also is the promise of saluation to all true beleeuers) hath the inseparable concomitance, depen∣dance and accident of obedience to God, and charity to our neighbours: without both which, it is (as without faith) im∣possible to please God.* 1.1909

The first Lesson for morning prayer, 2. Kings. 19.* 1.1910 contai∣neth these principall incidents and occurrents.* 1.1911

The first is as touching that message which king Heze∣kiah sent by his chiefe Steward to the Prophet Isaih concer∣ning the blasphemy of Senacherib, & the comfortable answer which the prophet returned to the king from the Lord, ve. 1

to the end of the 7.* 1.1912

* 1.1913In the second part of the chapter is related, how Rabsha∣keh sent other messengers to Hezekiah, with a worse and more blasphemous message then before. Which letter being read of Hezekiah, he spread it before the Lord in the Lords house, praying to the Lord to auenge this blasphemy, and to blesse and preserue his people out of the hands of the king of Ashur, ve. 8. ad 19,

The third part of this chapter containes an answer to this zealous praier of Hezekiah,* 1.1914 sent from the Lord by the hands of Isaiah, concerning the safety and preseruation of the peo∣ple and citty of Ierusalem, and the destruction intended and denounced against the king of Ashur, and his army, ver. 20. to the end of the 34.

* 1.1915The fourth and last part relateth the effecting and accom∣plishment of Gods denounced iudgements vpon the kings army, and vpon his owne person, by the Angels destroying of an hundred fourescore and fiue thousand, by the slight of Senacherib himselfe, and by his owne sonnes massacring him as hee was about his idolatrous seruice, verse 35.36.37. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1916The first lesson for Euening prayer 2. Kings. 23. contai∣neth many excellent and remarkeable records.

* 1.1917First how the yong king Iosiah did reade the law of God himselfe,* 1.1918 after hee had ouerthrowne idolatry, and destroied the idolatrous Priests with the Coniurers, &c. vers. 1. to the end of the 28.

Secondly, how the dayes of this good yong king were cut off by Pharaoh Necho king of Aegypt,* 1.1919 ve. 29.30.

The third is of the short time and reigne of Iehoahaz sonne, and how hardly Pharaoh Nechoh dealt with him and his land,* 1.1920 and made Eliakim (whom he called Iehoiakim) king in stead of Iosiah his father, whose Chronicle also is briefly set downe, vers. 31. to the end of the 37. the end of the chapter.

* 1.1921Now then as the former scriptures haue taught vs,* 1.1922 that God is iust in his iudgement against blasphemers and idola∣ters, & true in his promise for the preseruation of his Church and the members thereof, liuing vnder,* 1.1923 and in the time of the Law: So Saint Paul in the portion of scripture chosen for this dayes Epistle, Galat. 3.16. to the end of the 22. vers.* 1.1924 * 1.1925

First proues that the interstitiall time of the 430. yeares betweene Gods making of the promise to Abraham,* 1.1926 and the giuing of the Law, could not disanull the Couenant, that was before confirmed of God, in respect of Christ, that it should make the promise of none effect. This is the first propo∣sition. vers. 17.

The first reason is in the 16. verse. à testimonio scripturae: Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, and to thy seeds, &c. [ 1]

The second is ab absurdo: If inheritance of life eternall, and [ 2] whatsoeuer God hath promised to the beleeuers, were of the law, then it cannot, or could not bee by the promise: for it were absurd to hold, that it should bee by the law, and by the promise. ver. 18.

His second proposition is concerning the vse of the law,* 1.1927 in the meane while till the coming of Christ, and full perfor∣mance of the promise. Where the Apostle answers the que∣stion, or preuents an obiection: Wherefore then serueth the Law? it was added, because of transgression, till the seed came, &c. verse. 19.20.

The third proposition is concerning iustification by faith,* 1.1928 which is also deliuered in the preuenting of an obiection, or answering to a question, which may arise out of the former arguments. The question is concerning the opposition, or contradiction betweene the Law and the promise. The answer whereunto, is, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 It may not so bee:* 1.1929 or as it is vsually read God forbid in the negatiue part. Wherunto he frames this ar∣gument, & inferres the truth of iustification by faith. For if there had bene a law giuen, which could haue giuen life, surely righteousnesse should haue beene by the law. But there is no such

law, therefore the Scripture hath concluded all vnder sinne,* 1.1930 that the promise by the faith of Iesus, should bee giuen to them that beleeue. vers. 21.22.

Our Lord Iesus Christ in the Gospell* 1.1931 Luk. 10.23. to the end of the 37. vers.* 1.1932 will instruct vs effectually in the true righteousnesse apprehended by faith in Christ bringing forth fruits of godlinesse to God,* 1.1933 and charity to our neigh∣bour. In these verses he wil make vse of the former miracles, in telling the Disciples how happy they were that had seene and heard (or rather beleeued in him whom they had seene and heard) and by teaching of the Scribe, he wil proceed to teach the Disciples more lessons of iustice and iustification, and perswade them to the exercising of charitable workes,* 1.1934 without which none can attaine eternall life, S. Luke there∣fore doth heere set downe in writing, for our instruction, a two-fold speech which Christ made. First, Christs confe∣rence with his Disciples,* 1.1935 ve. 23.24. Secondly the conference that he had with the Scribe,* 1.1936 in the 13. verses following.

* 1.1937Among many worthy comforts which he vouchsafed vn∣to his Disciple, in reuealing that vnto them which others knew not, this is one notable consolation which in secret he pronounceth vnto them,

First, that their eyes were blessed, as ve. 23,

Secondly, that they were blessed and happy, aboue the happinesse of Prophets and Kings, ve. 24. This is the speech which Christ made to them.

* 1.1938The conference or colloquy betweene the Lawyer and him is two-fold.

1. A question moued by a certaine expounder of the law, and answered in the 25.26.27.28. vers.

[ 1] 2. Another question propounded by the Lawyer, and [ 2] answered by our Sauiour, being the substance of the Gos∣pell, the perfect preacher of righteousnesse, and the practi∣ser of mercy, as in the rest of the verses.

* 1.1939The first question is concerning the manner and way of

attaining euerlasting life,* 1.1940 ve. 25. Our Lords answer is by as∣king another question, vers. 26. which the young Scribe an∣swers, ve. 27. and Christ censures the answer, and determines the question, ve. 28.

The Lawyers pride which he brought with him,* 1.1941 and the good opinion hee conceiued of himselfe by Christs com∣mending of him, occasioned him to aske Christ a second question: Who then is my neighbour? vers. 29.

He receiues his answer by our Lords vttering of a pa∣rable of the trauailer which fell among Theeues, from the 30. verse to the end of the 35. Whereupon our Sauiour ex∣amines the Lawyer the second time: Which now of these three thinkest thou was neighbour, &c. verse 36. The Law∣yer answered in the former part of the 37. verse: He that she∣wed mercy.

Iesus out of this his answer, directs him how to liue here,* 1.1942 that hee may liue for euer hereafter, and so answeres his maine & great question propounded at the first, and this he doth in the othe part of the 37. vers. in these words: Go and do thou likewise.

The 14. Sonday after Trinity.

THe former texts of Scripture,* 1.1943 which were to be read in our Church for the first lessons at Morning & euening prayer, were culled out of the bookes of Ioshua, and the foure bookes of Samuel, and the Kings, being for the most part historicall, affoording vs examples of holy life, and instructions of doctrine, with particular mention and rela∣tion of Gods fearefull iudgements executed vpon the diso∣bedient, and contemners of his word, whether Iewes or Gentiles, with his speciall fauours vnto those that haue de∣lighted in his laws, and walked in the spirit, and not perfor∣med the workes of the flesh.

The Scriptures of the old Testament that do follow, are

taken out of the Prophetical bookes of three great Prophets,* 1.1944 Ieremy,* 1.1945 Exekiel, and Daniel, and 3. small ones, as Ioel, Micah, Abacuk▪ and that worthy booke of the Parables, or Prouerbs of Salomon, wherein most bitter menaces of Gods anger be thundred out against the Church of the Iewes, and their cit∣ty Ierusalem for their grieuous sins of vnthankfulnesse, ido∣latry, & all kinde of vnrighteousnesse, and most comfortable doctrines of Gods sauing health both to Iewes and Gen∣tiles, which bee penitent, which acknowledge and em∣brace effectually that Christ, and word of saluation offered.

And to proue the proposition of S. Paul true, that all haue sinned,* 1.1946 and haue failed of the grace of God naturally, and that righteousnesse is not by the law, nor in the time of the law. The Prophet Ieremy in the first of these chosen scriptures,* 1.1947 Ieremy chap. 5. is

* 1.1948First, willed and commanded by the Lord, to search in the streetes and citty of Ierusalem, among the people for a righteous man, that for his sake he might spare the citty, vers. 1. whereof a reason is rendred, to wit, their double dealing, faire speech, and protestations of goodnesse out∣wardly, but deceit and falshood inwardly, which the Lord detesteth. vers. 2.3.4.

* 1.1949Secondly, the Prophets second search is for a righte∣ous and good Ruler among the great men, which because hee can neither bee found in the house of Israel, nor Iudah: therefore shall Gods iudgement hasten towards them, by the Chaldean, Grecian, Persian, &c. vnderstood by the Lyon, VVoolfe, and Leopard, verse 5. to the end of the 19.

* 1.1950The Lords third mandate to the Prophet, is concerning the publishing and denouncing of these future iudgements against Iacob and Iudah, which shall bee irreuocable, and most certaine in the Lords decree: As the sands doe binde in the sea by the Lords perpetuall decree, &c. whereunto

is annexed a memorial of the Lords former fauours towards them,* 1.1951 in giuing raine both early and late, and reseruing vnto them the appointed weekes of the haruest. Which fauours of God, with many others their iniquities (which are in parti∣cular set downe) haue turned away and hindred good, ver. 20. to the end of 31. which is the end of the chapter.

The first Lesson for this euening seruice is written, Ier. 22. continuing other matters giuen in warrant, charge,* 1.1952 and com∣mission vnto the Prophet, which he as the Lords special bay∣ly and chiefe officer must in particular discharge, and serue vpon them all,* 1.1953 as

First, vpon the King himselfe, his seruants and people,* 1.1954

1 That he and they do execute iudgement,

2 Rid their handes of euill.

3 And performe their duties according to the will of the Lord. That they may be partakers both King and people of speciall fauours of God, if they obey, and of grieuous punishments if they will not hearken, verse 1. to the 12.

The second warrant that he serueth is vpon the couetous and proud oppressor whether he be king or subiect,* 1.1955 & that is a wofull warrant, and a warrant of wo, because his house is built by vnrightenesse, and his chambers without equity, ver. 13 to the 19.

The third is as it were a proclamation of an exigent or out-lawry against the people, Priests, and king himselfe,* 1.1956 for their contempt of the former processes, for their senseles∣nesse and security in their sinnes, and pleasing themselues in their wickednesse, wherein because they were so confoun∣ded, therefore confusion should be their punishment. They should be led by Nebuchadnezzar the king into the land of Babell or confusion, into an other countrie where they were not borne, and there they shall die: yea, Coniah himselfe shalt be as a despised or broken idoll, or as a vessell wherein is no pleasure, &c. ver. 20. to the end of the 30. which is the end of the chapter.

In our Epistle Gal. 5.16. to the end of the 24. ver. we haue a godly,* 1.1957 a goodly, and a golden exhortation vnto righteous∣nesse, which he calleth by another name and phrase, to wit, walking in the spirit. For seeing that all the elect people of God, do through the Spirit wait for the hope of righteous∣nesse through ••aith, it followeth necessarily, that they must walke in the Spirit, or else they can neuer obtaine that which they hope for,

* 1.1958The text containeth

First, an exhortation.* 1.1959

* 1.1960Secondly, the confirmation or establishing thereof.

The exhortation is, Then I say, walke in the spirit.

The first reason,* 1.1961 a consequenti vtilitate, or a priuatione, vel preuentione contrariorum effectuum, And yee shall not fulfill the lusts of the flesh. ver. 16.

* 1.1962The second is taken from the contrary, to wit, from that contrariety, repugnancy & strife which is betweene the flesh and the Spirit. ver. 17.

* 1.1963The third ab vtili, a deliuerance from the bondage of the law. And if ye be led by the spirit, yee are not vnder the law. ver. 18.

* 1.1964The fourth is, a descriptione contrariorum, a manifest laying open and discouery to all mens view of the repugnant war∣riours which fight these contrary battels,

* 1.1965The souldiars of the flesh, & in the flesh, are described, & their wofull, wages is appointed them. ver. nineteenth, twen∣tieth, twentieth one.

* 1.1966The spirituall combatters are bewrayed & named, whose Princely priuilege is set downe, to wit, that there is no law therefore no punishment against them, verse twentieth two, twentieth three.

The ground of which priuilege and their letters pattents are sealed by Christ himselfe,* 1.1967

They are Christs, therefore they haue crucified the flesh, with the affections and the lusts thereof. ver. 24.

* 1.1968Our gracious and mercifull Sauiour doth not onely teach his Disciples, and the crafty proud tempting Lawier,* 1.1969 as be∣fore, the exercise of Christian charity,* 1.1970 and neighborly righ∣teousnesse, but in this portion of Scripture also, Luke 17. ver. 11. to the end of the 19.* 1.1971 euen by his owne example in hea∣ling of ten leapers, poore distressed soules, banished from mens society, instructeth vs in that rule which he gaue to the Lawyer. Go and do thou likewise. And in that mandate which God by Ieremy, sent to the King, Priests, and people of Israel and Iudah

This Scripture affoordeth two generall or principall parts.* 1.1972

The first is the occasion offered to our Sauiour of doing this miracle,* 1.1973 and shewing this mercy, in the eleuenth, twelfth and thirteenth verses.

The second is the miracle it selfe,* 1.1974 in the other 5 verses.

The occasion is two-fold,* 1.1975

1 That which he tooke of himselfe purposely, which is two-fold: [ 1]

1 By trauelling to Hierusalem, through the midst of Sa∣maria and Galilee. ver. 11.

2 By entring of purpose (into a certaine towne) in a part of the 12. ve. where in his omniscient praescience he foresaw that the miserable leapers would meete him.

The second occasion which hee tooke of others, to wit, by reason of the misery of the ten foule diseased leapers, in the rest of the twelfth verse, vnto the end of the thir∣teenth. [ 2]

In the second generall of this text (which is the miracle) ate two speciall parts:* 1.1976

First, either the mercifull and miraculous worke it selfe,* 1.1977 consisting of two branches.* 1.1978

1 Christs commandement Go shew thy selfe to the Priests.

2 The cure it selfe, As they went, they were clensed, [ 1] verse: 14. [ 2]

The second speciall is the sequele of the miracle,* 1.1979 or that effect that this benefit and good turne (which Christ did) tooke in them to whom it was vouchsafed, which effect is two-fold.

* 1.19801 Thankfulnesse in one of them. ver, 15.16.

* 1.19812 Ingratitude in the other nine, in all the rest which were clensed, which sinne of theirs Christ

1 Reproueth: ver. 17.18.

2 For the shaming of them he doth cōmend the stranger.

3 Rewardeth his thankfulnesse, his thankfullnesse I say, proceeding from a true faith, with giuing him a free gift, to wit, the end of his faith, euen the saluation of his soule, so well as the free healing of his corporall leprosie: Arise, go thy way, thy faith hath made thee whole. verse ninteeenth.

The 15 Sonday after Trinity.

STill do the the fathers of our Church, in the choosing of fittest Scriptures for our Leitourgie,* 1.1982 bethinke themselues of those which do chiefly make mention of the fruits of the spirit, obedience, righteousnesse, despising the world, reioy∣cing in the crosse of Christ, and depending vpon Gods particular prouidence in particular necessities, without im∣moderate & carking care after the adiuncts of this world, wherefore they bring in the Prophet Ieremy.

* 1.1983First, at Gods commandement, commending the Recha∣bites for their obedience, and condemning the Iewes for their disobedience.

Secondly, ratifying of the Iewes condemnation by a se∣cond booke or written roule, though the King had cut and burnt the first.

* 1.1984In the first out of the new Testament, the reoycing in the flesh and outward reioycing in things that profit not, is forbidden. And in the second, which is the Gospell, a see∣king

king,* 1.1985 first, after Christs kingdome and righteousnesse there∣of is commanded.

Our first Lesson for morning prayer out of the old Testa∣ment. Ierem. 35.* 1.1986 conceines

First,* 1.1987 a memoriable example of the Rechabites continuall and constant obedience* 1.1988 vnto their fathers commandement, notwithstanding the Prophets remandement to the contrary ver. 1. to the 11.

Secondly, the vse that Almighty God maketh of this ex∣ample* 1.1989 vnto the houses of Israel and Iudah, with his reproo∣ching and condemning them for their disobedience, and his commending and well intreating the Rechabites for their gratefull obedience, ver. 12. to the 19. the end of the chapter.

The second Scripture out of the old Testament, Ier. 36.* 1.1990 remembreth vnto vs these things.

First,* 1.1991 that the curses which Ieremy had denounced against Iudah, and Israel,* 1.1992 must be recorded and set downe in a booke by Ieremy & Baruch, that the King and people might there∣by, as by the last warning, be drawne to repentance, ver. 1. to the end of the 15.

Secondly,* 1.1993 what effect the writing and reading of this rowle tooke in the Kings counsellers, and the people, ver. 16. to the end of the 25.

Thirdly, what became of Ieremy the inditer, and Baruch the writer of this rowle.* 1.1994 ver. 26.

Fourthly, how God gaue commandement for the wri∣ting of an other rowle though the King had cut and burnt the former, ver. 27. to the end of the 32.* 1.1995 which is the end of the chapter.

The third portion of Scripture appointed for the Epistle* 1.1996 Gal. 6.11. to the end of the 18.* 1.1997 the end of the chapter, con∣teines doctrines exhortatiue or rather cohortatiue vnto an

holy,* 1.1998 godly and spirituall walking. In shewing loue and practising the fruits thereof towards the ministers of Gods word, in exercising liberality towards them and the house∣hold of faith,

* 1.1999The parts hereof are

* 1.2000First, a discouery of the bad dealing of the false Apostles who ambitiously affecting popularity call the people to the ceremonies of the law. ver. 11.12.13.

Secondly, S. Pauls holy practise to the contrary in his re∣ioycing in the crosse of our Lord Iesus Christ,* 1.2001 and by his ex∣ample perswading others to doe the like. ver. 14.15.16.17.

* 1.2002Thirdly, his valediction and prayer concluding the Epi∣stle. ver. 18,

* 1.2003As Paul the seruant of God is painefull in his perswasion to cheerefull liberality, so his Maister Christ is farre more carefull in disswading from too much carking and distrust∣full carefulnesse, a kind of insatiable greedinesse and coue∣tous longing after food & rayment. In this portion of Scrip∣ture therefore Math. 6.24. to the end of the 34. ver.* 1.2004 which is the end of the chapter,* 1.2005 because euery one should know that couetousnesse & greedy ••aking together the adiuncts of this life, and the immoderate care after necessaries for the bodies maintenance, proceedeth from a distrust in the Lord, and his particular prouidence, the greatest vnthankfulnesse of all. And for that our Lord and Sauiour hauing viewed the estate of euery mans body, & knowing each mans minde & heart, he seeing also the wants of the one, supplyeth the same, and will satisfie the other with the fulnesse of his neuer-failing fauour,* 1.2006 In this text our Lord doth it, for

First, he disswades men from indeuouring to effect vaine and impossible things,* 1.2007 to wit, in seruing God and riches, which are two contrary conmmanders, No man can serue two maisters. ver. 24.

* 1.2008Secondly, Christ Iesus the good sheepeheard, puls his wandring sheepe (caught in the bushes and cares of this

world) out of these dangers:* 1.2009 that they may be the better fit∣ted to seeke after the kingdome of heauen, with the happi∣nesse of the future world: and this he doth in the rest of the verses:

The proposition is a prohibiting commandement pe∣remptorily set downe as a resolute and determinate conclusi∣on in three seuerall verses of this text.* 1.2010

The first in these words. Therefore I say to you: be not care∣full. ver. 25.

The second is, Threfore take no thought.

The third is, Care not then, that is, care not for the mor∣row, ver. 34.

The branches of this inhibition being as the reasons and grounds therof, are seuen appeals which Christ here maketh.* 1.2011

The first appeale that he maketh is to life.* 1.2012 Is not the life more worth then meate, in the end of the 25. verse:

The second appeale is to the body,* 1.2013 and the body then ray∣ment, in the same verse.

The third is the foules* 1.2014 of the heauen, they neither sow, nor reape, and yet your heauenly Father feedes them. ver. 26.

The fourth is to their own consciences, they knowing the weakenes* 1.2015 of their owne power, Which of you by taking care is able to adde one cubite. ver. 27.

Fiftly, he appeales to the vegetals,* 1.2016 and sends the people (which carke & care without measure) to the lillies of the field, ve. 28. comparing the lillies brauery (who take no care at all) with Salomons glory. ver. 29. applying this example of comparison, & necessarily concluding thereupon, Wherefore if God so cloath the grasse of the field. ver. 30.31.

His sixt appeale is to the Gentiles.* 1.2017

His seuenth to theit heauenly Father▪* 1.2018 For your heauenly Fa∣ther knoweth that you haue neede: both which appeales are in the two and thirtieth verse.

Now when men are by their Lord God and mercifull Sa∣uiour pulled and reskued out of the consuming fire of the care of this world, he

* 1.2019First, aduiseth them what to seeke after,* 1.2020 and what to fa∣sten their eyes vpon, to wit, the kingdome of God, and the righ∣teousnesse of this kingdome.

Secondly, he promiseth vnto such as seeke and finde this kingdom, that adiuncts shal be bestowed vpō such subiects, to wit, that meate, drinke and clothing shall be cast vpon them. Gods people are the subiects, and they be the greater: these things are but adiuncts, and they are the lesser, ver. 33. of the text, and last but one of the chapter.

The 16. Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.2021TThe former point of doctrine concerning Gods pro∣uident care by the Prophets and ministers of the word with whom he will take order for the instruction, reprofe & comfort of the members thereof, is heere confirmed by his speaking to another of his Prophets, in the chapters and Lessons of the old Testament.

* 1.2022Wherefore the fathers of our Church haue chosen two out of the new, as parallel vnto them. In the first whereof Saint Paul will encourage the Ephesians against the troubles which he suffered at the hands of the Iewes, for preaching this mystery concerning the saluation of the Gentiles. And in the second our Lord himselfe doth confirme it, by his om∣nipotent and miraculous power of raising a man to life that was dead, and caried forth to be buried.

The first Lesson for this morning prayer Ezech. 2.* 1.2023 contai∣neth these chiefe points.* 1.2024

* 1.2025First, Gods fitting, encouraging, and enabling of the Pro∣phet Ezechiel vnto that waighty and troublesome charge of prophecying and preaching vnto the rebellious and impu∣dent house of Israel. ver. 1 to the 4.

In the second part of the chapter, God foretelleth the successe of Ezechiels labours,* 1.2026 to wit, disobedience and re∣bellion

of these thornes and scorpions,* 1.2027 able (euen with their lookes) to terrifie him, ver. 5.6.

In the third place God vrgeth his Prophet more vehe∣mently with the discharge of his office and function,* 1.2028 least the Prophet himselfe also do incurre the sinne and punishment of rebellion. And therefore God giues him the rowle of a booke written full of woes both within and without. ver. 7.8.9.10. the end of the chapter.

The first Lesson for euening prayer is Ezech. 14.* 1.2029 wherein God deales in more particular manner with the sinnes of the Iewes, and those irreuocable plagues which hee inten∣deth to send vpon them and theirs, for all those their ini∣quities.

First,* 1.2030 God menaceth one of the most grieuous iudge∣ments (that are in the world) to come vpon these rebels, to wit, his laying of the iniquity of the false Prophets vpon the idolaters and false worshippers of the true God, in v∣sing these words of them, and to them: That I may take the house of Israel in their owne heart, because they are all depar∣ted from mee through their idols. verse 1. to the end of the 11.

Secondly, that though these wicked idolaters beeing iust∣ly punished for their sinnes* 1.2031 (by famine, by noisome beasts, by sword and by pestilence) did beare themselues in hand, that they should fare the better for their true Prophets, and for the righteous men that liued among them, God sheweth the case to be otherwise, for he saith. If Noah, Daniel, and Iob, were among them, they should deliuer but their owne soules by their righ∣teousnesse, ver, 12. to the 21.

Thirdly, God affoordeth comfort vnto his little flocke,* 1.2032 vnto the remnant of his chosen people, picked of out the multitudes, which shall be destroyed out of Ierusalem, ve. 22. 23. the end of the chapter.

The third of the Scriptures for this day. Ephes. 3.13. to the 22,* 1.2033 the end of the chapter, is a consolatory exhortation

vnto the Church of the Ephesians,* 1.2034* 1.2035 to preuent all discourage∣ment and fainting, for, or by reason of any afflictions or troubles which himselfe did suffer. And therefore the Apo∣stle prayeth to the God of comfort for the increase of this courage in them: giuing thanks vnto God, as hauing at∣tained it at his hands already.

* 1.2036The exhortation* 1.2037 is in the 13. verse, Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for your sakes.

His prayer* 1.2038 is in these words, For this cause I bow my knees, ver: 14. to the 19.

His thanksgiuing* 1.2039 vnto him, therefore that is able to do ex∣ceeding aboundantly. ver. 20.21. the end of the chapter.

* 1.2040Saint Pauls incouragings of Christs Church are very great and manifold, but the comforts of Saint Pauls Lord and Maister Christ Iesus, who is the resurrection and the life (one of his encouragements and consolations) do far ex∣ceed all.

Our Lord Iesus Christ taught men in the former Gospell to depend vpon his fatherly prouidence, for meate, drinke and rayment: for he that made the body and gaue life vnto it, will not deny the meanes of the liues maintenance. In this holy Scripture,* 1.2041 Luke. 7. ver. 11. to the end of the 16. it is proued by example and most euident demonstration, that God can and will doe all the former good for vs, ••ecause hee raiseth the dead vnto life againe. Much more can hee continue life by such meanes as maintaine life, according to the good pleasure of his will.* 1.2042 The euangelist in his relation,

First sets downe the iourney of Christ, as the occasion of the miracle.* 1.2043 ver. 11.

Secondly, the miracle it selfe* 1.2044 of Christs raysing vp the dead corps of the yong man, as in the rest of the verses.

* 1.2045In the miracle consider,

[ 1] 1 The description of the things done, ver. 12. to the end of the 15.

[ 2] 2 The effect and sequele of all, ver. 16.

* 1.2046In the description these circumstances denominate the truth of the History,* 1.2047 as

1 The circumstance of the place, as he went into a city cal∣led [ 1] Naim.

2 The persons which accompanied Christ, to wit. [ 2]

1 His Disciples,

2 A great multitude of people, these are noted in the occasion.

In the miraculous deed which was done let vs consider of the passion before we can come to the action:* 1.2048 before or at which passion S. Luke by way of preface doth againe ex∣presse some circumstances,* 1.2049 as

1 Of the place where our Lord Iesus was at that time immediately before the miracle, as hee drew nigh the gates of [ 1] the citty.

2 For assurance that hee was dead already vpon whom [ 2] the miracle was wrought, It is said, there was a dead man ca∣ried out, to wit, to be buried.

The third circumstance is, what estate the dead man was [ 3] of, to aggrauate the passionate sorrow of the mother and friends. The text saith, he was the onely sonne of his mother.

4 The estate of his mother is set downe, she was a wid∣dow. [ 4]

5 The simpathizers in her sorrow, her complangents, [ 5] much people of the citty was with her. ver. 12.* 1.2050

In the action let vs behold the actors loue to man∣kind.

1 Towards the widdow, whom when he saw [ 1]

First, he inwardly pittied,

Secondly, hee outwardly with his words comforted her in forbidding her to weepe. ver. 13.

2 His philanthropie toward the dead man, set forth by [ 2] Christs ceremoniall performances, as

• 1 His coming to the coffin,
• 2 His touching it,
• 3 His causing of the bearers to make a stand.

• 4 His words, which are also to be obserued,* 1.2051 being these. Young man, I say vnto thee arise, ver. 14.

1 The effect of these deeds and words we shall see in the yong mans* 1.2052 being restored to life in three arguments, as

• 1 The dead man sate vp,
• 2 He spake.
• 3 Christ deliuers him to his mother.

2. The effect that the miracle tooke in others must be also considered,

• 1 In their astonishment,
• 2 In their acknowledging of Gods power and his loue, ••teir saying thus.

A great Prophet is raised vp. And God hath visited his people. ver. 16.

The 17. Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.2053THe 4. Scriptures which are chosen out for this daies ser∣uice, are not much different from those of the former day. First, whether we respect the two out of the old Testa∣ment, wherin God reprocheth & vpbraideth the Iewes for their vnthākfulnes & disobedience, & their mis-conceiuing, therfore affirming that God punished the child for the fathers sinne:* 1.2054 secondly, or these two out of the new Testament. In the first wherof Christs scholler doth exhort his schollers to answere their profession, in an holy life, & namely in practi∣sing of charity and concord.* 1.2055 But in the second S. Pauls Maister fulfils the commandement of loue & charity in do∣ing charitable workes & teaching humility vnto proud ex∣alters of themselues.

* 1.2056The first Lesson for morning prayer is Ezech, 16.* 1.2057 contai∣ning these generall points.

First, the Lord by his Prophet doth cast in the Iewes teeth their abominable vnthankfulnesse* 1.2058 and neglect of all those

benefits whereof he had made them partakers:* 1.2059 yea those va∣rieties of iewels wherewith hee had decked and inriched them. ver. 1. to the 14.

In the second place the Lord doth most plainely and in particular taxe and reproue them for their abuse of his be∣nefites and graces, by their pride, contempt of his word,* 1.2060 and diuers sorts of idolatry, verse fifteenth to the end of the thirtieth foure.

In the third part of the chapter the Lord calleth out his defectiue and Apostate people (termed by the name of an harlot) to heare her doome, euen Gods definitiue sentence a∣gainst her for her manifold iniquities and abhominations, ver. 35. to the 46.

In the fourth place (to aggrauate the heauinesse of their punishment) he sheweth that they had exceeded Sodome and Samaria in sinning:* 1.2061 and therefore they must accordingly re∣ceiue and be partakers of iudgements and plagues propor∣tionable and correspondent. ver. 47. to the 58.

In the fift and last part of this chapter God affoordeth plentifull mercy and fauour vnto the penitent and faithfull,* 1.2062 making an euerlasting couenant of pacification with them, verse fiftieth nine, to the end of the sixtieth three, which is the end of the chapter.

The second text of Scripture which is the first Lesson for euening prayer,* 1.2063 is Ezchiel, 18.* 1.2064 wherein God sheweth him∣selfe equall in his iustice, and in his iudgements more mer∣cifull then they tooke him for, (which supposed that he pu∣nished the children for the fathers faults) whereupon they brought vp a prouerbe:

In the ch••pter we may take view of these things.* 1.2065

First, how the Lord by his Prophet reprooueth and for∣biddeth the vse of this prouerbe.* 1.2066 The Fathers haue eaten sowre grapes &c. ver. 1.2.3.

Secondly, the reasons of this prohibition* 1.2067 and reproofe doe follow.

1 From that generall title and interest which the Lord God challengeth in all soules,* 1.2068

2 From the particular title which he hath in the soule of the father, and in the soule of the sonne: twixt both which there is a difference, and therefore the soule that sinneth, whe∣ther of the father or of the sonne, it shall die. ver. 4.

* 1.2069Thirdly, God confirmeth the former truth, as touching his iustice. by that course that he will take

• 1 With a righteous and iust man. ve, 5. to the 9.
• 2 With his vnrighteous and vniust son, that is, a theefe a murtherer, an vsurer, &c. ve. 10. to the 13.
• 3 With his good grand-child, which feareth the Lord, & doth as his grand-father did, but not as his wicked father did. ver. 14. to the 20.

Fourthly, vpon these former decrees of the Almighty, set downe in particular,* 1.2070 vpon the particular and seuerall e∣states and occasions of people, the Lord now descendeth to a generall proclamation, wherein

1 No wicked man is excepted, or from life exempted, if he will repent. ver. 21.22.23.

[ 1] 2 No righteous man hath any interest in this proclama∣tion, [ 2] after he is apostate from righteousnesse: for then hee is also exempted from life. ver. 24.

* 1.2071Fiftly, the Lord answereth their absurd obiection, or ra∣ther their impudent deniall of the conclusion and begging the question, yet ye say the word of the Lord is not equal, Heare now ô house of Israel, is not my way equall.

Their position God confuteth, and confirmes his own by former instance induced in the fourth and 3 part,

1 Of a righteous man falling away from goodnesse,

2 Of a wicked man departing from euill and returning to goodnesse,* 1.2072 ver. 25. to the 29.

In the sixt & last part of the chapter the Lord concludeth peremptorily the truth of his iudgements, that they are most iust in iudging, euery one according to his waies: whereupon he exhorts them to repentance and newnesse of life: Because

he is so far from punishing the good for the bad: that he de∣sires not the death and destruction of the bad, but rather that hee should returne, grow good, and liue for euer, ver. 30. to the end of the 32. the end of the thapter.

The teacher of the Gentiles, exhorts the Ephesians chap∣ter 4.1. to the end of the 6.* 1.2073 (a Scripture set apart for this daies Epistle) to walke an holy and sanctified life, because they are thereunto called. The parts* 1.2074 hereof are

First, an exhortation,* 1.2075 in the 1. 2 & 3. verses.

Secondly,* 1.2076 the grounds and reasons whereon it is builded ver. 4 5.6.

In the exhortation regard,

First, the manner of it, discouering the zeale and loue of [ 1] the exhorter, his earenestnesse and care to exhort them, though he was a prisoner, his singular loue to beseech & in∣treate where he might command.

Secondly, the matter which is generall or speciall [ 2]

Generall, to walke worthy of the vocation whereunto they are called. ver 1.

Speciall, in shewing this worthy walking by the effects and fruites of the spirit, alwaies produced & growing from good trees. These acceptable fruites are

First, humility of minde, 2. meekenesse outwardly, 3,* 1.2077 long suffering, 4. supportation one of another through loue. 5. an inde∣uour to keepe the vnity of the spirit in the bond of peace. ver. 2.3.

The ground is manifold and most sure, wheron hee buil∣deth both general and speciall exhortations,* 1.2078 but principally the fifth branch of the speciall, an indeuour to keepe the vnity of the spirit, &c. For the confirmation whereof and perswa∣sion thereunto there be three reasons in the fourth verse.

The first is drawen from the vnity of the body, there is one body, the second from the vnity of the spirit one spirit, the 3. one hope of calling. These in the 4. ver. 4. one Lord, 5. one faith 6. one baptisme, ver. 5.7. one God, 8. one Father, 1. of all, 2. aboue all, 3. through all. 4. in you all. ver. 6.

The matter and manner of the fourth Scripture chosen for the Gospell* 1.2079 for this day, Luke 14:1. to the end of the 11.* 1.2080 * 1.2081 is little differing from the former preceeding Gospell:* 1.2082 Saue onely that in this our Sauiour Christ performeth two things, and there he did but one (though as much & more then both these) the raysing of a dead man to life, for

First, in this text he healeth the man that had the dropsie, in the first sixe verses of the tex••.* 1.2083

Secondly, he doth administer physicke to them at the lest (if he doth not heale) that is,* 1.2084 to their pride, arragancie, and hypocrysie, which chose out the chiefe roomes at feasts, ver. 7.10 the end of the. 11.

In the first and maine generall point of this Gospell, wee must obserue (as oftentimes heretofore)

1 The common kind of occasion and opertunity that Christ tooke, to the end he might do good, to wit, his com∣ing [ 1] to the chiefe Pharisies house, to eate on the Sabboth day.

[ 2] 2 The occasion which they offered him, to wit, of watch∣ing and obseruing his behauiour, first, hereupon propoun∣ding to them two questions, ver. 3. to the 5. secondly, of hea∣ling the hydropick, ver. 4.

To his first question they would not answere.

To his second, which of you hauing an oxe, &c. they could not answere.

* 1.2085Our Sauiour and teacher of the best ciuility, beholding the boldnesse and want of good manners in the guests which were at the Pharisies table, takes occasion also to rub their memories, and to mend their manners:

1 Teaching them ciuilitie,* 1.2086 as in the eighth, ninth, & tenth verses.

Secondly, teaching them Diuinity the true ground of good ciuility,* 1.2087 as in the eleuenth verse.

* 1.2088The 18. Sonday after Trinity.

IN the two former chapters for our two first Lessons out of Ezekiels prophecie,* 1.2089 the fathers of our Church will de∣monstrate vnto vs,

First, that God is so highly displeased, with his people the Iewes, for their disobedience, contempt of his word, and pollution of his Saboths, &c. that 1. Their praiers should be abhominable to him. 2. Yea that their filthy and polluted citty Ierusalem, that pot whose s••umme is therein, should also be destroyed.

Secondly, in the two latter portions taken out of the new Testament, they will 1. Teach the Corinthians, and in them,* 1.2090 vs, and all other Gentiles, to praise the Lord our God, for the diuers gifts and graces of God, bestowed vpon vs in Christ Iesus In whom we are made rich in all things, 2. And ac∣cording to this thankefulnesse to shew our loue to God, and our charity to our neighbours.

The first Lesson for this Morning prayer, Ezekiel 20.* 1.2091 comprehends these chiefe things of note and conside∣ration.* 1.2092

First, that God refuseth to answer the forgetfull and blas∣phemous Iews,* 1.2093 when they shall come to require of him, and pray to him, vers. 1.2.3.

Secondly, God causeth the Prophet to let them see that herein hee dealeth but in iustice with them,* 1.2094 by reason of their owne forgetfulnes of his benefits & continuall prouo∣king of him to indignation by their sinnes, whereof hee na∣meth some particulars, as first their idolatry with the idols of Aegypt: yea, after that the Lord had shewed his fauour towards them, and powred foorth his wrath vpon the Aegyptians themselues which were their enemies, verse. 4. ad 9.

2, Their rebellion in the wildernesse,* 1.2095 after he had brought them out of Aegyp••, ve. 10. to the end of the 26.

* 1.2096Thirdly, the Lord by his Prophet telleth them how they are the meanes of the augmenting of his iudgements, by adding of more blasphemies (as they are called, ver. 27,) vn∣to their former iniquities. And that their continuance in i∣dolatry, is the cause why hee giues them ouer to their owne hearts lusts, to be polluted with their idols, vers. 27. to the end of the 39.

In the fourth place the Lord offers mercy to the remnant* 1.2097 that shall returne from the captiuity to serue him in Ierusa∣lem, ve. 40. to the end of the 44.

In the last part of the chapter the Lord denounceth a grie∣uous iudgement against the people of the South,* 1.2098 meant and vnderstood by the forest of the South, vers. 45. to the end of the 48. the end of the chapter.

In the first Lesson for this euening prayer, Ezech. 24.* 1.2099 the Lord by two parables vttered by his Prophet (for the surer confirmation of the execution of his iudgements,* 1.2100) foretels the vtter destruction of Ierusalem.

* 1.2101 * 1.2102The first parable is of the seething pot,* 1.2103 vers. 1. to the end of the 14.

The second of Ezechiels wife,* 1.2104 which dyed, for whom God forbad him to mourne, vers. 15. to the end of the 27. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.2105The third portion of Scripture is full of comfort to the beleeuers, the Gentiles, as the former two were full of terror to the defectiue Iewes, and idolaters of Iudah and Ierusalem. It is written 1. Cor, 1.4.* 1.2106 to the end of the 8 vers. and is (after the Apostles salutation and praier to God for them)

First, an holy gratulation and thankesgiuing* 1.2107 to God in a part of the 4. vers.

Secondly, the motiues and grounds of his thankesgiuing* 1.2108 are propounded, which are,

* 1.21091. The grace and fauour of God which is giuen them in [ 1] Iesus Christ, as in the rest of the 4. vers.

2. The fruits of this grace manifesting so blessed a tree, [ 2] That in all things ye are made ready in him, in all kinde of speech, and in all knowledge. as vers. 5.6. and 7.

3. Motiue is Gods finishing, confirming and establishing [ 3] of this commenced worke in them vnto the end, and to this end & purpose, (which is the chiefest end) that yee may bee blamelesse in the day of our Lord Iesus Christ, verse. 8.

The subiect matter of the Gospel, written Math. 22. ve. 34. to the end of the 46.* 1.2110 chosen for this day, is concerning a principall fruite of the spirit, which is loue, heeretofore so often commanded and commended,* 1.2111 and now vrged by our Sauiour vpon a question moued by a tempting Lawyer, vers. 35.36 and answered by our Sauiour, vers. 37. to the end of the 40.* 1.2112

And because God is the principall obiect of this loue, Christ Iesus the sonne of God, (who knew the Scribes heart, which tempted him, and the Pharisies ignorance in one of the maine grounds of Theologie, to wit, Christs eternall diui∣nity) demaundes a question of the assembly of Pharisies, whereby he puts them also to silence, as he did the Saducies in the 34. verse of this chapter.

The question is, what thinke ye of Christ? [Question,] Whose sonne is hee? vers. 41.42.

This question they answer after a sort, but would not stand by their answer, [Answer.] when once it was infringed by Christ, vers. 43.44.45.

Whereupon our Lord displaieth and discouereth their weaknesse and vnfitnesse.* 1.2113

1. Both in their answering him for that time. And

2. In propounding any questions vnto him for euer after▪ vers. 46.

The 19. Sonday after Trinity.* 1.2114

* 1.2115AS faith is the gift of God, so it is one of the principall fruits of the spirit, and therefore necessarily and most fitly to be commended vnto vs by the fathers of the Church among these and other fruits of the spirit.

* 1.2116In our two scriptures of the old Testament, wee haue seuerall e••amples of the miraculous power of faith. In the first of the new, a dehortation from infidelity, from wal∣king in ignorance, and in all the lustes of the Gentiles, & works of the flesh. In the second we•• haue an example of an euangelicall patient cured of his spirituall & bodily dis∣eases,* 1.2117 by the euangelicall and Arch-physition of soule & bo∣dy, that God of loue: yea, that God which is loue, with that his heauenly medicament of a true, precious, simple, and liuely faith, which he also gaue to the patient.

* 1.2118The third chapter of Daniel is the first lesson for morning prayer, recording these principall occurrents.

* 1.2119The first is as loathing Nebuchadnezzars decree for the worshipping of that golden image which he had set vp,* 1.2120 ve. 1. to the end of the 7.

* 1.2121The second is how Shadrach, Meshek and Abednego the Iewes, are accused by the Chaldeans vnto the King, for the breach of that idolatrous statute, who being conuented, exa∣mined, and found guilty, are condemned vnto the hote fiery fornace, vers. 8 ad 23.

* 1.2122The third is how the three seruants of God are by faith deliuered from the persecutors elementall fire, though se∣uen times in heate graduated and increased. Whereupon the Monarch and his counsell maruaileth, praiseth God for the same, & maketh a grieuous penal statute against the blasphe∣mers of the God of Shad••ach, Meshek, & Abednego, & he pro∣motes these constant men in the prouince and Monarchy of

Babel,* 1.2123 ve. 24. to the end of the 33. the end of the chapter.

The 6. chapter of Daniels prophesie,* 1.2124 is the first Lesson for Euening prayer, containing these principall incidents.* 1.2125

First,* 1.2126 how the enuious Officers and Councellors of Da∣rius, the Monarch of the Medes and Pesians, deuise an act of praying and petitioning vnto Darius onely, and not vn∣to God. Of the breach whereof because Daniel, whom they hated, is culpable, he therefore is conuented, found guilty, and must abide the penalty of being cast into the Lyons denne, vers. 1. to the end of the 18.

Secondly,* 1.2127 how Daniel by faith in God is deliuered from this danger, as the three seruants of God Shadrak, Meshak, & Abednego were from the fire preserued miraculously, though his accusers were suddenly by the same Lyons destroyed, and deuoured, vers. 19. to the end of the 24.

Thirdly, Darius makes a law,* 1.2128 that all people shall feare and tremble before Daniels God, giuing most diuine reasons for this his law, verse. 25. to the end of the 28. which is the end of the chapter.

S. Paul Ephes 4.17. ad 32.* 1.2129 the end of the chapter, with his old rhetoricke and logicke, perswades & proues to the Ephe∣sians, that though they were Gentiles, yet were they not to liue and walke as other Gentiles in the vanity of their minde. But sith we are all (saith hee) to meete together in the vnity of faith and knowledge of the sonne of God (when wee are once gathered together by the Ministery of the word, and working of the Spirit:) Therefore your walking (saith hee) must not bee as theirs, which hauing their cogitation darkened, are strangers, from the life of God, through ignorance, because of the hardnesse of their heart.

First therefore,* 1.2130 hee being througly warmed with the zeale of Gods spirit, makes a long and most zealous (though but a generall) dehortation. ve. 17. to the end of the 24.

* 1.2131Secondly, from this generall,* 1.2132 hee drawes and driues ma∣ny specials, vers. 25. to the end of the 32. which is the end of the chapter.

* 1.2133In the dehortation, that the heathenish life might bee the more loathsome to them, hee

[ 1] 1. Describes, and paints it out in his colours, vers. 17, 18.19.

[ 2] 2. He opposeth the Christian life, and the learning of Christ, vnto that life, ver. 20.21. making also a true descrip∣tion of the Christian life, which is the new life, the renewed life, the life of the new man, of the regenerate man, verse. 22.23.24.

His speciall dehortation is to many speciall ends:* 1.2134 for that they may affect diuers vertues, he dehorts from sundry vices:

1. To the intent that euery one may speake the truth to his neighbour, he dehorts from lying.* 1.2135 vers. 25.

2. That they may be peaceable in spirit, he forbids sinfull and diuellish anger,* 1.2136 vers. 26.27.

* 1.21373. That men may affect an honest contentation with their owne goods lawfully gotten, hee forbids idlenesse, which is a kinde of stealing, and a cause of stealing, and commaunds labour, that thereby a man may bee the better fitted and enabled to giue cheerefully, then to take vnlawfully, vers. 28.

* 1.21384. That men may speake, do, and thinke to good purpose, vnto edifying, that they may speake peaceably, kindly, and to Gods glory, he 1. Forbids all corrupt communication. vers. 29. all bitternesse, anger, and wrath, ve 31. And 2. hee com∣mands curtesie, tender heartednesse, and forgiuing one another, e∣uen as God (saith he) for Christs sake forgaue you, vers. 32.

* 1.2139That great God of loue, euen our Sauiour Iesus Christ, who in the last daies Gospel, did teach vs to loue him aboue all, & in the first place: and our neighbours as our selues (for his sake) in the next or second place: He, I say, being the foun∣taine

of goodnesse,* 1.2140 cannot but shew it in his owne example to a beleeuer as appeareth in this text. Matth. 9. vers. 1. to the end of the 8. by his healing of a bedred man, the man sicke of the palsie.

In the recording of this most charitable deed,* 1.2141 S. Matthew sets downe,

• 1. The miracle* 1.2142 in the first 7. verses.
• 2. The effect of the miracle* 1.2143 in the 8. verse.

In the miracle wee may note

• 1. The description thereof in the 1. and 2. verses.* 1.2144
• 2. Christs beating b••cke of that secret reproach and vn∣iust [ 1] scandall which they brought against the worker of this [ 2] miracle from the third verse to the end of the 7.* 1.2145

The description conteines circumstance. [ 1]

• 1. Of occasion being two-fold.
  • 1. Either Christs comming to his owne citty, vers. 1.2.
  • 2. Or their bringing to him a man sicke of the palsie. [ 2]
• 2. Christs act so diuine, to wit, Remission of sinnes, filling the Paralytickes heart and soule so full of comforte: Sonne, bee of good comfort, thy sinnes are forgiuen thee. vers. 2.

Christ repelles their slander (though it were but in their thought.)* 1.2146

1. By reproouing it, ve. 3. and 4.

2. By confirming his reproofe by this position deli∣uered by way of a question: Whether is it easier to say: Thy sinnes are forgiuen thee, (which are the cause of mala∣dies) [ 1] then to say: Arise from thy lamenesse, and walke, [ 2] vers. 5.

3. By applying this proposition, in shewing them the [ 3] vse hereof, and of his speech: And that yee may know that the sonne of man hath authority in earth to forgiue sinnes, &c. vers. 6.

This authority and power he putteth in execution by ef∣fect of his commandement: And the palsie man arose, and de∣parted to his owne house. vers. 7.

* 1.2147The effect which this miracle tooke, is two-fold,* 1.2148

• 1. The multitude maruailed.
• [ 1] 2. They glorified God, yeelding a reason for both, because he [ 2] had giuen such power to men, vers. 8.

The 20. Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.2149TRue and vnfained repentance is a chiefe grace of God, and gift of the spirit, as well as faith. And because they are twins and sisters, either borne both together, or the one but a short while after the other, Therefore such as haue made the choyce of the fittest scriptures for our Leitourgy haue set apart one out of Ioels prophesie,* 1.2150 and another out of the prophesie of Micah, seruing most fitly for this purpose. As also 1. Out of the holy Epistle to the Ephesians, a pithy ex∣hortatiō to this purpose. And 2. out of the Gospel, our Lords feruent, frequent, and seuerall calling of men to repentance, to be wedded to their Bride-groome Christ in truth and in righteousnesse.

The first of the chapters Ioel. 2. being the first lesson for morning prayer,* 1.2151 containeth,

* 1.2152First, an alarme of the dreadfull day of the Lords com∣ming, strooke vp and sounded: the fearefull maner of whose presence and comming is by the Prophet described, vers. 1. to the end of the 11.

* 1.2153In the secon•• place the Lord by his Prophet sheweth to what end and purpose this alarme is sounded, and the Lords terrible, and instant kinde of comming presaged, to wit, that his people should also instantly, without delay, euen now (as he saith) turne vnto him: Turne vnto me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weeping, and with mourning. The ma∣ner and reasons of which repentance are propounded, vers. 12. to the end of the 17.

* 1.2154In the third part of the chapter, the effects and benefits of this repentance* 1.2155 are expressed by Ioel, consisting

1. Either in Gods withholding & keeping backe his fore-denounced [ 1] iudgements from them, ve. 18.19.20.

2. Or in his vouchsafing, bestowing, & leauing sundry bles∣sings [ 2] behinde him, ve. 21. to the end of the 27.

3. In assuring them of the mercy of mercies, to wit, the [ 3] aboundant graces of his holy spirit, in the latter dayes, (the time of the Gospell) to bee powred out vpon all flesh, by the prophecying of their sonnes and daughters, their old mens dreaming of dreames, and their young mens seeing of visions, &c. verse. 28. to the end of the 32. verse, the end of the chapter.

The 6. chapter of Micahs prophesie, is the first lesson for Euening prayer,* 1.2156 wherein the Prophet

First,* 1.2157 brings in the Lord commencing suit against his people* 1.2158 for the sins they had committed, and the duties they they had omitted, ve. 1. to the end of the 5,

In the second part of the chapter, the Prophet taking vpon him the person of the people, confesseth the action,* 1.2159 and pleades guilty, appealing to the plaintises mercy, verse 6.7 8.

In the third the Prophet sheweth in particular,* 1.2160 what it is which God declareth against them, in the seuerall parts and branches of hi•• declaration: whereupon hee brings his suite, and meanes to haue damages against them.* 1.2161 The parti∣culars are,

1. The deceit robbery, and oppression of the poore,* 1.2162 their lying, stealing, and hoording vp of riches wickedly gotten, ve. 9. to the end of the 15.

2. Their idolatry and irreligiousnesse,,* 1.2163 for which (as for the former iniquities which do grow from these roots) they shall be brought to an exigent and execution: yea they shall pay euery penny of the debt and penalty of Gods iudgements, as vers. 13.14.15.16.

In the third Scripture for this day Ephes. 5.15. to the end of the 20. vers.* 1.2164 the teacher of vs Gentiles,* 1.2165 as well as of others, prosecuteth this doctrine of repentance in effect & substance,* 1.2166 with the two Prophets, Ioel and Micah, though in another kinde of phrase, as: Haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of darknesse: Take heede that yee walke cir∣cumspectly.* 1.2167

These fiue verses affoorde vs the best and most hole∣some counsell for vs to follow in the practise of our whole life, wherein wee must practise repentance.

* 1.2168The counsell is propounded and giuen by Sai••t Paul.

• [ 1] First, in exhortations,
• [ 2] Secondly, in dehortations,
• [ 3] Thirdly, in his grounds and motiues to both.

* 1.2169The first exhortation is: Take heed therefore that ye walke circumspectly.

The second is: Walke as wise men. Both which are oppo∣sed to the

* 1.21701. Dehortation, walke not as fooles, vers. 15.

The reason of both these is, how by good con∣sideration [ 1] wee may well performe them both, to wit, by redeeming the time: for the time and dayes bee euill, vers. 16.

The second dehortation is: Wherefore bee yee not vnwise, opposed to a third exhortation, or rather to the second a∣gaine repeated: But vnderstand what the will of the Lord is, vers. 17.

[ 3] The third dehortation is: And bee not drunke with wine, wherein is excesse, opposed to a third exhortation: But bee fil∣led with the spirit, vers. 18. Which drinke of the spirituall li∣quor will worke these effects in you.

• 1. Speaking to your selues in Psalmes, &c.
• 2. Making melody to the Lord in your hearts, vers. 19.
• 3. Giuing thankes alwaies to God, euen the Father, in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, vers. 20.

* 1.2171The fourth Scripture Matthew. 22.1. to the end of the 14. vers.* 1.2172 is a second summoning of sinners,* 1.2173 which our Lord that great Iudge maketh, and is in many things like to the first summons,* 1.2174 which the Church did set forth for the Gos∣pell, to bee read and taught vpon the second Sonday after Trinity. Luke. 14.16. to the end of the 24. Herein is the diffe∣rence betweene them.

First, the processe, or Quorum nomina heereof is lar∣ger.

Secondly, the inferior Apparitors and Summoners of the great Lord his substitutes and officers are mo in number.

Thirdly, the punishment of the contumacious & recusants (being either the world, the wicked,* 1.2175 or the vnworthy) more intollerable & grieuous. It doth most fitly, & in good order follow the former Gospel, because it sheweth the largesse of Gods bountifulnesse in Christ vnto all, who would that all should bee saued and therefore causeth all to be called and summoned,* 1.2176 or the most part of all. S. Matthew in this text deliuereth

1. His owne prologue, entrance,* 1.2177 or preface into Christs Sermon: Then Iesus answered, and spake vnto them in parables, verse. 1.

2 Christs Sermon* 1.2178 it selfe, in all the rest of the verses.

The argument,* 1.2179 or summe of Christs Sermon is in these wordes: The kingdome of heauen is like to a certaine King which made a marriage for his sonne. For heerein both Protasis and Apodosis are briefly deliuered, ve. 2.

The particular discussing of the parts* 1.2180 of the parable are in the rest of the verses.

The first thing that the King doth, is his inuitation or bid∣ding of guests, which is two-fold.* 1.2181

1. Vneffectuall. 2. Effectuall.

The vneffectuall is two-fold.* 1.2182 * 1.2183

• The former inuitation,
• The latter inuitation,

But both in vaine. For

First, the former, which were called by the first seruants,

answered negatiuely by their refusall, Negando, vers. 3.* 1.2184

* 1.2185The latter which were warned by other Appartors (and yet made light of it) aliud agendo,* 1.2186 vers. 3. to wit,

One busied about his farme,

Another about his marchandise, vers. 5.

The third part of these latter guests Male agendo,* 1.2187 she∣wing an absolute and an obstinate, yea, a malicious re∣fusall.

• 1. Seruos regis probris afficiendo.
• * 1.21882. Seruos regis necando. vers. 6.

The effect that the third denyall, (wich is Necando, [ 1] a point next the worst) tooke in the King himselfe, is two∣fold.

[ 2] 1 Inward, in his inward affection of anger.

2 Outward, the effect of his anger and displeasure, to wit, his auengement, Retaliatio necando for necando, for his warriers destroyed those murtherers, and burnt vp their cit∣ty,* 1.2189 vers. 7.

The second inuitation of Guests is effectuall, though the first preuayled not, as appeareth in these wordes fol∣lowing: Then said hee to his seruants, truly the wedding is pre∣pared: but they which were bidden, were not worthy, verse. 8. as of Christ had said, the first inuiting and summons is inef∣fectuall, and tooke not any good effect, as the second is like to doe. Therefore

1. Another sort of seruants are sent: Go ye therefore out into the high waies, vers. 9.

2. The seruants doe accordingly execute the Kings com∣mand.* 1.2190 ve. 10.

3. The King himselfe comes to the celebration of the marriage, to grace it with his presence, to see the Guests, to approue, or reprooue them: He findes there in his view∣ing of them, an vnfit and an vnworthy guest, (though inui∣ted, and no recusant) vers. 11. whom hee reproueth thus: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Friend, bow camest thou in hither, and hast not on a wedding garment?

* 1.2191The manner and effect of the Kings reprouing and puni∣shing his Guest, is either 1. Present, or. 2. Future.* 1.2192

• Present, he is speechlesse, vers. 12.
• Future punishment is three-fold.
  • 1. Is, take him away. [ 1]
  • 2. Is, binde him hand and foote. [ 2]
  • 3. Is, cast him into vtter darknesse,* 1.2193 where shall bee weeping and gnashing of teeth. vers. 13.

A reason of the kings doome and sentence is rendred:* 1.2194 For many are called, but few are chosen, vers. 14.

The 21. Sonday after Trinity.

THe foure portions of holy Scripture that are chosen for this dayes seruice,* 1.2195 do commend vnto vs the gifts and graces of God, and fruits of the spirit heretofore mentioned, as of faith, repentance, vnfained loue, &c. with many o∣ther more, as may be seene in the particular analyfing, and breaking of them vp.

For first,* 1.2196 the Prophet Habacuk in preaching against haughtinesse, and lifting vp of a mans selfe, in preaching a∣gainst auatice, oppression, intemperancy, cruelty, and ido∣latry, commendes the contrary vertues of humility, mer∣cifulnesse, continency, beliefe and faith in God, with all the fruits thereof.

Secondly, the wise king Salomon,* 1.2197 in the Proeme of his Pro∣uerbs, takes great paines to perswade vnto wisdome, consist∣ing in obedience, and faith, & disswading from folly, which is nothing else but infidelity and vnrighteousnesse.

Thirdly, S. Paul, that valiant Marshal of the Lords field,* 1.2198 mustereth all Christian Souldiers, and traineth them vp in the warfare of this life, being furnished with their complete armour of defence and offence.

Fourthly,* 1.2199 our Lord will teach by his miraculous healing of the Captaines sonne, that his fauour and grace is stretched

out as well to the Gentiles as Iewes,* 1.2200 and that his gifts and calling to both, and of both, are, haue beene, and shall bee, without repentance.

* 1.2201The first of the 4. Scriptures being the first lesson for Morning praier, is written, Abacuk. 2. chap. wherein

* 1.2202 * 1.2203First, Abacuck prepares himselfe to receiue his directi∣on from the Lord, what he shall speake in his reproofe of the people. vers. 1.2.3.

* 1.2204In the second place he taxeth and reproueth the wicked ones in particular, as

1. The proud* 1.2205 and cruell oppressors, vers. 4. ad 8.

* 1.22062. The greedy couetous Cormorants and deuourers of the poore, the depopulators of townes and countries, ver. 9. ad 14.

* 1.22073. The beastly and filthy drunkards, causing all others to bee drunke, as Ieroboam made Israel to sinne, vers. 15. to the end of the 17.

* 1.22084. The idle and vaine idolater in the 18.19. and 20. vers. the three last verses of the chapter.

* 1.2209The second holy Scripture Prouerbs. chap. 1. being set out for the first Lesson at Euening prayer, comprehendes these principall points.* 1.2210

* 1.2211The first is as touching the author and penne-man of this booke of Parables, who sets downe the end why they were written, and the vse of them, vers. 1. ad 6.

The second is Salomons Exordium to moue attention vnto the word of God,* 1.2212 the sonne of God, his wise and heauenly doctrine, which he calleth by diuers names, as the feare of the Lord, the fathers instruction, the mothers teaching, and by sun∣dry other titles▪ vers. 7.8.9.

The third is Salomons disswasion and dehortation from hearkening to contrary counsell,* 1.2213 which will interrupt the course of our right manner of listning to the best wisedome and counsell, ver. 10, to the end of the 19.

* 1.2214The fourth is Salomons description and declaration of wisedomes zealous cry,* 1.2215 of Christs lowd calling of sinners to repentance: of the seuerall iudgements of God which wise∣dome denounceth to the foolish and obstinate, with the pro∣mises and blessings to the diligent hearkeners, and obedient, vers. 20. to the end of the 33. the end of the chapter.

The third Scripture chosen for the Epistle, written,* 1.2216 Ephes, 6. vers. 16. to the end of the 20. containing the Oration of that valiant Captaine Sant Paul vnto his Souldiers the Ephesi∣ans,* 1.2217 wherein

First,* 1.2218 hee commendes vnto them inward and spirituall strength and courage, whereby they may the better put on,* 1.2219 and vse their spiritual armour, vers. 10. ad 13.

Secondly, he nameth and describeth the seuerall peeces of armour,* 1.2220 whether defending or offending, and sheweth how to apply and vse each peece verse. 14. to the end of the 20.* 1.2221

The first peece of armour defensiue, is the Girdle of Ve∣ritie.* 1.2222

The second is the Breast-plate of righteousnesse,* 1.2223 vers. 14.

The third is shooes for their feet, of the preparation of the Gos∣pell of peace,* 1.2224 vers. 15.

The fourth is the most necessary Shield of Faith,* 1.2225 where∣with they may quench all the fiery Darts of the wicked one, vers. 16.

The fifth is the Cash or Helmet of saluation.* 1.2226

The sixth is the Sword of the spirit,* 1.2227 a weapon offensiue,* 1.2228 vers. 17.

The seuenth is the weapon of prayer, which is a peece of armour to both vses, as well for our owne defence, as also for the offending of our aduersaries: And pray alwaies, with all manner of supplication and prayer in the spirit,* 1.2229 verse. 18.19.20.

The Euangelist S. Iohn, chapter 4. ve. 46. to the end of the 53.* 1.2230

will confirme vnto vs,* 1.2231 * 1.2232 that our Lord is the giuer of these for∣mer gifts, and out of his Panoplie and all-sufficient ar∣mory,* 1.2233 we haue all our armour. That he casts no man in the teeth, no not the people whom hee calles out of the high∣waies: for the inhabitants of the country of Galile were to be partakers of his gtace, so well as the Iewes else where, as did appeare in the precedent Gospel.

* 1.2234By this second miracle which our Lord Iesus did (after he was come out of Iudea into Galile) of healing the Rulers son which was ready to dye, Christ himselfe will make it ap∣peare manifestly vnto vs, how easie he is to be intreated of al sorts of men:* 1.2235 yea, though their estate and condition bee ne∣uer so dangerous and desperate.* 1.2236

The first generall which the text affoordeth, is the Rulers suite Preces & petitiones Regiae vrged.

* 1.22371. By wofull occasion of his sonnes sicknesse.

2. By our Lords gracious coming out of Iudea into Ga∣lile, vers. 46.47.

The second generall is our Lords behauiour.

* 1.22381. In chiding and reprouing them, vers. 48. Except yee see signes and wonders, ye will not beleeue: whereto is annexed the Rulers soft answer, vers. 49.

2. In our Lords giuing content and satisfaction to the [ 1:] Ruler, by doing of the miraculous cure vpon his son, where∣in [ 2] respect,

* 1.22391. The deed and miracle it selfe by Christs word and te∣stimony: Go thy way, thy sonne liueth.

[ 1] 2. The confirmation of the deed.

[ 2] 1. By the Rulers faith: And the man beleeued the word that Iesus had spoken,* 1.2240 that is, and hee went away satisfied, vers. 50.

[ 1] 2. The testimony of the seruants which came last from [ 2] the childe, and met the father homeward, vers. 51.52.

[ 3] 3. The fathers confirmation of his faith, by his comparing and computation of the time: Then the father knew that it was the same houre, &c.

* 1.2241The third generall thing to be respected in the miracle (as hath bene obserued in other miracles) is the effect which it wrought. And the ruler beleeued, and all his houshold,* 1.2242 ver. 53. being the last verse of the chapter but one.

The 22. Sonday after Trinity.

THere are two holy Scriptures out of the Prouerbes,* 1.2243 cho∣sen for the first Lessons of morning and euening pray∣er for this day, alluring and entising Gods people by most heauenly rhetoricke and spirituall perswasions to walke in the spirit, which King Salomon cals the way of good men and the waies of the righteous.

Two other of the new Testament do answere the former in a most sweete melodie of the same spirit whereof in the first Saint Paul thankes God heartily that the Phillipians had hitherto continued walking in the fruites of the spirit and fellowship in the Gospell:* 1.2244 and hee praies that they may continue therein, that they may bee pure and without offence vntill the day of Christ, filled with the fruits of righteousnesse, &c. In the second S. Matthew doth relate our Lords doctrine concerning our forgiuing of scandales committed one a∣gainst another, being an infallible testimony of our vnfained loue one towards an other, and of o••r walking in the Spirit, & not performing the lusts of the flesh.

The first of the selected Scriptures is,* 1.2245 Prouerbes chapter 2. wherein King Salomon aimes at the same marke, which he leuelled at in the first,* 1.2246 keeping the same methode in hand∣ling the same matter: Which is,* 1.2247 to exhort the children of the Church, to walke in the knowlede and practise of wise∣dome: neuer giuing ouer this his vaine of spirituall wooing till the latter end of the 9. chapter:* 1.2248

In this text he doth,* 1.2249

First, commend a goodly chaine for his sonne (euery true

beleeuer) to weare,* 1.2250 consisting of a good many chiefe parts and principall linkes. ver. 1. to the 9.

* 1.2251Secondly, this wise Counsellour propounds the two-fold commodity that ariseth to euery godly soule, which hearke∣neth to this counsell, weares this chaine, & delights his soule [ 1] in knowledge and obedience,

* 1.2252The 1. good that comes thereof is, it will deliuer vs from the waies of ill men. ver. 10. to the 15.

The 2. it will preserue vs from the strange woman, whose [ 2] dangerous estate he describes (as hee did the mans before) ver. 16 to the 19.* 1.2253

Thirdly, vpon these worthy premisses King Salomon in∣ferreth a most particular and speciall conclusion exhorta∣tiue,* 1.2254 grounding it vpon a most sure foundation, first, Gods mercy to the iust and righteous, secondly, his iudgements and punishments to the wicked, ver. 20.21.22. the end of the chapter.

* 1.2255In the second selected Scripture, Prouerbes 3 chapter, Sa∣lomon a nursing father of the Church,* 1.2256 goes forward in fee∣ding his sonne with the sincere milke of Gods holy word, taking vpon him the party and person of God himselfe, of Christ,* 1.2257 the fathers wisedome, that hee may teach more profitably and with more authority.

* 1.2258First, he shewes that there will more good and commo∣ditiy (then he spake of before) arise vnto the soule and body of him that will remember Gods word, and treasure vp his commandements within his heart. ver. 1. to the end of the 4.

* 1.2259Secondly, that it may be done with more facility, he shews the way and meanes how to performe it, as,

1 By trusting in the Lord and relying vpon him for di∣rection. ver. 5.

[ 1] 2 In taking heed of selfe conceit, pride, and haughtines, [ 2] or trusting in a mans riches, ver, 7. to the end of the 10.

[ 3] 3 In being so humble and lowly as to be content and not to murmure at afflictions and crosses. ver. 11.12.

* 1.2260In the third part of the chapter hee makes an encomion or commendation of wisedome* 1.2261 and her effects, to cause it to be the better affected of all men. ver. 13. to the 26.

In the fourth part he disswades Gods children from ma∣ny workes of the flesh as interupting the course of this heauenly wisedome, and walking in Gods feare,* 1.2262 as

1 The withholding of good from ohe owners thereof. v. 27.28. [ 1]

2 Intending hurt against our neighbour. ver. 29. [ 2]

3 Striuing with a man causelesse. ver. 30. [ 3]

4 To bee fretted or grieued for the wicked man. ver. 31.32. [ 4]

In the fifth part of the chapter which is the conclusion he doth (as in the former chapter) propound the fearefull & dangerous estate of the wicked man,* 1.2263 which is scorneful & a foole (as he termes him) and the happy estate of the righte∣ous man, whom he cals humble and wise. ver. 33.34.35. the end of the chapter.

The third selected Scripture is Phillipians chap. 1. ve. 3. to the end of the 11. containing in it.* 1.2264

1 Either the Apostles hearty thanksgiuing.* 1.2265 * 1.2266 ver. 3. to the end of the 8.

2 Or his zealous prayer.* 1.2267 ver. 9. to the 11.

First hee doth heartily and ioyfully praise God for the constant perseuerance and continuance of that people of Phillippi in the fellowship of the Gospell,* 1.2268 * 1.2269 from the first day vntill now. ver. 3.4.5.

Secondly, he doth assure himselfe and them of their fur∣ther proceeding and continuance therein vnto the end.

1 Because God will finish that worke which he hath be∣gun [ 1] in them. ver. 6. [ 2]

2 He hath had hitherto good experience of them to con∣firme [ 3] his iudgement and opinion of them herein.* 1.2270

3 His loue is such towards them, that it workes this per∣swasion in him. ver. 8.

In the third place out of this longing after them & heart-rooted loue towards them in Christ Iesus, hee conceiueth a

prayer vnto God for their increase,* 1.2271 * 1.2272 proceding and aboun∣dance in spirituall graces as knowledge and iudgement, ver. 9. to these ends,

[ 1] 1 That they may discerne things that differ,

[ 2] 2 That they may be pure and without offence vntill the day of Christ. ver. 10. Both which do arise from this originall, their aboundance, and being filled with the fruite of righteousnesse which are by Iesus Christ vnto the glory and praise of God. ve. 11.

* 1.2273The Lord that knew how hard a thing it is for the fro∣ward and crooked nature of man,* 1.2274 to be constant and per∣seuering in charity, or to purse vp iniuries one after another, doth in this fourth Scripture,* 1.2275 Math. 18.22. to the end of the 35, among these gifts of the spirit (so often inculcated in these Sondaies after Trinity) perswade the children and Church of Christ vnto this difficult and necessarie duty of pardoning and remitting the scandales and offences one of another,* 1.2276 Saint Matthew will shew vs Christs intent herein. first in the question which Peter propoundeth, and is an∣swered by our Lord Iesus, ver. 21.22. secondly, by the con∣firmation, vse and application of that answere in the para∣ble of Creditor and Debitor vttered by Christ from the 23. to the end of the 35. the end the of chapter.

* 1.2277And forasmuch as aboue all other things, for which God doth call man to account, this is a chiefe, the forgiuing and pardoning of offences,* 1.2278 * 1.2279 Christ therefore vtters it, first, in a similitude of a King that would call his seruants to account, ve. 23. secondly,* 1.2280 he makes vse of the parable, applying it par∣ticularly. ver. 35.

* 1.2281In this simile is to be considered,

First, the gentlenesse and long suffering of the King to his seruant that great debtor, from the beginning of the 23. to the end of the. 27.

* 1.2282Secondly, the vnmercifulnesse and currish dealing of this great bankrupt dettor with his fellow seruant, a small & pety dettor, frō the beginning of the 28. to the end of the 34.

* 1.2283The ••udite and county day being come, the bankrupt is brought to the great Creditor,* 1.2284 who

1 Requireth his due debt of him, being a thousand ta∣lents, as ver. 23.24.

2 Because the debtor had nothing to pay,* 1.2285 the creditor takes order by sale of the debtors goods,* 1.2286 that satisfaction should bee made. ver. 25.

The vau-rien debtor being at a low ebbe, at a dead lift and in a pittifull case, saw there was no remedy but to haue re∣course in humiliation to his creditor. ver, 26.* 1.2287

1 By falling downe before him,

2 By a reuerent intreating of him, & by desiring of lon∣ger time.

The creditor and Maister of this seruant being more rea∣dy to forgiue, then the debtor was able to pay;* 1.2288 is

• 1 Touched with compassion,
• 2 He loosed the debtors body from his imprisonment,
• 3 He forgaue him the debt. ver. 27.

How soone this ding-thrist and bad husband had forgot∣ten all these courtesies, S. Matthew tels.* 1.2289 But when hee was departed, see how he handled a fellow seruant of his which ought a very small summe.

• 1 In laying hands on him.
• 2 Offering to strangle him.
• 3 Vrging present payment. ver. 28. [ 1]

His dettor humbled himselfe, though to his fellow seruant, [ 2] with more then cap and knees, as ver. 29. [ 3]

That would not serue, but this inhumane creature, the greedy Lyon must haue the poore mans carcase, and (as the prouerbe goes) make dice of his bones. ver. 30.

This hard & vncourteous, not vncurreous & vndogged dealing is related to the Maister of them both. ver. 31. who

1 Cals him coram nobis, and rates him soundly. vir. 32.

• 2 Tels him his duty. ver. 33.
• 3 Growes angry with him.
• 4 Puts him in execution. ver. 34.

The 23. Sonday after Trinity.* 1.2290

* 1.2291IN the former two Scriptures out of the old Testament chosen for this day, the fathers of the Church haue offe∣red vs occasion to continue our meditations as touching our walking in the waies of righteousnesse, our affecting and delighting to tast of the fruits of the spirit, not of the for∣bidden fruite.

* 1.2292Wherefore they bring in Salomon out of the same booke of the Prouerbes describing to the Church the roote, body, boughes, branches, leaues, blossomes and fruite of this flou∣rishing and fruitfull spirituall tree of holinesse to God and righteousnesse to man.

* 1.2293In the two latter, taken out of the new Testament, this new and sanctifyed life is first exhorted vnto, called the coelesti∣all life, our conuersation is in heauen, secondly, our Lord and Sauiour out of a cauilling and captious question mooued by the equiuocating Pharisies and answered by him, teacheth the necessary performance of our true holinesse and re∣ligion to God, and all due reuerence, honour, and dutiful∣nesse to man.

* 1.2294The first of the Scriptures for morning prayer Prouerbes 11. commends to the Church many sweete instructions of righteousnesse,* 1.2295 as

First, concerning the grace and vertue of vpright and true dealing,* 1.2296 and the vice of falsehood and deceit, ver. 1.

* 1.2297Secondly, what mischeife ariseth of pride, and what fruit springs from humility, ver. 2.

Thirdly, what goodly fruits doe spring from righteous∣nesse, and how righteous men flourish, and on the contrary what plagues doe accompany wicked men, whether they be hypocrites,* 1.2298 enuious, slanderous, or any way foolish. ver. 3. to the end of the 15.

* 1.2299In the fourth pa••t of t••e chapter Salomon commends other vertues, as modestie in women, mercifulnesse,* 1.2300 truth & vprightnesse▪ peaceablenesse, and kindnesse, liberality, and bountifulnesse vnto all men: and discommends the contrary vices, ver. 16, to the end of the 31. the end of the chapter.

The first for euening prayer is the subsequent chapter Prouerbes 12. wherein Gods spirit by Salomons pen,* 1.2301 * 1.2302 holdes on the same course in extolling the fruits of righteousnesse both in men & women, telling all what good they shall reap by them, and threatning wicked ones with punishments for the contrary vices and vngodlinesse,

In the first part hee commendeth to the Church the loue of instruction or affliction,* 1.2303 * 1.2304 being as the parents and beget∣ters of knowledge. ver 1.2.3.

In the second the industry and painefulnesse of a wo∣man, the wisedome, good speech, and good aduise of a man, and discommends the contraries. verse, fourth to the end of the ninth.

In the third hee will teach men to bee mercifull, euen to beasts, to be paineful and frugall, vpright and iust, in deed,* 1.2305 thought, and word, to be chearefull and not heauy hearted, faithfull, and not deceitfully minded. ver. 10. to the end of the 28. the end of the chapter,* 1.2306

In the first text of Scripture out of the new Testament,* 1.2307 because examples do much preuaile with men, & do mooue much, Saint Paul Philip. 3.17. to the end of the 21. ver. the end of the chapter,* 1.2308 wil giue the Church of Philippi two sorts of Examples of good and godly both teachers and hearers, of bad and wicked both Ministers and people, that we may learne to embrace goodnesse by the one, and to eschew euill and naughtinesse by the other.* 1.2309

The text containeth.

1 An exhortation* 1.2310 to imitation. ver. 17.

2 The motiue and ground of the exhortation* 1.2311 in the

other foure verses to the end of the chapter.* 1.2312

* 1.2313The exhortation is 1. either to the imitation of a singular example, 2. or a plurality of examples.

1 1.2314The singular example is himselfe, be yee followers of mee.

2 1.2315The plurall is of others, whose conuersation is also like that of the Apostles. ver. 17.

* 1.2316The motiue or reason of this exhortation is drawne â disparatis.

1 1.2317The 1 part thereof taken from a description of their feareful estate which are contrary walkers and in by-pathes▪ whom he thus describeth.

• 1 They are enimies to the crosse of Christ. ver. 18.
• 2 Their end is damnation,
• [ 1] 3 Their belly is their God.
• [ 2] 4 Their glory is their shame:
• [ 3] 5 They minde earthly things. ve. 19.

[ 4] This is that ill-fauoured, foule, and silthy picture of a [ 5] leathsome Minister and professor, of whom the Apostle hath often spoken before,* 1.2318 and now tels them weeping

The 2 part of the disparate or contrary is taken from a description of the blessed and happy estate of the true Apostles of Christ and vnfained professors of holy religion. But our conuersation is in heauen.* 1.2319 ver. 20.21. the two last ver∣ses of the chapter.

In the second Scripture of the new Testament & last of the 4. written Math. 22.15. to the end of the 21. Forasmuch as all debt is due, and m••st be paid one way or other (as appea∣red in the former Gospell* 1.2320) and because all men haue two sorts of debtes and dues to pay,* 1.2321 the one to God, and the o∣ther to man, our Sauiour Christ being God and man, chal∣lenging a double debt,* 1.2322 will therefore in this portion of Scripture teach vs our obedience and loue vnto God, as al∣so our reuerence and duty to men and Magistrates, For they are fruits of the spirit, both to giue vnto God that which is his due, and vnto Cesar that which is Cesars.

* 1.2323In this text S. Matthew denoteth,

1 The occasion of Christs teaching this doctrine,1 1.2324 ve. 15.16.17.

2 The doctrine it selfe,2 1.2325 ver. 18.19.20.21.

3 The effect of the doctrine.3 1.2326 ver. 22.

The occasion is two-fold,* 1.2327

1 Either the Pharisies consultation to entrappe him in his talke. ver. 15. [ 1]

2 Or the accomplishing and acting of their plotted de∣signement. [ 2]

1 By the cunning and smooth insinuating words of their Disciples, and the Herodians, ver. 18.

2 By the plaine propounding of their question,* 1.2328 ve. 17. Is it lawful to giue tribute? A question needlesse, and out of question.

The doctrine hath two considerations.

First, the preface* 1.2329 which S. Mattoeew makes, as

1 Opposing Christs omniscience & knowing their malice, vnto their cunning complotting to trippe him in his talke.

2 Expressing our Lords reproouing them for their dis∣sembling and hypocrisie. ver. 18.

The second consideration is the solution of the question containing the doctrines of obedience to Magistrates:2 1.2330 and by implication he inferreth more strongly our true obedi∣ence and worshipping of God, as

1 By his commandement: Shew me the tribute money.1 1.2331

2 By his question, Whose is this image? (by which questi∣on our Sauiour caught them & taught them) v. 19.20.* 1.2332

3 By his consequent & conlusion of a strong argument gathered vpon* 1.2333 the premiss••s & former propositions which themselues had framed: Giue therefore to Cesar, the things that are Cesars, and vnto God the things that are Gods. ver. 21.

The effect of the doctrine in the Pharisies and their com∣plotters and instruments consisteth in three things.* 1.2334

First, they maruailed: secondly, they left him: thirdly, they went their way. ver. 22.

The 24. Sonday after Trinity.* 1.2335

* 1.2336THe two former selected Scriptures, taken out of the Prouerbes of Salomon doe afford doctrines of instructi∣on concerning the duties of the second Tables and that good which ariseth to such as performe those duties, with exhor∣tations thereunto, not without most gracious Lessons giuen to Gods people, for their loue vnto godlinesse, the feare of God, their de••••re to be instructed therein, and for their affe∣cting of all good fruites of the spirit, in thought, word, and deed.

* 1.2337The two latter, being chosen out of the new Testament, are to the same ends and purposes, though in other manner and phrases deliuered: Whereof in the first Saint Paul doth praise God that the Colossians had practised many good Lessons of holinesse, and spirituall walking in their faith, hope, and loue: praying also for their continuance therein, and in other fruits of righteousnesse. And in the second, our Sauiour Christ himselfe, by his owne example of raysing vp the Rulers daughter, & stopping the womans bloudy issue, will teach vs to performe workes of charity one towards an other, omitting no occasion of doing good at any time.

The first Lesson for morning prayer is Pro. 13.* 1.2338 Wherein, that the rest of his documents may with more fruite bee re∣ceiued,* 1.2339 he

First, giues in his Prologue a Lesson of obedience and of effectuall hearkning to all good instruction.* 1.2340 A wise son will obey the instruction of his Father, but a scorner will heare no rebuke. ver. 1.

Secondly, he giues many good Lessons in particular, as

* 1.23411 Concerning the well ordering and guiding of a mans tongue with warinesse and discretion. ver. 2.3.

2 Concerning diligence in a mans calling. ver. 4.

* 1.23423 Concerning truth and vpright dealing, by poore and rich, ver. 5, to the end of the 9.

4 Concerning humility, diligence, discrete behauiour, & hearkening to good counsell by poore and rich. ver, 10. to the end of the 18.

5 As touching the difference betwixt the obedient and disobedient, whom he calleth wise, and foolish in respect of many things falling out to them both. vr. 19. to the end of the 25. the end of the chapter.

The first Lesson for euening prayer is Prouerbes 14.* 1.2343 which in regard of his subiect matter, doth not much differ from the former.* 1.2344 For though in the

First part of the chapter his first parable bee of a wise woman.* 1.2345 ver. 1. yet in the rest of the chapter he speaketh as he did before, namely in the

Second place of righteous and holy men, of lewd & vn∣godly person,* 1.2346 of wise and foolish, of frugality and ill hus∣bandry. ver. 2.3,

In the third, of speaking the truth,* 1.2347 ver. 5. and of the fruit which they do reape that walke holily and seeke wisedome, and so on the contrary. ver. 6. to the end of the 11.

Fourthly, of those rules and precepts that are to be obser∣ued in a mans life and conuersation,* 1.2348 & with what wisedome a mans waies are to be directed and managed. ve. 12. to the end of the 22.

Fiftly, there is a commendation of labour and taking paines,* 1.2349 a commendation of wisedome, truth, and the feare of God, ver. 23. to the end of the 27.

Sixtly, Salomon discourseth of the honour and chiefe orna∣ments of a King:* 1.2350 and what good vertues they are which both inwardly and outwardly doe adorne the people of any nati∣on, and contrary-wise what vices do dishonour and disgrace them, ver. 24 to the end of the 35. the end of the chapter.

The Epistle for this day, Colossians chapter 1. ve. 3.* 1.2351 to the

end of the 12.* 1.2352 * 1.2353 containes an holy and thankfull rehearsall of the graces and fruits of the spirit, which did grow so plenti∣fully among the fruitfull people, those holy trees of Colosse.

The parts* 1.2354 of the text are,

* 1.23551 Saint Pauls gratulation and thanksgiuing to God. ve. 3. to the end of the 8.

2 His comprecation, that is the ioynt prayer of him, & his fellow-labourers* 1.2356 for Gods furtherance, increase and conti∣nuance of his grace in them, ver. 9. to the end of the 12.

* 1.23571 He giues thankes to God for their fai••h, their loue, and [ 1] their hope. ver. 3.4. and a part of the 5.

[ 2] 2 Secondly, he tels them that these graces came to them by the ordinary instrumentall meanes of the preaching of Gods word: for the fruitfulnesse & good effects whereof he also implyeth a thanksgiuing, as praysing God in like man∣ner for Epaphras the Minister therof, whom God had set ouer them, in the rest of the 5. ve. and in the 6.7. & 8. verses.

His comprecation is,

* 1.23581 That they might be fulfilled with knowledge of Gods will, in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding.

[ 1] 2 That they might walke worthy of the Lord,

[ 2] 3 And please him in all things.

[ 3] 4 Being fruitfull in all good workes, which are the ends [ 4] of knowledge, and increasing in the knowledge of God. ver. 9.10.

[ 5] 5. Their confirmation and strenghning with all might through his glorious power, vnto 1. patience, 2. long-suffe∣ring: and all these with alacrity, willingnesse, cheerefulnes, ioyfulnesse. ver. 11.

[ 6] 6 That they might (hauing attained all) giue thankes vnto the father which hath giuen all, which hath made vs meete to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light. ver. 12.

* 1.2359Though the cleargy-men, the Pharisies with their schol∣lers, and the Herodians being in profession spirituall men,

had no purpose so to shew themselues by their spiritual wal∣king,* 1.2360 or by their indeuouring to vnderstand,* 1.2361 much lesse to beleeue and relye vpon Christ, yet in this portion of Scrip∣ture, Math. 9. ve. 18. to the end of the 26. the Euangelist will tell vs of a certaine good ruler among them (whom Saint Marke cals Iairus) who beleeued in the Lord, and therefore came vnto him to haue his daughter raised from death to life.

In this Scripture,* 1.2362 for memory and order sake, wee may consider that S. Matthew drawes all vn••o two principall & maine heads, For in the

First place he sets downe▪ what was done abroad, & with∣out, before Christ came into the rulers house,* 1.2363 and that hee doth, in the first 5. verses.

Secondly, he relates what fell out after* 1.2364 Christ camc into the house of the Ruler: in the other 4. verses.

In the first generall we may obserue,* 1.2365

1 Either what was done at the Rulers first coming to Christ being abroad. [ 1]

2 Or what fell out in the way as Christ went, for [ 2]

First, the Ruler came vnto Christ and made his petition. ver. 18.

Secondly, we may respect the manner & matter of Christs answere vnto him, as

1 In his rising vp with his Disciples

2 In his following the Ruler to his house, ver. 19.

The things to bee obserued falling out in the way as our Lord went to the Rulers house,* 1.2366 are

1 What the woman did which was diseased with an issue [ 1] of bloud 12. yeares. ver. 20.

2 What the woman thought and spake out of a true & [ 2] sound faith (Who beleeued, and therefore she spake) ver. 21.

3 What she suffered, what Christ did to her (for she was [ 3] his patient) who

First, turned him about,

Secondly, with compassion beheld her.

Thirdly, he spake to her: Daughter be of good comfort,* 1.2367 thy faith hath made thee whole.

Fourthly, he healed her the same houre. ver. 22.

In the Rulers house whereinto Christ entred,

* 1.23681 Obserue the miracle which was done,

2 Marke the sequele and consequent of the miracle.

In the miracle note,

1 Christs preparing of himselfe vnto it.

[ 1] 2 The forme and manner of doing and performing it.

[ 2] Christ prepares himselfe to do this miracle,

* 1.23691 By perswading the minstrels and multitude of fidlers and dauncers to auoide the house,

[ 1] 2 By thrusting them out by force, though they derided [ 2] him. ver. 23.24.

* 1.2370The forme of this miracle consists in two things,

• 1 Christ tooke her by the hand
• [ 1] 2 She arose. ver. 25.

[ 2] The sequele of the miracle, is the same which arose therof, The bruit of it went through all the land.* 1.2371 ver. 26,

[ 1] [ 2] The 25. Sonday after Trinity.

* 1.2372BEcause it is but sildome whē there fals out 26. Lords daies or Sondaies after Trinity,* 1.2373 therfore the Leitou••gie of our Church sets not out any more, for any further Sonday, but foure for this last, being the fiue and twentieth in number & alwaies the last immediatly going before Aduent Sonday.

* 1.2374And albeit they haue continued to appoint two Scrip∣tures for the first two Lessons out of Salomons Prouerbes, as they did before. Yet with those doctrines concerning god∣linesse and holinesse of life, they will also ioyne a confirma∣tion of the Aduent and Incarnation, Life, Death, Passion, Re∣surrection, and Ascension, of our Lord Iesus Christ. And as Ia∣nus is said to haue two faces, one looking backewards and the other forwards: So haue they chosen such Scriptures for

this last Sonday after Trinity,* 1.2375 which partly looke b••cke∣wards, and are agreeable to the doctrines going before contained in the last halfe of the yeare, and partly forwards, which are sutable to those comprehended in the first halfe, For which cause they haue selected a most accomodated portion of Scripture out of the prophecy of Ieremy,* 1.2376 in the third place, in stead of the Epistle, being a most Diuine, true plaine and remarkeable prophecy of the Incarnation and coming of Christ in the ••le••h And in the last of the foure which they haue ca••led out for this day, it may appeare, that the prophesies are fulfilled concerning Christs coming: be∣cause he hath performed & effected (by Diuine & powerfull teaching, by extraordinary and miraculous working, by a glorious and victorious conquest in suffering) the offices of a Sauior, and Redeemer, a King and a Prophet, and shewed himselfe thereby to be of two natures, perfect God, & per∣fect man, of a reasonable soule, and humane flesh subsisting, and combined in one person.

The first of these foure Scriptures is Prouerbes 15.* 1.2377 wherin the spirit of God giueth many gracious lessons by Salomons pen, vnto the children of the Church,* 1.2378 as

First, concerning the well guiding and ordering of a mans tongue* 1.2379 and words. ve. 1. to the end of the 7. & in other parts of the chapter.

Second••y, touching the difference that is put between the godly and the wicked,* 1.2380 whom hee cals the wise and the foo∣lish (as he did before, and as hee doth oftentimes afterward) ver. 8. to the end of the 15.

Thirdly, hee discourseth of that Autarchy,* 1.2381 contented∣nesse, painefulnesse, peaceablenesse, with other sorts of gra∣ces and gifts of God, which are to be found in the righteous and godly, with the effects of those graces, and the contrary vices of the rebellious, wicked, and obstinate: which are not only abhomination to the Lord, but also dangerous & most hurtfull, yea pernicious to the bodies and soules of such as

doe delight therein. ve. 16. to the end of the 33.* 1.2382 the end of the chapter.

* 1.2383The sixteenth chapter of the Prouerbes of Salomon is the second of the foure, and the first Lesson for euening prayer, making mention

* 1.2384 * 1.2385First, of Gods praescience and particular prouidence in the disposing and gouerning of all things, euen in ech & euery mans priuate and particular affaires, ver. 1. to the end of the 7.

Secondly, the text makes mention (as in the former chap∣ter) of the happy estate of that man,* 1.2386 which is content with a small portion righteously gotten, and rightously vsed: al∣so it intreateth of Diuine eloquence, of iustice, righteous∣nesse, wisedome, discretion▪ affablenesse, mercy, and grauity, both in Kings and others, & of the vices on the contrary side ver. 8. to the end of the 28.

Thirdly, Salomon speaketh of reuerence which is due to the aged,* 1.2387 of the necessary vse and effect of correction and discipline. ver. 29.30,

* 1.2388The third portion of Scripture is a part of the 23. chap∣ter of Ieremies prophecie. ver. 5.* 1.2389 to the end of the 8. wherein Almighty God by his Prophet Ieremy, out of that loue which he beareth to his people and sheepe,* 1.2390 maketh promises to them.* 1.2391

First, to deliuer them out of the hands of spoyling and [ 1:] destroying sheepeheards: secondly, so to be sheepeheard [ 2] himselfe in gathering them: thirdly, to prouide in time a [ 3] righteous branch whom he will raise vp vnto Dauid, which (as he speakes by the mouth of the Prophet Micah) shall feede that my people Israel.* 1.2392

These foure verses containe in them.

First, a prophecy concerning Christ to come,* 1.2393 verse fifth and sixt.

* 1.2394Secondly the vse that Gods people are to make concer∣ning this holy prophesie.* 1.2395

The prophesie is* 1.2396

1. Concerning the humanity and incarnation of Christ the sonne of God,* 1.2397 of his kingdome and the administration thereof, vers. 5.

2. Of his priesthood in sauing his people,* 1.2398 and of his pro∣phesie in preaching and dooing righteousnesse both before God and man, ve. 6.

The vse of the prophesie,* 1.2399 in the peoples acknowledging of Gods goodnesse towardes them by a later experience then they had in times past, being a more speciall accessory & appendix of his fauour. And this acknowledging, though in phrase and speech diuers, is diuersly set downe.

1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, negatiuely: They s••all no more say,* 1.2400 the Lord liueth which brought vp the children of Israel out of the land of Aegipt, vers. 7.

2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 positiuely and affirmatiuely: But the Lord liueth which brought vs vp, and led the seed of the house of Israel out of the North countrey, and from all countries where I had scattered them, and they shall dwell in their owne land, vers. 8. A most ma∣nifest prophesie of the peoples returne out of captiuity, and of the saluation of Iews and Gentiles which belong to Gods fold and pasture.

Though such a portion of scripture as this fourth,* 1.2401 Iohn. 6.5. to the end of the 14 vers. was chosen to be read and taught in the Church for the 7. Sonday after Trinity, concerning our Sauiour Christs miracle of the 7. loaues, as this is of the 5. loaues. And though by the Germane Churches another is chosen farre different from both: yet our Church of Eng∣land hath in very Christian policy done this, to put the peo∣ple in minde (which they cannot doe too often) as concer∣ning their duties of beleeuing, trusting,* 1.2402 and putting all their confidence in God, and relying only vpon his fatherly pro∣uidence, who as he raiseth from death to life, & restoreth to health the inueterate diseased, yea the desperate & incurable.

* 1.2403So heere hee sheweth himselfe a most carefull housholder in prouiding food for the peoples bodies, that are in health,* 1.2404 whereby to preserue their bodies, and maintaine this health.

In this text S. Iohn sets downe,

First, the introduction or occasion of this miracle,* 1.2405 in the first 10. verses, and in a part of the 11.

* 1.2406Secondly, he makes relation of the miracle it selfe,* 1.2407 and the subsequent or effect thereof, in the rest of the 11. verse, and the other three verses following.

In the entrance or introduction & preparation which our Lord makes to the miracle, S. Iohn obserueth

* 1.2408First, the occasion* 1.2409 which Christ tooke by reason of the distressed estate of the multitude which followed him, ve. 1. vnto a part of the 5. vers.

* 1.2410Secondly, he obserues Christs deliberating & conference with Philip & Andrew about the matter: (notwithstanding his resolution in himselfe) in the rest of the 5. vers, to the end of the 9.

Thirdly, hee notes the preparation* 1.2411 which our Lord ma∣keth, consisting 1. In his placing the guests.

2. In preparing the bread & the fishes by blessing & distri∣buting them to the people, ve. 10 and a part of the 11.

* 1.2412The miracle hath these considerations,

First, concerning the number of them which were fed, [ 1] (which as S. Luke also saith) was 5000.

[ 2] Secondly, their eating till they were satisfied.

[ 3] Thirdly, concerning the remainder of the fragments in the rest of the 11. vers. the 12. and 13.

* 1.2413The effect of the miracle is a testimony testifying and acknowledging of the power & efficacy of Christ by this di∣uine miracle, confirming this heauenly doctrine concerning Gods particular prouidence: and therby also strengthening the weake faith of his chosen people: Then the men, when they had seene the miracle that Iesus did, said: This is of a truth the Prophet that should come into the world. vers. 14,

A GENERALL CONNE∣xion and Harmony of all those holy Scrip∣tures that are appointed to be read throughout all the Congregations and Parishes of England, vpon all the Saboth daies, or Sondaies throughout the whole yeare, as also vpon those great and solemne Feasts of Christs Natiuity, his Circumcision, his Appearing and manife∣sting of himselfe to the Gentiles, his Fasting, and Tentation, his Passion, Death, Resurrection, Ascen∣sion, and his sending down of the holy Ghost, with the graces and gifts thereof, which fell vpon the Church, and shall con∣tinue with them to the end of the World.

FIrst of all, for the 4. Sondaies before Christmas, which are called Sondaies of Aduent,* 1.2414 holy scriptures are cho∣sen, containing doctrines, exhortations, and their vses, as touching the coming of our Lord Iesus Christ, his first & his secōd coming: that is to say, his coming in the flesh for our saluation, and his second coming at the end of the world to iudge the quicke and the dead.

Hereupon followeth immediatly the celebration of the feast of the Natiuity of our Lord Iesus Christ,* 1.2415 wherein choyce scriptures are culled out by the Fathers of the Church, con∣cerning Christs true incarnation, his perfect birth, and taking true flesh of the flesh of the virgin Mary.

The day of our Lords circumcision,* 1.2416 called New-yeares day is remembred in the next place: wherein the doctrines of Christs performing the sacrament of circūcision in his own person, and the true circumcision of the heart are handled.

* 1.2417To these doctrines accordeth the doctrine of the Calling of the Gentiles, handled vpon the day to the Epiphany (that is, Christs Apparition to the Gentiles) commonly called, the Twelfth day: when the wise Gentiles came from the East to Ierusalem to worship Christ the new-borne babe, and Saui∣uiour of the world.

The 5. Sondaies after the Epiphany* 1.2418 are next in order, where∣in the doctrines concerning Gods fauour vnto all Nations, in redeeming, calling, and sauing them by Christ his sonne, are discoursed vpon.

On the 3 Sondaies following called Septuagesima, Sexage∣sima & Quinquagesima,* 1.2419 are chosen texts of holy Scripture, conteining doctrines of Humiliation, that the church may be prepared vnto the celebration of the happy memory of our Lords perfect humiliation, by his fasting and temptation, as also by his passion and death.

Vpon the 6. subsequent Sondaies, called the sixe Sondaies in Lent,* 1.2420 are sit scriptures chosen out, containing doctrines, exhortations & dehortations, as touching the true humbling of our selues in soule and body, by refraining of those sins which do hinder our true and hearty seruice of God: As also by the embracing of those graces and vertues which doe make vs fit vessels for God to be serued in, whereby wee may be the more effectually humbled and cast down in sor∣row against the time of the memoriall of Christs sorrowes, caused by our sinnes: and therewithall meditate the ioyes, which all Christians doe conceiue in that most comfortable doctrine of Christs Resurrection.

* 1.2421Hereunto is annexed the celebration and commemora∣tion of our Lords Resurrection, vnder the name of the Feast of Easter: wherein the church hath made choice of doctrines accordingly, not onely to proue the truth of Christs power∣full Resurrection, but also there out to argue the necessity of our dying to sin, and rising againe to newnesse of life.

* 1.2422On the 5. Sondaies following this feast of Easter, they haue picked out such texts of holy scripture as do proue the

truth of the doctrine concerning Christs resurrection: such scriptures also which doe propound exhortations to viuifi∣cation, as well as mortification: that so they may be the bet∣ter fitted to make benefit of Christs Ascension, another great pillar vpholding Gods house.

The solemne least of our Lords Ascension,* 1.2423 is remembred in the next place: for the which feast holy scriptures are al∣so chosen to proue the truth and the necessity of that most comfortable doctrine of our Sauiours ascending into heauē: both to prepare a place for his elect children, as also to send downeth holy Ghost vnto the Church in most plentifull maner, which he did at the feast of Pentecost, commonly cal∣led Whitsonday, or Witsunday.

At the time appointed,* 1.2424 our Lord performed his promise concerning his sending of a comforter vnto his Church, namely vpon this day called Pentecost. For which cause the church hath chosen remarkable scriptures, to the intent that all Gods people dispersed vpon the face of the earth, may with true thanfulnes acknowledge so vnspeakable a benefit.

The Vnity in Trinity, and the Trinity in Vnity which,* 1.2425 is to be worshipped, cannot bee remembred: and therefore some scriptures are also appointed for the commemoration and celebration of that most diuine and sacred mystery, not onely vpon that day which is called Trinitie Sonday, but also for fiue and twenty Sondaies after: Wherein, as vpon this day, the doctrines concerning the mystery of this indiuisi∣ble Trinity, are handled: So for the twenty fiue Sondaies af∣ter this feast, (which make vp the other halfe yeare,) they haue selected such texts of holy scripture, as may most fitly stand Gods people in stead for doctrines and exhortations, vnto the bringing forth of the fruites of the spirit, and to the hatred and detestation of the workes of the flesh.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Christs first coming.
• * 1.2

  The generall drift and pur∣pose of the gos∣pell.
• * 1.3

  1 Lesson for morning praier Isay 1.
• * 1.4

  The parts and chiefe doctrines of the chapter, 1 An earnest reproofe of the Iewes: and why.
• * 1.5

  2 A calling them to repen∣tance.
• * 1.6

  3 A threatning of them.
• * 1.7

  4 An offer of mercy, & a de∣nouncing of iudgement.
• * 1.8

  1 Lesson for euening praier. Isay 2.
• * 1.9

  1 A promise of saluation to Iewes & Gen∣tiles in the last dayes.
• * 1.10

  2 An acknow∣ledgement of their vnwor∣thinesse.
• * 1.11

  3 Exhortation to preuent the iudgements of God.
• * 1.12

  4 A prophesie of some mens vaine and idle repentance.
• * 1.13

  Epistle.
• * 1.14

  Rom. 13. v. 8. to the end of the chapter.
• * 1.15

  2 Part of the Epistle, is do∣ctrine.
• * 1.16

  3 The vse of this doctrine is exhortation.
• * 1.17

  4 Triall of our obedience to the exhortati∣on, which will appeare by the effects.
• * 1.18

  Gospel.
• * 1.19

  Math. 21. v. 1 to the ende of the 13.
• * 1.20

  1 Part of the Gos. is Christs cōmandement.
• * 1.21

  2 Obedience to this commen∣dement.
• * 1.22

  3 The effects of Christs riding and comming to Hierusalem.
• * 1.23

  1 Effect in the great multi∣tude.
• * 1.24

  2 Effect, in the people which praied to God, & praised God.
• * 1.25

  3 Effect, the common mul∣titude were troubled.
• * 1.26

  4 Part of this Gospell is con∣cerning the end why Christ came to Hieru∣salem.
• * 1.27

  Christs second coming.
• * 1.28

  Coherence of these 4 with the other 4 scri∣ptures going before.
• * 1.29

  Generall sūme of the two first Lessons.
• * 1.30

  Generall sūme of the epistle and gospell.
• * 1.31

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Lesson Isay 5.
• * 1.32

  The parts.
• * 1.33

  1 A rehearsall of many great fa∣uours shewed.
• * 1.34

  2 How the Iews abused these mercies of god.
• * 1.35

  3 A grieuous denunciation for their grie∣uous iniquities, to wit, against the Ingrossers of lands and hou∣ses, Ingrossers of drinke & plea∣sures, Obstinate and violent in sin, Proud Philau∣tist••, Mightie drin∣kers, and swi∣nish beasts.
• * 1.36

  4 A prophecie of the Gentiles calling.
• * 1.37

  Euen. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 24.
• * 1.38

  1 Curses are denounced a∣gainst the Iews, and why.
• * 1.39

  2 The Gentils are called to magnifie Gods name.
• * 1.40

  Epistle. Rom. 15. v. 4.14.
• * 1.41

  1 Doctrine il∣la••iue.
• * 1.42

  2 Prayer.
• * 1.43

  3 Exhortation.
• * 1.44

  4 Confirmati∣on of the ex∣hortation.
• * 1.45

  5 Another prayer concei∣ued vpon the former occa∣sions.
• * 1.46

  6 S. Pauls good opinion of the Romanes.
• * 1.47

  Gospell. Luke 21.25.33. The agreemēt betweene this & the former.
• * 1.48

  Christs princi∣pall purpose in this Gospell: a reason of the choife hereof.
• * 1.49

  Analise of the Gospell in ge∣nerall.
• * 1.50

  Parts of the Gospell special.
• * 1.51

  1 Signes in di∣uerse sorts of creatures.
• * 1.52

  2 Subsequent or sequele of these signes.
• * 1.53

  How Christ deliuers the vse of these signes.
• * 1.54

  3 His strong proofe to con∣firme all.
• * 1.55

  Certainty of Christs coming.
• * 1.56

  Connexi••n of these with the ormer.
• * 1.57

  Generall sūme of the first two.
• * 1.58

  Generall sūme of the Epistle & Gospell.
• * 1.59

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Lesson, Isay 25.
• * 1.60

  Parts.
• * 1.61

  1 A forme of gratulation.
• * 1.62

  2 The ground of this gratu∣lation.
• * 1.63

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 26.
• * 1.64

  Parts.
• * 1.65

  1 The ditty of this Catholick song.
• * 1.66

  2 The vse of the song.
• * 1.67

  3 The reasons and ground of the exhortatiō.
• * 1.68

  Epistle.
• * 1.69

  1. Cor. 4.1. to the 5. ver.
• * 1.70

  1 Pauls exhor∣tions.
• * 1.71

  2 Pauls resolu∣tiō concerning his censurers.
• * 1.72

  3 Pauls exhor∣tation tou∣ching this point of censu∣ring.
• * 1.73

  Gospell.
• * 1.74

  Mat 11.2. to the 10.
• * 1.75

  1 Demonstra∣tion of Christs comi••g
• * 1.76

  2 Christs own testimony
• * 1.77

  Coherence of these with the the former Scriptures.
• * 1.78

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons, Summe of the Epistle & Gos.
• * 1.79

  Speciall demonstrations of Christs coming to all people.
• * 1.80

  Mar. prayer. 1 Les. Isay 30.
• * 1.81

  Parts.
• * 1.82

  1 Iudgements are denounced against the di∣strusting Iewes.
• * 1.83

  2 Against t••e contemning Iewes.
• * 1.84

  3 God expects the Iewes con∣uersion, & the Gentils calling
• * 1.85

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 32.
• * 1.86

  Parts.
• * 1.87

  1 A prophecie of Christs kingdome.
• * 1.88

  2 Of Hierusalēs desolation.
• * 1.89

  3 He tels when these things shall be effe∣cted.
• * 1.90

  Epistle. Phi. 4.4.
• * 1.91

  The ground of the Apostles ex∣hortation.
• * 1.92

  Parts of the E∣pistle.

  • 1 Exhortation.
  • 2 Benefite of obedience to it.
  • 3 Dehortation from distractiō.
• * 1.93

  The benefite of obedience to the exhortaton is the custodie of their hearts in peace.
• * 1.94

  Speciall demonstration of Christs incarnation.
• * 1.95

  The difference betweene this and the former Gospell.
• * 1.96

  Parts A twofold re∣st••fi ation by a dialogue. Speakers are twofold.
• * 1.97

  Sophisters pro∣pound foure questions▪
• * 1.98

  1 Quis es?
• * 1.99

  2 Quid tum? or virum.
• * 1.100

  3 Qualis es?
• * 1.101

  4 Quamobrem?
• * 1.102

  Connexion of this feast with the former Sondaies.
• * 1.103

  Vse of the doct∣rines culled out for this day, & the other three holidayes.
• * 1.104

  Generall sūme of the Scrip∣tures for all these holidaies▪
• * 1.105

  Christs diuine and humane generation.
• * 1.106

  Chr••st hims lfe a••ledgeth the proph••cies to proue the truth of his birth.
• * 1.107

  6 Proper Psalmes.
• * 1.108

  19 Psalme analised.
• * 1.109

  2•• The crea∣tures teach.
• * 1.110

  2 The word doth teach.
• * 1.111

  45 Psalme ana∣lised.
• * 1.112

  85 Psalme ana∣lised. 1 Generall ex∣perience of Gods loue to the Church.
• * 1.113

  2 Partieular ex∣perience there∣of.
• * 1.114

  3 Confirmation & assured hope of the future performance of all.
• * 1.115

  8•• Psalme ana∣lysed.
• * 1.116

  1 Dauids prote∣station of praise for Gods mer∣cies herein.
• * 1.117

  2 The ground of his protesta∣tion.
• * 1.118

  110 Psalme analysed. 1 Dauid sings of all these points toge∣ther. 2 He confirmes it by Gods oth.
• * 1.119

  132 Psalme a∣nalysed. A relation of another oath which God hath made. Parts and con∣••ēts of the oath.
• * 1.120

  1 Christs king∣dome.
• * 1.121

  Christs kingdome, priesthood & prophecie.
• * 1.122

  2 Cōfirmation of the perpetui∣ty of this king∣dome.
• * 1.123

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Lest I ay 9.
• * 1.124

  Parts
• * 1.125

  Parts 1 Certain•• of Christs birth.
• * 1.126

  2 Diu••ne and eternall gene∣ration.
• * 1.127

  3 Perpetuity of his kingdome.
• * 1.128

  Euen. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 7.10.
• * 1.129

  Parts.
• * 1.130

  1 The true and immaculate conception.
• * 1.131

  2 The certainty of Christs birth.
• * 1.132

  3 Vniting of the two natures. The summe o•• the 4 scriptures of the new Te∣stament.
• * 1.133

  Mor. Prayer. 2 Less. Luke 2.1. to the 14.
• * 1.134

  1 Time, 2 Place 3 Maner, 4 Per∣sons the witnes∣ses.
• * 1.135

  Gospell. Iohn 1.1•• v. 14. Summe of ali the 14 verses.
• ¶ 1.136

  Epistle. Hebrewes 1.1. to the end of the 13.
• * 1.137

  1 God speakes to vs by his Sonne,
• * 1.138

  Generall sūme and particular analyse.
• * 1.139

  2 Christ is the true Prophet,
• * 1.140

  3 Christs person is described,
• * 1.141

  4 Christs excel∣lency aboue Angels,
• * 1.142

  5 The eternity of his kingdom.
• * 1.143

  Christs true and immaculate birth.
• * 1.144

  Eue. Prayer. 2 Les Titus 3.4. The end and vse of all the former fauors.
• * 1.145

  1 Our saluation
• * 1.146

  2 Our obediēce
• * 1.147

  Vse of all these 12 Scriptures, and dedicato∣graphy toge∣ther.

  The best Iewell we can weare at Christmas, or any other time.
• * 1.148

  Difference be∣twixt the wri∣tings of the o∣ther Euange∣lists and Saint Iohn.
• * 1.149

  Occasion of the choice of this scripture, Iohn 1.1.14.
• * 1.150

  Generall ana∣lyse.
• * 1.151

  Christs diuini∣tie.
• * 1.152

  Christs huma∣nity.
• * 1.153

  Confirmation of the diuinity.
• * 1.154

  1 Eternitie,
• * 1.155

  2 Consubstan∣t••alitie,
• * 1.156

  3 Essence and nature,
• * 1.157

  4 Rep••tition of two former ar∣gumēts for the better confir∣mation,
• * 1.158

  5 Arguments taken from the workes of Lo∣gos.
• * 1.159

  6 S. Iohns testi∣mony to con∣firme the truth hereof,
• * 1.160

  7 Kind of rea∣sons are argu∣ments drawne from the cause and effect.
• * 1.161

  Christs diuinity and humanity demonstrated.
• * 1.162

  1 From the cause,
• * 1.163

  2 From the cau••e.
• * 1.164

  Effects. Christ is to some,
• * 1.165

  1 Like an ex∣tinguished light,
• * 1.166

  2 Like a reie∣cted medica∣ment.
• * 1.167

  1 From the ef∣fect in the world.
• * 1.168

  2 From the ef∣fect it tooke in the Church,
• * 1.169

  3 Effect of this cleere light was in the elect, Christs best pa∣tients.
• * 1.170

  Description of the elect,
• * 1.171

  1 By their fi••ia∣tion,
• * 1.172

  2 By their ge∣neration.
• * 1.173

  Confirmation of Christs hu∣manitie,
• * 1.174

  1 Coniunction of the essence,
• * 1.175

  2 Twas in our flesh, not in the nature of An∣gels,
• * 1.176

  3 He hath essē∣tiall fulnesse of grace & truth,
• * 1.177

  4 Men behold the glory there∣of.
• * 1.178

  Why scriptures are chosen also for this day:
• * 1.179

  The doctrine of Christs birth more necessary then any other.
• * 1.180

  Generall sūme of the two first Lessons,
• * 1.181

  Hezekiah zealous for Christ.
• * 1.182

  Generall sūme of the epistle & gospell.
• * 1.183

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 37.
• * 1.184

  Parts. 1 King Hezekiahs griefe at the hearing of the blasphemy, and his recourse to God therein.
• * 1.185

  2 The effect of his griefe, & of his prayer to God:
• * 1.186

  3 Hezekiahs cō∣firmation here∣of by God.
• * 1.187

  4 Gods exe••u∣ting hereof.
• * 1.188

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Los. Isay 38,
• * 1.189

  2 God is heard of Hezekiah.
• * 1.190

  3 The gratful∣nesse of Heze∣kiah.
• * 1.191

  Hezekiah is cu∣red by the Pro∣phet.
• * 1.192

  Epistle. Gal. 4.1. to the 7. ver.
• * 1.193

  Parts
• * 1.194

  Christs incarnation in the fu••nes of time.
• * 1.195

  1 The protasis of the similitude.
• * 1.196

  2 The applica∣tion of the si∣militude.
• * 1.197

  3 The cordiall conclusion and vse extracted out of both.
• * 1.198

  Gospell. Math. 1. Parts generall
• * 1.199

  1 Christs ge∣nealogie,
• * 1.200

  2 Christs birth.
• * 1.201

  Particulars. 1 S. Mathewes description of Christs genea∣logie.
• * 1.202

  2 His calcula∣tion & collecti∣on.
• * 1.203

  Confirmation of Christs birth
• * 1.204

  1 By the Vir∣gins conceptiō.
• * 1.205

  2 By Iosephs in∣tention of se∣paration.
• * 1.206

  3 By Gods pre∣uention of Io∣sephs purpose, whereof there be 4 reasons.
• * 1.207

  Christs pedigree.
• * 1.208

  4 Iosephs obedi∣ence to Gods cōmandement,
• * 1.209

  Why Christ was circumci∣sed,
• * 1.210

  Old Circumcision.
• * 1.211

  The occasion why these sixe Scriptures are chosen.
• * 1.212

  Generall sūme of the two first Lessons.
• * 1.213

  Generall sūme of the Epistle & Gospell, & the two second Lessons,
• * 1.214

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Genes. 17. Parts.
• * 1.215

  1 Gods inden∣ting and coue∣nanting with Abraham,
• * 1.216

  Internall circumcision required
• * 1.217

  Gods fauour to Abrahams wife,
• * 1.218

  3 Abrahams o∣bedience.
• * 1.219

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Deu. 10 12
• * 1.220

  1 Moses his in∣iunction.
• * 1.221

  2 The vse of his general charge by cōmanding a speciall in∣iunction of cir∣cumcision in∣ternall.
• * 1.222

  Mor. Prayer. 2 Les. Rom. 2.7.
• * 1.223

  Paul schooleth the bragging Iew.
• * 1.224

  1 A description of the estate of the circumcised Iew.
• * 1.225

  2 A reprehen∣sion of them.
• * 1.226

  3 The vse & re∣ferrence of out∣ward circumci∣sion.
• * 1.227

  Effectuall Circumcision of the Gentiles.
• * 1.228

  Eue. Prayer. Colos. 2.
• * 1.229

  1 That they were complete in Christ.
• * 1.230

  2 What this complement is; to wit, their sp••ritua••l cir∣cumcision.
• * 1.231

  Epistle. Romanes 4.
• * 1.232

  1 A propositiō concerning blessednesse.
• * 1.233

  2 A determina∣tion of this true blessednesse.
• * 1.234

  Gospell. Luke 2.15.
• * 1.235

  Parts.
• * 1.236

  1 Effects & se∣quele of the An∣gels Sermon.
• * 1.237

  2 The History of Christs cir∣cumcision. Effects diuers according to diuerse obiects. Sheepeheards. Others.
• * 1.238

  Sheepeheards true, Circumcision of the heart
• * 1.239

  1 Talking and conference,
• * 1.240

  2 Walking and performance.
• * 1.241

  3 Imparting & communica∣ting to others.
• * 1.242

  4 Returning to their callings a∣gaine.
• * 1.243

  5 Glorifying God for all:
• * 1.244

  Effects of the Sheepeheards, paines in others
• * 1.245

  1 Wondering in the multi∣tude.
• * 1.246

  2 Pondering in Mary.
• * 1.247

  Particulars of Christs circum∣cision.
• * 1.248

  1 The time when:
• * 1.249

  2 The manner how.
• * 1.250

  3 The reasons why
• * 1.251

  Calling of the Gentiles.
• * 1.252

  Agreement of the doctrines of this feast with those of the cir∣cumcision.
• * 1.253

  The cause and occasion of the choise.
• * 1.254

  Generall sūme of all the Scrip∣tures in one period.
• * 1.255

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 40.
• * 1.256

  Parts 1 Remission of sins preached.
• * 1.257

  2 A prophecy of Iohn Baptists coming.
• * 1.258

  Great Britaine called among other lands.
• * 1.259

  3 Doctrine of mans frailty, & the words sta∣bilitie and eter∣nity.
• * 1.260

  Euen. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 49.
• * 1.261

  1 Isay preacheth to all Iles, ergo, to great Britain,
• * 1.262

  2 Isay preacheth Christs salua∣tion to the na∣tions,
• * 1.263

  3 He foretels the meanes that he will afford to this purpose.
• * 1.264

  1. Baptist preached of the calling of the Nations.
• * 1.265

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Luk. 3.1.
• * 1.266

  Parts.
• * 1.267

  1 Matter,
• * 1.268

  2 Manner,
• * 1.269

  3 Place,
• * 1.270

  4 Auditory.
• * 1.271

  Eue. Prayer. 2 Les. Ioh. 1.2.
• * 1.272

  Scope of this scripture.
• * 1.273

  Paul preached to the Gentils.
• * 1.274

  Epistle. Ephes. 3.1.
• * 1.275

  Parts.
• * 1.276

  1 God made Paul a preacher for the Gentils sakes,
• * 1.277

  2 What kind of preaching it is,
• * 1.278

  3 What the mysterie is,
• * 1.279

  4 That God hath commit∣ted it to him.
• * 1.280

  Gospell. Math. 2.1.
• * 1.281

  Parts:
• * 1.282

  1 Wise men come to see him,
• * 1.283

  2 Herod sought to kill him,
• * 1.284

  3 Wise men performed what they intended,
• * 1.285

  4 Wise men did not persecute Christ.
• * 1.286

  Circumstances to proue the truth of the wise mens co∣ming,
• * 1.287

  1 Time,
• * 1.288

  2 Place,
• * 1.289

  3 Persons,
• * 1.290

  4 Words and speeches.
• * 1.291

  5 Reasons as motiues
• * 1.292

  2 Herods perse∣cuting, the truth proue•• the t••uth.
• * 1.293

  The wise holy, &c.
• * 1.294

  H••rods publicke and priuate in∣quisition.
• * 1.295

  Herods appoin∣ting the wise men as secret intelligencers.
• * 1.296

  3 The wise mens obediēce argue the truth aforesayd.
• * 1.297

  Nine fruits of their obedience,
• * 1.298

  The Iewes are taught the calling of the Gentiles.
• * 1.299

  Agreements with the former scriptures.
• * 1.300

  Occasion of the choice of the Scriptures for the 5 sondaies following.
• * 1.301

  Summe of the two first Les∣sons.
• * 1.302

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell.
• * 1.303

  Mor. prayer. 1 Lesson Isay 44
• * 1.304

  Parts.
• * 1.305

  1 Gods boun∣tifulnesse to the old Iewes.
• * 1.306

  2 Gods flowing fauours to the Gentiles,
• * 1.307

  Iewes are taught, &c.
• * 1.308

  3 Gods ffe∣cti••g her of, and by what meanes.
• * 1.309

  Euen. Prayer. 1 Lesson Isay 46
• * 1.310

  Parts.
• * 1.311

  1 His gratious promise to thē, vrging their re∣liance vpon him.
• * 1.312

  2 Exhortation to giue care onely to him.
• * 1.313

  3 Dehortation from worship∣ping of id••ls, and why.
• * 1.314

  Epistle. Rom. 12.1.
• * 1.315

  God must bee serued of Chri∣stians oth••r∣wise then of Iewes, Calde∣ans, &c.
• * 1.316

  Our Lord Iesus the true, &c.
• * 1.317

  Parts.
• * 1.318

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.319

  2 Grounds
• * 1.320

  Vse hereof to vs also.
• * 1.321

  Gospell. Luke 2.42,
• * 1.322

  Generall parts
• * 1.323

  1 The care of Christs parēts.
• * 1.324

  2 The imploy∣ment of Christ
• * 1.325

  Speciall parts of the text.
• * 1.326

  His parents care is two∣fold.
• * 1.327

  Effects of Christs em∣ployment,
• * 1.328

  1 Christs vn∣derstanding and answers wrought asto∣nishment.
• * 1.329

  1. Christs ab∣sence arising of his imployment effected diuer∣sly.
• * 1.330

  Our Lords Iesus the true
• * 1.331

  1. His parents ignorance is re∣proued.
• * 1.332

  2 His employ∣ment was rhe cause of his ab∣sence from them,
• * 1.333

  Christs obedi∣ence another obiect of his imploiment.
• * 1.334

  Fruites of Christs perfect obedience,
• * 1.335

  Agreement of these Scriptures with the former
• * 1.336

  Comfort to Iewes & Gentils, &c.
• * 1.337

  Summe of the two first Les∣sons.
• * 1.338

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell.
• * 1.339

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 51.
• * 1.340

  Parts.
• * 1.341

  1 A preface vn∣to the Sermon
• * 1.342

  2 Singular cō∣fort to Iewes & Gentiles.
• * 1.343

  3 A preuention of all feare and discouragemēt.
• * 1.344

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 52.
• * 1.345

  Preachers of this saluation must be well entertained.
• * 1.346

  Parts.
• * 1.347

  1 Encourage∣ment of his people,
• * 1.348

  2 A speciall cō∣mandemen•• for the ministers entertaiment.
• * 1.349

  Epistle. Rom. 12.6.
• * 1.350

  The market that S. Paul shootes at in this porti∣on of Scripture
• * 1.351

  The true ana∣lise.
• * 1.352

  Gospell. Iohn 2.1.
• * 1.353

  Scope and drift of this Gospell,
• * 1.354

  Christ performes saluati∣on in the largest manner.
• * 1.355

  Parts 1 Occasion of the deed.
• * 1.356

  2 Miracle and deed it selfe.
• * 1.357

  3 Consequents and sequele.
• * 1.358

  Occasion two∣fold.
• * 1.359

  1 The marriage
• * 1.360

  2 The want of wine.
• * 1.361

  1 An introdu∣ction.
• * 1.362

  Parts of the deed.
• * 1.363

  2 The act and deed it selfe.
• * 1.364

  Consequent of the miracle.
• * 1.365

  1 The testimony:
• * 1.366

  2 The gouer∣nours reproofe of the Bride∣groome.
• * 1.367

  Testimony 1 From out∣ward sense.
• * 1.368

  2 From inward
• * 1.369

  Bridegroomes reproofe a di∣uersis.
• * 1.370

  1 Discretion of most men.
• * 1.371

  2 Indiscretion of the Bride∣groome.
• * 1.372

  Christs saluation is of the largest volume.
• * 1.373

  3 Consequent an ordinary blessed effect, a confirmation of his Disciples faith.
• * 1.374

  4 Consequent a record of Christs depar∣ture thence,
• * 1.375

  Agreemēt with the former sele∣cted Scriptures,
• * 1.376

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.377

  Summe of the Epistle & gospel
• * 1.378

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Isay 55.
• * 1.379

  The riches of Christs bountifulnesse.
• * 1.380

  1 Christs gra∣ciously inuites all.
• * 1.381

  2 Christ re∣proues ill hus∣bandry in his people.
• * 1.382

  3 A promise of Christ to the nations.
• * 1.383

  4 Exhortation to embrace this saluation offe∣red.
• * 1.384

  5 The manner how to em∣brace it:
• * 1.385

  6 The meanes whereby,
• * 1.386

  7 Promises to the effectuall receiuers.
• * 1.387

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 56
• * 1.388

  1 Vse of the Prophets for∣mer doctrines by exhortation to do well.
• * 1.389

  2 A promise.
• * 1.390

  3 God graci∣ously taketh a∣way the lets that hinder men in their seruing of God
• * 1.391

  Vse of this great fauour, &
• * 1.392

  Christ p••rfor∣med all this at Pentecost.
• * 1.393

  Epistle. Rom. 12 16. Exhortation to bountifulnesse hindred by re∣uenge.
• * 1.394

  Parts.
• * 1.395

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.396

  2 Deho••tation
• * 1.397

  3 Exhortation
• * 1.398

  4 Confirmatiō
• * 1.399

  5 Description of a true and holy reuenge.
• * 1.400

  6 How a man may performe this hard pre∣cept.
• * 1.401

  Chrsts performes the, &c.
• * 1.402

  Gospell. Math. 8.1.
• * 1.403

  Parts
• * 1.404

  1 Cure of the Leper.
• * 1.405

  2 Cure of the Centurions ser∣uant,
• * 1.406

  How both these were cured by Christ.
• * 1.407

  Obseruations out of the story of the Lepers.
• * 1.408

  1 Occasion Generall, Speciall.
• * 1.409

  Speciall occasi∣on, the faith of the Leper.
• * 1.410

  2 Obserue the miracle.
• * 1.411

  3 Obserue the charge which Christ gaue the Leper.
• * 1.412

  Generall parts of the story of the paralitiks cure.

  Entrance into it.
• * 1.413

  Hystory it selfe. Speciall parts of the hystory▪
• * 1.414

  1 The Centu∣rions petition.
• * 1.415

  2 Christs an∣swere.
• * 1.416

  3 Centurions lowly reply to some part of Christs answere▪
• * 1.417

  4 Christ an∣swere and affe∣ctation, his cen∣sure and com∣mendation of the Centurions faith.
• * 1.418

  Christs two reasons of this censure.
• * 1.419

  5 Christs finall answere, in granting effectu¦ally that which the Centurion had asked faith¦fully.
• * 1.420

  God respects fruits of all these fauors.
• * 1.421

  Coherence and connexion of the scriptures for the three former Sondais and rhese two that follow.

  God lookes for the fruits of his mercy from the trees of his plā∣ting.

  God requires obedience by the same Pro∣phets mouth by whom he pro∣mised fauour. Summe general of the two first Lessons.

  Generall sūme of the Epistle and Gospell.
• * 1.422

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay. 57.
• * 1.423

  1 A reproofe of their generall blindnesse, in not considering why God takes away the righ∣teous; and an exhortation to repentance.
• * 1.424

  God expects fruits & effects of all.
• * 1.425

  Vnfaithfull and vnthankfull Iewes are called witches chil∣dren.
• * 1.426

  2 An instructi∣on of others concerning Gods familiari∣ty with the con∣trite.
• * 1.427

  God will be ap∣peased with the peaceable and lowly ones.
• * 1.428

  3 A description of the fearefull estate of wicked men.
• * 1.429

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 58.
• * 1.430

  1 Exhortation to the Prophet, to reproue the Iews zealously,
• * 1.431

  2 Their sinnes are rehearsed in particular, hypocrisie, lip-labour, brag∣ging and meri∣ting,
• * 1.432

  3 God reproues hypocriticall fasting, and sheweth what a true fast is, and the effects ther∣of.
• * 1.433

  Epistle. Rom. 13.1. ad 7. Summe & scope of it.
• * 1.434

  Parts.
• * 1.435

  1 A generall doctrine exhortatiue vnto subiection and obedience to Magistrates, a fruite of the tree of our obedience to God
• * 1.436

  God looks for grapes of these his graces.
• * 1.437

  2 Reasons mo∣tiue to vrge this doctrine,
• * 1.438

  3 Conclusions exhortatiue that euery one haue his due, but Gods people a∣boue other are tied to obey their Magi∣strates.
• * 1.439

  All are disobe∣dient vnto Pro∣phets and Apo∣stles.
• * 1.440

  Gospell. Math. 8.23. end of the chapter. Summe and drift of it. Our Lord cau∣ses Meteors, Elements, winds, sea, de∣moniacks, di∣uels and swine to obey him, to teach obedience to the disciples, true f••are and religion to the Gergelenes.
• * 1.441

  Parts generall. A relation of Christs twofold deliuerance,
• * 1.442

  1 ••f the disci∣ple••,
• * 1.443

  2 Of the demo∣niacks.
• * 1.444

  Analyse of the••, 1 The danger the Disciples were in, 2 Christs reproofe of the Disciples, 3 Their deliuerance out of the danger,
• * 1.445

  Christ teacheth cōfidence, &c.
• * 1.446

  4 The effect of this miraculous deliuerance.
• * 1.447

  Summe of the relation of the second danger and misery, to wit, of the De∣moniacks.
• * 1.448

  Analyse of this second,
• * 1.449

  1 The name of their misery,
• * 1.450

  2 Diuerse ef∣fects are men∣tioned either of
• * 1.451

  1 Their misery,
• * 1.452

  2 Christs power
• * 1.453

  Another effect of Christs po∣wer describing the Demoniaks deliuerance,
• * 1.454

  3 The effect of the diuels ma∣lice,
• * 1.455

  4 The conse∣quents and ef∣fects of their losse of their hogges.
• * 1.456

  Mans waies very light & vain,
• * 1.457

  Summe of the 57 & 58 of Isay, & the coherēce betweene them and these two for this Sonne∣day.
• * 1.458

  Summe of the 59 & 64 chap∣ter of Isay.
• * 1.459

  Summe of the Epistle.
• * 1.460

  Summe general of the Gospell.
• * 1.461

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 59,
• * 1.462

  Summe and scope of the chapter.
• * 1.463

  Parts & princi∣pall points,
• * 1.464

  1 That Gods power and fa∣uour in sauing
• * 1.465

  Men must pray for reformation of their waies.
• * 1.466

  2 A reason why God neither deliuers nor heares at some times,
• * 1.467

  3 That God doth iustly pu∣nish them,
• * 1.468

  4 God doth re∣uenge and re∣quite the fury of his aduersa∣ries.
• * 1.469

  Promiseth the manifestation of his spirit to the Gentiles. The promise was performed by Christ, Mat. 28.
• * 1.470

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Isay 62. Summe & drift of the chapter. Supplication & petition after confession of sinnes.
• * 1.471

  Parts and prin∣cipall points.

  • 1 Petition,
  • 2 Confession,
  • 3 Begging of mercy in gene∣rall,
  • 4 Intreating it in particular for the citie and the temple.
• * 1.472

  1 A gentle per∣swasion vnto gentlenesse and meeknesse, by a right and true gentleman.
• * 1.473

  Epistle. Col. 3.12. ad 17.
• * 1.474

  2 The ends & motiues of this perswasion,
• * 1.475

  The first ende that gods peace may rule in their hearts,
• * 1.476

  The second, that Gods word may dwell in their hearts,
• * 1.477

  The third, that they do all in the name of the Lord Iesus, gi∣uing thankes to the Father by him.
• * 1.478

  Gospell. Mat. 13.24. ad 30.
• * 1.479

  Summe of this Scripture,
• * 1.480

  Parts general
• * 1.481

  A parable, The applicatiō of the parable. Parts of the pa∣rable,
• * 1.482

  1 The seedmans diligence,
• * 1.483

  2 The labourers negligence,
• * 1.484

  3 Interruption and hinderance by the enemy,
• * 1.485

  4 Wisdome re∣quired in all these businesses with patience.
• * 1.486

  Examples of meeknesse
• * 1.487

  1 Confirmation of the continual malicious wat∣chfulnesse of the enemy,
• * 1.488

  2 Cōfirmation of the houshol∣ders ill successe and malice of the enimy.
• * 1.489

  The seruants first question.
• * 1.490

  The seruants second que∣stion.
• * 1.491

  Answer to the first and second question.
• * 1.492

  The seruants third question. Answer.
• * 1.493

  Reason of the answer.
• * 1.494

  Resolution & determination what shall be∣come of the tares.
• * 1.495

  Patienet expectation.
• * 1.496

  What shall bee done with the wheate.
• * 1.497

  Coherence of the doctrines contained in the Scriptures chosen for the three Sondaies following & all the rest.
• * 1.498

  The subiect of the Scriptures chosen for the three Sondaies following.
• * 1.499

  A very good occasion of hu∣mi••iation,
• * 1.500

  Mor. Prayer 1 Les, Gen. 1.
• * 1.501

  Parts.
• * 1.502

  Mans humiliation in consideration, Of his fall from that excellent creation,
• * 1.503

  1 The making of the Cahos or Prima materia,
• * 1.504

  2 The distincti∣on or diuision of the first mat∣ter into forme. the creation of the light & fir∣mament.
• * 1.505

  3 The creation of hearbs and trees after the diuision and se∣paration of the waters from the earth.
• * 1.506

  4 The creation of the Sunne Moone & Stars,
• * 1.507

  5 The creation of the creatures creeping, flying and swimming,
• * 1.508

  6 The creation of all beasts of the earth, & of man & woman the Lord and Lady of thē all.
• * 1.509

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Genes. 2.
• * 1.510

  Parts.
• * 1.511

  1 God resteth from creating, but not from increasing and preseruing,
• * 1.512

  2 Moses his ge∣neral recapitut∣lation of Gods special workes, Reasons why God watered the vigitals of earth, with a mist from the earth,
• * 1.513

  3 The ma••ter whereof man was made,
• * 1.514

  4 God prouides for mans holy delight as for necessity,
• * 1.515

  5 God puts man into the garden, but with a caueat & pro∣uiso how to ea∣ry him,
• * 1.516

  6 The manner of womans cre∣ation,
• * 1.517

  7 Adās wisedōe and authority in nominating the creatures & his owne wife,
• * 1.518

  8 Mankind had all these fauours in their innocē∣cy.
• * 1.519

  Epistle. 1 Cor, 9, 24, Summe gene∣rall and scope thereof,
• * 1.520

  Parts.
• * 1.521

  1 Teaching by similitudes,
• * 1.522

  Paul an example of humiliation,
• * 1.523

  2 Teaching by example a••d applic tion of the similitudes,
• * 1.524

  3 The manner & meanes how Saint Paul doth both,
• * 1.525

  4 He propoun∣deth the end why he doth al. Who are most infamous in their ministery and in the pro∣fession of Chri∣stianity.
• * 1.526

  Gospell. Math. 20.1 ad 16 Generall scope thereof.
• * 1.527

  Parts general
• * 1.528

  1 The parable,
• * 1.529

  2 The vse of it. What the para∣ble is,
• * 1.530

  Parts special.
• * 1.531

  1 The houshol∣ders loue and care for his vineyard.
• * 1.532

  Christ loues whom he will, and how he will.
• * 1.533

  2 His iust dea∣ling with the labourers.
• * 1.534

  3 His bargai∣ning with the workfolkes.
• * 1.535

  Fiue times.
• * 1.536

  1 Time
• * 1.537

  2 Time
• * 1.538

  3 & 4 Time
• * 1.539

  5 Time
• * 1.540

  Explanation of the housholders iustice and e∣quall dealing.
• * 1.541

  Confirmation of this iust dea∣ling.
• * 1.542

  The hired la∣bourers capti∣ous and enuious reply.
• * 1.543

  1 They mur∣mure.
• * 1.544

  2 They accuse.
• * 1.545

  The houshol∣ders answere to the murmurer, to conten•• him, is three-fold.
• * 1.546

  1 Non est factū.
• * 1.547

  2 The consci∣ence of the re∣plyer and ••••nt.
• * 1.548

  Proud enuious, & malicious, &
• * 1.549

  3 A perempory counsell & con∣clusion groun∣ded vpon three foundations.
• * 1.550

  1 The free bounty and goodnesse of the housholder.
• * 1.551

  2 An old rule taken from the lawfull vse of e∣uery mans own
• * 1.552

  3 A iust reprofe and censorious iudgement of the enuious gudgers bad heart & tongue,
• * 1.553

  Coherence of the 3 & 6 with the 1 & 2 of Genesis.

  God gaue man more then a pe∣ny for his work in the garden, Vegetals for meate, and ani∣mals for other vses would not content him.

  Summe of the two first Lessōs The reason of the choise of these Scriptures is for mans fur∣ther humiliati∣on,

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell.

  Man is to boast of nothing but his infirmity. By this he be∣comes that good lowly ground where∣in that good seed of Gods word fructifi∣••th.
• * 1.554

  Man did not continue humble, &c.
• * 1.555

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Genes. 3. Parts general
• * 1.556

  1 Mans fall in two dialogues,
• * 1.557

  2 The effect of this fall, in the cause & caused,
• * 1.558

  1 Dialogue perswasiue,
• * 1.559

  2 Dialogue re∣prehensiue, Effect foure∣fold of the transgression
• * 1.560

  Effect foure-fold of the transgression
• * 1.561

  1 Serpents curse.
• * 1.562

  2 Punishment of the woman,
• * 1.563

  3 Punishment of the earth,
• * 1.564

  4 Punishment of man, which was foure-fold,
• * 1.565

  1 Labour with paine,
• * 1.566

  2 Clothing,
• * 1.567

  3 Exile,
• * 1.568

  4 Terrour by the Cherubines & the fiery sha∣king sword.
• * 1.569

  The fall of our first Parents▪
• * 1.570

  Eue. Prayer.
• * 1.571

  1 Les. Gen. 6,
• * 1.572

  Sūme & scope geenerall, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Wickednesse followed the forgerfulnesse of Gods bene∣fits & blessings. Peccandi nullus finis cum a ratio∣ne disceditur.
• * 1.573

  Parts of the chapter.
• * 1.574

  1 A description of one of the speciall crying sinnes, & Gods displeasure cō∣ceiued,
• * 1.575

  2 A relation,
• * 1.576

  1 Of Gods fa∣uour to his Church,
• * 1.577

  2 Of his iu∣stice to the world.
• * 1.578

  3 A description of the Arkes forme,
• * 1.579

  The end why it was made,
• * 1.580

  4 The effect of Gods comman∣dement in Noe is his obedi∣ence,
• * 1.581

  Epistle.
• * 1.582

  Crying sinnes of the first age, God fauoureth Noah and his,
• * 1.583

  Summe Gene∣rall of the Epi∣stle. God would prooue S. Pauls word true,
• * 1.584

  Paul is a good example of a right humbled minister,
• * 1.585

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.586

  1 A perswasion to endure his reioycing.
• * 1.587

  2 A propoun∣ding of the mat∣ter and ground
• * 1.588

  1 Of his owne reioycing in the flesh,
• * 1.589

  1 In his kindred
• * 1.590

  2 In his calling and function.
• * 1.591

  2 His inward reioycing which is threefold,
• * 1.592

  1 Dayly care
• * 1.593

  2 Ouertoyling himselfe,
• * 1.594

  3 Greefe at the manifold scan∣dels offered,
• * 1.595

  3 A propoun∣ding of the manner of both his reioycing
• * 1.596

  4 A confirma∣tion of all by Gods owne te∣stimony
• * 1.597

  Christ shews who are rightly humbled.
• * 1.598

  Gospell.
• * 1.599

  Luke 8.4, ad 15. Summe and scope. Christ shewes who they are that are truely and rightly hum∣bled.
• * 1.600

  Parts generall of the text,
• * 1.601

  1 Parable,
• * 1.602

  2 Occasion of the exposition thereof,
• * 1.603

  3 Christs expo∣sition,
• * 1.604

  Why the Church hath culled out this text of Scrip∣ture for this time.
• * 1.605

  Parts of the Parable,
• * 1.606

  1 Sower
• * 1.607

  2 Seed,
• * 1.608

  3 Successe of both: that is, o∣perae & olei
• * 1.609

  Successe differs from the Sower and seed,
• * 1.610

  First ground, the way side had two dis∣commodities,
• * 1.611

  The godly hearers & faithful practisers.
• * 1.612

  Secondly, the stony ground had the faire commodity of springing vp, with the discō∣modity of wi∣thering,
• * 1.613

  3 The thorny ground had the discommo∣dity of choking all that came vp
• * 1.614

  4 Good groūd hath all good commodities & effects with∣out any discom∣modity at all,
• * 1.615

  Second part of the Gospell the occasion of the exposition.
• * 1.616

  Third part of the Gospell
• * 1.617

  Christs exposi∣on of the para∣ble and all the parts thereof.
• * 1.618

  What the first kind of ground is,
• * 1.619

  The second kind of ground
• * 1.620

  What the third ground and hearers are.
• * 1.621

  Faithfull practisers are &c,
• * 1.622

  Properties of the fourth groūd included in a smal room, an honest and good heart the best place of the body.
• * 1.623

  Coherence of the ninth and twelfth with the third and sixt chapters of Ge∣nesis,

  Summe of the 9 of Genes••s,
• * 1.624

  Summe of the twelfth chapter of Genesis.
• * 1.625

  Summe of the Epistle, 1. Cor, 13 Loue the origi∣nall of gifts.
• * 1.626

  Noah fructifieth internally
• * 1.627

  Summe of the gospell Luk. 18 13.

  Christs practise of loue.
• * 1.628

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen 9.

  Parts of the first Lesson, 1 Letters pa∣tents of Gods blessed cōman∣dement for mans Multi∣plication, Authoritie, Meate.
• * 1.629

  2 Indentures of couenant be∣tweene God himselfe, Noah, and the crea∣tures. Rainbow is the seale set to these indentures
• * 1.630

  3 Sequele and effect ••ereof in Noah and his children,
• * 1.631

  4 Part of the chapter ••oahs Chronicle.
• * 1.632

  Abraham beleeued the promise.
• * 1.633

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen. 12.
• * 1.634

  Parts.
• * 1.635

  1 Gods com∣mandement for Abrams trauaile,
• * 1.636

  2 Abrams crosses were cō∣panions to him in his iourney. His troubles were,
• * 1.637

  1 Generall,
• * 1.638

  2 Particular. Hard effects of his troubled pollicy,
• * 1.639

  3 Abrams deli∣uerance out of his troubles.
• * 1.640

  Epistle. 1. Cor. 13.
• * 1.641

  Summe of the Epistle. The end why God bestowes his graces and blessings vpon his Church.
• * 1.642

  Edification in loue is the end, &c.
• * 1.643

  Parts of the E∣pistle,
• * 1.644

  1 Doctrine, Graces & gifts haue slender & fruitlesse vse without loue. Paul is a suppo∣sed exampl•• of the truth of this doctrine,
• * 1.645

  2 A description of loue, that men may loue it the better,
• * 1.646

  Qualities of loue set downe, by 1 Position, 2 Contraposi∣tion.
• * 1.647

  Loues lasting & permanency is her best pro∣pertie.
• * 1.648

  Of Gods graces and benefit••.
• * 1.649

  Summe, A comparison betwixt the pi∣cture o•• loue & Christ himselfe the body and substance of loue.
• * 1.650

  Gospell. Luke ••8.31.
• * 1.651

  Parts of the gospell,
• * 1.652

  1 Christs theo∣ry in foretelling his death,
• * 1.653

  2 S. Luke tels what effect Christs theory and sermon tooke,
• * 1.654

  3 Christs pra∣ctise of loue in the cure of the blind man.
• * 1.655

  Christ is the substance of loue, &c.
• * 1.656

  Christ himselfe gaue the first occasion of this cure.
• * 1.657

  The blind man giues another.
• * 1.658

  Christ giues more occasions
• * 1.659

  The forme of this cure,
• * 1.660

  The effects of the cure.
• * 1.661

  Dependance of the 19 and 32 chapters of Gene¦sis with the 19 & 12 chapters.
• * 1.662

  Mankind is mul¦tiplied that he might multiply his praises to God.
• * 1.663

  Christ pro∣poūds it in the Gospell before going.
• * 1.664

  Pauls argument and subiect is the same.
• * 1.665

  Sodomites forget the bles∣sing of cresci••e & multiply and the curse of Deluge
• * 1.666

  Summe of the foure Scriptures following.
• * 1.667

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen. 19.
• * 1.668

  Parts
• * 1.669

  1 The two-fold entertainment of the two An∣gels.
• * 1.670

  2 Lots deliue∣rance from Sodom burning, and from Gods fire which burnt all.
• * 1.671

  3 Lots wiues pu∣nishment in the end and taile of the fiery showre.
• * 1.672

  4 Abraham saw all this and God was mindfull of his mercy to Lot and Abraham
• * 1.673

  5 Lots vnthank∣fulnesse to God for all.
• * 1.674

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Gen. 22.
• * 1.675

  1 The history of Abrahams faith.
• * 1.676

  Parts.
• * 1.677

  2 The pedigree of Nahor Abra∣hams brother,
• * 1.678

  Abraham remembers all, & is obedient to Gods, &c,
• * 1.679

  Epistle.
• * 1.680

  2. Cor. 6.1.
• * 1.681

  Summe
• * 1.682

  Parts:
• * 1.683

  1 Exhortatiō
• * 1.684

  2 Motiues to it
• * 1.685

  Parts of the exhortation.
• * 1.686

  Manner.
• * 1.687

  Matter,
• * 1.688

  Grounds of this Rheoricall manner of ex∣horting.
• * 1.689

  1 Canonicall Scripture.
• * 1.690

  2 Examples of the holy con∣uersation of the Apostles,
• * 1.691

  Exhortations and examples, &c.
• * 1.692

  The approued∣nesse of the A∣postles in twēty nine times put to the teast and tryall.
• * 1.693

  Good and pure mettall, a most golden mini∣stery most ex∣quisit teaching.
• * 1.694

  Gospell.
• * 1.695

  Math. 4.1.
• * 1.696

  Summe
• * 1.697

  God is tryed by the diuell.
• * 1.698

  Parts of the Gospell.
• * 1.699

  1 The Appara∣tiō, or prepara∣tion of the two combatters.
• * 1.700

  How our Lord Iesus Christ is made ready.
• * 1.701

  Christs temptation & tri••∣all exceeds all other trials.
• * 1.702

  How the diuell makes himselfe ready.
• * 1.703

  2 The blowes & stroakes that were giuen on both sides.
• * 1.704

  The first stroak giuen by the di∣uill,
• * 1.705

  The Italian di∣uels incarnate do reason thus: God can do all things, ergo, he doth turne, and wil turne bread Sacramental in∣to Christs body reall.
• * 1.706

  Christs answere and award to this blow.
• * 1.707

  Sathans second blow,
• * 1.708

  Christs challenge & com∣bate with the diuell.
• * 1.709

  Our Lords an∣swere.
• * 1.710

  The diuels third stroake.
• * 1.711

  Our Sauiour answeres him with a double veny.
• * 1.712

  3 S. Matthews•• relation of the successe of Christs tempta∣tion.
• * 1.713

  Coherence of the 27 & 34 of Genesis with the 19 & 22,
• * 1.714

  Our soules and bodies must be tamed,
• * 1.715

  Briefe summe of the foure Scrip∣tures.
• * 1.716

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen. 27.
• * 1.717

  Parts
• * 1.718

  1 Esau his charge receiued from his father.
• * 1.719

  2 Rebekahs de∣ceitfull plot,
• * 1.720

  3 Iacobs affect∣ing and effect∣ing this plot,
• * 1.721

  4 The discoue∣ry of both,
• * 1.722

  5 The bad end of all Esaus plot∣ting of Iacobs death.
• * 1.723

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Gen. 34.
• * 1.724

  Parts.
• * 1.725

  1 Occasion of Dinahs deflou∣ring,
• * 1.726

  2 Shechems act,
• * 1.727

  3 The meanes which he vsed to marry the forced woman,
• * 1.728

  4 Hamors course taken with Ia∣cobs sonnes,
• * 1.729

  5 Conditions of couenant on both sides,
• * 1.730

  6 Ireful reuenge of this act by Simeon & Leui.
• * 1.731

  7 Iacobs reprofe and dislike of their furious act
• * 1.732

  Exhortation to cleanesse in soule and body.
• * 1.733

  Epistle.
• * 1.734

  1. Thess. 4.1. Summe.
• * 1.735

  Parts.
• * 1.736

  1 Exhortations by Paul, Sylua∣nus & Timotheus that the Thessa∣lonians would a∣bound in loue.
• * 1.737

  2 Supporters & motiues of this exhortation.
• * 1.738

  3 The branches of this sanctifi∣cation.
• * 1.739

  4 The fearfull estate of the disobedient to these exhorta∣tiue comman∣dements.
• * 1.740

  Gospell. Math. 15.21.
• * 1.741

  Coherēce with the preceeding doctrines.
• * 1.742

  Summe History of the precious & vn∣fained faith of the Syropheniciā woman.
• * 1.743

  Parts.
• * 1.744

  Introduction, History it selfe.
• * 1.745

  Parts of the in∣troduction or preface,
• * 1.746

  Parts of the History Foure sundry passions in the womans prayer
• * 1.747

  1 Haue mercy
• * 1.748

  2 Her crying after Christ and the Apostles,
• * 1.749

  Rare examples of chastitie▪
• * 1.750

  3 Her coming before him with Lord helpe me,
• * 1.751

  4 Her humility in acknowledg∣ing her vnwor∣thinesse & mi∣sery; yet not leauing off to vrge her suite. Christs answer to the womans earnest suite.
• * 1.752

  Agreement of these scriptures for this day, with the former Scriptures. Briefe summe of these foure Scriptures, 1 Iosephs conti∣nency,
• * 1.753

  2 Iosephs Phila∣delphy,
• * 1.754

  Incontinency of Putipliars wife.
• * 1.755

  3 Exhortation to loue,
• * 1.756

  4 Example of loue.
• * 1.757

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Gen. 39.
• * 1.758

  Parts.
• * 1.759

  1 Introduction or preface into the history of Iosephs chastity,
• * 1.760

  2 Relation of Putiphars wiues harlotry,
• * 1.761

  3 Lothsome beastly concu∣piscence of this impudent queane,
• * 1.762

  Iosephs constancy
• * 1.763

  4 Her plotting of mischiefe a∣gainst Ioseph, for not yeelding to her lust,
• * 1.764

  5 Putiphars vn∣iust incarcera∣ting of Ioseph.
• * 1.765

  6 Gods loue to Ioseph in all his troubles.
• * 1.766

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen. 42.
• * 1.767

  God continued to looke vpon Iosephs affl••ctiō.
• * 1.768

  Summe.
• * 1.769

  Ioseph remem∣bers Gods loue towards him in his dutifulnesse to his father, & loue to his bre∣thren.
• * 1.770

  Parts.
• * 1.771

  1 Iacobs sending of his sonnes in to Egypt for corne,
• * 1.772

  2 Their hard intertainment at the first, to be charged with trechery,
• * 1.773

  Iosephs dutifulnes to his father
• * 1.774

  3 Their answer to this accusa∣tion,
• * 1.775

  4 Ioseph challen∣geth thē agai••,
• * 1.776

  5 He makes tri∣al of their truth and loyaltie,
• * 1.777

  6 Their trouble and checke of conscience,
• * 1.778

  7 Iosephs bro∣therly dealing with his breth∣ren,
• * 1.779

  8 Their relation of all to their father,
• * 1.780

  9 Iacobs answer to his sonnes.
• * 1.781

  Epistle.
• * 1.782

  Ephes. 5.1.
• * 1.783

  Summe.
• * 1.784

  Coherence with the for∣mer chapter.
• * 1.785

  Parts:
• * 1.786

  1 Exhortation to follow God in loue,
• * 1.787

  2 Dehortation from some vi∣ces hindering this loue,
• * 1.788

  3 Reasons in∣duced to di∣swade from these vices,
• * 1.789

  3 Reason.
• * 1.790

  4 Three neces∣sary inferences are concluded hereupon.
• * 1.791

  Of the last in∣ference, 3 Reasons,
• * 1.792

  Gospell. Luke 11.14.28. Summe.
• * 1.793

  Christ his exceeding loue, &c.
• * 1.794

  Parts.
• * 1.795

  Miracle.
• * 1.796

  Effect of it.
• * 1.797

  Effect twofold.
• * 1.798

  Effect very good in a good woman,
• * 1.799

  Christ consures the Pharisies blasphemie di∣uers waies.
• * 1.800

  1 A simili
• * 1.801

  2 Ab absurdo,
• * 1.802

  3 a causa effici∣ente.
• * 1.803

  Christ answeres the blaspheming Pharises.
• * 1.804

  4 A maiore ad minus.
• * 1.805

  5 A repugnanti∣bus?
• * 1.806

  6 Ab aduersari∣••rum concessis, Who in their cōsciences grā∣ted, but out∣wardly in words denied the truth.
• * 1.807

  God forsakes not his people in distresses,
• * 1.808

  How Christs Church is hū∣bled by the for∣mer, and these consideeations following,
• * 1.809

  Coherence of these 4 scrip∣tures with the former.

  Sūme of these in two generall points,

  Gods proui∣dence and care ouer our bodies Gods consola∣tion of our soules.
• * 1.810

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les, Gen. 43. Parts. 1 The distres∣ses of Iacob and his children in Canaan,
• * 1.811

  2 Iacob consēts to send Benia∣min into Egypt with a present to Ioseph,
• * 1.812

  Ioseph brethren comforted, &c.
• * 1.813

  3 Iosephs ioyfull welcoming of his brethren,
• * 1.814

  4 His brethren suspect their in∣tertainment to be but in policy
• * 1.815

  5 Their deliue∣ry of the pre∣sent to Ioseph,
• * 1.816

  6 Iosephs publike conferēce with them about their fathers health,
• * 1.817

  7 Iosephs tender hartednesse to Beniamin,
• * 1.818

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Gen. 45.
• * 1.819

  Parts.
• * 1.820

  1 Discouery of Iosephs long con¦cealed loue,
• * 1.821

  2 Iosephs send∣ing for his fa∣ther,
• * 1.822

  God makes his people, &c.
• * 1.823

  3 Effect of this loue in the hea∣then king and his seruants.
• * 1.824

  4 Effect that this tidinges wrought in old Israel.
• * 1.825

  Epistle. Galath. 4.21.
• * 1.826

  Summe.
• * 1.827

  Gods fatherly loue to his Church, in ma∣king them true and naturall children.
• * 1.828

  Parts.
• * 1.829

  1 Pauls propoū∣ding of the matter in con∣trouersie be∣tweene him & them in an al∣legorie.
• * 1.830

  2 Exposition of this allegorie.
• * 1.831

  3 His conclusi∣on thereupon, that we are all children after the manner of Isaac.
• * 1.832

  Christ prouides for the bodies & soules of his children & people.
• * 1.833

  4 Application of all that he sayd before in exhortation to Gods church to constancy,
• * 1.834

  Gospell. Ioh. 6.1. to the 14.
• * 1.835

  Summe
• * 1.836

  Christ the good housholder prouides for his familie.

  Christ answers the peoples pa∣tien••e in hea∣ring, with his most louing care in proui∣ding for them.
• * 1.837

  Gods blessing makes the qua∣ity of food to exceed the quā∣titie.
• * 1.838

  Parts.
• * 1.839

  1 Occasion of∣fered and taken by Christ.
• * 1.840

  2 Circumstanee of the time,
• * 1.841

  3 Conference about this fee∣ding of the people,
• * 1.842

  4 Christs pre∣paring the peo∣pie and him∣selfe,
• * 1.843

  5 Miracle,
• * 1.844

  6 Effect that this miracle wrought in the people.
• * 1.845

  Coherence of these 4 scrip∣tures with the former.
• * 1.846

  Summe.
• * 1.847

  The sheepe were before scattered: now is the shepheard about to be troubled.
• * 1.848

  Generall sum of the foure Scriptures, Distresses of the members, persecution of the head.
• * 1.849

  Israelites oppressed, &c.
• * 1.850

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 3.
• * 1.851

  Parts.
• * 1.852

  1 Gods calling of Moses.
• * 1.853

  2 Humility of Moses in ac— knowledging his insufficien∣cy.
• * 1.854

  3 God fitteth and enableth Moses.
• * 1.855

  4 Moses desire to know the authority of his calling.
• * 1.856

  5 Gods answer to Moses by the effects of his ministery.
• * 1.857

  Pharaoh and his people oppresse Gods people.
• * 1.858

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 5.
• * 1.859

  Parts.
• * 1.860

  1 Moses and A∣aron execute their charge.
• * 1.861

  2 Pharaohs ac∣ceptance here∣of in his

  • 1 Minde.
  • 2 Exceptions.
  • 3 Tyranny.
• * 1.862

  3 Israelites pe∣tition to the ty∣rant to be eased of their oppres∣sion.
• * 1.863

  4 Officers of the Israelites impute Phara∣ohs tyranny to Moses & Aaron.
• * 1.864

  5 Moses repaires to God in these distresses.
• * 1.865

  Epistle. Heb. 9.11. to the 16.
• * 1.866

  Summe.
• * 1.867

  Christ an eternall Redemer
• * 1.868

  Deliuerance by Chri••t eternall, by Moses exter∣nall a••d typical,
• * 1.869

  Parts.
• * 1.870

  1 Tis positiuely and perempto∣rily set downe.
• * 1.871

  2 Confirmati∣on a minore ad maius.
• * 1.872

  3 Confirmatiō a causa finali. He did it, that he might becōe the Mediator of the new Testa∣ment.
• * 1.873

  Gospell. Ioh. 8 46. ad 59.
• * 1.874

  Parts.
• * 1.875

  1 The innocen¦cy of our high Priest, His enimies an∣swered with ray¦ling.
• * 1.876

  2 Iewes hard— nesse of heart ingendred poy∣son of their tongues.
• * 1.877

  Christ the head was persecuted of the members of his Church
• * 1.878

  Our Lords an∣swere to them is three-fold.
• * 1.879

  1 His honour is not frō him∣selfe.
• * 1.880

  2 The Iewes knew not the Father,
• * 1.881

  3 Abrahā knew him & reioyced
• * 1.882

  3 A contestati∣on against these Iewes persisting in their obtre∣ctations.
• * 1.883

  4 The enemies argument a fu∣stibus or lapidi∣bus.
• * 1.884

  Iewes persecu∣ting of Christ worse then Pha∣raohs.
• * 1.885

  More outward signes of con— uersion in Pha∣raoh & his fol∣lowers, then in the Iewes.
• * 1.886

  Iewes persecution of Christ, &c.
• * 1.887

  Summe of the Epistle.
• * 1.888

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 9.
• * 1.889

  Parts.
• * 1.890

  1 God proceeds in plaguing of Pharaoh, as hee went on in per∣secut••ng.
• * 1.891

  2 The sixth plague of bliste∣ring scab••••s as the former was the murraine of beasts.
• * 1.892

  3 The seuenth plague of hayle thunder, light∣ning.
• * 1.893

  Exhortations to humiliation, &c.
• * 1.894

  Effect hereof.
• * 1.895

  1 Pharaohs con∣fessing of his sinne.
• * 1.896

  2 His promise to dismisse the Israelites.
• * 1.897

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 10.
• * 1.898

  Summe
• * 1.899

  A relatiō of the eight & ninth plague of Gra∣shoppers and palpable darke∣nesse.
• * 1.900

  The 8. plague.
• * 1.901

  The 9. plague and scourge, Pharaoh re∣solues vpon a dismission of the Israelites, but yet with a prouiso.
• * 1.902

  Epistle Phil. 2.5. ad 11.
• * 1.903

  Summe
• * 1.904

  An exhortation to humiliation that we may at∣taine to exalta∣tion.
• * 1.905

  Christs humiliation, in his passion.
• * 1.906

  Parts.
• * 1.907

  1 Exhortation to bee minded like Christ.
• * 1.908

  2 A description of this minde of Christ in his humiliation.
• * 1.909

  1 Equality with God.
• * 1.910

  2 Exmanition.
• * 1.911

  3 Forme of a seruant.
• * 1.912

  4 Like to a man
• * 1.913

  5 In shape as a man.
• * 1.914

  6 Voluntary humiliation.
• * 1.915

  7 Obedience to death.
• * 1.916

  8 Obedience to the cursed death
• * 1.917

  3 Effect of this humiliation his exaltation.
• * 1.918

  4 A general de∣scription of this name & power of Christ.
• * 1.919

  1 In the true subiection of all other creatures
• * 1.920

  2 In the true humiliation of mankind in the confession of this power and saluation of Ie∣sus Christ.
• * 1.921

  Summe.
• * 1.922

  Gospell. Math. 26. & 27. ad 56.
• * 1.923

  The lamenta— ble humiliation of our deere Sauiour two waies.
• * 1.924

  1 In his passion
• * 1.925

  2 In his death, the end of all passion,
• * 1.926

  Our Lords owne analyse of this text. Parts of this Gospell.
• * 1.927

  1 Christs pro∣phesie and inti∣mation of his passion & death to his Disciples,
• * 1.928

  2 Part conteins the first Session & Parliament of Priests, Law∣yers, & Rulers, in Caiaphas his hall.
• * 1.929

  3 Mary Magda∣lens anointing him to his bu— riall.
• * 1.930

  4 Iudas his bar∣gaine & sale of his maisters bloud to the high Priest.
• * 1.931

  5 Christs cele— bration of the Passeouer.
• * 1.932

  6 Christs insti∣tution of the Supper.
• * 1.933

  7 Christs pro∣phesie of the disciples frailty
• * 1.934

  8 Christs going aside to pray.
• * 1.935

  Christs preparation to his death.
• * 1.936

  9 Iesus is led to the sessions house, where
• * 1.937

  1 They suborne false witnesses against him,
• * 1.938

  2 Argue him of blasphemy.
• * 1.939

  3 Conclude and determine his death,
• * 1.940

  4 They spat in his face.
• * 1.941

  5 He is buffeted
• * 1.942

  6 Smitten with rods.
• * 1.943

  7 Mocked.
• * 1.944

  10 The history of Peters three-fold deniall,
• * 1.945

  Math. 27. chap.
• * 1.946

  11 Part of the gospel cōtaines another session of high Priests in Pilats hall.
• * 1.947

  Iudas despaires after his Mai∣ster was con∣demned.
• * 1.948

  12 Pilates exa∣mination of Christ.
• * 1.949

  Pilates obser∣uation of the Iewes wicked custome.
• * 1.950

  13 Their con— tinuance in their contriued malice argued by 14 seuerall actions.
• * 1.951

  14 The accom∣plishing of their plotted de— signements, proceeding in their persecu— ting of him 6 manner of waies.
• * 1.952

  Christs sufferings immedi∣atly before his death.
• * 1.953

  15 What fell out the three houres that Christ was vp∣on the crosse.
• * 1.954

  1 The lights fell a mourning
• * 1.955

  2 The Sauiour fals to crying.
• * 1.956

  Hebrewes vnder∣stand not Christs Hebrew.
• * 1.957

  3 The relation of those things that befell after Christs death in 5 occurrents.
• * 1.958

  16 The truth of all is set downe, 1. by the effects in the Centurion and watchmen, 2. by testimony of the witnesses.
• * 1.959

  Subsequents & effects of Christs death,
• * 1.960

  The cause of the Churches choise of these 12. Scriptures for this feast of Easter,

  Generall sūme of all these 12 Scriptures,
• * 1.961

  Connexion & harmony of these doctrines with the do∣ctrines of the 9 former Son∣daies.
• * 1.962

  Christs resurrection affoords matter of reioycing.
• * 1.963

  Doctrines of reioycing in the sixe Sondaies foflowing

  Summe of the eight former Scriptures for this day.

  Summe of the 4 latter.
• * 1.964

  Summe of the second Psame.
• * 1.965

  Parts & parti∣cular doctrines.
• * 1.966

  1 Vaine fuming of Gentils, and fretting of Iewes.
• * 1.967

  2 Gods derisi∣on of both.
• * 1.968

  3 Christs kingdome.
• * 1.969

  4 Christ is Gods naturall & eternall Son.
• * 1.970

  5 Christ must be obeyed.
• * 1.971

  Summe of the 57 Psalme.
• * 1.972

  Parts.
• * 1.973

  1 The ground of his prayer.
• * 1.974

  Gods Church hath a time of breathing, in their afflictions, as they, &c.
• * 1.975

  A description of Dauids eni∣mies,
• * 1.976

  2 The prayer it selfe.
• * 1.977

  Summe of the 111 Psalme.
• * 1.978

  Parts
• * 1.979

  1 Thāksgiuing to God for all the good that he hath done to his Church.
• * 1.980

  2 A descripti∣on of the great∣nesse and mani∣foldnesse of Gods fauour,
• * 1.981

  3 The end why God doth all this good to vs.
• * 1.982

  Summe of the 113 Psalme,
• * 1.983

  Parts.
• * 1.984

  1 Exhortation to praise God.
• * 1.985

  2 Dauid doth it himselfe,
• * 1.986

  3 Reas••ns fi•••• to vrge this ••••∣horta••ion▪
• * 1.987

  Sum•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 t•••• 114 Psalme,
• * 1.988

  1 Experi•••••••• of God ••••••••••••¦rance 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.989

  2 Mo•••••• and manne•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they were ••••li∣uered,
• * 1.990

  3 Gods p••••se••∣uation of ••sr••••l,
• * 1.991

  Summe of the 118 Psalm••,
• * 1.992

  King Dauid typical stone of Christ the sub∣stantiall stone.
• * 1.993

  Parts.
• * 1.994

  1 Exhortation to Israelites Le∣uites and other that feare the Lord to praise him,
• * 1.995

  2 Assurance of Gods protecti∣on to himselfe and others,
• * 1.996

  3 Reasons al∣leaged why the righteous must haue songs of ioy in their dwellings,
• * 1.997

  4 Dauid vowes to do this him∣selfe, & per∣formes it.
• * 1.998

  5 He rendreth three occasions threeof,
• * 1.999

  6 King, Priests and people fall to prayer and thanksgiuing,
• * 1.1000

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 12.
• * 1.1001

  Summe.
• * 1.1002

  Passeouer a type of the spiritual, &c,
• * 1.1003

  Parts.
• * 1.1004

  1 Moses is com∣māded to teach euery rite and ceremony,
• * 1.1005

  2 Moses obeyed this iniunction,
• * 1.1006

  3 The people execute all that which they were comman∣ded,
• * 1.1007

  4 Relation of the 10 plague, the slaying of the first borne,
• * 1.1008

  5 A Geogra∣phicall descrip∣tion of the Isra∣elites iourney and a chronicle,
• * 1.1009

  6 Vse of all is propounded,
• * 1.1010

  7 Law of the Passeouer,
• * 1.1011

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Exod. 14.
• * 1.1012

  Summe
• * 1.1013

  Pharaohs persecution hindred not Gods saluation of his Church.
• * 1.1014

  Israel not quite deliuered from Pharaoh, though they were out of his land. God was their deliuerer, though Pha∣raohs rancor in∣creased.
• * 1.1015

  1 A comman∣dement to pitch their campe to∣wards the sea.
• * 1.1016

  2 Pharaohs pre∣paration to per∣sue them,
• * 1.1017

  3 The effects of this pursuite in the Israelites,
• * 1.1018

  4 God encou∣rageth them to march on, and why,
• * 1.1019

  5 Vse that Gods people made of all this.
• * 1.1020

  Mor. Prayer. 2 Less. Rom. 6.
• * 1.1021

  Summe.
• * 1.1022

  Gods fauours in deliuering, &c.
• * 1.1023

  Parts
• * 1.1024

  1 The Proposi∣tion in a pathe∣ticall question.
• * 1.1025

  2 Proofe by 3. reasons with a correlary vpon them,
• * 1.1026

  3. Exhortation vpon the for∣mer doctrine,
• * 1.1027

  4 The second proposition of another do— ctrine in a pa∣thetical maner,
• * 1.1028

  Eue. Prayer. 2 Less. Act. 2.
• * 1.1029

  Summe
• * 1.1030

  Parts.
• * 1.1031

  1 The occasion of the Apology
• * 1.1032

  Peter preaches of Christs resurrection.
• * 1.1033

  2 S. Peters an∣swer to the ac∣cusation.
• * 1.1034

  3 S. Peters Ser∣mon concer∣ning the Iewes killing of Christ and of his re∣surrection.
• * 1.1035

  4 Effects of this Sermon were manifold.
• * 1.1036

  Blessed effects of S. Peters, &c
• * 1.1037

  Epistle Coloss. 3. ad 7.
• * 1.1038

  Summe
• * 1.1039

  Parts:
• * 1.1040

  1 Generall ex∣horratiue do∣ctrine to seeke things aboue.
• * 1.1041

  2 A more par∣ticular doctrine exhortatiue.
• * 1.1042

  Gospell. Ioh. 20.1. ad 10.
• * 1.1043

  Summe.
• * 1.1044

  Parts.
• * 1.1045

  1 The time whē Christ rose.
• * 1.1046

  Testimonies infallible, &c.
• * 1.1047

  2 Mary Magda∣lens paines and eare to certifie this to others.
• * 1.1048

  3 Extraordina∣ry haste of Iohn and Peter,
• * 1.1049

  4 Iohn is a see∣ing and a be∣leeuing witnes of the resurre∣ction,
• * 1.1050

  5 The two A∣postles retur∣ning to their fellowes to cer∣tifie the same; beside the se∣quent testimo∣ny of the An∣gell, & Christs own appearing to them two se∣uerall times,
• * 1.1051

  Coherence of these Scrip∣tures with the former, The reason of the chocie of these 4 Scrip∣tures.
• * 1.1052

  Examples of punishments, &c.
• * 1.1053

  Summe of the two Scriptures of the old Te∣stament.
• * 1.1054

  Summe of the two Scriptures out of the newe Couenant.
• * 1.1055

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Num. 16.
• * 1.1056

  Parts.
• * 1.1057

  1 Corahs conspi∣racy.
• * 1.1058

  Two histories.
• * 1.1059

  2 The peoples murmuring.
• * 1.1060

  Parts of the first history.
• * 1.1061

  The second part of the first history.
• * 1.1062

  The third part of the first hi∣story.
• * 1.1063

  Vnbeleeuers and rebels punished.
• * 1.1064

  The fourth part of the first history.
• * 1.1065

  Parts of the se∣cond history.
• * 1.1066

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Num. 22
• * 1.1067

  Summe.
• * 1.1068

  Parts.
• * 1.1069

  Balaks message sent to Balaam.
• * 1.1070

  The first mes∣sage. The answer, The second message. The answer.
• * 1.1071

  King Balak through vnbeliefe persecutes Gods people.
• * 1.1072

  2 Gods indig∣nation for Ba∣laams forward∣nesse in going.
• * 1.1073

  3 The Angels reprouing of Balaam.
• * 1.1074

  4 The kings meeting of Ba∣laam, and his conference with him.
• * 1.1075

  Epistle. 1 Ioh. 5.4. ad 12.
• * 1.1076

  Summe
• * 1.1077

  Parts.
• * 1.1078

  1 Proposition,
• * 1.1079

  2 A relation how Christ ob∣tained this vi∣ctory,
• * 1.1080

  3 A twofold confirmation by a testimony heauenly, earthly,
• * 1.1081

  Vnbeliefe and rebellion is ouer∣come by faith in Christ Iesus.
• * 1.1082

  4 Vse that S. Iohn makes of these two testi∣monies, 1 by application, 2 by conclusion
• * 1.1083

  Application.
• * 1.1084

  Conclusion.
• * 1.1085

  Gospell. Ioh. 20.19 ad 23
• * 1.1086

  Summe.
• * 1.1087

  Christs often appearing to many after his resurrection
• * 1.1088

  Parts.
• * 1.1089

  Christs first ap¦parition proued
• * 1.1090

  1 by circum∣stances of time place, and per∣sons.
• * 1.1091

  2 by the maner of Christs be∣hauiour before his Disciples,
• * 1.1092

  3 by Christs re∣peating of his former salutati∣on, being the preface or in∣troduction to 3 fauours,
• * 1.1093

  Ministerial po∣wer is two fold

  • losing
  • binding

  of sin
• * 1.1094

  Coherēce of the 4. former scrip∣tures with these foure.

  Summe of the two out of the old Testament,
• * 1.1095

  Summe of the two out of the new,
• * 1.1096

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Num. 23
• * 1.1097

  Parts
• * 1.1098

  1 Balaams bles∣sing of the peo∣ple whether he would or no,
• * 1.1099

  2 Balaam wil not curse so much as the vt∣most part of Gods people, no more then God can recall his blessing.
• * 1.1100

  Whom God loueth, he finally loueth.
• * 1.1101

  3 God will not suffer Balaam to be a Neuter, who before was an Ambldexter,
• * 1.1102

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Num. 25.
• * 1.1103

  Summe and scope of it,
• * 1.1104

  Israelites for∣getful of Gods late blessings,
• * 1.1105

  Parts.
• * 1.1106

  1 A reproofe of their vnthank∣full wickednes.
• * 1.1107

  2 God punish∣eth their hor∣rible iniquities,
• * 1.1108

  3 Phinehas exe∣cuteth iudgmēt vpō the malefa∣ctors & turneth away Gods in∣dignation,
• * 1.1109

  Israelites vnthankfulnesse and forgetfulnesse punished.
• * 1.1110

  4 Gods com∣mandement vnto them to fight with the Madianites, and why.
• * 1.1111

  Epistle 1 Pet. 2.19. to the end of the chapter.
• * 1.1112

  Scope and summe. Exhortation to patience in af∣fliction, and in∣nocency of life
• * 1.1113

  Parts.
• * 1.1114

  Reasons and perswasions to vrge the do∣ctrine of pati∣ence.
• * 1.1115

  Patience in affliction necessary,
• * 1.1116

  A more speciall propounding and application of the example,
• * 1.1117

  Gospell. Ioh. 10.11, ad 16
• * 1.1118

  Summe
• * 1.1119

  Agreement hereof with the former Gospel,
• * 1.1120

  Parts.
• * 1.1121

  1 A Thesis gene∣rall.
• * 1.1122

  2 An applica∣tion of this The∣sis by Antithesis, Foure notes of difference to discerne a good Sheepheard frō an hireling,
• * 1.1123

  1 his vnfained loue,
• * 1.1124

  2 The mutuall knowledge be∣twixt him and his sheepe,
• * 1.1125

  3 The effect of this knowledge and loue,
• * 1.1126

  The spending of his life for his sheepe,
• * 1.1127

  4 The care of the absent sheepe, or the future sheepe, as well as of the present,
• * 1.1128

  A shadowing, A liuely de∣scription of the hireling,

  The hireling is shadowed two waies.

  The hireling is liuely set forth three waies,
• * 1.1129

  Christ perseuers in his care∣fulnesse towards vs,
• * 1.1130

  Two reasons of the hirelings carelesnesse of the sheepe.
• * 1.1131

  Coherence of the foure for∣mer Scriptures with these 4,
• * 1.1132

  Summe and scope of these two out of the old testament,
• * 1.1133

  Summe of the two out of the new testament,
• * 1.1134

  Exhortation to constancy, &c.
• * 1.1135

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Deut. 4.
• * 1.1136

  Parts.
• * 1.1137

  1 Doctrine ge∣nerall exhorta∣tiue, and dehor∣tatiue.
• * 1.1138

  2 Reasons of the doctrines,
• * 1.1139

  3 A more par∣ticular exhor∣tatiue doctrine.
• * 1.1140

  4 A threatning of such as fall to idolatry,
• * 1.1141

  5 A promise of mercy to the beleeuers and penitent,
• * 1.1142

  6 The cities of refuge.
• * 1.1143

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Deut. 5.
• * 1.1144

  Parts.
• * 1.1145

  1 Exhortation to obedience,
• * 1.1146

  Exhortation to continu∣ance in obedience.
• * 1.1147

  2 A relation of the effects of Gods speech in the people whē God spake to them out of the fire, cloud, and darknesse,
• * 1.1148

  3 God is plea∣sed that Moses shal go betwixt him and the people,
• * 1.1149

  Scope and summe of it. Exhortation to righteousnesse and holinesse of life,
• * 1.1150

  Epistle 1 Pet. 2.11, ad 18.
• * 1.1151

  Parts
• * 1.1152

  1 Exhortation generall to re∣ligion, and the practise thereof
• * 1.1153

  2 Exhortation speciall to shew this religion in their submission to authority,
• * 1.1154

  3 He vrgeth these exhorta∣tions by foure preceptiue The∣ses,
• * 1.1155

  Exhortation to the pra∣ctise of true religion,
• * 1.1156

  4 The lowest estate and de∣gree in euery family is taught his duty.
• * 1.1157

  Coherence hereof with the former Gospell
• * 1.1158

  Sūme & scope of this Gospell,
• * 1.1159

  Christ prepares an antidote a∣gainst the Dis∣ciples troubles.
• * 1.1160

  Our ioy in Christ exceeds all earthly sor∣rowes & coun∣teruaileth thē.
• * 1.1161

  Parts.
• * 1.1162

  A doubt pro∣pounded.

  An answere rē∣dred.
• * 1.1163

  What the doubt was, What effect it had.
• * 1.1164

  The doubtful∣nesse is diuerse,
• * 1.1165

  Christs comforts in af∣flictions vnspeakeable.
• * 1.1166

  1 Effect of their doubtful∣nesse was con∣tention.
• * 1.1167

  2 Effect is ig∣norance.
• * 1.1168

  In Christs solu∣tiō what things are to be thought vpon.
• * 1.1169

  1 Readinesse & sufficiency in him to answere.
• * 1.1170

  2 The answere which contai∣neth a prophe∣cy,
• * 1.1171

  1 Of his de∣parture.
• * 1.1172

  2 Of his re∣turne.
• * 1.1173

  Explanation of both by a simi∣tude of a womā in trauell.
• * 1.1174

  Moses exhorts to the propagation of the knowledge of God,
• * 1.1175

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1176

  Summe of the Epistle.
• * 1.1177

  Scope of the Gospell.
• * 1.1178

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Deut. 6.
• * 1.1179

  Parts.
• * 1.1180

  1 He propoūds the finall cause and end why God gaue his ordinances to the people.
• * 1.1181

  2 He exhorts them to obe∣dience.
• * 1.1182

  3 He perswades them to haue care also of o∣thers by cate∣chizing and in∣structing them. Particular du∣ties to be per∣formed for the better remem∣brance of the lawes of God.
• * 1.1183

  The Irreligious must not be communicated withal.
• * 1.1184

  4 He giues ca∣ueats & admo∣nitions against vnthankfulnes and forgetful∣nesse of God in prosperity
• * 1.1185

  5 He dehorts frō murmuring against God,
• * 1.1186

  6 He exhorts fathers to pro∣pagate this do∣ctrine to their children & po∣sterity.
• * 1.1187

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Deut. 7.
• * 1.1188

  1 Dehortation from ioyning in affinity with the irreligious,
• * 1.1189

  2 Reasōs of the dehortation,
• * 1.1190

  2 Exhortation to the obediēce hereof and of all other pre∣cepts,
• * 1.1191

  Obedience to the Gospell commanded
• * 1.1192

  3 Praecept to depopulate the enimies coun∣tries with a cau¦tiō not to serue their idols.
• * 1.1193

  Epistle. Iam. 1 17. ad 21.
• * 1.1194

  Summe of it is obedience to the Gospelll.
• * 1.1195

  1 Generall rea∣son to vrge it.
• * 1.1196

  2 Reasō to per∣swade to it.
• * 1.1197

  Parts
• * 1.1198

  1 Exhortation general to three duties Euange∣licall.
• * 1.1199

  Reason of the exhortation.
• * 1.1200

  2 Exhortation special to swift∣nesse in hearing and the right way to it.
• * 1.1201

  by 1 Laying aside impediments.
• * 1.1202

  Gods spirituall comforts are greater then all, &c.
• * 1.1203

  2 Receiuing the word with meekenesse.
• * 1.1204

  Gospell. Scope and drift of it.
• * 1.1205

  1 Christs de∣parture is pro∣pounded.
• * 1.1206

  2 Christ ac∣quaints them with the cordi∣all fruits grow∣ing thereout.
• * 1.1207

  2 Obseruations & considerati∣ons as touching the departure of Christ.
• * 1.1208

  2 Considera∣tions in Christs consolation.
• * 1.1209

  2 Reasons of Christs iustifi∣cation.
• * 1.1210

  Gods holy spirit comforts mans soule in all distresses.
• * 1.1211

  Discourage∣ments for Christs bodily departure are not so many as the benefites, blessings, & gra∣ces are which the Comforter will bring with him.
• * 1.1212

  1 Comfort is in reproofe.
• * 1.1213

  2 Comfort is in teaching,
• * 1.1214

  The Comfor∣ters reproofe is two waies pro∣pounded,
• * 1.1215

  The Comfor∣ters teaching is also two waies demonstrated,
• * 1.1216

  Gods fauours past and present are sufficient motiues to obedience
• * 1.1217

  Reasons for the choise of these Scriptures fol∣lowing.
• * 1.1218

  Sūme generall of the two first Lessons.
• * 1.1219

  Sūme generall of the Epistle and Gospell.
• * 1.1220

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Deut. 8,
• * 1.1221

  Parts.
• * 1.1222

  1 Exhortation to obedience by motiues of fauours past & fauours to come
• * 1.1223

  Particular fauours doe vrge particular obedience.
• * 1.1224

  2 Insinuation of more parti∣cular obedience by a more par∣ticular descrip∣tiō of the good∣nesse of that land.
• * 1.1225

  3 A caueat a∣gainst forgetful∣nesse.
• * 1.1226

  4 Threatnings against the dis∣obedient and i∣dolatrous.
• * 1.1227

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Deut. 9.
• * 1.1228

  Parts.
• * 1.1229

  1 The certain∣ty of the Isra∣elites enioying the land & the Prouisoes annex∣ed to their grant and pat∣tent.
• * 1.1230

  1 Not for their righteousnesse, but for Gods mercies sake.
• * 1.1231

  Mans righteousnesse no cause of Gods bountifulnesse.
• * 1.1232

  2 For the wic∣kednesse of the nations that were to be ex∣pelled.
• * 1.1233

  2 Moses preuēts the pride of the stiffenecked Iewes: proo∣uing that their righteousnesse cannot be the cause of Gods fauour.
• * 1.1234

  Epistle. Iam. 1.22. ad 27. Scope of the text.
• * 1.1235

  Parts:
• * 1.1236

  1 Doctrine
• * 1.1237

  Gods word must be performed & obeyed, not spoken of onely.
• * 1.1238

  2 Confirmati∣on.
• * 1.1239

  3 Vse and ap∣plication by ex∣hotation to 3 duties.
• * 1.1240

  Gospell. Ioh. 16.23, ad 30 Summe of the Gospell.
• * 1.1241

  Parts general
• * 1.1242

  1 Perswasion to prayer,
• * 1.1243

  2 Disciples an∣swere to Christs oration con∣sists of three parts.
• * 1.1244

  Parts of Christs oration
• * 1.1245

  Men must expect till God performe, &c.
• * 1.1246

  Parts & groūds of Christ ex∣hortation.
• * 1.1247

  Parts of Christs abso∣lute comman∣dement.
• * 1.1248

  Partts of Christ promise
• * 1.1249

  Parts of Christs Antici∣pation▪
• * 1.1250

  Proofes of the effect of their prayers.
• * 1.1251

  Proofes that they haue re∣ceiued this As∣sumption by ef∣fects in the re∣ceiuers.
• * 1.1252

  God will heare the prayers of his elect,
• * 1.1253

  Proofes of the second effect by Chricts own testimony.
• * 1.1254

  Reason and oc∣casion of the choise of these Scriptures.
• * 1.1255

  Generall sūme of the sixe pro∣per Psalmes. Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1256

  Generall scope of the Epistle and Gospell,
• * 1.1257

  Mor. Prayer. 8 Psalme,
• * 1.1258

  Scriptures to proue the Ascension of Christ,
• * 1.1259

  Parts:
• * 1.1260

  1 Proposition of the Ascensi∣on in a patheti∣cal but prophe∣tiall song,
• * 1.1261

  2 Confirmati- of the proposi∣tion by three effects,
• * 1.1262

  15 Psalme, Speciall scope and drift of it. Parts of the dialogue,
• * 1.1263

  21 Psalme, Scope of the Psalme, Parts of the Psalme.
• * 1.1264

  Confirmation of Christs Ascen∣sion & our dwelling in heauen,
• * 1.1265

  Eue. Prayer. 24 Psalme, Partes of the Psalme,
• * 1.1266

  1 Who it is that shal ascend to make heauen ready for vs,
• * 1.1267

  2 Dauids two questions and his answeres.
• * 1.1268

  68 Psalme.
• * 1.1269

  Parts.
• * 1.1270

  1 Gods exerci∣sing of his po∣wer in the de∣struction of his enimies
• * 1.1271

  2 A most ma∣nifest mention of Christs As∣cension,
• * 1.1272

  Speciall scope of it.
• * 1.1273

  108 Psalme,
• * 1.1274

  Moses ascending vnto the mount with the new Tables a figure &c.
• * 1.1275

  1 Thanksgiuing
• * 1.1276

  2 Reasons and grounds of this reioycing.
• * 1.1277

  3 Prayer for Gods exaltatiō
• * 1.1278

  4 Ground of this prayer.
• * 1.1279

  5 Prayer for the generall good of Gods Church,
• * 1.1280

  Mor. prayer. 1 Les, Deut. 10, Scope of the text.
• * 1.1281

  Parts.
• * 1.1282

  1 Gods com∣mandement to hew the Tables
• * 1.1283

  2 The Israelites iournall.
• * 1.1284

  3 The Tribe of Leui.
• * 1.1285

  4 The time of his staying in the mount.
• * 1.1286

  The assumption of Elias, a fi∣gure of Christs Ascension.
• * 1.1287

  5 Vse and Application of all to the Is∣raelites,
• * 1.1288

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. 2, King. 2. Parts of the chapter,
• * 1.1289

  1 Circumstan∣ces of the con∣ference about the Assumption of Eliah,
• * 1.1290

  2 The miracle of Eliah before his assumption.
• * 1.1291

  3 Conferences themselues,
• * 1.1292

  4 Elisha his re∣quest to Eliah,
• * 1.1293

  5 The signe go∣ing before the Assumption,
• * 1.1294

  6 Assumption it selfe,
• * 1.1295

  7 Subsequents of Eliahs assūp∣tion, which are 6 in number,
• * 1.1296

  The truth and act of our Lords Ascension,
• * 1.1297

  Epistle Acts 1.1. ad 11, Scope generall, Parts of the text,
• * 1.1298

  1 Preface,
• * 1.1299

  2 Mandate of Christ to his Apostles,
• * 1.1300

  3 Christs speech before his as∣cension,
• * 1.1301

  4 Circumstan∣ces denomina∣ting the truth of his ascensiō,
• * 1.1302

  Christ ascended vp to send the blessed Comforter down.
• * 1.1303

  Gospell Marke 16.14 Scope & drift generall,
• * 1.1304

  Considerations to be obserued in Christs ap∣pearing to his Disciples before his ascension.
• * 1.1305

  1 Dicta.
• * 1.1306

  2 Facta.
• * 1.1307

  Obseruations concerning his words.
• * 1.1308

  Introduction.
• * 1.1309

  Institution.
• * 1.1310

  Institution cō∣teins 2. points.
• * 1.1311

  Mandate com∣prehends two points.

  • Doctrine,
  • Baptisme,

  Efficacie of the promise to the beleeuers and obedient. Force of the threatning to the vnbelee∣uers.
• * 1.1312

  Christs charge to his Disci∣ples at his Ascension.
• * 1.1313

  Doctrine fiue waies confir∣med.
• * 1.1314

  Miracle in his Ascension.

  Session at his fathers right hand.

  Apostles obedi∣ence wherein it consisteth.

  Confirmation of the Disciples obedience by 2. reasons.
• * 1.1315

  Principal scope of the two first Lessons out of the old Testa∣ment.
• * 1.1316

  Chiefe drift & scope of the E∣pistle & Gospel
• * 1.1317

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Deut. 12 Summe of the chapter.
• * 1.1318

  Parts of the chapter,
• * 1.1319

  1 A comman∣dement to de∣stroy and ouer∣throw all idola∣trous places,
• * 1.1320

  2 A comman∣dement to re∣sort to the place of Gods true worship.
• * 1.1321

  No dreaming idolatrous wor∣shippers must be beleeued.
• * 1.1322

  3 A comman∣dement, or tol∣leration to eate flesh, but not with the bloud thereof,
• * 1.1323

  4 A comman∣dement touch∣ing the place where they are to eate.
• * 1.1324

  5 A comman∣dement for the eating of flesh in their priuate houses.
• * 1.1325

  6 A comman∣dement & ca∣ueat to take heed of idola∣trous worship,
• * 1.1326

  Eue. Prayer. a Less. Deut. 13.
• * 1.1327

  Parts
• * 1.1328

  1 A dehortati∣on from hear∣kening to drea∣mers.
• * 1.1329

  2 A law made against such as shall entise to the worship∣ping of a strāge God.
• * 1.1330

  3 A law & pu∣nishment a∣gainst Aposta∣taes and their followers.
• * 1.1331

  Exhortation to Christian sobriety, &c.
• * 1.1332

  Epistle 1 Pet. 4, 7. ad 13.

  Summe & scope of the text.
• * 1.1333

  Parts.
• * 1.1334

  1 The founda∣tion of the ex∣hortations.
• * 1.1335

  2 The exhorta∣tions.
• * 1.1336

  1 Generall to 3. vertues,
• * 1.1337

  2 Speciall vnto 2. vertues.
• * 1.1338

  3 Speciall ex∣hortation vnto patience vnder the Crosse.
• * 1.1339

  A precious double An∣tidote against sorrowes.
• * 1.1340

  Gospell. Iohn 15.26.27. & vers. 1. of the 16. chapter to the end of the 4 Summe of the text.
• * 1.1341

  An amulete in∣ternall and ex∣ternall for all beleeuers.
• * 1.1342

  Barracadoes of spirituall com∣fort against all enemies.
• * 1.1343

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.1344

  1 Promise of Comfort.
• * 1.1345

  2 Presage of their troubles.
• * 1.1346

  Promise of comfort by the holy Spirit, whom,
• * 1.1347

  1 Christ descri∣beth 4. waies.
• * 1.1348

  2 Description of the comfor∣er by the ef∣tects.
• * 1.1349

  The cause why persecutors breath out threatnings against Christs Church.
• * 1.1350

  The wrapping vp of this Amu∣lete.
• * 1.1351

  Presage of two sorts of trou∣bles.
• * 1.1352

  The bad and mad conceit of the enemies in persecuting the true seruants of God.

  Christ shews a right cause of the enemies rage against the Church. Christ renders a reason of his presage, & why hee made it no sooner.
• * 1.1353

  Coherence of these doctrines & holy Scrip∣tures with the former.
• * 1.1354

  Summe and scope of all these Scrip∣tures chosen out for this day,
• * 1.1355

  Christ keeps his promise as touching the comforter
• * 1.1356

  Mor. prayer. 45. Psalme. Drift & end of the Psalme.
• * 1.1357

  Parts special.
• * 1.1358

  1 Introduction.
• * 1.1359

  2 Commenda∣tion.
• * 1.1360

  3 Conclusion.
• * 1.1361

  47. Psalme. Scope of the Psalme.
• * 1.1362

  Parts.
• * 1.1363

  Gods Church do, and must reioyce for this fauour.
• * 1.1364

  1 Exhortation to thankfulnes.
• * 1.1365

  2 Reasons and grounds hereof
• * 1.1366

  3 Repetition of his exhortation
• * 1.1367

  4 A further for∣tification of the exhortation.
• * 1.1368

  Eue. Prayer. 104. Psalme.
• * 1.1369

  Parts.
• * 1.1370

  1 A rowsing vp of himselfe,
• * 1.1371

  2 An incitation & prouocation of others,
• * 1.1372

  145, Psalme, Summe and scope of the Psalme,
• * 1.1373

  All creatures wait vpon God for his comfor∣table prouision & preseruation; Gods Church waite for the promise of the Spirit, & haue it performed to them.
• * 1.1374

  This feast with other, was comman∣ded to be kept in the time of the Law
• * 1.1375

  Mor. prayer. 1 Les. Deut. 16,
• * 1.1376

  Parts of the chapter.
• * 1.1377

  1 Obseruation of the Passeo∣uer.
• * 1.1378

  2 Obseruation of Pentecost.
• * 1.1379

  3 Obseruation of the feast of Tabernacles,
• * 1.1380

  4 Election of Iudges.
• * 1.1381

  5 A law repea∣ted made a∣gainst the plā∣ting of idola∣try.
• * 1.1382

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Wisd. 1. Scope of the text.
• * 1.1383

  Parts.
• * 1.1384

  1 Exhortation vnto Rulers.
• * 1.1385

  2 A caue•••• to take heede of vices.
• * 1.1386

  Christ keepes his promise to the Christian Primitiue Church.
• * 1.1387

  Mor. prayer. 1 Les. Act. 10, 34, to the end of the 48. Summe & scope thereof,
• * 1.1388

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.1389

  1 The Sermon
• * 1.1390

  2 The effect of the Sermon,
• * 1.1391

  1 Effect▪
• * 1.1392

  2 Effect,
• * 1.1393

  Eue. Prayer. 2 Less, Act, 19, 1 ad 20, Scope of this Scripture,
• * 1.1394

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.1395

  1 Conference,
• * 1.1396

  2 Effects of the conference,
• * 1.1397

  Blessed effects of the coming downe of the Comforter,
• * 1.1398

  3 S, Pauls pains in preaching,
• * 1.1399

  4 The fruites & effectual subse∣quents of this his paines,
• * 1.1400

  Epistle Acts 2.1, ad 12, Summe of this Scripture, Parts of the text,
• * 1.1401

  1 Circumstan∣ces related to proue this truth of the holy Ghosts descen∣sion
• * 1.1402

  2 How the A∣postles were prepared to the fit and worthy receiuing of this diuine ap∣parition two waies,
• * 1.1403

  Comfortable comfirmations of the comforters coming downe,
• * 1.1404

  3 The appariti∣on described by two argu∣ments,

  • 1 ab efficiente,
  • 2 ab effectis,
• * 1.1405

  4 Consequents and blessed ef∣fects of this ap∣parition,
• * 1.1406

  1 Multitudes wondring,
• * 1.1407

  2 The peoples talking,
• * 1.1408

  3 Some mens mis-prision and mis-taking,
• * 1.1409

  Gospell Iohn, 14, 25, to the end of the chapter, Scope of this Gospell,
• * 1.1410

  Parts.
• * 1.1411

  Eleuen argu∣ments of com∣fort to preuent perturbation & feare of minde,
• * 1.1412

  1 Reason. Ab effecto in e∣lectis,
• * 1.1413

  Variety of reasons to com∣fort mens troubled soules.
• * 1.1414

  2 Ab efficiente patre.
• * 1.1415

  3 Ab efficiente & effecto in patre & filio,
• * 1.1416

  4 •• cōtrario effe∣ctu,
• * 1.1417

  5 Ab authoritate verbi diuini,
• * 1.1418

  6 A Christi ipsius testimonio.
• * 1.1419

  7 A Spiritus san∣cti testimonio.
• * 1.1420

  8 Ab effectu pa∣cis Christi in ele∣ctis,
• * 1.1421

  9 Ab effectu amo∣ris Christi in cor∣dibus electorum,
• * 1.1422

  10 à fine dictorū horum à Christo hoc tempore pro∣latorum,
• * 1.1423

  11 à fine quorun∣dam dictorū qua tempore futuro a Christo non sunt proferenda.
• * 1.1424

  The holy mystery of the Trinity,
• * 1.1425

  Doctrine of the subsistence, in the Trinitys
• * 1.1426

  Reasons of the Churches cho∣sing of Scrip∣tures for this day,
• * 1.1427

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Gen. 18.
• * 1.1428

  Parts.
• * 1.1429

  1 Elohim ap∣peared to Abra∣ham in three personall di∣stinct Angels.
• * 1.1430

  Elohim appeared to Abraham,
• * 1.1431

  3 Abrahā spake to one as to three and to three as to one
• * 1.1432

  3 The Angels phrases of speech are both plurall and sin∣gular,
• * 1.1433

  4 Iehouah by the 3 Angels expostulated with Abraham,
• * 1.1434

  5 The men did rise vp, and Ie∣houah said,
• * 1.1435

  6 Abrahams supplicating for Sodome, and Ie∣houahs answe∣ring him.
• * 1.1436

  Elohim appeared to Ioshua,
• * 1.1437

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Ioshua 1, Proofes for the doctrine of the Trinity.
• * 1.1438

  1 Iehouah Fa∣ther, Sonne, & holy Ghost spake to Ioshua.
• * 1.1439

  2 Iehouah Elo∣him made the promise to Io∣shua and encou¦raged him to fight his bat∣tels,
• * 1.1440

  Mor. prayer. 2 Less. Math. 3.
• * 1.1441

  1 Iohn Baptist preached in the name of the three persons.
• * 1.1442

  2 Iohn Baptist baptised our Lord one of the three per∣sons manifested in the flesh.
• * 1.1443

  Inexpugnable proofes of the Trinity by Iohn Baptist, &c.
• * 1.1444

  3 The proofe and sequele of all by the chiefe testimonies of all,
• * 1.1445

  Epistle Reuel. 4. chapter, Scope of it, is a reuelation of the mystery of this holy Trini∣ty,
• * 1.1446

  1 By a descrip∣tion of the throne and him that sate on it,
• * 1.1447

  2 By a descrip∣tion of the con∣comitants and attendants vpō this rhrone.
• * 1.1448

  3 By a congra∣tulation of all the elect vnto this vnity in Trinity.
• * 1.1449

  Gospell 1 Ioh. 3.1. ad 15. Summe of this Scripture,
• * 1.1450

  Testimonies not to be contradicted to proue the mystery of the Trinity,
• * 1.1451

  The vse of this holy Scripture.
• * 1.1452

  Parts.
• * 1.1453

  1 Occasion.
• * 1.1454

  2 Doctrine,
• * 1.1455

  Circumstances of the occasion foure.
• * 1.1456

  The Doctrine is deliuered in forme of a Dia∣logue.
• * 1.1457

  Parts of the Dialogue.
• * 1.1458

  1 Proposition concerning re∣generation.
• * 1.1459

  2 Explanation of this generall proposition by setting downe the manner how it may be.
• * 1.1460

  3 Explanation proued by a di∣stinction.
• * 1.1461

  4 The gen••••all proposition is concluded:
• * 1.1462

  5 Nicodemus is dehorted from maruailing at this doctrine of regeneration.
• * 1.1463

  Infallible testimonies of the ef∣ficacy of Gods Spirit & power.
• * 1.1464

  6 A reioynder of Nicodemus to Christs an∣swere, though it was full and pe∣remptory,
• * 1.1465

  Christ answeres the old Doctors reply 3 waies.
• * 1.1466

  7 S. Iohn relates two vnanswera∣ble reasons to maintaine his thesis withall.
• * 1.1467

  1 Reason from Christs Diui∣nity in his om∣nipotent Ascen∣sion.
• * 1.1468

  2 Reason from th•• publication of th•• Gospell which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 re∣sembled to the lifting vp of the serpent.
• * 1.1469

  Theory & practise must go together
• * 1.1470

  2 The end of this preaching is declared.
• * 1.1471

  Coherence of the combinati∣ons of the Scriptures for the former part of the yeare with these that follow in the 25 Sondaies af∣ter Trinity.

  The former serues for The∣ory.

  The latter serues for pra∣ctise.
• * 1.1472

  Generall drift of all the Scrip∣tures following
• * 1.1473

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1474

  God by his grace & spirit in∣courageth Ioshua and the, &c.
• * 1.1475

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell.
• * 1.1476

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Ioshua 10
• * 1.1477

  Parts.
• * 1.1478

  1 Ioshuaes di∣stresse.
• * 1.1479

  2 Gods incou∣raging him.
• * 1.1480

  3 Gods pro∣mise to him of future victories
• * 1.1481

  4 How Ioshua vanquished the fiue Kings.
• * 1.1482

  5 Of his taking of many citties and the King of Gezer.
• * 1.1483

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Ioshua 22,
• * 1.1484

  Loue, a chiefe fruite of the Spi∣rit and practise of godlinesse.
• * 1.1485

  Summe of the text.
• * 1.1486

  Parts.
• * 1.1487

  1 Ioshuaes com∣mendation of the two Tribes and the halfe, & his exhortation to them.
• * 1.1488

  2 Emulation of the ten tribes and the halfe, at the two tribes.
• * 1.1489

  3 Answere of the two tribes and the halfe touching the matter.
• * 1.1490

  4 Phinehas his acceptation of this answere,
• * 1.1491

  Epistle 1. Ioh. 4.7. ad 21, Principal scope & drift thereof.
• * 1.1492

  Parts of this text.
• * 1.1493

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.1494

  2 Confirmatiō
• * 1.1495

  The wicked glutton had no practise of loue to Lazarus.
• * 1.1496

  3 Conclusion.
• * 1.1497

  Gospell Luk. 16.19. to the end of the chapter. Summe of this Gospell, Coherenece of this with the former Gospel,
• * 1.1498

  Vse of this Gospell two— fold.
• * 1.1499

  Three sorts of men to be loo∣ked vpō in this Gospell.
• * 1.1500

  1 Vpon a rich man for three causes.
• * 1.1501

  The wicked mercilesse Diues was poore in pitty and piety.
• * 1.1502

  2 Vpon Laza∣rus wee looke with our left eye for fiue causes▪
• * 1.1503

  3 The end of the poore mans misery, and the beginning of the rich mans vnhappinesse: Lazarus his spi∣rituall and An∣gelicall buriall.
• * 1.1504

  Rich mans earthly exequi∣als.
• * 1.1505

  The rich mans repentance in hell & his two-fold supplicatiō
• * 1.1506

  Diues his pitty in hell came too late,
• * 1.1507

  The gluttons exception to Abrahams an∣swere,
• * 1.1508

  Abrahams an∣swere to the ca∣uill of damned Diues.
• * 1.1509

  Reasons for the choise of these 4 Scriptures,
• * 1.1510

  Scope of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1511

  Gods loue to the Israelites,
• * 1.1512

  Scope of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.1513

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. Iudges 4,
• * 1.1514

  Parts.
• * 1.1515

  1 God puni∣sheth his people for their sinnes.
• * 1.1516

  2 God is mer∣cifull in his pu∣nishments.
• * 1.1517

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less Iudges 5.
• * 1.1518

  Gods loue in af∣flicting his people,
• * 1.1519

  Parts.
• * 1.1520

  1 Deborah•• and Barakes thanks∣giuing to God.
• * 1.1521

  2 Their exhor∣tation to Kings and Princes to heare this song.
• * 1.1522

  3 A speciall in∣citation of her selfe and her assistant to thanksgiuing
• * 1.1523

  4 A description of the enimies force and of Gods power in ouercoming it.
• * 1.1524

  5 Siseraes death
• * 1.1525

  6 Deborahs con∣clusion of her song with a prayer.
• * 1.1526

  Epistle. 1 Ioh. 3.13. ad 14
• * 1.1527

  Parts.
• * 1.1528

  1 Dehortation
• * 1.1529

  2 Exhortation
• * 1.1530

  Exhortations to faith, obedience, and loue.
• * 1.1531

  Concusions or inference vpon the pre∣mises.
• * 1.1532

  Gospell Luk. 14.16. ad 24.
• * 1.1533

  Scope & chiefe drift of this Gospell.
• * 1.1534

  Coherence of this with the former.
• * 1.1535

  Considerations in the parable are two-fold. Two generals
• * 1.1536

  Christs loue in calling, &c.
• * 1.1537

  Two specials,
• * 1.1538

  Inuitation twofold,
• * 1.1539

  At the first summons three kinds of guests are inuited.
• * 1.1540

  Second sum∣mons is two-fold.
• * 1.1541

  The great Mai∣ster of al, threa∣neth all the vn∣worthy.
• * 1.1542

  Examples of Hannahs patience and humility, and Helies sonnes violence, pride, and villany.
• * 1.1543

  Principal scope of these foure Scriptures,
• * 1.1544

  Summe of the two first lessons in two contra∣ry examples,
• * 1.1545

  1 Hannah,
• * 1.1546

  2 Elies sonnes,
• * 1.1547

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell,
• * 1.1548

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less, 1 Sam, 2.
• * 1.1549

  1 Hannahs song and prayer,
• * 1.1550

  Parts.
• * 1.1551

  2 A report of Samuels vpright¦nesse, and the Priests sonnes wickednesse.
• * 1.1552

  Christ sharply punisheth the sins of the Priest and his sonnes,
• * 1.1553

  3 Hannahs pro∣uision and care for her son, and Gods proui∣dence towards her.
• * 1.1554

  4 Helies fond re∣prouing of his children, and God his re∣proofe of him.
• * 1.1555

  Eue. Prayer. 1. Less. 1. Sam. 3
• * 1.1556

  1 A famine of Gods word for the filthy wic∣kednesse of the Priests.
• * 1.1557

  2 Gods calling of Samuel three times, & Samu∣els answering the fourth time
• * 1.1558

  3 Samuel is made acquain∣ted with Gods intent concer∣ning the pu∣nishments of Ely & his sons.
• * 1.1559

  4 Samuels rela∣tion hereof to E••y.
• * 1.1560

  5 God increa∣seth his bles∣sings in Samuel, as appeareth by three effects.
• * 1.1561

  Epistle 1. Pet, 5.5. ad 11 Scope of this text of Scrip∣ture.
• * 1.1562

  Parts.
• * 1.1563

  1 He sings a song of submission to the yonger.
• * 1.1564

  2 Hee sings it to all.
• * 1.1565

  3 Hee exhorts men to depend vpon God pro∣uidence.
• * 1.1566

  4 He strikes vp the measures of sobriety, tempe∣rance & watch∣fulnesse.
• * 1.1567

  5 His prayer & praises to God
• * 1.1568

  Gospell. Luk. 15.1. ad 10. Scope and end of this Gospel, Coherence hereof with the former.
• * 1.1569

  Christs vnspeakeable patience, &c
• * 1.1570

  Christs com∣passion toward mankinde, and his patience in the expectation of sinners re∣pentance.
• * 1.1571

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.1572

  1 Occasion of their coming to Christ,
• * 1.1573

  2 The Pharisies murmure at Publicanes good,
• * 1.1574

  3 Christ re∣moues this blocke out of the way by 3. parables,
• * 1.1575

  1 Of the lost sheepe.
• * 1.1576

  2 Of the lost groat
• * 1.1577

  3 Of the lost, or prodigall child,
• * 1.1578

  Reasons and occasions of the choice of this text,
• * 1.1579

  Examples of plaine and sim∣ple dealing in Samuel.
• * 1.1580

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons,
• * 1.1581

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell,
• * 1.1582

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less, 1 Sam, 12
• * 1.1583

  Parts.
• * 1.1584

  1 A relation of Samuels vpright¦nesse, and the Israelites wic∣kednesse,
• * 1.1585

  2 A caueat to beware of defe∣ction and apo∣stacy,
• * 1.1586

  Of hypocrisie, pride, and ouer∣weening in Saul & the Israelites.
• * 1.1587

  Eue. Prayer. 1. Les. 1, Sam. 13 Summe and scope of it.
• * 1.1588

  Parts.
• * 1.1589

  1 Victory of Saul & Ionathan against the phi∣listines.
• * 1.1590

  2 Philistines seeke for a re∣uenge.
• * 1.1591

  3 Samuels re∣proofe of Saul, & denouncing Gods-iudge∣ments against him
• * 1.1592

  4 The strength and pollicy of the Philistines, the weaknesse & insufficiency of the Israelites
• * 1.1593

  Parts.
• * 1.1594

  Epistle Rom. 8.18. ad 23
• * 1.1595

  1 Doctrine touching the inequality of the afflictions heere, with the glory hereafter.
• * 1.1596

  Commandements & exhortations to mercy in censuring our brethren.
• * 1.1597

  2 Confirmatiō hereof, which is two-fold.
• * 1.1598

  1 Creatures desire of liberty
• * 1.1599

  2 Gods chil∣drens desire of liberty from sin
• * 1.1600

  Gospell Luk. 6.36. ad 42
• * 1.1601

  Coherence of this Scripture with the former Gospel.
• * 1.1602

  Parts of this text.
• * 1.1603

  1 Perswasion.
• * 1.1604

  2 Disswasion.
• * 1.1605

  Perswasion, by his two-fold cōmandement,
• * 1.1606

  1 Preceptiue.
• * 1.1607

  2 Prohibitue.
• * 1.1608

  Perswasion to mercy, 1. in generall, and 2. in speciall,
• * 1.1609

  Disswasion 1 From rash iudgement,
• * 1.1610

  Hypocrites and censuring Philautists are blinde,
• * 1.1611

  2 Vtterly con∣demning one another.
• * 1.1612

  Christ per∣swades to spe∣ciall mercy. which consists
• * 1.1613

  1. in forgiuing,
• * 1.1614

  2. in giuing,
• * 1.1615

  1 Christ dis∣swades from hypocrisie, and sharply re∣proues the sin & the sinner, Three bad ef∣fects of hypo∣crisie.
• * 1.1616

  Christ his simi∣le to demon∣strate the dan∣gers of hypo∣crisie,
• * 1.1617

  2 Christ dis∣swades from selfe-loue,
• * 1.1618

  Christs reprofe of the hypo∣crite,
• * 1.1619

  1 by a simile.
• * 1.1620

  Saul is commanded to obey God, which hee refuseth.
• * 1.1621

  2 By shewing the hypocrite the cause of his blindnes, which he neither seeth nor knoweth.
• * 1.1622

  Summe of the two first lessōs, and of the E∣pistle & Gospel for this day,
• * 1.1623

  Mor. prayer. 1. Les. 1, Sam. 15
• * 1.1624

  Parts:
• * 1.1625

  1 Gods precise commandemēt to King Saul,
• * 1.1626

  2 Sauls disobe∣dience,
• * 1.1627

  3 Gods dis∣pleasure con∣ceiued against Saul.
• * 1.1628

  The Philistines are Gods whips for Sauls disobedience
• * 1.1629

  4 Sauls acknow∣ledging of his sinne,
• * 1.1630

  5 Samuel per∣formeth that which Saul would not doe,
• * 1.1631

  Euen. prayer. 1, Les, 1, Sam, 17 Scope of the chapter.
• * 1.1632

  1 Goliah the Philistines Champion challengeth & defieth all Is∣rael,
• * 1.1633

  Parts.
• * 1.1634

  2 Dauid taketh Goliah to taske
• * 1.1635

  3 The manner of their sight. The means and successe of both the combaters,
• * 1.1636

  4 Israeliies vi∣ctory ouer the Philistines.
• * 1.1637

  Exhortations to obedience, that is, to embrace the fruits of the spirit,
• * 1.1638

  Epistle. 1. Pet. 3, 8.14.
• * 1.1639

  1 Exhortations.
• * 1.1640

  Parts.
• * 1.1641

  2 Reasons and groundes to force them.
• * 1.1642

  Gospell. Luke. 5.1 ad 11. Coherence of this Gospell with the former
• * 1.1643

  Parts.
• * 1.1644

  1 Occasion of the deede.
• * 1.1645

  2 The deede it selfe,
• * 1.1646

  God practiseth true loue in calling his Apostles, &c.
• * 1.1647

  Parts of the oc∣casion.
• * 1.1648

  The act & deed of Christs cal∣ling the Apo∣stles is twofold,
• * 1.1649

  Confirmation of Christs cal∣ling the Apo∣stles,
• * 1.1650

  God punished sinne in Dauid his beloued.
• * 1.1651

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1652

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell,
• * 1.1653

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less, 1 Sam, 12
• * 1.1654

  1 Nathan is sent to awakē Dauid
• * 1.1655

  Parts.
• * 1.1656

  2 Dauid is hum∣bled by the childs sicknesse
• * 1.1657

  3 God is fauo∣rable vnto Da∣uid.
• * 1.1658

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les, 2, Sam, 21 Scope of the chapter.
• * 1.1659

  Sauls sinne is auenged after his death,
• * 1.1660

  Parts.
• * 1.1661

  1 God puni∣sheth Sauls sin in Dauids daies
• * 1.1662

  2 Dauids mani∣fold victories.
• * 1.1663

  Epistle. Rom. 6.3. ad 12.
• * 1.1664

  1. Doctrine.
• * 1.1665

  2 Seuerall vses of this doctrine
• * 1.1666

  3 Dehortation from deligh∣ting in sinne.
• * 1.1667

  Gospell. Math. 5.20. ad 26.
• * 1.1668

  Principal scope of the text, and coherēce here∣of with the for∣mer Gospel,
• * 1.1669

  Righteousnes commended and commanded to Gods people.
• * 1.1670

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.1671

  1 Doctrine.
• * 1.1672

  2 Dehortation,
• * 1.1673

  3 Vse and ap∣plication.
• * 1.1674

  Parts of the doctrine,
• * 1.1675

  1 Proposition,
• * 1.1676

  2 Reason,
• * 1.1677

  Scribes & Pha∣risies knew not true righteous∣nesse,

  Christ gaue the true definition of it,
• * 1.1678

  The difference is shewed by examples and rules,
• * 1.1679

  Hypocrites and ••harisies do al∣waies mistake true righteousnes.
• * 1.1680

  Application deliuered
• * 1.1681

  1 In an exhor∣tation.
• * 1.1682

  2 In the dou∣b ing of this exhortation,
• * 1.1683

  4 Dangers a∣uoided by hear∣kening vnto the exhortation
• * 1.1684

  Coherence of these with the former.
• * 1.1685

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons,
• * 1.1686

  Dauid reioyceth for Gods deliuerances.
• * 1.1687

  Summe of the Epistle,
• * 1.1688

  Summe of the Gospell.
• * 1.1689

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. 2. Sam. 22
• * 1.1690

  Parts.
• * 1.1691

  1 Circumstan∣ces of the song.
• * 1.1692

  2 The song it selfe.
• * 1.1693

  1 What hee sings,
• * 1.1694

  Parts of the song,
• * 1.1695

  2 Why he sings
• * 1.1696

  3 Why God did thus much for Dauid,
• * 1.1697

  Dauid is humbled in the sight of his sins.
• * 1.1698

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Lef, 2. Sam. 24
• * 1.1699

  Parts.
• * 1.1700

  1 God moued Dauid to num∣ber the people for the punish∣ment of their iniquities.
• * 1.1701

  2 Dauids sorrow for this sinne,
• * 1.1702

  3 God in mer∣cy punished him in giuing him free choise of his punish∣ment,
• * 1.1703

  5 Dauid con∣fesseth his sin to the Angell,
• * 1.1704

  5 He is com∣māded to reare an Altar,
• * 1.1705

  Epistle Rom. 6.19. to the end
• * 1.1706

  Parts.
• * 1.1707

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.1708

  2 Grounds of it by three rea∣sons.
• * 1.1709

  Christs care & prouidence ouer the concrite which depend vpō him
• * 1.1710

  Gospell Mar. 8.1. ad 9: A Scripture like this for the 25. Sonday after Trinity.
• * 1.1711

  Coherenece of this with the former Gospel, Scope of this Gospell.
• * 1.1712

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.1713

  1 Christs pre∣paration to the miracle.
• * 1.1714

  2 The doing of the miracle.
• * 1.1715

  Parts of the preparation.
• * 1.1716

  1 Occasion which is two∣fold.
• * 1.1717

  2 Christs de— liberatiō which is twofold.
• * 1.1718

  Christ feedes the body, as well as the soule.
• * 1.1719

  Parts of the working of the miracle,
• * 1.1720

  The deed is proportionable to the three for∣mer circumstan∣ces,
• * 1.1721

  Coherence of these 4 with the former,
• * 1.1722

  Gods plagues vpon Ty∣rants & false Prophets.
• * 1.1723

  Sūme of these foure.
• * 1.1724

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. 1. Kin. 13.
• * 1.1725

  Parts.
• * 1.1726

  1 The Prophets reproouing of Iereboams idola∣try.
• * 1.1727

  2 The Kings punishment for his boldnesse & tyranny.
• * 1.1728

  3 The Prophet is seduced though he vow¦ed the contrary
• * 1.1729

  4 God iudgeth the dissembling Prophet for his wickednesse.
• * 1.1730

  Gods comforts and care of true and faithfull Prophets,
• * 1.1731

  5 Ieroboam is ra∣ther worse then better for these examples of Gods iudgmēts
• * 1.1732

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. 1. Kin. 17 Scope of the chapter,
• * 1.1733

  Parts.
• * 1.1734

  1 Eliah tels A∣hab of the fa∣mine that was coming.
• * 1.1735

  2 God makes the rauens to be caters for Eliah at Cherith.
• * 1.1736

  3 The widdow furnisheth Eliah of victuals though Cheriah was dryed vp.
• * 1.1737

  4 The widdows faith is confir∣med by a mira∣cle wrought vp∣on her sonne.
• * 1.1738

  Epistle Rom. 8.12, ad 17 Summe of the text,
• * 1.1739

  Parts.
• * 1.1740

  Exhortation to walke spiritually.
• * 1.1741

  1 A thesis or conclusion ex∣hortatory,
• * 1.1742

  2 A confirma∣tion hereof by argumēt drawn
• * 1.1743

  1 A disparatis,
• * 1.1744

  2 Ab effecto tri∣plici.
• * 1.1745

  3 Argument a fine set downe in forme of a sorites, whereof there be 6 steps
• * 1.1746

  Gospell Mat. v. 15. ad 21 Generall scope of the text.
• * 1.1747

  Coherence of this Gospell with the for∣mer.
• * 1.1748

  A perfect looking glasse for al Recusants, Temporizers, &c.
• * 1.1749

  Parts.
• * 1.1750

  Two kind of discourses, Parts of the generall dis∣course.
• * 1.1751

  Reasons drawn and vsed to proue and vrge the caueat,
• * 1.1752

  Sūme & scope of the speciall discourse, Marks & notes of false pro∣phets.
• * 1.1753

  The first badge of a false Pro∣phet.
• * 1.1754

  Illustration of their deeds by a similitude,
• * 1.1755

  Protasis.
• * 1.1756

  A true steele-glasse for false Prophets, &c.
• * 1.1757

  Apodosis or ap∣pl cation. Proofes of this Application,
• * 1.1758

  Conclusion vp∣on the premisses
• * 1.1759

  The second marke of a false Prophet is to brag of good words and of their good deedes,
• * 1.1760

  Christs censure vpō their words and deedes and his condemna∣tion of both.
• * 1.1761

  Example of the good Prophet Eliah, bad∣ly handled by a wicked King and his wife.
• * 1.1762

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1763

  Drift and pur∣pose of the E∣pistle and Gos∣pell.
• * 1.1764

  Mor. prayer. 1. Les. 1. Kin. 18
• * 1.1765

  Parts.
• * 1.1766

  1 Eliah exhibi∣teth himselfe to Ahab the perse∣cutor.
• * 1.1767

  2 Ahab deales but churlishly with him for his newes.
• * 1.1768

  3 Eliah made demonstration of a difference between true & false Prophets.
• * 1.1769

  God comforteth Eliah. though hee fled from Iesabell.
• * 1.1770

  4 What course Eliah took with the false Pro∣phets.
• * 1.1771

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les, 1. King. 19
• * 1.1772

  Parts.
• * 1.1773

  1 Ahab and Ie∣sabels threat∣nings caused E∣liah to flee.
• * 1.1774

  2 Gods fitting and preparing of Eliah to pro∣ceed in his duty
• * 1.1775

  Epistle 1. Cor. 10.1, ad 13.
• * 1.1776

  Scope of the Epistle.
• * 1.1777

  Parts.
• * 1.1778

  1 A relation of Gods fauour to some of the fathers.
• * 1.1779

  2 A relation of his displeasure to others.
• * 1.1780

  3 The vse that Gods Church is to make of both. The old Iewes not to be imi∣tated in these or other sinnes.
• * 1.1781

  Examples of Gods iustice, &c
• * 1.1782

  4 A second vse of the former examples.
• * 1.1783

  5 His conclu∣sion & infernce w••••••h is tw••-fold,
• * 1.1784

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.1785

  2 Consolation
• * 1.1786

  Gospell. Luke. 16.1 ad 9. Drift & chiefe purpose of this text.
• * 1.1787

  Christ teaches men how to vse graces, gifts, & benefits,
• * 1.1788

  Coheren••••e of this Gospell with the for∣mer.
• * 1.1789

  Parts of the text, Parable Application, Parts of the parable.
• * 1.1790

  Persons two-fold.
• * 1.1791

  The end and issue of the things and per∣sons.
• * 1.1792

  Application of all three.
• * 1.1793

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons, with the reason and choise of al foure Scriptures
• * 1.1794

  Summe of the Epistle and Gospell,
• * 1.1795

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. 1 Kings 21 Parts of the chapter.
• * 1.1796

  1 Ahabs ill dis∣position vpon his couetous af∣fection.
• * 1.1797

  Ahah & Iesabell proceed in persecu∣ting, & so doth Eliah in reproouing.
• * 1.1798

  2 Iesabels deui∣lish practise to obtaine Naboths vineyard, her nose beeing as long as her hus∣bands.
• * 1.1799

  3 Eliahs re∣proofe of them both and de∣nouncing Gods iudgements a∣gainst them.
• * 1.1800

  4 Ahabs hum∣bling himselfe.
• * 1.1801

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. 1. King. 22
• * 1.1802

  1 The 400 false Prophets doe encourage the two Kings to fight.
• * 1.1803

  2 Michaiah makes answere to Ahab without flattery
• * 1.1804

  3 Michaiahs prophecy a∣gainst swagge∣ring Zidkijah,
• * 1.1805

  4 Michaiahs im∣prisonment,
• * 1.1806

  5 A record o Ahabs ill suc∣cesse in the battell.
• * 1.1807

  6 The time of Iehoshaphats raigne.
• * 1.1808

  7 The short time of the raigne of Aha∣ziah Ahabs son.
• * 1.1809

  Exhortatiō to the Church, &c.
• * 1.1810

  Epistle 1. Cor. 12.1. ad 11.
• * 1.1811

  1 The Corinthi∣ans former e∣state is remem∣bred,
• * 1.1812

  2 A propoun∣ding of the o∣riginall of the diuersity of gifts admini∣strations and o∣perations.
• * 1.1813

  3 Edification is the end why the manifestati∣on of the spirit is giuen,
• * 1.1814

  4 A proofe her∣of by the in∣stance of nine seuerall gifts & graces. How this Gos∣pell depends vpō the Epistle and the other two Scriptures.
• * 1.1815

  Gospell Luk. 19.41. ad 48
• * 1.1816

  Summe A liuely exam∣ple of vnthrif∣ty Ierusalem and her punishment
• * 1.1817

  Ierusalem a prodigall child pit∣tyed before her destruction.
• * 1.1818

  Parts and ge∣neral analyse.
• * 1.1819

  1 What Christ did.
• * 1.1820

  2 What the Iewes did.
• * 1.1821

  Circumstances of the things that Christ did
• * 1.1822

  What things he did at his en∣trance into ihe Cittie.
• * 1.1823

  Reasons why Christ viewed Ierusalem with such compassiō.
• * 1.1824

  Effect of Ieru∣salems careles∣nesse.
• * 1.1825

  Christ visits the Church Archi∣episcopally, as he did view the Citty like a King.
• * 1.1826

  1 Hee begins to reforme by ca∣sting out noto∣rious ••candali∣zers ipso facto,
• * 1.1827

  Christ visits Ierusalem with com∣passion, before her desolation.
• * 1.1828

  2 Hee warrants his discipline by scriptum est.
• * 1.1829

  3 Hee shewes a cause & an oc∣casiō ministred by themselues.
• * 1.1830

  4 He preacheth in it himselfe after hee had clensed it.
• * 1.1831

  Saint Luke sets downe Christs entertainment by the Scribes.
• * 1.1832

  All their mis∣chiefe was but in vaine.
• * 1.1833

  Reasons hereof 1 He was with out fault. 2 The people followed him.
• * 1.1834

  Coherence of these 4 Scrip∣tures with the former.
• * 1.1835

  Examples of Gods iudgment vp∣on tyrants, and couetous persons.
• * 1.1836

  Sūme of these and the reason of the choyce.
• * 1.1837

  Scope of the 2 first lessons.
• * 1.1838

  Scope of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.1839

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Less. 2 King, 5
• * 1.1840

  Parts.
• * 1.1841

  1 An example of Gods loue to a Syrian,
• * 1.1842

  2 An example of his wrath to the bad seruant of a good Pro∣phet, Parts of the first example,
• * 1.1843

  1 The introdu∣ction into the cure of Naaman conteining 4. circumstances,
• * 1.1844

  Iesabels pasport is sea∣led with Dogs teeth.
• * 1.1845

  2 The cure it selfe.
• * 1.1846

  3 Naamans ac∣knowledging Gods power, & his thankfulnes to Elisha.
• * 1.1847

  4 Gehezies gree∣dinesse couered with dissimula∣tion and lying.
• * 1.1848

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. 2 Kin. 9.
• * 1.1849

  Parts general
• * 1.1850

  Two things done before Iesabels death.
• * 1.1851

  The accom∣plishment and performance of Iesabels destru∣ction.
• * 1.1852

  Christ ministers antidotes, & cures the leprous in soule,
• * 1.1853

  Epistle. 1. Cor. 15, 1, ad 11.
• * 1.1854

  Scope of the text.
• * 1.1855

  Parts. 1 He proues the resurrection by his preaching the Gospel, & their receiuing,
• * 1.1856

  2 He proues it by testimonies of persōs which saw Christ after his resurrecti∣on.

  • 1 Testimony,
  • 2 Testimony,
  • 3 Testimony,
  • 4 Testimony,
  • 5 Testimony,
  • 6 Testimony,
• * 1.1857

  3 He concludes this point ex praemissis,
• * 1.1858

  Gospell. Luk. 18.10. ad 14 Sūme & scope of this text. Christ sets downe a cure for all diseases,
• * 1.1859

  Miserere mei Domine, is the best medicine for a sicke soule.
• * 1.1860

  Parts generall of this text.
• * 1.1861

  1 A difference betweene vn∣fained & fained prayer.
• * 1.1862

  2 A Censure of both by our Sauiour. Particular ana∣lyse of the text,
• * 1.1863

  1 Occasion of Christs speech
• * 1.1864

  2 The speech it selfe intreating of the two men praying, Pharisies thāks giuing without prayer, Pu••licanes true and penitent prayer, Publicanes be∣hauiour & pre∣paration to prayer Publicans praier & forme therof consisting in 3, chiefe pointes,
• * 1.1865

  3 Our Lords censure both of the estate of the Publican & of the Pharisie, & the reason which he yeelds of this censure,
• * 1.1866

  Gods words shall not faile till all be fulfill••d
• * 1.1867

  Coherence of these 2. first les∣sons with the former going before.
• * 1.1868

  Sūme & scope of these two for this day,
• * 1.1869

  Scope of the Epistle,
• * 1.1870

  Scope of the text chosen for the Gospel,
• * 1.1871

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. 2. Kin. 10
• * 1.1872

  Iehu is the executioner of Ahabs children, and Baals Priests.
• * 1.1873

  Parts.
• * 1.1874

  1 Iehues politike letter to the protectorus of Kings sonnes,
• * 1.1875

  2 Iehues letter and mandate for the heads of the 70, sonnes of Ahab,
• * 1.1876

  3 Iehues putting to death the 42 brethren of A∣haziah,
• * 1.1877

  4 Iehu slew and destroyed all which remai∣ned to Ahab in Samaria, accor∣ding to the Lords commā∣dement,
• * 1.1878

  5 Iehu destroies all Baals Priests and all the in∣struments of i∣dolatry,
• * 1.1879

  6 Gods accep∣tance of Iehues seruice in all this businesse,
• * 1.1880

  7 Gods anger against Israel, and his punish∣ment vpon thē.
• * 1.1881

  8 A chronelo∣gy of Iehues reigne,
• * 1.1882

  Euen. prayer. 1, Les, 2, Kin, 18
• * 1.1883

  Parts.
• * 1.1884

  1 The time and maner of Heze∣kiahs reigne.
• * 1.1885

  Hezekiah is Gods instrument to glorifie him more then did Iehu
• * 1.1886

  2 The time of Shalmanazers taking Samaria
• * 1.1887

  Senacheribs be∣sieging the strong citties of Iudah.
• * 1.1888

  4 Senacheribs blasphemous Ambassage to Hezekiah.
• * 1.1889

  Epistle 2. Cor. 3.4. ad 9. Scope of the text.
• * 1.1890

  Parts.
• * 1.1891

  1 A proposition
• * 1.1892

  2 Confirmation of this proposi∣on by three ar∣guments.
• * 1.1893

  1 A diff••rente subiecto legis & euangelij.
• * 1.1894

  2 A comparatis.
• * 1.1895

  3 A comparatis
• * 1.1896

  Exhortation to trust in God.
• * 1.1897

  Gospell Mark. 7.31. ad 37. Scope of the text.
• * 1.1898

  Parts of the Gospel.
• * 1.1899

  1 Occasion.
• * 1.1900

  2 The miracle,
• * 1.1901

  3 The conse∣quence,
• * 1.1902

  Occasion two-fold.
• * 1.1903

  2 Effect of the miracle.
• * 1.1904

  1 Forme.
• * 1.1905

  Christ power and his loue must cause vs to trust in him.
• * 1.1906

  2 Considerati∣ons in the se∣quele of the mi∣racle.
• * 1.1907

  Summe of the two first Lessōs for this day.
• * 1.1908

  Sūme of the E∣pistle & Gospel
• * 1.1909

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. 2. Kin. 19
• * 1.1910

  Parts.
• * 1.1911

  1 Hezekiahs mes∣sage to Esay the Prophet con∣cerning Sena∣cheribs blasphe∣my.
• * 1.1912

  The good King Iosiah made a godly reformation.
• * 1.1913

  2 Rabshakeh sent other, & worse messages of blasphemy to Hezekiah, who praieth to God against the blasphemy, for the auenging thereof.
• * 1.1914

  3 Gods answer to Hezekiahs zealous prayer.
• * 1.1915

  4 The effecting of Gods de∣noūced iudge∣ments.
• * 1.1916

  Euen. prayer. 1, Les, 2, Kin, 23
• * 1.1917

  Parts.
• * 1.1918

  1 Iosiah after the ouerthrow∣ing of all idola∣try, reades the Law.
• * 1.1919

  2 The vntimely death of this godly yong Prince,
• * 1.1920

  3 The short reigne of Iehoa∣haz,
• * 1.1921

  Christ performes his promise to the be∣leeuers, as iudgments vpon the vngodly
• * 1.1922

  Coherence of the two former chapters with the Epistle.
• * 1.1923

  Epistle
• * 1.1924

  Gal. 3.16. ad 22.
• * 1.1925

  Parts.
• * 1.1926

  A 1. propositi∣on.

  Time changeth not the purpose or promise of God.

  Confirmation of the 1. propo∣sition by two reasons,
• * 1.1927

  A 2. proposition concerning the vse of the law.
• * 1.1928

  A 3. proposition is as touching iustification by faith.
• * 1.1929

  His argument to proue the proposition.
• * 1.1930

  Christ describes true righteousnesse.
• * 1.1931

  Gospell
• * 1.1932

  Luk. 10.23 ad 37
• * 1.1933

  Sūme & scope of the Gospell for this day.
• * 1.1934

  Parts of this text.
• * 1.1935

  1 With his Dis∣ciples,
• * 1.1936

  2 With the Scribe,
• * 1.1937

  His comforta∣ble conference with the Disci∣ples,
• * 1.1938

  The colloquy betweene the Lawyer & him, consisting of two questions,
• * 1.1939

  How eternall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is attained.
• * 1.1940

  True faith, and true charity, makes true righteousnesse.
• * 1.1941

  The second question which the Lawyer made,
• * 1.1942

  Christ answer•• the first questi∣on, & applies the second an∣swer to the Scribes consci∣ence.
• * 1.1943

  Comparison of the combinati∣ons of the first lessons from the first Sonday after Trinity, with these that follow from this 14 Sonday to the 25 after Trinity,
• * 1.1944

  Righteous men, and good Rulers are hard to finde.
• * 1.1945

  Sūme & scope of these sele∣cted scriptures.
• * 1.1946

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Ieremy 5.
• * 1.1947

  Parts.
• * 1.1948

  1 Ieremies first search.
• * 1.1949

  2 Ieremies secōd search-
• * 1.1950

  3 Gods third commission to Ieremy concer∣ning the de∣nouncing of iudgements.
• * 1.1951

  Ieremy is Gods baily to serue writs vpon King & people.
• * 1.1952

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less, Ierem. 22 Scope of this chapter.
• * 1.1953

  Parts.
• * 1.1954

  A first warrant which Ieremy must serue vpō the King him∣selfe▪ his seruāts and people.
• * 1.1955

  A second hee must serue vpō the couetous & proud oppres∣sor.
• * 1.1956

  A third is a proclamation of an exigent or out-lawry vpon people Priests & King himselfe. They must bee all attached body, goods, & liues, at Nebu∣chadnezzars pleasure.
• * 1.1957

  Exhortation to righteous and spirituall walking.
• * 1.1958

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.1959

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.1960

  2 Confirmatiō Exhortation is to walke in the spirit.
• * 1.1961

  1 Reason to vrge it.
• * 1.1962

  2 Reason,
• * 1.1963

  3 Reason,
• * 1.1964

  4 Reason,
• * 1.1965

  5 Reason,
• * 1.1966

  6 Reason.
• * 1.1967

  The priuileges of spirituall souldiers are sealed by Christ
• * 1.1968

  Christ exerciseth perfect charity and righteousnesse to the miserable lepers.
• * 1.1969

  Gospell.
• * 1.1970

  Coherenece of this with the former Gospel. Scope & drift of this text.
• * 1.1971

  Luk. 17.11 ad 19.
• * 1.1972

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.1973

  1 Occasion of this miracle.
• * 1.1974

  2 The miracle it selfe,
• * 1.1975

  Occasion is two-fold,
• * 1.1976

  Parts of the miracle,
• * 1.1977

  1 The worke it selfe,
• * 1.1978

  2 The sequele of the worke, Parts of the worke.
• * 1.1979

  All that are clensed in body bee not clensed in soule.
• * 1.1980

  1 Thankfulnes in one.
• * 1.1981

  2 Vnthankful∣nes in the nine.
• * 1.1982

  Reason for the choise of these Scriptures. Scope of them all together.
• * 1.1983

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.1984

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.1985

  Example of the Rechabites con∣tinuall and constant obedience.
• * 1.1986

  Mor. prayer. 1. Les. Ier. 35.
• * 1.1987

  Parts.
• * 1.1988

  1 A memoriall of the Recha∣bites continuall and constant obedience.
• * 1.1989

  2 The vse of this memora∣ble example.
• * 1.1990

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Ierem. 36.
• * 1.1991

  Parts.
• * 1.1992

  1 Gods man∣date to Ieremy to record the curses in a booke.
• * 1.1993

  2 The effect of this recording.
• * 1.1994

  3 How Ieremy & Baruch were dealt withal for it.
• * 1.1995

  4 Gods man∣date for the writting of an other rowle.
• * 1.1996

  Epistle.
• * 1.1997

  Gal. 6.11. ad 18. Scope of the text.
• * 1.1998

  True & faithful Apostles reioyce in af∣flictiōs not in popular fame or deceit.
• * 1.1999

  Parts.
• * 1.2000

  1 The false A∣postles suttle dealing is vn∣masked,
• * 1.2001

  2 Saint Paul deales in a con∣trary manner.
• * 1.2002

  3 His fare-well to the Ephesians,
• * 1.2003

  Gospell
• * 1.2004

  Mat. 6.24. ad 34 The agreement of this Gospell with the Epistle
• * 1.2005

  Summe prin∣cipall of this Scripture,
• * 1.2006

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.2007

  1 A disswasion frō attempting impossibilities,
• * 1.2008

  2 A confirma∣tion of this de∣hortation by many worthy and most pithy arguments, many worthy and most pithy arguments,
• * 1.2009

  Immoderate care after world∣ly necessaries reprehended,
• * 1.2010

  Parts of the disswasion con∣sisting in 3 cō∣mandements,
• * 1.2011

  Reasons for these comman∣demēts are the seuen appeales following,
• * 1.2012

  1 Appeale is to life,
• * 1.2013

  2 Appeale to the body,
• * 1.2014

  3 To the fouls
• * 1.2015

  4 To their own consciences for their weaknesse
• * 1.2016

  5 To the vege∣tals,
• * 1.2017

  6 To the Gen∣tiles,
• * 1.2018

  7 To the care of their heauenly Fa∣ther.
• * 1.2019

  3 Part of this Gospell is a perswasion to seeke after heauenly things.
• * 1.2020

  Christs kingdome and the righteous∣nesse thereof must bee sought after.
• * 1.2021

  Summe & co∣herence of the 2 first Lessons.
• * 1.2022

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.2023

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Ezech. 2.
• * 1.2024

  Parts.
• * 1.2025

  1 God prepares Ezechiel for his function.
• * 1.2026

  2 God tels Eze∣chiel what will be the successe of his labours.
• * 1.2027

  Ezechiel must discharge his duty e∣uen amongst the rebellious Iewes,
• * 1.2028

  3 God ••harges the Prophet more deepely with the care of doing his duty
• * 1.2029

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Ezech. 14. Summe of the chapter.
• * 1.2030

  1 Gods threat∣ning of the Iewes,
• * 1.2031

  2 God tels thē that other mens righteousnesse shall doe for deliuerance frō their sinnes,
• * 1.2032

  3 Comforts vnto Gods cho∣sen,
• * 1.2033

  Epistle Ephe. 3.13, ad 22 Summe of the text,
• * 1.2034

  Comforts in af∣fliction to pre∣uents discou∣ragements,
• * 1.2035

  Christ•• faithful seruants proceed with comfort in the midst of afflictions.
• * 1.2036

  Parts.
• * 1.2037

  1 Exhortation.
• * 1.2038

  2 Prayer.
• * 1.2039

  3 Thanksgiuing
• * 1.2040

  Gospell. Luk. 7.11. ad 16. Agreement of this Scripture with the Epistle and with the former Gospel.
• * 1.2041

  Scope of this text,
• * 1.2042

  Parts.
• * 1.2043

  1 Occasion of the miracle,
• * 1.2044

  2 Miracle it selfe
• * 1.2045

  Parts of the miracle,
• * 1.2046

  God comforteth & confirmes his Church in raysing vp the dead,
• * 1.2047

  Parts of the description,
• * 1.2048

  Parts of the miracle,

  • 1 Passion,
  • 2 Action,
• * 1.2049

  Parts of the Passion,
• * 1.2050

  Parts of the action:
• * 1.2051

  The child is not punished for the fathers sinnes.
• * 1.2052

  Effects of these deeds & words of the actor, ei∣ther in the yong man, or in o∣thers,
• * 1.2053

  Coherence of of these foure Scriptures with the former •• foure.
• * 1.2054

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.2055

  Sūme of the E∣pistle & Gospel
• * 1.2056

  Parts.
• * 1.2057

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Ezech. 16.
• * 1.2058

  1 A reproofe of the Iewes vn∣thankfulnesse,
• * 1.2059

  God i•• both iust and mer∣cifull in his iudgements.
• * 1.2060

  2 A reproofe of their abuse of Gods benefites by their pride & contempt of his word.
• * 1.2061

  4 He describes the greatnesse of their sinnes.
• * 1.2062

  5 Gods loue to the penitent & beleeuers.
• * 1.2063

  Eue. Prayer.
• * 1.2064

  1 Les. Ezech. 18. Scope of this chapter.
• * 1.2065

  Parts & chiefe points,
• * 1.2066

  1 A prohibiti∣on of the vse of the prouerbe,
• * 1.2067

  2 Reasons for the prohibition
• * 1.2068

  No wicked man is d••barred from saluation if hee can truely repent, Ehortations to sanctimony.
• * 1.2069

  3 A confirma∣tion of the first prohibitiue pro∣position taken frō God three∣fold dealing with men.
• * 1.2070

  4 A generall proclamation grounded vpon the former par∣ticulars contai∣ning two parts.
• * 1.2071

  5 God an∣sweres their ob∣iection & con∣••tes it.
• * 1.2072

  6 A perempto∣ry conclusion concerning the truth and iu∣stice of Gods iudgements.
• * 1.2073

  Epistle Ephes. 4.1. ad 6. Scope of it.
• * 1.2074

  Parts.
• * 1.2075

  1 Exhortation.
• * 1.2076

  2 Confirmatiō Parts of the exhortation.
• * 1.2077

  Fiue goodly fruits of wor∣thy walking.
• * 1.2078

  Confirmation of this exhorta∣tion, but chiefly to peace by 8. reasons,
• * 1.2079

  Gospell.
• * 1.2080

  Christ finds fault with pride and hypocrisie,
• * 1.2081

  Luk. 14.1 ad 11.
• * 1.2082

  Agreement of this with the former Gospel, Parts of this text,
• * 1.2083

  1 The cure of the hydropike man,
• * 1.2084

  2 The physi∣king of them that were swel∣led with pride, Parts of his miraculous cure of the hydro∣gike man,
• * 1.2085

  Parts of his ministring phi∣sicke to the proud persons.
• * 1.2086

  1 He teacheth them manners and ciuility,
• * 1.2087

  2 He teacheth them the ground of ci∣uility,
• * 1.2088

  God will not heare obstinate wicked men,
• * 1.2089

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons.
• * 1.2090

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.2091

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Ezech. 20.
• * 1.2092

  Parts
• * 1.2093

  1 God will not answer the blas∣phemōus Iews,
• * 1.2094

  2 God herein deales iustly, & not rigorously with them,
• * 1.2095

  The Iewes destruction of themselues.
• * 1.2096

  3 The Iews are the cause them∣selues of the multiplication of Gods iudge∣ments,
• * 1.2097

  4 God offers mercy to the remnant,
• * 1.2098

  5 Iudgements denounced a∣gainst the peo∣ple of the south
• * 1.2099

  Eue. Prayer. 1, Les, Ezech, 24
• * 1.2100

  Scope of the chapter,
• * 1.2101

  Parts.
• * 1.2102

  Two parables,
• * 1.2103

  1 Of a seething pot,
• * 1.2104

  2 Of Ezeckiels wife,
• * 1.2105

  Epistle. 1. Cor. 1, 4, ad 8, Scope of it,
• * 1.2106

  Parts.
• * 1.2107

  1 Thanksgiuing
• * 1.2108

  2 Grounds of his thankesgi∣uing,
• * 1.2109

  The beleeuers are comforted, and they praise God for it
• * 1.2110

  Gospel. Math. 22.34. ad 46.
• * 1.2111

  Scope of the text.
• * 1.2112

  Analyse, Why Christ propounds the question con∣cerning his di∣uinity,
• * 1.2113

  Their weaknes in answering, is discouered,
• * 1.2114

  Memorable examples of faith,
• * 1.2115

  Reason and oc∣casion of the choice of these Scriptures,
• * 1.2116

  Sūme of the 2, first Lessons,
• * 1.2117

  Sūme of the E∣pistle & Gospel
• * 1.2118

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les, Daniel. 3.
• * 1.2119

  Parts.
• * 1.2120

  1 Nebuchadnez¦zers wicked de∣cree,
• * 1.2121

  2 The 3, chil∣dren which would not o∣bey it, are con∣demned to the hote furnace,
• * 1.2122

  3 God deliue∣reth his three seruants out of this danger,
• * 1.2123

  A remarkable example in Daniel,
• * 1.2124

  Euen. prayer. 1 Less, Daniel, 6.
• * 1.2125

  Parts.
• * 1.2126

  1 An act is made by the malicious no∣bles to bring Daniel within the compasse of his life,
• * 1.2127

  2 Daniel is mi∣raculously pre∣serued both frō the Lyons, and his Wooluish accusers,
• * 1.2128

  3 Darius his law made for a ge∣nerall feare of God,
• * 1.2129

  Epistle Ephes. 4, 17.32. Scope of the text.
• * 1.2130

  1 A generall dehortation.
• * 1.2131

  2 Speciall de∣hortation.
• * 1.2132

  Holy obedience must be ioyned with true faith.
• * 1.2133

  Parts of the generall,
• * 1.2134

  Special dehor∣tation is to ma∣ny special ends, from many speciall vices,
• * 1.2135

  1 From lying,
• * 1.2136

  2 From diuel∣lish anger,
• * 1.2137

  3 From idlenes which is a kind of theft,
• * 1.2138

  4 From corrupt talke,
• * 1.2139

  Gospel. Math. 9.1. Scope of the text.
• * 1.2140

  Christ is mercifull to the faithfull beleeuers.
• * 1.2141

  Parts of this scripture,
• * 1.2142

  1 The miracle,
• * 1.2143

  2 The effect of the miracle,
• * 1.2144

  Parts of the miracle,
• * 1.2145

  Parts of the description,
• * 1.2146

  Christs repel—ling their slan∣der, though it were but in their thoughts, three wayes,
• * 1.2147

  Effect of the miracle,
• * 1.2148

  The doctrine of repentance is vrged.
• * 1.2149

  Reason of the choyce of these 4 Scriptures,
• * 1.2150

  Faith & repen∣tance are twins
• * 1.2151

  Mor. prayer. 1 Less. Ioel. 2.
• * 1.2152

  1 An alarme of the day of iudgement sounded,
• * 1.2153

  2 The vse and end of this a∣larme.
• * 1.2154

  God goes to law with his people to bring them to repentance.
• * 1.2155

  3 Of the effects and benefits of repentance,
• * 1.2156

  Euen. prayer. 1 Less, Micah, 6.
• * 1.2157

  Parts.
• * 1.2158

  1 The Lord cō∣menceth suit a∣gainst his peo∣ple,
• * 1.2159

  2 The Prophet confesseth the action
• * 1.2160

  3 What Gods declaration is,
• * 1.2161

  Particulars of the declaration
• * 1.2162

  1 No charity
• * 1.2163

  2 No Religion,
• * 1.2164

  Epistle Ephes. 5, 15. to the end of the 20.
• * 1.2165

  Paul exhorts to repentance in an Euangellicall phrase,
• * 1.2166

  Scope of the text,
• * 1.2167

  Parts of this Scripture,
• * 1.2168

  Parts of this text,
• * 1.2169

  Exhortation is two fold,
• * 1.2170

  Dehortation three-fold,
• * 1.2171

  Christ summons his peo∣ple to repentance,
• * 1.2172

  Math. 22.1, to the end of the 14,
• * 1.2173

  Gospell.
• * 1.2174

  Coherence of this with the Gospell for the second Sonday after Trinity, Differences be∣tweene them.
• * 1.2175

  Reason for the choyce hereof in this place,
• * 1.2176

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.2177

  1 S, Matthewes prologue.
• * 1.2178

  2 Christs Ser—mon,
• * 1.2179

  The subiect & argument of the Sermon,
• * 1.2180

  The discussing of the parts thereof,
• * 1.2181

  The Kings in∣uitatiō twofold
• * 1.2182

  The vneffectu∣all is two-fold,
• * 1.2183

  The answer of the first that were called, was negatiue,
• * 1.2184

  The summoned persecuting Recusants are paid home with iudgements.
• * 1.2185

  The answer of the latter that were called, was three-fold,
• * 1.2186

  1 Aliud agendo,
• * 1.2187

  2 Male agendo,
• * 1.2188

  How the king tooke the an∣swer.
• * 1.2189

  The second & effectuall inui∣tation of guests caused by the ill successe of the first,
• * 1.2190

  Among the se∣cond guests there was one very bad guest, & was as badly vsed,
• * 1.2191

  Faith, repentance, and charity, com∣mended and commanded together.
• * 1.2192

  The vnmaner∣ly, and vnpre∣pared Guest hath a two-fold punishment.
• * 1.2193

  His future pu∣nishment is three-fold.
• * 1.2194

  The Kings reason for all.
• * 1.2195

  Reasons for the choice of these 4. Scriptures.
• * 1.2196

  Summe of the first lesson for Morn. praier.
• * 1.2197

  Sūme of the 1, Lesson for eue∣ning prayer.
• * 1.2198

  Sūme of the E∣pistle,
• * 1.2199

  Summe of the Gospell.
• * 1.2200

  Wicked men are reproued for sin, & exhorted to repentance,
• * 1.2201

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les, Habac, 2.
• * 1.2202

  Parts.
• * 1.2203

  1 Abacucks pre∣paration,
• * 1.2204

  2 His reproofe of the wicked ones.
• * 1.2205

  1 The proud,
• * 1.2206

  2 The couetous
• * 1.2207

  3 The drūkards
• * 1.2208

  4 The idolaters
• * 1.2209

  Eue. Prayer. 1. Les. Prou. 1.
• * 1.2210

  Parts.
• * 1.2211

  1 The instru∣mentall author and end of the writing of these parables,
• * 1.2212

  2 Salomons Pre∣face or Exordiū,
• * 1.2213

  3 Salomons de∣hortation from contrary coun∣sell,
• * 1.2214

  Exhortation to put on the Christian armour,
• * 1.2215

  4 Wisedomes zealous cry,
• * 1.2216

  Epistle Eph. 6.16. ad 20.
• * 1.2217

  Scope & drift of the text.
• * 1.2218

  Parts.
• * 1.2219

  1 Inward & spi∣rituall courage is commended.
• * 1.2220

  2 The names and description of the seuerall peeces of armor
• * 1.2221

  1 Defensiue, as
• * 1.2222

  1 The Girdle of Verity,
• * 1.2223

  2 The breast-plate of righte∣ousnesse,
• * 1.2224

  3 Shooes of the prepara∣tiō of the Gos∣pell of peace,
• * 1.2225

  4 Of the shield of faith,
• * 1.2226

  5 The Cash, or Helmet of sal∣uation,
• * 1.2227

  6 The sword of the spirit,
• * 1.2228

  Offensiue,
• * 1.2229

  7 The weapon of praier which is both defēsiue and offensiue,
• * 1.2230

  Gospell Ioh. 4.46. ad.
• * 1.2231

  Scope of this text.
• * 1.2232

  Christ is the maker and giuer of all spirituall armour.
• * 1.2233

  God is the gi∣uer of these and all other gifts,
• * 1.2234

  The vse of this miracle of Christs healing the Rulers son,
• * 1.2235

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.2236

  1 Generall. The Rulers pe∣tion occasioned
• * 1.2237

  1 by the state of his sons sick∣nesse, and 2, Christs pre∣sence,
• * 1.2238

  2 Generall Christs beha∣uiour whereof there bee two parts,
• * 1.2239

  2 Considerati∣ons in the mi∣racle,
• * 1.2240

  3 Confirmati∣ons of the deed
• * 1.2241

  Perswasions to walke in the spirit.
• * 1.2242

  3 Generall ef∣fect of the mi∣racle
• * 1.2243

  Summe of the two first Lessōs
• * 1.2244

  Sūme of the E∣pistle & Gospel
• * 1.2245

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Prouerb. 2,
• * 1.2246

  Scope of the chapter.
• * 1.2247

  Exhortation to the practise of wisedome••
• * 1.2248

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.2249

  1 He exhibites a goodly golden chaine for his sonne to weare,
• * 1.2250

  A golden chaine for a godly man.
• * 1.2251

  2 A double commodity ri∣seth to him that is obedient herein.
• * 1.2252

  A perswasion from ill mens company,
• * 1.2253

  A perswasion from il womens company,
• * 1.2254

  3 Salomons con∣clusion horta∣tiue vpon the former do∣ctrines,
• * 1.2255

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Les. Prouerb. 3
• * 1.2256

  Scope of the text.
• * 1.2257

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.2258

  1 A mention of more good a∣rising to the o∣dient, then hee spake of before
• * 1.2259

  2 Hee shewes Gods children the way how to performe by 3 obseruations
• * 1.2260

  Exhortation to weare this chaine.
• * 1.2261

  3 A commen∣dation of wise∣dome.
• * 1.2262

  4 A dehortati∣on from perfor∣ming the works of the flesh, as
• * 1.2263

  5 The dange∣rous and feare∣full estate of wicked men,
• * 1.2264

  Epistle Phil. 1.3. ad 11,
• * 1.2265

  Parts.
• * 1.2266

  1 Thanksgiuing
• * 1.2267

  2 Prayer
• * 1.2268

  1 What his thanksgiuing is
• * 1.2269

  2 His assurance of their further proceeding and continuance vnto the end by three reasons,
• * 1.2270

  3 His prayer to God for thē out of this heart-rooted loue toward them.
• * 1.2271

  His prayer is for two good ends,
• * 1.2272

  A parable propounded to ob∣serue mercy commanded,
• * 1.2273

  Gospell.
• * 1.2274

  Scope & sūme of it,
• * 1.2275

  A perswasiue commandemēt vnto that diffi∣cult duty of par∣doning one ano∣ther,
• * 1.2276

  The generall parts,
• * 1.2277

  Parts speciall of the text,
• * 1.2278

  1 The parable,
• * 1.2279

  2 The vse of the parable,
• * 1.2280

  Parts of the pa∣rable,
• * 1.2281

  1 The gentle∣nesse and long suffering of the King the great Creditor,
• * 1.2282

  2 The vnmer∣cifulnesse & in∣humanity of the debtor,
• * 1.2283

  Vnmercifull men shall be paid home in the end,
• * 1.2284

  The bankrupt is brought to the audite of the great credi∣tor
• * 1.2285

  1 The debt is acknowledged.
• * 1.2286

  2 Good satis∣faction must be made one way or other.
• * 1.2287

  What course the bankrupt tooke with his Creditor.
• * 1.2288

  The mercy and pitty of the Creditor.
• * 1.2289

  The forgetful∣nesse and vn∣thankfulnesse of the great debtor towards a petty debtor cōsisting in three things,
• * 1.2290

  Fruits of the spirit must be tasted of
• * 1.2291

  Reason of the choyce of these Scriptures.
• * 1.2292

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons.
• * 1.2293

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.2294

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Prouer. 11.
• * 1.2295

  Parts.
• * 1.2296

  1 Of vpright & true dealing.
• * 1.2297

  2 Mischiefes a∣rising of pride, and the good which comes of ••umilty,
• * 1.2298

  •• The fruits of righteousnessei
• * 1.2299

  Gods Church is dehorted, from fleshlinesse and vnrighteousnesse,
• * 1.2300

  3 Of modesty in women, mer∣cifulnesse, truth and vprightnes.
• * 1.2301

  Eue. Prayer. 1. Les. Prou. 12.
• * 1.2302

  Scope of the text.
• * 1.2303

  Parts.
• * 1.2304

  1 A commen∣dation of the loue of instru∣ction, or Gods chasticements, being as the pa∣rents of heauē∣ly knowledge and experience
• * 1.2305

  2 Of the pain∣fulnesse of a good woman.
• * 1.2306

  3 Of merciful∣nesse to beasts, and frugality.
• * 1.2307

  Epistle Phil. 3.17. to the end of the 21,
• * 1.2308

  Scope of the text.
• * 1.2309

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.2310

  1 Exhortation
• * 1.2311

  2 Grounds of exhortation.
• * 1.2312

  Examples of fleshly and spi∣rituall teachers and hearers,
• * 1.2313

  Exhortation to imitate.
• 1 1.2314

  One example
• 2 1.2315

  Many exam∣ples,
• * 1.2316

  Parts and con∣siderations of the motiue,
• 1 1.2317

  A description of such mini∣sters as walke in by parts fiue waies, all which are crooked.
• * 1.2318

  The filthy loathsome pi∣cture of a bad Minister or pro∣fessor.
• * 1.2319

  2 A description of the blessed & happy estate of of the true A∣postles & pro∣fessors of Christs truth.
• * 1.2320

  Gospel.
• * 1.2321

  Math. 22.15. to the end of the 21.
• * 1.2322

  Coherence & harmony of this Gospell with the former Scope of this Gospel.
• * 1.2323

  The two fold loue is the fruits of the spirit.
• 1 1.2324

  Occasion of the doctrine,
• 2 1.2325

  The doctrine it selfe,
• 3 1.2326

  The effect of the doctrine,
• * 1.2327

  Occasion two-fold,
• * 1.2328

  Parts of the doctrine,
• * 1.2329

  1 The preface,
• 2 1.2330

  The solution of the question cōteining three considerations,
• 1 1.2331

  Of his com∣mandement to shew the mony
• * 1.2332

  2 His question about the mo∣ny,
• * 1.2333

  3 The inferēce and conclusion hereupon,
• * 1.2334

  P••rts and ob∣seruations in the effect of the doctrine.
• * 1.2335

  Good Lessons of obedience must haue good attentio
• * 1.2336

  Summe of the 2 first Lessons.
• * 1.2337

  Summe of the Epistle & Gos∣pell
• * 1.2338

  Mor. Prayer 1. Les. Prou. 13.
• * 1.2339

  Parts.
• * 1.2340

  1 A Lesson of obedience and hearkning to al good instructi∣on.
• * 1.2341

  2 Many parti∣cular instructi∣ons,
• * 1.2342

  Good Lessons for men and women
• * 1.2343

  Eue. Prayer. 1 Less. Prou. 14.
• * 1.2344

  Parts.
• * 1.2345

  1 Of a wise woman,
• * 1.2346

  2 Of righte∣ous and holy men, of lewd & vngodly persōs
• * 1.2347

  3 Of speaking the truth.
• * 1.2348

  4 Rules to bee obserued in a mans conuersa∣tion.
• * 1.2349

  5 A commen∣datiō of labour & paines taking
• * 1.2350

  6 Of the ho∣nour & chiefe ornaments of a king.
• * 1.2351

  Epistle Col. 1, 3. to the end of the 12.
• * 1.2352

  Good trees of Colosse bring forth godly fruite.
• * 1.2353

  Scope of the text,
• * 1.2354

  Parts.
• * 1.2355

  1 Saint Pauls thank••giuing,
• * 1.2356

  2 The ioint prayer of him and his fellow-labourers.
• * 1.2357

  Parts of his thanksgiuing,
• * 1.2358

  Parts of the comprecation or ioynt prayer,
• * 1.2359

  Gospell. Math. 9.18, to the end of the 38,
• * 1.2360

  One good beleeuing Ruler, among many bad Pharisies.
• * 1.2361

  Dependance of this Gospel wi••h the for∣mer Scope of this text.
• * 1.2362

  Parts of this Scripture.
• * 1.2363

  1 What Christ did before hee came into the Rulers house.
• * 1.2364

  2 What fell out after,
• * 1.2365

  Parts of the first generall:
• * 1.2366

  Parts of the se∣cond generall,
• * 1.2367

  Christs inexplicable kindnes to the bele••uing ruler,
• * 1.2368

  Obseruations of things done in the rulers house.
• * 1.2369

  Part•• and notes of the miracle
• * 1.2370

  Christs prepa∣ration to the miracle.
• * 1.2371

  Forme of the miracle consists in.
• * 1.2372

  Sequele of the miracle,
• * 1.2373

  Reason and oc∣casion of the choise of these Scriptures▪
• * 1.2374

  Suumme of the 2. first Lessons. An excellent choyce made of the foure Scrip∣tures for this last Sonday af∣ter Trinity.
• * 1.2375

  The doctrines of Mortification & viuificati∣on and of Chrsts Aduent connexed & vnited,
• * 1.2376

  Suumme of the Epistle and Gospell.
• * 1.2377

  Mor. Prayer. 1 Les. Prouer. 15
• * 1.2378

  Parts.
• * 1.2379

  1 Of the well guiding of the tongue,
• * 1.2380

  2 The diffe∣rence between the godly and the wicked.
• * 1.2381

  3 Of the con∣tent••dn••sse & peace••••l••nesse the righteou•• & the co••trar•• vi∣ces in wicked men,
• * 1.2382

  Difference betweene godly and vngodly men,
• * 1.2383

  Euen. prayer. 1 Less. Prouer. 16
• * 1.2384

  Parts.
• * 1.2385

  1 Of Gods praescience and particular pro∣uidence in the disposing of all things.
• * 1.2386

  2 Of his happy estate which is content with a little,
• * 1.2387

  3 Of reuerence due to the aged
• * 1.2388

  Epistle
• * 1.2389

  Ier. 23.5. to the end of the 8,
• * 1.2390

  Parts of the text.
• * 1.2391

  3 Particular promises,
• * 1.2392

  Parts of the text more spe∣ciall,
• * 1.2393

  1 A prophecy of Christ to come.
• * 1.2394

  Promises of redemption by Christ alone.
• * 1.2395

  2 The vse of the prophesie,
• * 1.2396

  2 Parts of the prophesie,
• * 1.2397

  1 Humanity of Christ, and true incarnation,
• * 1.2398

  2 His priest∣hood in sauing his people,
• * 1.2399

  Vse of this pro∣phesie what it is
• * 1.2400

  The prophesy is set downe both n••gatiuely and affirmatiuely,
• * 1.2401

  Coherence & agreement of this scripture with another appointed for the 7. Sonday after Trinity-Reason of this choyce,
• * 1.2402

  Scope of this text,
• * 1.2403

  Christ a most careful house∣holder to pro∣uide for the bodies as well as for the soules of his people.
• * 1.2404

  Christ is the carefull housholder,
• * 1.2405

  1 Introduction, or occasion of the miracle.
• * 1.2406

  Parts of the text,
• * 1.2407

  2 The miracle it selfe,
• * 1.2408

  Parts of the introduction.
• * 1.2409

  1 Occasion.
• * 1.2410

  2 Deliberation.
• * 1.2411

  3 Preparation.
• * 1.2412

  3 Considerati∣ons of the mi∣racle.
• * 1.2413

  Effect of the miracle, what it was, & what vse the people made of it.
• * 1.2414

  Foure Son∣daies in Ad∣uent.
• * 1.2415

  Christmas day.
• * 1.2416

  Christs Cir∣cumcision.
• * 1.2417

  Christs Epi∣phany,
• * 1.2418

  Fiue Sondayes after the Epi∣phany,
• * 1.2419

  Septuagesima, Sexagesima, Quinquagesima Sondaies,
• * 1.2420

  Sixe Sondayes in Lent,
• * 1.2421

  Easter day,
• * 1.2422

  Fiue Sondayes after Easter,
• * 1.2423

  Ascension day,
• * 1.2424

  Whitsonday, called Pente∣cost.
• * 1.2425

  Trinity Sōday The 25. Son∣dayes after Trinity,